diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-8.txt | 5282 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 100548 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 1609921 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/16360-h.htm | 5629 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/10a.png | bin | 0 -> 25402 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/10b.png | bin | 0 -> 4737 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/10c.png | bin | 0 -> 9920 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/11.png | bin | 0 -> 3680 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/12a.png | bin | 0 -> 6993 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/12b.png | bin | 0 -> 3577 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/14.png | bin | 0 -> 4640 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/15.png | bin | 0 -> 104519 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/15_th.png | bin | 0 -> 12240 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/16a.png | bin | 0 -> 58588 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/16a_th.png | bin | 0 -> 5762 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/16b.png | bin | 0 -> 22563 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/16c.png | bin | 0 -> 16628 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/1a.png | bin | 0 -> 88483 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/1a_th.png | bin | 0 -> 14166 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/1b.png | bin | 0 -> 61231 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/1b_th.png | bin | 0 -> 9157 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/2a.png | bin | 0 -> 130112 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/2a_th.png | bin | 0 -> 18620 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/2b.png | bin | 0 -> 79752 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/2b_th.png | bin | 0 -> 9775 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/2c.png | bin | 0 -> 8848 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/4a.png | bin | 0 -> 36236 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/4a_th.png | bin | 0 -> 12130 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/4b.png | bin | 0 -> 35391 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/4b_th.png | bin | 0 -> 13978 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/4c.png | bin | 0 -> 69920 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/4c_th.png | bin | 0 -> 11460 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/6a.png | bin | 0 -> 602 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/7a.png | bin | 0 -> 60307 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/7b.png | bin | 0 -> 273880 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/7b_th.png | bin | 0 -> 49207 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/7c.png | bin | 0 -> 35884 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/8a.png | bin | 0 -> 6189 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/8b.png | bin | 0 -> 6464 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/8c.png | bin | 0 -> 3392 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/8d.png | bin | 0 -> 6399 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/9a.png | bin | 0 -> 2411 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/9b.png | bin | 0 -> 5405 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/9c.png | bin | 0 -> 70628 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/9c_th.png | bin | 0 -> 10689 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/9d.png | bin | 0 -> 10692 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/9e.png | bin | 0 -> 2755 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/title.png | bin | 0 -> 50148 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360-h/images/title_th.png | bin | 0 -> 25175 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360.txt | 5282 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 16360.zip | bin | 0 -> 100560 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
54 files changed, 16209 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/16360-8.txt b/16360-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..456e52a --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5282 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. 561, +October 2, 1886, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Scientific American Supplement, No. 561, October 2, 1886 + +Author: Various + +Release Date: July 27, 2005 [EBook #16360] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Jeannie Howse, Victoria +Woosley and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +www.pgdp.net + + + + + +[Illustration] + + + + +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT NO. 561 + + + + +NEW YORK, OCTOBER 2, 1886 + +Scientific American Supplement. Vol. XXII., No. 561. + +Scientific American established 1845 + +Scientific American Supplement, $5 a year. + +Scientific American and Supplement, $7 a year. + + * * * * * + + + + +TABLE OF CONTENTS. + + +I. BOTANY.--A Century Plant in Bloom.--Interesting account of + the recent blossoming of an _Agave Americana_ at + Auburn, N.Y. 8965 + + Alpine Flowers in the Pyrenees.--1 illustration. 8965 + +II. CHEMISTRY.--Probable Isolation of Fluorine.--Decomposition + of hydrofluoric acid by an electric current.--By M.H. + MOISSAN.--Production of a new body, possibly fluorine, or + perfluoride of hydrogen. 8963 + + The Determination of Nitric Acid by the Absorption of Nitric + Oxide in a Standard Solution of Permanganate of Potash.-- + By H.N. MORSE and A.F. LINN. Full description of a new and + important volumetric determination.--1 illustration. 8964 + + Water of Crystallization.--By W.W.J. NICOL, M.A., D.Sc.-- + Discussion of the state of water of crystallization in a + salt in solution. 8964 + +III. ENGINEERING.--Combustion, Fire Boxes, and Steam Boilers--By + JOHN A. COLEMAN.--Address before the June Convention of + the Master Mechanics' Association. 8953 + + Compound Hydraulic Presses.--Different forms of presses + designed for pressing bales for shipment.--Very fully + illustrated by 8 figures. 8951 + + Examination Papers in General Construction.--Eighty-six + questions in engineering propounded by the civil service + examiners of New York city. 8956 + +IV. MEDICINE AND PHYSIOLOGY.--A New Apparatus for the Study of + Cardiac Drugs.--By WILLIAM GILMAN THOMPSON, M.D.--Ingenious + application of instantaneous photography to the study + of heart movements.--Apparatus and views produced.--3 + illustrations. 8966 + + Creosote a Specific for Erysipelas,--A new cure for this + complaint. 8966 + +V. METALLURGY.--Primitive Iron Manufacture.--Iron furnace + and blowing apparatus in use in Bengal.--2 illustrations. 8962 + +VI. MINING ENGINEERING.--The Catastrophe at Chancelade.-- + Application of photography to investigating mine disasters. + --4 illustrations. 8962 + +VII. MISCELLANEOUS.--Celebration of the 500th Anniversary of the + University of Heidelberg. August, 1886. 8957 + + Useful Bags and How to Make Them.--Interesting paper on the + trunk makers' art.--4 illustrations. 8960 + +VIII. NAVAL ENGINEERING.--Atlantic Steamers.--By W. JOHN.-- + Exhaustive comparison of representative Atlantic liners + and war ships.--3 illustrations. 8954 + + Jet Propellers.--Hydraulic propulsion of vessels.-- + Mathematical examination of this subject. 8951 + +IX. ORDNANCE.--The New Army Gun.--Description of the 8-inch + steel gun as manufactured at the West Point, N.Y., + Foundry.--1 illustration. 8952 + +X. PHYSICS.--A New Thermo Regulator.--1 illustration. 8959 + + Cohesion and Cohesion Figures.--By WILLIAM ACKROYD, + F.I.C.--Laws of vortex rings examined, and relation of + solubility to cohesion. 8963 + + Pipette for taking the Density of Liquids.--Apparatus and + calculations for use.--1 illustration. 8959 + +XI. TECHNOLOGY.--Impurities in Photographic Chemicals, and + Tests for Same.--Table referred to in a paper read before + the Birmingham Photographic Society by G.M. Jones, M.P.S. 8957 + + Molasses, how made.--Work on Plantations Graphically + Described.* 8961 + + Optical errors and human mistakes.--By ERNST GUNDLACH.--On + the examination of optical glasses.--A paper read before + the Buffalo meeting of the A.A.A.S. 8963 + + Soap.--By HENRY LEFFMANN, Ph.D. 8962 + + Somzee's New Gas Burners.--Interesting description of + regenerative burners.--9 figures. 8958 + + The Clamond Gas Burner.--Of value as a supplement to the + above named article, describing an incandescent burner. + --1 illustration. 8959 + + Wood Oil.--A new industry worked on the large scale in + Sweden. 8962 + + + * Transcriber's Note: "Work on Plantations..." was + originally part of TOC entry "Optical Errors..." + + + * * * * * + + + + +COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESSES. + + +In a hydraulic packing press, the work done by the ram during one +stroke may be roughly divided into two periods, in the first of which +the resistance, although gradually increasing, may be called light, +while in the second the resistance is heavy. The former of these two +periods embraces the greater part of the stroke, and it is only a +small proportion at the end which requires the exercise of the full +power of the press to bring the material to the determined degree of +consolidation. Consequently, if a hydraulic press is to be worked so +as to waste no time, it requires to be provided with means by which +its table may be made to rise rapidly during the portion of the stroke +when the resistance is small, and afterward more slowly when the +entire power of the pumps is being expended upon the final squeeze. +Many methods of obtaining this end have been devised, and are in +common use both here and abroad. It is, however, more particularly in +the packing of raw material that such appliances are useful, since the +goods pressed into bales in this country are not usually of a very +yielding nature, and consequently do not require a long stroke to +bring them to a high state of compression. In India and Egypt, from +whence cotton is sent in bales, presses must have a long stroke; and +unless they can be worked rapidly, a very considerable amount of plant +is required to get through a moderate quantity of work. To meet the +necessities of these countries, Mr. Watson has devised several forms +of press in which not only is the table made to rise rapidly through +the greater part of its stroke, but the rams are kept almost +constantly in motion, so that the time occupied in filling the box +with raw cotton and in placing the ties round the bales is not lost. + +[Illustration: COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 1 and 2.] + +We illustrate four forms of Mr. Watson's presses, Fig. 1 being an +earlier construction, which, although very rapid at the date at which +it was brought out, has been far surpassed in celerity by the +arrangements shown in Figs. 3 to 8. It was introduced in 1873, and +forty-three presses according to this design were sent to India by the +makers, Messrs. Fawcett, Preston & Co., of Phoenix Foundry, +Liverpool, between that year and 1880. Four presses of this kind are +worked by one engine, having a cylinder 20 in. by 3 ft. stroke, and +driving eighteen to twenty pumps of varying diameter and short stroke. +The press has two long-stroke rams, LL, of small diameter, to compress +the loose material, and two short-stroke rams, FF, of large diameter, +to give the final squeeze. These two pairs of rams act alternately, +the one pair being idle while the other is in operation. The lashing +of the bale takes place while the larger rams are in action, the bale +being supported on the grid, B, which is pushed under it through +grooves formed in the press-head, S (Fig. 1). When the grid is in +place the press-head can be lowered, and the box be filled, while the +bale is receiving its final squeeze from the inverted rams above. + +In Figs. 1 and 2 the press is shown in the position it would occupy if +the bale, M, were just completed and ready to be pushed out, and the +box, N, were full of material. The filling doors, CC, are shown turned +back level with the floor, the main doors, AA, are open, as are also +the end doors, KK, to admit the men to fasten up the bale. If water be +admitted to the subsidiary cylinder, H, the head, G, and two rams, FF, +will be raised, and then the bale, M, can be thrown out finished. All +the doors are now closed and water admitted to the rams, LL. These +immediately rise, pushing the contents of the box, N, before them, and +compressing them until the table, S, reaches the level of the grid, B. +At this moment the tappet rod, D, shuts off the water, and withdraws +the bolt of the doors, AA, which fly open. The grid, B (Fig. 2), is +then run through the grooves in the press-head, S, and the rams, LL, +are allowed to descend ready for a baling cloth to be inserted through +the doors, EE, and for the box, N, to be refilled. At the same time +the head, G, comes down on to the bale and compresses it still +further, while the men are at work lashing it. When the material is in +hanks, like jute, the rams, LL, are lowered slowly, while a man +standing inside the box, at about the level of the floor, packs the +material neatly on the table. + +These presses can be worked with great rapidity, the average output +during a day varying from 21 to 28 bales an hour. The consumption of +coal per bale is 9 lb. of Bengal coal, in value about ¾d. The density +of the cotton bales produced is about 45 lb. per cubic foot, 400 lb. +measuring a little under 9 cubic feet for shipment. In the case of +jute or jute roots, the same weight occupies 10 cubic feet on an +average. But rapid as this press is in action, the necessities of +recent business in India have called for still more expeditious +working, and to meet this demand Mr. Watson produced his compound +press, in which the economy of time is carried to its utmost +development. By the addition of a second pair of long-stroke rams the +output of the press has been trebled, being raised to 80 bales per +hour. To effect this, there is one pair of powerful rams, as in the +press just described, but two pairs of the long-stroke rams. Further, +each pair of the small-diameter rams is fitted with two boxes, one of +which is always being filled while the other is being pressed. The +rams in rising compress the material into a small cell or box, +situated above the box in which raw cotton is thrown. On the top of +the ram head there is a loose lashing plate, which, at the finish of +the action of the rams, is locked in the cell by bolts actuated by a +suitable locking gear. While in this cell the bale has the lashing +ropes put round it, and then it is placed under the large rams for the +final squeeze, during which the ties or ropes are permanently secured. +Thus neither of the small presses has even to wait while its box is +being filled, or while the previously pressed bale is being lashed. +Even in the large press, when the ties are finally fastened, the time +occupied does not exceed three-quarters of a minute, and is often much +less. + +[Illustration: COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 3 and 4.] + +This press is shown in Figs. 3 and 4. The small rams are arranged at +either side of the large ones, which, in this case, are not inverted. +To each of the smaller presses there is a pair of boxes mounted on a +vertical column, around which they can revolve to bring either box +over the rain head. When the left hand rams rise, the material is +delivered into the cell, D, which previously has had its doors (Fig. +4) closed. To permit of the cell, D, being moved out of the way, it is +mounted so that it can revolve on one of the columns of the main +press, first into the position shown at B (Fig. 4), and afterward to C +(Fig. 3). While at D, the bale in the cell (called from its +construction a revolver) is partly lashed, the ties or ropes being put +into position. It is then rotated until it comes over the large rams, +where the bale is still more compressed and secured. + +It must be admitted that this press provides for the greatest possible +economy of time, and for the largest output, for the capital employed, +which can be attained. The rams and the men are constantly in action, +and not a single moment is lost. For filling each box 78 seconds are +allowed, and there is ample time for the preliminary lashing. + +[Illustration: COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 5 and 6.] + +Figs. 5 and 6 show a modification of this press, designed to turn out +sixty bales per hour. It has only one set of long-stroke rams, with +three revolvers. The bale receives its preliminary lashing while in +the position, B (Fig. 6). Fifty-three seconds are available for +filling the box, and the same time for the preliminary lashing. It is +found, however, that three-quarters of a minute is sufficient for the +complete hooping of a bale. + +[Illustration: COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 7 and 8.] + +Figs. 7 and 8 show a similar press intended for jute pressing. This +has only one box, which is fixed, as the material has to be packed in +an orderly manner. Its speed is sixty bales an hour.--_Engineering._ + + * * * * * + + + + +JET PROPELLERS.--HYDRAULIC PROPULSION OF VESSELS. + + +Certain mechanical devices appear to exercise a remarkable influence +on some minds, and engineers are blamed for not adopting them, in no +very measured terms in some cases. It is not in any way necessary that +these devices should have been invented by the men who advocate their +adoption, in order to secure that advocacy. The intrinsic attractions +of the scheme suffice to evoke eulogy; and engineers sometimes find it +very difficult to make those who believe in such devices understand +that there are valid reasons standing in the way of their adoption. +One such device is hydraulic propulsion. A correspondent in a recent +impression suggested its immediate and extended use in yachts at all +events, and we willingly published his letter, because the system does +no doubt lend itself very freely to adoption for a particular class of +yachts, namely, those provided with auxiliary power only. But because +this is the case it must not be assumed that the jet propeller is +better than screw or paddle-wheel propulsion; and it is just as well, +before, correspondence extends further, that we should explain why and +in what way it is not satisfactory. The arguments to be urged in favor +of hydraulic propulsion are many and cogent; but it will not fail to +strike our readers, we think, that all these arguments refer, not to +the efficiency of the system, but to its convenience. A ship with a +hydraulic propeller can sail without let or hindrance; a powerful pump +is provided, which will deal with an enormous leak, and so on. If all +the good things which hydraulic propulsion promises could be had +combined with a fair efficiency, then the days of the screw propeller +and the paddle wheel would be numbered; but the efficiency of the +hydraulic propeller is very low, and we hope to make the reason why it +is low intelligible to readers who are ignorant of mathematics. Those +who are not ignorant of them will find no difficulty in applying them +to what we have to say, and arriving at similar conclusions in a +different way. + +Professor Greenhill has advanced in our pages a new theory of the +screw propeller. As the series of papers in which he puts forward his +theory is not complete, we shall not in any way criticise it; but we +must point out that the view he takes is not that taken by other +writers and reasoners on the subject, and in any case it will not +apply to hydraulic propulsion. For these reasons we shall adhere in +what we are about to advance to the propositions laid down by +Professor Rankine, as the exponent of the hitherto received theory of +the whole subject. When a screw or paddle wheel is put in motion, a +body of water is driven astern and the ship is driven ahead. Water, +from its excessive mobility, is incapable of giving any resistance to +the screw or paddle save that due to its inertia. If, for example, we +conceive of the existence of a sea without any inertia, then we can +readily understand that the water composing such a sea would offer no +resistance to being pushed astern by paddle or screw. When a gun is +fired, the weapon moves in one direction--this is called its +recoil--while the shot moves in another direction. The same +principal--_pace_ Professor Greenhill--operates to cause the movement +of a ship. The water is driven in one direction, the ship in another. +Now, Professor Rankine has laid down the proposition that, other +things being equal, that propeller must be most efficient which sends +the largest quantity of water astern at the slowest speed. This is a +very important proposition, and it should be fully grasped and +understood in all its bearings. The reason why of it is very simple. +Returning for a moment to our gun, we see that a certain amount of +work is done on it in causing it to recoil; but the whole of the work +done by the powder is, other things being equal, a constant quantity. +The sum of the work done on the shot and on the gun in causing their +motions is equal to the energy expended by the powder, consequently +the more work we do on the gun, the less is available for the shot. It +can be shown that, if the gun weighed no more than the shot, when the +charge was ignited the gun and the shot would proceed in opposite +directions at similar velocities--very much less than that which the +shot would have had had the gun been held fast, and very much greater +than the gun would have had if its weight were, as is usually the +case, much in excess of that of the shot. In like manner, part of the +work of a steam engine is done in driving the ship ahead, and part in +pushing the water astern. An increase in the weight of water is +equivalent to an augmentation in the weight of our gun and its +carriage--of all that, in short, takes part in the recoil. + +But, it will be urged, it is just the same thing to drive a large body +of water astern at a slow speed as a small body at a high speed. This +is the favorite fallacy of the advocates of hydraulic propulsion. The +turbine or centrifugal pump put into the ship drives astern through +the nozzles at each side a comparatively small body of water at a very +high velocity. In some early experiments we believe that a velocity of +88 ft. per second, or 60 miles an hour, was maintained. A screw +propeller operating with an enormously larger blade area than any pump +can have, drives astern at very slow speed a vast weight of water at +every revolution; therefore, unless it can be shown that the result is +the same whether we use high speed and small quantities or low speed +and large quantities, the case of the hydraulic propeller is hopeless. +But this cannot be done. It is a fact, on the contrary, that the work +wasted on the water increases in a very rapid ratio with its speed. +The work stored up in the moving water is expressed in foot pounds by +the formula + + W v² / 2g + +where W stands for the weight of the water, and v for its velocity. +But the work stored in the water must have been derived from the +engine; consequently the waste of engine power augments, not in the +ratio of the speed of the water, but in the ratio of the square of its +speed. Thus if a screw sends 100 tons of water astern at a speed of 10 +ft. per second per second, the work wasted will be 156 foot tons per +second in round numbers. If a hydraulic propeller sent 10 tons astern +at 100 ft. per second per second, the work done on it would be 1,562 +foot tons per second, or ten times as much. But the reaction effort, +or thrust on the ship, would be the same in both cases. The waste of +energy would, under such circumstances, be ten times as great with the +hydraulic propeller as with the screw. In other words, the slip would +be magnified in that proportion. Of course, it will be understood that +we are not taking into account resistances, and defects proper to the +screw, from which hydraulic propulsion is free, nor are we considering +certain drawbacks to the efficiency of the hydraulic propeller, from +which the screw is exempt; all that we are dealing with is the waste +of power in the shape of work done in moving water astern which we do +not want to move, but cannot help moving. If our readers have followed +us so far, they will now understand the bearing of Rankine's +proposition, that that propeller is best which moves the greatest +quantity of water astern at the slowest speed. The weight of water +moved is one factor of the thrust, and consequently the greater that +weight, other things being equal, the greater the propelling force +brought to bear on the ship. + +It may be urged, and with propriety, that the results obtained in +practice with the jet propeller are more favorable than our reasoning +would indicate as possible; but it will be seen that we have taken no +notice of conditions which seriously affect the performance of a +screw. There is no doubt that it puts water in motion not astern. It +twists it up in a rope, so to speak. Its skin frictional resistance is +very great. In a word, in comparing the hydraulic system with the +normal system, we are comparing two very imperfect things together; +but the fact remains, and applies up to a certain point, that the +hydraulic propeller must be very inefficient, because it, of all +propellers, drives the smallest quantity of water astern at the +highest velocity. + +There is, moreover, another and a very serious defect in the hydraulic +propeller as usually made, which is that every ton of water passed +through it has the velocity of the ship herself suddenly imparted to +it. That is to say, the ship has to drag water with her. To illustrate +our meaning, let us suppose that a canal boat passes below a stage or +platform a mile long, on which are arranged a series of sacks of corn. +Let it further be supposed that as the canal boat passes along the +platform, at a speed of say five miles an hour, one sack shall be +dropped into the boat and another dropped overboard continuously. It +is evident that each sack, while it remains in the boat, will have a +speed the same as that of the boat, though it had none before. Work +consequently is done on each sack, in overcoming its inertia by +imparting a velocity of five miles an hour to it, and all this work +must be done by the horse towing on the bank. In like manner the +hydraulic propeller boat is continually taking in tons of water, +imparting her own velocity to them, and then throwing them overboard. +The loss of efficiency from this source may become enormous. So great, +indeed, is the resistance due to this cause that it precludes the +notion of anything like high speeds being attained. We do not mean to +assert that a moderate degree of efficiency may not be got from +hydraulic propulsion, but it can only be had by making the quantity of +water sent astern as great as possible and its velocity as small as +possible. That is to say, very large nozzles must be employed. Again, +provision will have to be made for sending the water through the +propeller in such a way that it shall have as little as possible of +the motion of the ship imparted to it. But as soon as we begin to +reduce these principles to practice, it will be seen that we get +something very like a paddle wheel hung in the middle of the boat and +working through an aperture in her hull, or else a screw propeller put +into a tube traversing her from stem to stern. + +We may sum up by saying that the hydraulic propeller is less efficient +than the screw, because it does more work on the water and less on the +boat; and that the boat in turn does more work on the water than does +one propelled by a screw, because she has to take in thousands of tons +per hour and impart to them a velocity equal to her own. Part of this +work is got back again in a way sufficiently obvious, but not all. If +it were all wasted, the efficiency of the hydraulic propeller would be +so low that nothing would be heard about it, and we certainly should +not have written this article.--_The Engineer._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NEW ARMY GUN. + + +The cut we give is from a photograph taken shortly after the recent +firings. The carriage upon which it is mounted is the one designed by +the Department and manufactured by the West Point Foundry, about six +months since. It was designed as a proof carriage for this gun and +also for the 10 inch steel gun in course of construction. It is +adapted to the larger gun by introducing two steel bushing rings +fitted into the cheeks of carriage to secure the trunnion of the gun. + +The gun represented is an 8 inch, all steel, breech-loading rifle, +manufactured by the West Point Foundry, upon designs from the Army +Ordnance Bureau. The tube and jacket were obtained from Whitworth, and +the hoops and the breech mechanism forgings from the Midvale Steel +Company. The total weight of the gun is 13 tons; total length, +including breech mechanism, 271 inches; length of bore in front of gas +check, 30 calibers; powder space in chamber, 3,109 cubic inches; +charge, 100 pounds. The tube extends back to breech recess from +muzzle, in one solid piece. The breech block is carried in the jacket, +the thread cut in the rear portion of the jacket. The jacket extends +forward and is shrunk over the tube about 87½ inches. The re-enforce +is strengthened by two rows of steel hoops; the trunnion hoops form +one of the outer layers. In front of the jacket a single row of hoops +is shrunk on the tube and extends toward the muzzle, leaving 91 inches +of the muzzle end of the tube unhooped. The second row of hoops is +shrunk on forward of the trunnion hoops for a length of 38 inches to +strengthen the gun, and the hoop portion forms three conical frustums. +The elastic resistance of the gun to tangential rupture over the +powder chamber is computed by Claverino and kindred formulas to be +54,000 lb. per square inch. + +[Illustration: THE ARMY 8 INCH STEEL GUN WITH CARRIAGE.] + +The breech mechanism is modeled after the De Bange system. The block +has three smooth and three threaded sectors, and is locked in place by +one-sixth of a turn of a block, and secured by the eccentric end of a +heavy lever, which revolves into a cut made in the rear breech of the +gun. The gas check consists of a pad made of two steel plates or cups, +between which is a pad of asbestos and mutton suet formed under heavy +pressure. The rifling consists of narrow grooves and bands, 45 of +each. The depth of the groove is six one-hundredths of an inch. + +Although the gun is designed for a charge of 100 pounds, it is +believed that it can be increased to 105 pounds without giving +dangerous pressure, and the intention is to increase the charge to +that amount when the new powder is received from Du Pont. + +The following is a very full synopsis of the official report of the +preliminary firings--13 rounds--with this gun: + +The first seven rounds were fired with German cocoa powder, which was +received from Watervliet Arsenal. There were two kinds of cartridges, +one kind weighing 85 pounds, and having 30 grains in each layer, the +other weighing 100 lb., and having 27 grains in each layer. In two of +the first seven rounds the weight of the charge was 65 pounds, the +projectiles weighing 182 and 286 pounds; in the next two rounds +charges of 85 pounds were fired, the projectiles, as before, weighing +182 and 286 pounds, while in the last three of the rounds fired with +cocoa powder the charge was 100 lb., while the weight of the +projectile was 182, 235, and 286 pounds. At the seventh round was +fired the normal charge, 100 lb. of powder and a projectile weighing +286 pounds, for which the gun was designed. The mean pressure for this +round, determined by two crusher gauges, was 32,800 pounds, and the +velocity at 150 feet was 1,787 feet. + +Two kinds of Du Pont's brown prismatic powder, marked P.A. and P.I., +were then fired. With the normal charge of P.A. powder (round 12 of +the record), the mean pressure was 35,450 pounds, the velocity at 150 +feet was 1,812 feet. For P.I. powder (round 13 of the record), the +pressure was 26,925 pounds, the velocity was 1,702 feet, and a +considerable amount of unconsumed powder was ejected, showing that the +P.I. powder is not a suitable one for this piece. The highest pressure +indicated with the normal charge of P.A. powder was 36,200 pounds, +exceeding by 1,200 pounds the provisional limit of pressure. + +At the fifth round the breech block opened with some difficulty, and +an examination showed that the resistance resulted from the diametral +enlargement of the rear plate. Directions have been given to correct +this defect. The star gauge records show that no material change took +place in the diameter of the chamber or the bore. From 30 inches to 54 +inches (measured from base of the breech), there was a diminution in +diameter of from 0.001 in. to 0.002 in.; in rear of 30 inches there +was no change. No enlargement in the shot chamber exceeded 0.001 in. +From the bottom of the bore (the beginning of the rifling) to the +muzzle the average enlargements were as follows: in. to 6 in., 0.005 +in.; 7 in. to 14 in., 0.003 in.; 15 in. to 29 in., 0.002 in.; 30 in. +to muzzle, 0.002 to 0.001 in. + +After the third round the joint between the D. and D. rings opened +slightly on the top, and measured after the 13th round showed that the +opening was about 0.004 in. wide. It cannot at present be stated +whether or not this opening increased during firing, but the defect +has been noted and will be carefully observed. Enough cocoa powder +remains to allow a comparison to be made with such brown prismatic +powder as may be adopted finally. No firing has been done as yet to +test the best position for the bands, but it will take place as soon +as enough of some standard powder is obtained to fire ten consecutive +rounds.--_Army and Navy Journal._ + + * * * * * + + + + +COMBUSTION, FIRE-BOXES, AND STEAM BOILERS.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Address before the June Convention of the Master + Mechanics' Association.] + +By JOHN A. COLEMAN. + + +Mr. Chairman and gentlemen: I was rash enough some time ago to promise +to prepare a paper for this occasion, the fulfillment of which prior +engagements have absolutely prevented. + +I would greatly prefer to be let off altogether, but I do not like to +break down when expected to do anything; and if you have the patience +to listen for a few minutes to the reflections of an "outsider," I +will endeavor to put what I have to say in as concise form as I can, +in such manner as will do no harm, even if it does no good. + +For many years I was connected with steam engineering. I was once with +the Corliss Steam Engine Company, and afterward was the agent of Mr. +Joseph Harrison, of Russian fame, for the introduction of his safety +boilers. + +That brought me into contact with the heavy manufacturers throughout +the Eastern States, and during that long experience I was particularly +impressed with a peculiarity common to the mill owners, which, I +believe it may be said with truth, is equally common to those +interested in locomotive engineering, namely, how much we overlook +common, every-day facts. For instance, we burn coal; that is, we think +we do, and boilers are put into mills and upon railroads, and we +suppose we are burning coal under them, when in reality we are only +partially doing so. We think that because coal is consumed it +necessarily is burned, but such is frequently very far from the fact. + +I wish upon the present occasion to make merely a sort of general +statement of what I conceive to be combustion, and what I conceive to +be a boiler, and then to try to make a useful application of these +ideas to the locomotive. + +Treating first the subject of combustion, let us take the top of the +grate-bars as our starting point. When we shovel coal upon the grate +bars and ignite it, what happens first? We separate the two +constituents of coal, the carbon from the hydrogen. We make a gas +works. Carbon by itself will burn no more than a stone; neither will +hydrogen. It requires a given number of equivalents of oxygen to mix +with so many equivalents of carbon, and a given number of equivalents +of oxygen to mix with so many of hydrogen to form that union which is +necessary to produce heat. This requires time, space, and air, and one +thing more, viz., heat. + +I presume that most of you have read Charles Williams' treatise upon +"Combustion," which was published many years ago, and which until +recently was often quoted as an absolute authority upon the art of +burning fuel under boilers. Mr. Williams in his treatise accurately +describes the chemistry of combustion, but he has misled the world for +fifty years by an error in reasoning and the failure to discuss a +certain mechanical fact connected with the combination of gases in the +process of combustion. He said: "What is the use of heating the air +put into a furnace? If you take a cubic foot of air, it contains just +so many atoms of oxygen, neither more nor less. If the air be heated, +you cause it to assume double its volume, but you have not added a +single atom of oxygen, and you will require twice the space for its +passage between the grate bars, and twice the space in the furnace, +which is a nuisance; but if the air could be frozen, it would be +condensed, and more atoms of oxygen could be crowded into the cubic +foot, and the fire would receive a corresponding advantage." Mr. +Williams proceeded upon this theory, and died without solving the +perplexing mystery of as frequent failure as success which attended +his experiments with steamship boilers. The only successes which he +obtained were misleading, because they were made with boilers so badly +proportioned for their work that almost any change would produce +benefit. + +Successful combustion requires something more than the necessary +chemical elements of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, for it requires +something to cook the elements, so to speak, and that is heat, and for +this reason: When the coal is volatilized in the furnace, what would +be a cubic foot of gas, if cold, is itself heated and its volume +increased to double its normal proportion. It is thin and attenuated. +The cold air which is introduced to the furnace is denser than the +gas. With dampers wide open in the chimney, and the gases and air +passing into the flues with a velocity of 40 feet per second, they +strike the colder surface of the tubes, and are cooled below the point +of combustion before they have had time to become assimilated; and +although an opponent in a debate upon steam boiler tests once stated +that his thermometer in the chimney showed only 250 degrees, and +indicated that all the value that was practical had been obtained from +the coal, I took the liberty to maintain that a chemist might have +analyzed the gases and shown there were dollars in them; and that if +the thermometer had been removed from the chimney and placed in the +pile of coal outside the boiler, it would have gone still lower; but +it would not have proved the value to have been extracted from the +coal, for it was not the complete test to apply. + +The condition of things in the furnace may be illustrated thus: If we +should mingle a quart of molasses and a gallon of water, it would +require considerable manipulation and some time to cause them to +unite. Why? Because one element is so much denser than the other; but +if we should mix a quart of the gallon of water with the quart of +molasses, and render their densities somewhere near the density of the +remaining water, and then pour the masses together, there would be a +more speedy commingling of the two. And so with the furnace. I have +always maintained that every furnace should be lined with fire-brick, +in order that it shall be so intensely hot when the air enters that +the air shall instantly be heated to the same degree of tenuity as the +hot gases themselves, and the two will then unite like a flash--and +that is heat. And here is the solution of the Wye Williams mystery of +failure when cold air was introduced upon the top of a fire to aid +combustion. The proof of the necessity for heat to aid the chemical +assimilation of the volatilized coal elements is seen in starting a +fire in a common stove. At first there is only a blue flame, in which +the hand may be held; but wait until the lining becomes white hot, and +then throw on a little coal, and you will find a totally different +result. It is also seen in the Siemens gas furnace, with which you are +doubtless familiar. There is the introduction of gas with its +necessary complement of air. Until the furnace and retorts become +heated, the air and gas flutter through only partially united, and do +little good; but as soon as the retorts and furnace become thoroughly +hot, the same gas and air will melt a fire-brick. + +These are common phenomena, which are familiar, but apt to be +unnoticed; but they logically point to the truth that no furnaces +should present a cooling medium in contact with fuel which is +undergoing this process of digestion, so to speak. It will be very +evident, I think, from these facts that water-legs in direct contact +with a fire are a mistake. They tend to check a fire as far as their +influence extends, as a thin sheet of ice upon the stomach after +dinner would check digestion, and for the same reason, namely, the +abstraction of heat from a chemical process. If fire-brick could be +laid around a locomotive furnace, and the grate, of course, kept of +the same area as before, it is my belief that a very important +advantage would be at once apparent. An old-fashioned cast iron heater +always produced a treacherous fire. It would grow dead around the +outside next to the cold iron; but put a fire-clay lining into it, and +it was as good as any other stove. + +If I have now made clear what I mean by making heat, we will next +consider the steam boiler. What is a steam boiler? It is a thing to +absorb heat. The bottom line of this science is the bottom of a pot +over a fire, which is the best boiler surface in the world; there is +water upon one side of a piece of iron and heat against the other. One +square foot of the iron will transmit through it a given number of +units of heat into the water at a given temperature in a given time; +two square feet twice as many, and three, three times as many, and so +on. Put a cover upon the pot, and seal it tight, leave an orifice for +the steam, and that is a steam boiler with all its mysteries. + +The old-fashioned, plain cylinder boiler is a plain cylindrical pot +over the fire. If enough plain cylinder boilers presenting the +requisite number of square feet of absorbing surface are put into a +cotton mill, experience has shown that they will make a yard of cotton +cloth about as cheaply as tubular boilers. If this is so, why do not +all put them in? Because it is the crudest and most expensive form of +boiler when its enormous area of ground, brickwork, and its fittings +are considered. Not all have the money or the room for them. To +produce space, the area is drawn in sidewise and lengthwise, but we +must have the necessary amount of square feet of absorbing surface, +consequently the boiler is doubled up, so to speak, and we have a +"flue boiler." We draw in sidewise and lengthwise once more and double +up the surface again, and that is a "tubular boiler." That includes +all the "mystery" on that subject. + +Now, we find among the mills, just as I imagine we should upon the +railroads, that the almost universal tendency is to put in too small +boilers and furnaces. To skimp at boilers is to spend at the coal +yard. Small boilers mean heavy and over-deep fires, and rapid +destruction of apparatus. In sugar houses you will see this frequently +illustrated, and will find 16 inch fires upon their grates. + +We have found that, as we could persuade mill owners to put in more +boilers and extend their furnaces, so that coal could be burned +moderately and time for combustion afforded, we often saved as high as +1,000 tons in a yearly consumption of 4,000. + +Now, when the ordinary locomotive sends particles of coal into the +cars in which I am riding, I do not think it would be unfair criticism +to say that the process of combustion was not properly carried out. +When we see dense volumes of gas emitted from the stack, it is evident +that a portion of the hard dollars which were paid for the coal are +being uselessly thrown into the air; and it will be well to remember +that only a little of the unburnt gas is visible to the eye. + +One point I wish to make is this: We find, as I have said, that as we +spread out with boilers and furnaces in the mills, so that we can take +matters deliberately, we save money. + +Now, coming again to locomotives. I think, if we examine the subject +carefully, the fact will strike us a little curiously. The first +locomotive built in Philadelphia weighed about 14 tons. Judging from +the cut I have seen, I should think her furnace might have been 30 +inches square. We have gone from that little 14 ton engine to machines +of 50 and 60 tons--perhaps more. The engines have been increased over +four times, but I will ask you if the furnace areas have been +increased (applause) in proportion? Some of the furnaces of the +engines are six feet by three, but that is an increase of less than 3 +to 1 of furnace, as against 4 to 1 of weight of engine. + +When my attention was first called to this matter, I had supposed, as +most people do who are outside of the railway profession, that there +was something subtile and mysterious about railway engineering that +none but those brought up to the business could understand. Possibly +it is so, and I am merely making suggestions for what they are worth, +but I think the position I have taken in this matter was established +by some experiments of three weeks' duration, which I conducted +between Milan and Como, in Italy, for the Italian government, in +pulling freight trains up grades of 100 feet to the mile. The +experiments were made with an engine built by the Reading Railroad. + +We competed with English, French, Belgian, and Austrian engines. These +machines required the best of fuel to perform the mountain service, +and could use coal dust only when it was pressed into brick. We used +in the Reading Railroad machine different fuels upon different days, +making the road trip of 120 miles each day with one kind of fuel. We +used coal dust scraped up in the yards, also the best Cardiff coal, +anthracite, and five kinds of Italian lignite, the best of which +possesses about half the combustible value of coal. + +The results in drawing heavy freight trains were equally good with +each fuel, the engine having at all times an abundance of steam on +heavy grades, no smoke nor cinders, and no collection of cinders in +the forward part of the engine. + +The fireman arranged his fires at a station, and did little or nothing +except to smoke his pipe and enjoy the scenery until he reached the +next station. An incident occurred to prove that we were not playing +with the machine. They told me one morning that we should be given a +load of 25 per cent less than the maximum load of an engine of her +class (30 tons). We started up the 100 foot grade, and found we could +barely crawl, and our engineer got furious over it. He thought they +were repeating a trick already attempted by screwing down a brake in +ascending a grade. We detected it, however, and found a pair of wheels +nearly red hot. Upon this occasion we found nothing amiss, except full +cars where they had reported only a light load. We pulled to the top +of the hill, the steam blowing off furiously all the time. + +This was a new experience to the Italians, and might surprise some +Americans. When we arrived at the station, the inspector-general and +his corps of engineers were evidently amazed, and it was evident we +had captured them. He said to me, "I can congratulate you, signor, on +possession of a superb machine." + +Afterward one of the engineers said to me: "Do not let it be known +that I told you what you have hauled or I shall lose my place, but you +have drawn 50 per cent more than the maximum load of one of our 40 ton +engines." I said: "You attempted to 'stall' us, and when you try it +again, be fair enough to give me a flat of pig iron, and as you pack +cars on one end I will pack pig iron upon the engine until she will +stick to the track, but rest assured that you will not be able to get +that steam down." The experience with that engine proves conclusively +to my mind that the general principles of steam making are the same +for both stationary and locomotive practice. The grand secret of the +success of that Wootten engine was the enormous area of the grate +surface, being, if I remember correctly, 7 by 9 feet, permitting thin +fires to be carried and complete combustion to be obtained before the +gases reached the boiler tubes. An enormous crown sheet was presented, +and that is where the bulk of the work of any boiler is done. + +Thin fires accomplish this. As already stated, a given amount of coal +generates a given amount of gas, and this gas requires a given amount +of air or oxygen. This air must be supplied through the grate bars and +then pass through the interstices of the mass of heated coal. It +requires about 10 cubic feet of air to consume one cubic foot of gas. +In stationary boilers we find that if we use "pea" and "dust" coal, an +extremely thin layer must be used, or the 10 feet of air per foot of +gas cannot pass through it; if "chestnut" coal be used, the thickness +may be increased somewhat; "stove size" allows a thickness of six +inches, and "lump" much thicker, if any wise man could be found who +would use that coarse, uneconomical size. Of course, I am speaking of +anthracite coal. Opinions differ about "soft coal," but the same +general principle applies as regards an unobstructed passage of air +through the hot bed of coal. + +Now, it will be agreed that the locomotive of the future must be +improved to keep up with the times. Fierce competition requires +increased efficiency and reduced expenses. I am told by you railroad +gentlemen that the freight business of the country doubles every ten +years. Trains follow close upon each other. What are you going to do? +Are you to double, treble, or quadruple your tracks? + +It seems to me much remains yet to be done with the locomotive. We +must burn a great deal less coal for the steam we make, and after we +have made steam we must use that steam up more thoroughly. In the +short cylinder required by locomotive service, the steam, entering at +the initial pressure pushes the piston to the opposite end, and it +then rushes out of the exhaust strong enough to drive another piston. +Of every four dollars' worth of coal consumed, at least two dollars +worth is absolutely thrown away. Or, of every ten thousand dollars +spent for fuel, five thousand dollars are absolutely wasted. How can +we save this? It would seem obvious that if steam rushes from the +exhaust of an engine strong enough to drive another engine, the common +sense of the thing would be to put another engine alongside and let +the steam drive it, and we should get just so much more out of our +four dollars' worth of coal. It seems evident that we must follow the +lead of the steamship men, and compound the locomotive engine, as +they have done with the marine engine. + +Next we must attack the extravagant furnace, and increase its area and +reduce the depth of the bed of coal. The difficulty of making this +change seemed to me to be removed, on examining an engine on the +Providence & Bristol Railroad, the other day. The machine was made at +the Mason Works, of Taunton. It was an engine and tender combined, the +truck being at the rear end of the tender, and the driver placed well +in advance of the fire-box, so that the maximum weight of both engine +and tender rested upon the drivers. In thus removing the drivers from +the proximity of the fire-box, abundant facility is afforded for +widening the fire-box, so as to obtain a grate area as large as that +of the Wootten engine or of a stationary boiler. It seems to me the +increase of grate area can be obtained only by widening; for a length +of more than six or seven feet is very hard upon the fireman. You +certainly cannot get more power by deepening present fire-boxes, +except by an enormously increased waste of fuel, which all will +concede is already sufficiently extravagant. + +In arriving at the conclusion of these hasty and I fear somewhat +incoherent remarks, I would say that the object aimed at for the +improvement of the locomotive would be reached, first, by making steam +economically, by employing such increased grate area as will permit +running thin fires and moderate or comparatively slow draught; and, +secondly, in economically using the steam which has been economically +made by compounding the engine. + +I have given you merely the views of an "outsider," who has had a +somewhat extensive experience in stationary engineering, and who has +observed locomotive practice in many parts of the world. These views +are offered for what they are worth, as suggestions for future thought +in designing engines, and as a sort of refresher upon rudimentary +points which long familiarity with every-day phenomena causes us at +times to overlook. I trust that your deliberations may aid in the +speedy reduction of the expenses of transporting freight and +passengers, for the benefit of the railroad companies and, in their +turn, the advantage of the people at large. + + * * * * * + + + + +ATLANTIC STEAMERS.[1] + + [Footnote 1: A paper recently read before the Institution of Naval + Architects.] + +By W. JOHN. + + +[Illustration: Fig. 1--CITY OF ROME.] + +The author said that he hoped to bring before the meeting impartially +certain facts which might be of interest, and which, when recorded in +the pages of the "Transactions," might be found of some use as data +for future reference. In dealing with passenger steamers, he would do +so principally from a shipbuilder's point of view; but the moment he +commenced to think over Atlantic passenger ships as a shipbuilder, he +was met by the question whether the present tendency toward divorcing +the passenger and cargo trade from each other is likely to continue or +not. If the answer is yes, then it seems to become an important +question, for the present at least, how to build, on moderately small +dimensions, the fastest, safest, and most economical passenger +steamer, using all the most modern improvements to make her commodious +and luxurious, and an easy sea boat into the bargain. If cargo is +still to be carried in the passenger ships of the future, a moderate +speed only will be aimed at in the immediate future, and every effort +will be devoted to economy of fuel, comfort, and safety, with a fair +carrying capacity. This latter policy is one which may possibly +prevail at least for a time, as it has powerful supporters in +Liverpool; but he could not help thinking that very high +speeds--higher than we have yet attained--must eventually gain the +day. He also thought that they were on the eve of important movements, +which will indicate what the next step in the passenger trade is to +be; for it must be remembered, among other things, that none of our +present English transatlantic liners, even the latest, have yet been +fitted with the latest modern improvements for economy of fuel or +quick combustion, such as triple expansion engines or forced draught. +They must, therefore, be at some disadvantage, other things being +equal, compared with the ships of the future possessing them. The +Great Eastern steaming up Milford Haven about twenty-five years ago +between two lines of the channel fleet of old--two and three decked +wooden line-of-battle ships--the whole fleet saluting with yards +manned, was a sight to be remembered. More than this, that ship, with +all her mournful career, has been a useful lesson and a useful warning +to all naval architects who seriously study their profession--a lesson +of what can be done in the safe construction of huge floating +structures, and a warning that the highest flights of constructive +genius may prove abortive if not strictly subordinated to the +practical conditions and commercial requirements of the times. The +Sirius and Great Western crossed the Atlantic in 1838, and in 1840 the +first ship of the since celebrated Cunard Company made her first +voyage. This was the Britannia, which, with her sister ships, the +Arcadia, Caledonia, and Columbia, kept up the mail service regularly +at a speed of about 8½ knots an hour. The Britannia was 207 ft. in +length between perpendiculars, and 34 ft. 4 in. extreme breadth, 22 +ft. 6 in. depth of hold, 423 horse power--nominal--and 1,153 tons +burden, built of wood, and propelled by paddles. In 1860 the Collins +Line started in opposition to the Cunard, and, after a series of +disasters, collapsed in 1858. This was three years after the Persia, +the first Cunarder built of iron, had been completed. In 1850, also, +the Inman Line was started with the City of Glasgow, of 1,600 tons +builders' measurement, and 350 horse power. She was built of iron, and +was the first screw steamer sent across the Atlantic from Liverpool +with passengers, and was the pioneer of the great emigrant trade which +Mr. Inman, above all others, did so much to develop and make cheap and +comfortable for the emigrants themselves, as well as profitable to his +company. That the builders of the celebrated old Great Britain, in +1843, and Mr. Inman, in 1850, should have pronounced so decisively in +favor of the screw propeller in preference to the paddle for ocean +steaming is a proof of their true practical judgment, which time and +practical experience have made abundantly clear. While the Cunard +Company went on developing its fleet from the early wood paddle +steamer Britannia of 1,130 tons in 1840 to the iron paddle steamers +Persia, etc., in 1858, the iron screw steamer China of 1862, to the +still more important screw steamers Bothnia and Scythia, vessels of +4,335 tons, in 1874, the Inman and other lines were as rapidly +developing in speed and size, if not in numbers. The year 1874 is +memorable, for it saw the White Star steamers Britannic and Germanic +put into the water, as well as the Inman steamer City of Berlin and +the two before mentioned Cunard steamers, Bothnia and Scythia. By the +addition of these two ships to their fleet the White Star Line, +although started only in 1870, reached a front rank position in the +New York passenger trade. The author gave in separate tables the logs +of several of these ships, some from published documents and some +kindly furnished by the owners. The Great Western had crossed the +Atlantic from Bristol to New York in 15 days as early as 1838. The +first Cunard steamer, the Britannic, was about the same speed, from 8¼ +to 8½ knots an hour. The average duration of the Cunard voyages in the +year 1856 was 12.67 days from Liverpool to New York, and 11.03 days +from New York to Liverpool. The Bothnia, in 1874, reduced the passage +to about nine days. The White Star Britannic, in 1876, averaged 7 days +18 hours 26 minutes outward from Queenstown to New York, and 9 days 6 +hours 44 minutes homeward, and has averaged for the last ten years 8 +days 9 hours 36 minutes outward, and 8 days 1 hour 48 minutes +homeward. The City of Berlin, of the Inman Line, also built in 1874, 8 +days 10 hours 56 minutes, and homeward 8 days 2 hours 37 minutes; and +for the nine years from 1875 to 1883 inclusive, averaged outward 8 +days 19 hours 56 seconds, and inward 8 days 8 hours 34 seconds; or, +putting it into rounder figures, the Britannic had reduced the average +passage between the two points to 8¼ days, and the City of Berlin to +8½ days. From the year 1874 on to 1879 no further advance was made in +Atlantic steaming, but in that year the Arizona was added to the Guion +Line, and it soon became evident that another important stride had +been made in the Atlantic passenger trade, which would lead to most +important results. The results, as we all know, have been sufficiently +startling. The Guion Line, which had started in 1866 with the +Manhattan, had now the fastest passenger ship on the Atlantic. In +spite of burning some fifty per cent. more coal than the Britannic, +the ship was an obvious commercial success. The spirited policy which +brought her into existence was appreciated by the public, and the +other lines had to move forward. Then followed a period of rivalry, +the Cunard Company building the Gallia and Servia, the Inman Company +the City of Rome, and the Guion Line the Alaska, all of which were +completed in 1881, and afterward the Oregon for the Guion +Line--1883--the Aurania the same year for the Cunard Company, and, +later still, the America for the National Line, and the Umbria and +Etruria for the Cunard Company in 1885. + +[Illustration: + +_Frames from outer edge of Tank to Upper Deck, 7 × 3½ × 8/16 for 250 +ft. Amidships, for 60 ft. before and abaft these Points 6½ × 3½ × 6/16 +at end of Vessel 5 × 3½ × 7/16, all spaced 24 in. apart and all +carried to Upper Deck, double from Bilge to Bilge in way of +Engines.--Frames in Tank on Lattice and Solid Floors, 5 × 3½ × 8/16, +Intermediate Frames, 8 × 4 × 9/16--Rev: Frames, 4½ × 3½ × 8/16, +carried to Upper and Main Deck alternately double, 4½ × 4½ × 8/16 from +Bilge to Bilge in E and B space._ + +Fig. 2--SERVIA.] + +Since the completion of the Etruria, for various reasons there has +been a pause in the tremendous strides made since 1879, and we may +briefly review the results. Taking the Britannic as a standard with +her ten years' average of 8¼ days across, and her quickest passage of +7 days 10 hours 53 seconds, we have now the following steamers of +higher speeds. Taking them in the order of their absolutely fastest +passage out or home, they stand thus: + + +TABLE I. + + ---+-------------------------+------+-------+------ + | | Days.| Hours.| Mins. + | +------+-------+------ + 1 | Etruria. | 6 | 5 | 31 + 2 | Umbria (sister ship). | slightly longer. + 3 | Oregon. | 6 | 10 | 35 + 4 | America. | 6 | 13 | 44 + 5 | City of Rome. | 6 | 18 | 0 + 6 | Alaska. | 6 | 18 | 37 + 7 | Servia. | 6 | 23 | 55 + 8 | Aurania. | 7 | 1 | 1 + ---+-------------------------+------+-------+------ + +It will thus be seen that from the 15 days' passage or thereabout, of +the earliest Atlantic steamers, we had got down in the days of the +Scotia to about 9 days; in the Britannic to 8¼ days, and, at the +present time, we have got to 6¼ days, with seven ships afloat that +have done the passage under seven days, and capable of making their +average passages range between 6½ and 7¼ days. + +Ranged in order of gross tonnage, these eight vessels stand as +follows: + + +TABLE II. + + 1. City of Rome. 8,144 + 2. Oregon. 7,375 + 3. Aurania. 7,269 + 4. Servia. 7,212 + 5. Umbria. 7,129 + 6. Etruria. 7,100 + 7. Alaska. 6,586 + 8. America. 5,528 + +Here the America shows to advantage, for while being eighth in size +she is fourth in point of speed, and from what the author can learn, +although he had no authenticated details on the subject, he believed +she is economical in coal consumption. He might perhaps be permitted +to say that one of the most difficult subjects in connection with the +propulsion of ships on which to get absolutely accurate data is that +of coal consumption. The records of six to eight hours' trials for the +purpose of ascertaining the coal consumption are absolutely worthless, +as all shipbuilders and engineers know, and so far as English ships +are concerned they are never attempted. Foreign owners frequently +stipulate for such trials in their contracts with English +shipbuilders, and get wonderfully economical results on paper, but the +fact that the trials only extend over a few hours renders them +valueless, however carefully the coal may be weighed during that +period. An authentic record of the absolute quantity of coal consumed, +say by each of the eight fastest Atlantic liners, together with their +average indicated horse power on the voyage, for a series of voyages, +would be extremely valuable. + +He gave, in Table III., the consumption per indicated horse power per +hour for a number of ships. This table affords valuable data, for it +gives, in addition to the dimensions, the moulded draught of water, +the midship area, the displacement, the indicated horse power, the +speed on trial, the coefficients for the lines both from the block or +parallelopipedon, and also from the midship section prism, together +with the length and angle of entrance obtained by Kirk's rule, the +Admiralty displacement coefficient, together with the coal consumption +per day and per indicated horse power per hour. + +[Illustration: Fig. 3--OREGON.] + +This table, as will be seen, contains some of the most important of +the Atlantic liners, and also a number of other typical ships, which +will add a variety to its interest and a value to it. The coefficient, +which is contained in the thirteenth column of the table, viz.: + + Dis 2/3 × speed³ + ------------------------- + I.H.P. × sqrt(entrance.) + --------------- + 10 + +generally comes out for ships of similar type more nearly a constant +in the true sense of the word than the corresponding Admiralty +constant. As an example, we have the curves of resistance and horse +power for the City of Rome and the Normandie, a large vessel of 6,000 +tons, which the Barrow Company built for the Compagnie Generale +Transatlantique, in which the coefficient of fineness and the form of +the lines pretty closely resemble each other below water; and if we +take from the curves the corresponding speeds and horse powers, and +work out the constants by the two systems, we have at 14 knots the +Admiralty constant for the City of Rome 322.2, and for the Normandie +304.8; and taking for a modified form of constant, the City of Rome +gives 253.7 and the Normandie 251.9, which, as will be seen, are much +closer together. Similarly, at 15 knots the Admiralty constant for the +City of Rome is 310, and for the Normandie 295.2, while a modified +constant comes out for the former at 245, and for the latter 244, +again agreeing almost identically. The same at 16 knots, for the City +of Rome the Admiralty constant comes out 297.6, and for the Normandie +282.8, while a modified constant comes out for the two ships 234.4 and +233.7 respectively, again showing marked agreement. It may be +mentioned that in these two ships the engines are of a similar type, +being three-crank tandem engines, and the propellers have in both +pitch and surface practically the same proportions to the power and +speed. The value of these modified constants will probably be found to +increase as the speeds increase up to the limit and beyond that point +at which wave resistance becomes an important factor. + + +TABLE III + +----------------+--------+---------+---------+-------+-------------+ + Name. |Length. | Breadth.| Moulded |Midship|Displacement.| + | | | draught.| area. | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +----------------+--------+---------+---------+-------+-------------+ + |ft. in. | ft. in. | ft. in. | | | + | | | | | | +City of Rome | 542 6 | 52 0 | 21 5½ | 1031 | 11,230 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Normandie | 459 4 | 49 11 | 19 9¾ | 892 | 7,975 | + | | | | | | +Furnessia | 445 0 | 44 6 | 22 2½ | 893 | 8,578 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Arizona | 450 0 | 45 1½ | 18 9 | 758 | 6,415 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Orient | 445 0 | 46 0 | 21 4½ | 904 | 7,770 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Stirling Castle | 420 0 | 50 0 | 22 3 | 990 | 7,600 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Elbe | 420 0 | 44 9 | 20 0 | 807 | 6,350 | + | | | | | | +Pembroke Castle | 400 0 | 42 0 | 17 0 | 648 | 5,130 | + | | | | | | +Umbria and | | | | | | + Etruria | 500 0 | 57 0 | 22 6 | 1090 | 9,860 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Aurania | 470 0 | 57 0 | 20 0 | 1020 | 8,800 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +America | 441 8 | 51 3 | ----- | --- | 6,500 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Oregon | 501 0 | 54 2 | 23 8 | 1150 | 11,000 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Servia | 515 0 | 52 0 | 23 3½ | 1046 | 10,960 | + | | | | | | +Scotia, P.S. | 369 0 | 47 6 | 19 9 | 867 | 6,000 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Alaska | 500 0 | 50 0 | 21 0 | 949 | 9,210 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Aller | 438 0 | 48 0 | 21 0 | 907 | 7,447 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Ems | 430 0 | 46 10 | 20 7½ | 877 | 7,030 | +----------------+--------+---------+---------+-------+-------------+ + +----------------+----------+---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + Name |Indicated | Speed. | Block | Midship | Prismatic | + | H.P. | |coefficient| section | midship | + | | | |coefficient| section | + | | | | |coefficient| + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +----------------+----------+---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + | | | | | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +City of Rome | 11,890 | 18.235 | .649 | .925 | .702 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Normandie | 6,959 | 16.66 | .614 | .901 | .681 | + | | | | | | +Furnessia | 4,045 | ¹14 | .682 | .903 | .755 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Arizona | 6,300 | 17 | .589 | .895 | .658 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Orient | 5,433 | 15.538 | .621 | .919 | .676 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Stirling Castle | 8,396 | 18.4 | .569 | .889 | .639 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Elbe | 5,665 | 16.571 | .591 | .901 | .655 | + | | | | | | +Pembroke Castle | 2,435.8 | 13.25 | .623 | .623 | .692 | + | | | | | | +Umbria and | | | | | | + Etruria | 14,321 | 20.18 | .538 | .896 | .637 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Aurania | 8,500 | ¹17.5 | .575 | .942 | .632 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +America | ----- | ¹17.8 | ---- | ---- | ---- | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Oregon | 13,300 | 18.3 | .599 | .849 | .67 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Servia | 10,300 | ¹16.9 | .610 | .862 | .71 | + | | | | | | +Scotia, P.S. | 4,632 | ¹14.31 | .605 | .92 | .65 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Alaska | ----- | ---- | .614 | .904 | .679 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Aller | 7,974 | 17.9 | .590 | .899 | .656 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Ems | 7,251 | 17.55 | .593 | .907 | .652 | +----------------+----------+---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + +----------------+------------+-----------------+-----------------+ + Name. | D 2/3 × S³ | D 2/3 × S³ | Kirk's system. | + | ---------- | --------------- | | + | I.H.P. | _____ +---------+-------+ + | |I.H.P. × \/ent. |Length of|Angle. | + | | ------- |entrance.| | + | | 10 | | | +----------------+------------+-----------------+---------+-------+ + | | | | | + | | | | | +City of Rome | 255 | 201.3 | 161.27 | 8° 29'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Normandie | 265 | 219.5 | 146.41 | 8° 44'| + | | | | | +Furnessia | 284 | 273 | 108.7 |10° 28'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Arizona | 269.2 | 217 | 153.79 | 7° 30'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Orient | 270.8 | 225 | 144.17 | 8° 21'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Stirling Castle | 286.8 | 233.7 | 151.3 | 8° 22'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Elbe | 275.5 | 229 | 144.6 | 7° 56'| + | | | | | +Pembroke Castle | 284 | 258 | 122.9 | 8° 49'| + | | | | | +Umbria and | | | | | + Etruria | 260 | 191.8 | 184 | 6° 52'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Aurania | 266 | 204.6 | 170 | 8° 38'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +America | --- | --- | --- | ----- | + | | | | | + | | | | | +Oregon | 227.9 | 190 | 164.3 | 9° 39'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Servia | 231 | 192 | 145.3 |10° 42'| + | | | | | +Scotia, P.S. | 208.9 | 186 | 126.8 |13° 21'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Alaska | --- | --- | 160.23 | 8° 2'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Aller | 277 | 225 | 150.6 | 8° 10'| + | | | | | + | | | | | + | | | | | +Ems | 273 | 223 | 149.4 | 8° 40'| +----------------+------------+-----------------+---------+-------+ + +----------------+------------+--------------------+----------------+--------+ + Name. | Coal | Cylinders | Boilers | Working| + |consumption | | |Pressure| + |-----+------+-------------+------+--------+-------+ | + | Per | Per | Diameter |Stroke|Heating | Bar | | + | day |I.H.P.| | |surface |surface| | + | | | | | | | | +----------------+-----+------+-------------+------+--------+-------+--------+ + | | | Ins. | Ins. | | | lbs. | + | | |/3 @ 46 \| | | | | +City of Rome | 185 | 2.2 |\3 @ 86 /| 72 | 29,286 | 1398 | 90 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/3 @ 35-7/16\| | | | | +Normandie | 148 | 2 |\3 @ 74-7/8 /| 67 | 21,404 | 756 | 85.2 | + | | | | | | | | +Furnessia | 97 | 2.2 | 49-100 | 66 | 10,396 | 440 | 90 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 62 \| | | | | +Arizona | --- | --- |\2 @ 90 /| 66 | ---- | ---- | 90 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 60 \| | | | | +Orient | --- | --- |\2 @ 85 /| 60 | ---- | ---- | 75 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 62 \| | | | | +Stirling Castle | --- | --- |\2 @ 90 /| 66 | 21,161 | 787 | 100 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 60 \| | | | | +Elbe | --- | --- |\2 @ 85 /| 60 | ---- | ---- | --- | + | | | | | | | | +Pembroke Castle | 44 | 1.7 | 43 and 86 | 57 | 7,896 | 288 | 99 | + | | | | | | | | +Umbria and | | |/1 @ 71 \| | | | | + Etruria | 315 | 2.1 |\2 @ 105 /| 72 | 38,817 | 1606 | 110 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 68 \| | | | | +Aurania | 215 | 2.2 |\2 @ 91 /| 72 | 23,284 | 1001 | --- | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 63 \| | | | | +America | 185 | --- |\2 @ 91 /| 66 | ---- | 882 | --- | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 70 \| | | | | +Oregon | 310 | 2.2 |\2 @ 104 /| 72 | 38,047 | 1428 | 110 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 72 \| | | | | +Servia | 205 | 2 |\2 @ 100 /| 78 | 27,483 | 1014 | --- | + | | | | | | | | +Scotia, P.S. | 168 | 3.4 | | -- | ---- | ---- | --- | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 68 \| | | | | +Alaska | --- | --- |\2 @ 100 /| 72 | ---- | ---- | 100 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 44 \| | | | | +Aller | --- | --- ||1 @ 70 || 72 | 22,630 | 799 | 150 | + | | |\1 @ 100 /| | | | | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 62 \| | | | | +Ems | --- | --- |\2 @ 86 /| 60 | 19,700 | 780 | 100 | +----------------+-----+------+-------------+------+--------+-------+--------+ + + ¹Mean speed of a voyage across the Atlantic Ocean. + +The author next considered the strains to which a ship is exposed, and +stated that he had before him the calculations for three of the +largest vessels, two of them of iron and the other of steel; and he +found, in the case of the iron, the maximum tension on the gunwale +during the greatest hogging strains likely to be endured at sea would +not exceed about six tons per square inch, while in the case of the +steel ship it is only about 6½ tons. These strains are well within the +limits of safety, and a comparison of the scantlings of these with the +others justifies the assertion as to their general safety from a +structural point of view. The sections of these three ships are shown +in Figs. 1, 2, and 3, with their principal scantlings. It will be seen +from these sections that the three ships differ materially in their +mode of construction. In the case of Fig. 1, which represents the City +of Rome, the largest of the three, it will be seen that the main +framing of the vessel is entirely transverse, with very heavy keelsons +in the bottom, and large partial bulkheads or web frames, and the +outside plating arranged on what is termed the edge to edge principle, +with a great portion of it double. In the next section, Fig. 2, the +Servia, which is built of steel, on the other hand, the bottom is +built on the longitudinal cellular system, the first application, he +believed, of this system to an Atlantic liner. The plating of the +Servia is of the usual alternate outer and inner strake system, partly +double; while the third section, the Oregon, approaches more nearly to +the ordinary system of framing and plating usually adopted, but it +will be seen that she was well tied in the bottom by very heavy +intercostal and plate keelsons, as well as in the top by heavy +stringers and sheer strakes, with much of her plating doubled, and +heavy web frames inside. The author next considered the question of +stability, and went on to deal with the subject of twin screws, and +stated that the Barrow Shipbuilding Company has done more in the way +of planning and designing for the adoption of twin screws lately than +for any other mode of propulsion, and this chiefly for passenger +steamers. He did not attach much importance to the particular form of +the blade either in single or twin screws, as he believed so long as +the disk area, the surface, and pitch were properly adjusted to the +speed of the vessel, and to enable the engines to use, at the maximum +speed, just the full quantity of steam that the boilers can make, we +have got pretty nearly as far as we can get. To fix these dimensions +of the propeller accurately at the present time, and without further +knowledge of the action of the screw on the water, was, he thought, +impossible. All the rules and formulæ are empirical. The best one he +knew is given in Table IV., due to Mr. Thom, the head of the Barrow +Company's engineering drawing office, and at present acting manager, +who has used it for some years in practice. These formulæ are based +upon the assumption that the area of propeller disk should be +proportional to the indicated horse power, divided by the cube of the +speed, and the same with the projected area of the propeller and also +the surface. + + +TABLE IV. + + _Particulars of Propellers and Constants._ + +------------------------------+-------+---------+----------+-------------- + | Length| | Proj. | Feet per + Ship. | of | Disk | surf. | minute. + | ship. |constant.| constant.|Speed of tips. +------------------------------+-------+---------+----------+-------------- +City of Rome. | 542 | 220 | 69 | 4,715 +Normandie | 459 | 250 | 66 | 4,099 +Furnessia | 445 | 223 | 69 | 3,654 +Eden | 300 | 211 | 64 | 3,080 +Yorouba | 270 | 213 | 63 | 3,202 +Taygete | 260 | 238 | 56 | 3,166 +Kow-shing | 250 | 171 | 69 | 3,369 +S.Y. Monarch | 152 | 221 | 65 | 4,040 +S.Y. Aries | 138 | 179 | 56 | 2,986 +Twin screw Fenella | 200 | 244 | 64 | 2,890 +Twin screw H.M.S. Fearless[2] | 220 | 277 | 67 | 5,022 +Twin screw H.M.S. Iris | --- | 454[6]| 135[6] | --- +Twin screw H.M.S. Iris [3] | 300 | 412 | 221 | --- +Twin screw H.M.S. Iris [4] | 300 | 346 | 99 | 4,961 +Twin screw H.M.S. Iris [5] | 300 | 439 | 82 | 5,309 +------------------------------+-------+---------+----------+------------- + + [Footnote 2: Estimated with a speed of 17.5 knots and 3,370 + I.H.P.] + + [Footnote 3: With the first propeller at the estimated speed of + 17.5 knots and 7,000 I.H.P.] + + [Footnote 4: With four bladed modified Griffith's on actual + trial.] + + [Footnote 5: With two bladed modified Griffith's on actual trial.] + + [Footnote 6: Constants obtained from first propeller calculated + from a speed of 18.5 knots and 7,500 I.H.P. + + Area of propeller disk × speed of ship in knots.³ + Disk constant = -------------------------------------------------- + I.H.P. + + Projected Projected area of propeller × speed of ships in knots.³ + area = ------------------------------------------------------ + of constants I.H.P. + + Expanded area constants may be obtained and used in the same way.] + +The discussion which followed was opened by Mr. Holt. He said that if +they were to have greater speed on the Atlantic, there was one point +which was not alluded to in the paper, and that was the total +abolition of cargo on board the great passenger steamers. If vessels +were built solely for passenger traffic, they would be able to insure +greater speed by reason of the greater slightness in build and the +additional space at the command of the designer. The existing Atlantic +express steamer was far too heavy, and might, if cargo was dispensed +with, be made with finer lines and more yacht-like. He looked on the +proposition to fit such vessels with longitudinal bulkheads with great +fear. If a collision took place--such, for example, as that which sunk +the Oregon--water would get access to one side only of the ship, and +it was not at all improbable that if a sea was on, she would turn +right over. At all events, very serious risk would be involved. + +Mr. W.H. White, Chief Constructor to the Admiralty, said the question +of twin screw propulsion was one of special interest to himself, and +had been so for many years. In 1878 he dealt with it as fully as he +then could on the basis of the Admiralty data, and he then ventured to +say everything in favor of twin screws that Mr. John had said in his +paper. If greater power than that now used in such a ship as the +Etruria, for example, were demanded, two screws must be used. Good as +are the results obtained with the Etruria, it was by no means certain +that still better might not be had. If she had been fitted with two +screws instead of one, very great advantage would be gained by the +greater submergence of the twin screws, as thus racing would be almost +wholly prevented. + +Mr. Calvert urged that more attention should be devoted to studying +the relative values of different portions of the propeller. + +The sitting was then suspended. In the afternoon, as we have already +stated, the members visited the steamship Germanic on the invitation +of Messrs. Ismay, Imrie & Co., subsequently proceeding to Messrs. Cope +Brothers' tobacco works, and thence to the exhibition, where the +dinner of the Institution took place in the evening. + +On Friday morning no paper was read; some official business was +transacted, and this being done, the discussion on Mr. John's paper +was resumed. + +Mr. Biles remarked that there were many advantages in the use of twin +screws which had not been sufficiently taken into account. When a ship +with twin screws was being handled in dock there was greater +maneuvering power, and therefore less liability for the ship to come +in contact with the walls, although, if she did so, there would be +greater probability of damage to the propellers. He thought means +could be easily devised of protecting the screws when the ship was in +dock. Another of the incidental advantages connected with twin screws +was that smaller engines and smaller propellers were required, and +therefore they might run them at a higher speed. They would also get +lighter machinery with twin screws, and there would be less liability +to have bad castings and forgings in the smaller engines, and of +course the cost would be less. + +With respect to the question of the middle line bulkheads, he could +not quite agree with Mr. John as to the great advantages of them in a +big passenger steamer. He thought there would be greater difficulty in +managing a ship so built if she was in danger of sinking. Increased +subdivision in a longitudinal direction was a very desirable thing, +and almost necessary for a condition of immunity from sinking. In +future Atlantic steamers longitudinal bulkheads should be placed not +in the middle line, but nearer the sides of the ships, and they should +recognize the fact that they had engines and boilers in different +compartments, and make arrangements whereby the ship would still +float, although the doors in these compartments were kept open. The +proper way to arrive at that was to have a ship with great beam, and +to have two longitudinal bulkheads at considerable distances from the +sides of the ship, subdivided as completely as possible, both under +and above water, so that, even supposing they got water into the space +between one bulkhead and the side of the ship, they would have +sufficient buoyancy in the other parts of the ship to keep her afloat. +Broad ships must necessarily mean deep ships, in order to have comfort +at sea. They were limited in length, and first came the question how +many passengers they wanted to carry. The experience of a ship like +the America--which was only 400 ft. in length--showed it was not +necessary to go to great length to have great speed. A ship of 400 ft. +to 430 ft. in length, 65 ft. of beam, and with a depth of 45 ft., +would be a ship of proper dimensions for the Atlantic trade, and he +believed it quite possible to build a vessel of special construction +of about 7,000 tons gross register which should steam with less +consumption of coal than the Umbria and Etruria at a rate of 22 knots, +crossing the Atlantic from Liverpool to New York in six days. He +thought that was likely to be the vessel of the future, and that it +would be quite as commercially successful as the Umbria or Etruria. + +Mr. J. Campbell remarked that at present the great American liners had +only the ordinary compound engines, and he thought that, instead of +converting them to triple expansion, they should take a step further +at once, and adopt quadruple expansion engines. This class of engines +was being very successfully built in various parts of the country. He +should recommend the adoption of a three-crank six-cylinder engine. + +Mr. Hamilton did not think it had been demonstrated that greater +efficiency had been got out of twin screws than out of single screws; +but there was no doubt they would tend to additional safety. + +Mr. Martell said that when they had got satisfactory data, twin screws +would be adopted for ships requiring great speed; but they had not got +that data at present. + +Admiral Sir John Hay, referring to twin screws as applying to +sea-going steamers which might be employed for imperial defense, said +it was quite certain that the defense of their extended commerce +would always require to be assisted by ships such as the Oregon and +other magnificent vessels which had been used for that purpose on a +recent occasion. He believed that for war purposes the twin screw was +recognized by all naval men as having very many advantages. If that +were so, it was quite evident that it would be a great advantage, +under such conditions as occurred at the loss of the Oregon, if the +compartments could be made completely water-tight; and the twin screw, +with the separation of the ship longitudinally, gave them the very +greatest possible protection. They could not trust to bulkheads that +were only closed occasionally by doors. What was required for war +purposes was the entire and complete isolation of different parts of +the ship, having always practically closed communications between +them. + +Mr. John then replied on the general discussion. He was pleased to +find that they had faith in the future of the twin screw and of +subdivision. The public had a right to demand greater safety than they +at present had on the Atlantic, or could have with a single screw. + + * * * * * + + + + +EXAMINATION QUESTIONS IN GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. + + +The following is a copy of the last examination paper given to +candidates who are desirous of employment in the constructive +departments of the municipality of New York: + +N.B.--In case candidate does not remember formula or method of solving +any problem submitted to him, let him name any work upon the subject +where such formula or method may be found. + +1. What is civil engineering? + +2. Have you ever pursued a course of study in any educational +institution, or with any civil engineer, which would fit you for the +position of assistant engineer? If so, state when and with whom; state +also, in detail, what experience you have had. + +3. Have you ever had responsible charge of any public work? If so, +state particulars. + +4. Solve the following according to the algebraic signs: + + -------------------------------------- + / (6-2/7 - 4-3/9) × 8-7/16 + / ------------------------ × 67873.367, and show your work. + \/ 4-4/12 + + +5. The population of a certain town in 1880 was 7,095; it having +increased 25 per cent. in ten years, what was it in 1870? Show your +work. + +6. How many feet, board measure, in the flooring of a room 20 feet by +30 feet and 2½ inches thick? + +7. Find value of x and y in the following equations: + + 2 x + 3 y = 33 + 4 x - y = 17. + +8. Find value of x in equation x² - x - 40 = 170. + +9. Find value of x in equation + + -------- + a / a² - x² x + - + / ------- = - + b \/ x² b + +10. Explain the meaning of the expression a½ × b¾. + +11. What is a logarithm? + +12. What is the base of the common system? + +13. In making what calculations are logarithms useful? + +14. How do you find the logarithm of a number in a table of +logarithms? + +15. What are similar triangles? + +16. How are similar triangles proportioned to each other? + +17. The sides of a polygon being prolonged, what is the sum of all the +exterior angles equal to? + +18. How do you pass the circumference of a circle through three given +points not in the same straight line? + +19. How do you describe a square in a circle? + +[Illustration] + +20. In the triangle, b being a right angle, what proportion does d b +bear to a d and d c? + +21. How do you inscribe a regular hexagon in a circle? + +22. What proportion do circumference and areas of circles bear to +their radii? + +23. How do you find the area of a regular polygon? + +24. Of an irregular polygon? + +25. Of a circle? + +26. How do you find the solid contents of a cylinder? + +27. Of a wedge? + +28. Of a pyramid? + +29. Find the contents of the wedge, base 20 feet by 30 feet, height 10 +feet, edge 15 feet. + +30. State the prismoidal formula; would you use it in calculating +earthwork? + +31. Is a simple question in calculating areas.--Ed. _Eng. News_. + +32. How many and what parts of a plane triangle must be given to find +the rest? + +33. Define the terms sine, co-sine, tangent, and co-tangent. + +34. What are natural sines, co-sines, etc.? + +35. What is a table of logarithmic sines, co-sines, etc.? + +30. Two sides and two angles of a plane triangle being given, how do +you find the other parts? + +37. When two sides of a plane triangle and their included angles are +given, how do you find the other parts? + +38. In the right-angled triangle, A B H express algebraically the +value of the sine, co-sine, tangent, and co-tangent of angle A in +terms of a, b, and h, they being the altitude, base, and hypothenuse +of the triangle. + +39. What is the law of gravitation? + +40. Do you understand that there is any difference in the meaning of +the terms gravitation and gravity? + +41. What is the law of falling bodies? + +42. Express algebraically this law, taking v = velocity of falling +body; g = acceleration of gravity; and h = height. + +43. What is the center of gravity of a body? + +44. How is it found? + +45. Where is the center of gravity of a homogeneous body whose sides +are all rectangles? + +46. What is the specific gravity of a body? + +47. What is the standard for solids and liquids? + +48. What for gases? + +49. What laws govern the pressure of liquids at rest? + +50. How do you find the number of gallons of water to the cubic foot? + +51. What is the weight of a gallon of water? + +52. What is the pressure per square inch on the side of a vessel at +the depth of 10 feet below the surface of the water? + +53. What will be the theoretical volume of discharge per second from a +reservoir through a pipe 1 foot in diameter, discharging at a depth of +100 feet below the surface of the water? + +54. How many gallons of water will be discharged through a pipe 1 foot +in diameter, 328 feet long, head 13½ feet, coefficient of flow = +0.007? + +55. State how many men are needed to make up a full party for a survey +of a preliminary line or location of a public work, such as a railroad +or aqueduct. + +56. State also their several duties. + +57. For what purpose is the magnetic needle used in surveying land? + +58. What is a traverse table and for what used? + +59. How do you set out a circular curved line upon the ground? + +60. If an obstacle occurs to alignment, state how you would overcome +it upon straight lines, also upon curves. + +61. The radius of a curve being given, and angle of intersection of +the two tangents, how do you find the length of the tangent from their +intersection to the beginning of the curve? + +62. Describe an engineer's transit, and name its adjustments. + +63. Describe a Y level, and name its adjustments. + +64. How many kinds of leveling rods do you know of? + +65. State how they are graduated, and how they can be read to the +1/1000 of a foot. + +66. Show a form of field-book for transit notes used when "running" +curves, and place thereon notes of a 5 deg. curve for 1,000, with two +intermediate "set-ups." + +67. Show a form of level-book, and place therein sufficient figures to +show your method. + +68. What are cross-sections? + +69. How do you set slope stakes for excavation and embankment? + +70. What is a grade line? + +71. What proportion of the breaking weight of a beam would you +consider a safe load? + +72. With the load uniformly distributed, what fractional part of the +whole weight may be considered, in all calculations, as being carried +at the center? + +73. Suppose a beam supported at both ends, and take w = weight, l = +length of beam, b = breadth, d = depth, s = breaking weight. Express +algebraically the value of s in terms of the other quantities. + +74. Sectional area being 36 square inches, which would be the stronger +section, 6 by 6 or 4 by 9? + +75. Make a design for a pair of rafters, connected by a tie-beam, for +a roof 30 feet span, showing the dimensions of the several parts and +the manner of connecting them. State in detail your method of +obtaining the several dimensions. + +76. How do you apply the principle of the parallelogram of forces in +determining the strain on the various members of a structure? +Illustrate graphically. + +77. What should be the thickness at the top and base of a retaining +wall 15 feet high, built to retain ordinary earth? Show your method of +obtaining the required dimensions, also a sketch of the wall, showing +how it should be founded. + +78. A reservoir is to be built, depth of water 10 feet. If the walls +are built of masonry, find the thickness of the same, and state how +they should be built. Show your work. + +79. What is an arch, of how many forms, and of what may it be +constructed? + +80. Can you state how you would find the thickness of an arch of +stone, span and rise being given? + +81. Define the intrados and extrados of an arch. + +82. Where should the line of resistance to pressure be found in an +arch in order to retain its stability? + +83. Can you find the thickness of the abutments, the rise and span of +the arch being given? + +84. In a semicircular arch, where is the horizontal thrust greatest +and where least? + +85. Name the common kinds of stone used in building. + +86. Define the terms "quarry-faced," "rough-pointed," "fine-axed," +"bush-hammered," as applied to the dressing of stone. + +87. Describe "rubble" masonry, "ashlar" masonry, and "broken ashlar" +masonry. + +88. What are "headers" and "stretchers"? + +89. What should be the proportion of "headers" to "stretchers"? + +90. How would you prepare the foundation for a heavy wall, and how +deep should it be excavated? + +91. How are walls founded on soft or yielding materials? + +92. Describe a good quality of bricks, and state how you would know a +good brick from a poor one. + +93. In how many ways is brickwork "bonded" to make good work in heavy +walls? + +94. What is hydraulic cement, and how many kinds do you know of? + +95. Which do you consider the better quality, Rosendale or Portland, +and why? + +96. What is mortar composed of, and how mixed? + +97. What kind of sand should be used, and how do you test its quality? + +98. What is the meaning of the term "setting" as applied to cement? + +99. How would you test cement? + +100. What is concrete, of what composed, and in what proportion should +its ingredients be mixed? + +101. Name the common kinds of wood used in building. + +102. What kind of timber resists decay longest under ground? + +103. How may timber be preserved from decay? + +104. What do you understand by limit of elasticity as applied to a +beam under strain or pressure? What is meant by the neutral axis of a +beam? + +105. What is the tensile strength of a good quality of wrought iron +per square inch? + +106. For what parts of a structure may cast and wrought iron be used +in reference to tension and compression? + +107. Make a sketch of the form of cast-iron beam best adapted to +resist a transverse strain. + + * * * * * + + + + +CELEBRATION OF THE FIVE HUNDREDTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF +HEIDELBERG, AUGUST, 1886. + + +The wave of pleasure and enjoyment which flooded everything has +passed. Heidelberg, usually so quiet, assumed the role of a city of +the world, and all was bustle and excitement in the streets, which +were hung with flags and other decorations. The trains constantly +brought new accessions to the crowd, and gayety and mirth reigned +supreme. + +The dedication of the renovated _Aula_ of the University served as a +prelude to the festivities of the week. On this occasion a splendid +flag, embroidered by order of the wives of the faculty of the Academy, +an equally costly cover for the scepter, and a silver inkstand were +added to the treasures of the University. Conspicuous among the +numerous presents received were a richly carved set of furniture--the +gift of former students from Switzerland--and all the publications of +certain book dealers. + +On the afternoon of August 2, the Grand Duke and Duchess arrived in +Heidelberg, where they were received with much enthusiasm. They +remained at the modest palace during the time of the jubilee, and +whenever they appeared they were greeted with expressions of +patriotism and love. On the evening of the 2d, the _Oberburgermeister_, +Dr. Wilckens, extended a hearty welcome to the guests who had gathered +in the over crowded hall. Vincenz Lachner conducted the musical part of +the entertainment, which was charming. The German Crown Prince arrived +early on the 3d, so as to accompany his royal cousins to the service in +the beautifully decorated _Heiliggeistkirche_, on which occasion Prof. +Bassermann spoke with great effect. At 11 o'clock, the Court appeared in +the _Aula_, where the Grand Duke presided, in virtue of his office of +"Rector Magnificentissimus." His address was followed by those of the +Crown Prince; the _Prorector Geheimrath_, Dr. Bekker; Edward Zeller, of +Berlin; Jules Zeller, of Paris; and others. In the evening the citizens +and strangers were attracted to the _Jettenbühel_ by the festival at the +castle; from 7:30 until 10 o'clock the nobility held court in the +_Bandhause_. The scene was like fairyland, all the outlines of the +castle were marked by thousands of small lights, and the court was +lighted by great candelabra. In the ever-increasing crowd it was +difficult to find a place and to obtain refreshments, which were given +out in immense quantities by the State. + +On the morning of the 4th the people thronged again to the +_Heiliggeistkirche_ to listen to the address of the _Geheimrath_, Dr. +Kuno Fischer, on the fate of the Palatinate and Heidelberg, which was +preceded and followed by music. After this the participants in the +festival were brought together by a dinner in the Museum Hall, and +seldom have speeches so inspired an audience as did those of the Grand +Duke and the Crown Prince. Never has Heidelberg seen such a +torch-light procession as that formed by the students in honor of +their Rector; 3,000 torches lighted him to the City Hall. He thanked +them, and proposed cheers for the Crown Prince. + +On the morning of the 5th there was the presentation of degrees. In +the afternoon a special train carried four hundred people to +Karlsruhe, where the royal party held a great reception. The capital +was decorated with flags, the city parks were lighted with Bengal +lights, there was music, and a song by the patriotic bard Vierordt was +sung. + +All the splendor and interest shrank into insignificance before the +grand historical procession on the morning of the 6th, which made a +lasting impression on the minds of all. The throng of 100,000 people +watched quietly while the whole history of the Palatinate passed in +review before them. The procession illustrated this history much +better than it could have been told by any professor or any book. +There was not a vacant space to be found, extra trains having brought +more spectators, and yet everything passed off quietly and without +accident. In the evening there was a heavy shower, which freshened +everything, leaving no ill effects to be seen the next morning, which +was more than could be said of many of those who attended the imposing +_Commerse_ of the Heidelberg students. As a former student, the Grand +Duke appeared among the 6,000 visitors at the _Commerse_, where he +presided and spoke enthusiastically of the Emperor. Other speeches +followed, until the conversation became so animated that even Von +Treitschke, who was received with an ovation, could not be heard. At +midnight the court retired and the _Fidelitas_ succeeded to their +rights. + +On the 7th the time was spent in excursions and carousing until the +illumination of the castle began. I never saw an illumination of the +ruins which could compare in beauty with that of the 7th. The night +was favorable for fireworks, until finally they were rivaled by the +moon, numerous boats trimmed with colored lanterns passed along the +river, there were fire-wheels on the bridge, water fireworks on the +river, and the quiet was disturbed alternately by the rockets and +music, and when the names of the Grand Duke and Duchess, crowned with +brilliant fire, appeared over the water, there was an involuntary +outburst of enthusiasm. If the old Elector and Electoress could have +been present at the closing entertainment of the jubilee, on the +evening of the 8th, they would have rejoiced to see the new life +brought to the ruins by their successor.--_Illustrirte Zeitung._ + + * * * * * + + + + +MANUFACTURE OF LEATHER IN RUSSIA. + + +From this extensive paper it appears that the matters chiefly used in +tanning are the bark of the oak, containing from 6.04 to 4.37 per +cent. of tannin according to the season, that of willows, of the elm, +and the birch. The leaves of the arbutus, employed in the governments +of Kasan, Viatka, and Perm, contain about 16 per cent. of tannin, +while the root of wild sorrel (_Rumex acetosella_) contains 12 per +cent. For removing the hair from hides, a lye made from wood ashes is +still employed. The softening of the leather is effected by means of +the excrement of dogs, which acts on the leather by means of the +biliary acid present, which forms with soda a kind of soap. After +tanning, white Russia leather is coated with a mixture of tar and seal +oil. Black Russia leather is dyed with alum, extract of sanders, and +ferrous sulphate. Horse hides are tanned to a great extent for sole +leather.--_M. Ryloff._ + + * * * * * + + + + +IMPURITIES IN PHOTOGRAPHIC CHEMICALS, AND TESTS FOR SAME. + + +[Table referred to in a paper read before the Birmingham Photographic +Society by G.M. JONES, M.P.S.] + + ------------------+---------------------+---------------------------------- + SUBSTANCE | IMPURITIES | TESTS. + | POSSIBLY PRESENT. | + ------------------+---------------------+---------------------------------- + Ammonia, | Carbonic acid | Renders lime-water milky. + NH_{3} | | + Molec. Wt. 17 | Dissolved solid | Residue left on evaporation. + | matter | + | | + | Chlorides | After acidulating with nitric acid, + | | it gives a precipitate with silver + | | nitrate, which after washing is + | | readily soluble in ammonia and + | | reprecipitated by nitric acid. + | | + | Sulphates | After acidulating with nitric acid, + | | it gives a precipitate with + | | barium nitrate. + | | + | Lime | A white precipitate with oxalate + | | of ammonium. + | | + | Lead is often | Black precipitate with sulphureted + | present, derived | hydrogen. + | from the action | + | upon flint glass | + | bottles | + | | + Nitric acid. | Traces of | After dilution it gives a + H, NO_{3} | sulphuric acid | precipitate with barium nitrate. + Molec. Wt. 63 | | + | Chlorides | After dilution it gives a + | | precipitate with silver nitrate. + | | + | Peroxide of nitrogen| The acid is yellow. + | | + | Iodine may be | After dilution and cooling it gives + | present if the acid | a blue color with starch, paste, + | be prepared from | or mucilage. + | sodium nitrate | + | | + Hydrochloric | Free chlorine | Liberates iodine from solution + acid, HCl | | of potassium iodide. See also + Molec. Wt. 36.5 | | "Chlorides," nitric acid. + | | + | Sulphuric acid | As above for nitric acid. + | | + | Perchloride of iron | Yellow color. Brown precipitate + | | with ammonia added till it + | | smells slightly. + | | + Sulphuric acid, | Bisulphate of | Residue on evaporation. + H_{2}SO_{4} | potassium | + Molec. Wt. 98 | | + | Sulphate of lead | Milkiness on dilution. May be + | | completely freed from lead by + | | diluting with three or four times + | | as much water, and allowing + | | to settle. + | | + Acetic acid | Water | Does not solidify when cooled + (glacial), | | to 17° C. (53º F.) + H C_{2}H_{3}O_{2} | | + Molec. Wt. 60 | Sulphurous and | White precipitates with silver + | hydrochloric | nitrate. + | acids | + | | + | Aldehyde, or | Blackens in the light after adding + | volatile tarry | silver nitrate. + | matter | + | | + | Organic sulphuric | Smell of garlic. + | acid | + | | + Citric acid, | Tartaric acid | Strong solution of potassium. + H_{3}C_{6} | | Acetate added to a strong solution + H_{5}O_{7}H_{2}O | | of the acid will deposit white + Molec. Wt. 210 | | crystalline bitartrate. + | | + Pyrogallic acid | Metagallic acid | Black residue, insoluble in water. + (C_{6}H_{3})HO_{3}| | + Molec. Wt. 126 | | + | | + Silver nitrate, | Free nitric acid | Reddens litmus paper. (Neutral + AgNO_{3} | | silver nitrate does not + Molec. Wt. 170 | | affect litmus.) + | | + Potassium | Chlorides and | Same as for ammonia. + carbonate | sulphates | + K_{2}CO_{3} | | + Molec. Wt. 138 | | + | | + Potassium | Potassium carbonate| A strong solution is alkaline to + iodide, KI | | test paper. + Molec. Wt. 166 | | + | Sulphates and | Same as for ammonia. + | chlorides | + | | + | Potassium iodate | A pretty strong solution becomes + | | yellow from liberation of iodine + | | on addition of dilute sulphuric + | | acid or, better, a strong solution + | | of citric acid. + | | + Potassium | Similar to | See potassium iodide. + bromide, KBr | potassium iodide | + Molec. Wt. 119 | | + | | + Sodium carbonate, | Chlorides and | Same as for ammonia. + Na_{2}CO_{3} | sulphates | + Molec. Wt. 106 | | + | | + Sodium chloride, | Chloride of calcium | Oxalate of ammonium (after + NaCl | Chloride of | addition of a little acetic acid) + Molec. Wt. 58.5 | magnesium | gives a milkiness, or precipitate, + | | indicating calcium; filter this + | | out and add ammonia, chloride of + | | ammonium, and phosphate of sodium + | | (clear solutions). A precipitate + | | indicates magnesium. Both the above + | | cause dampness in wet weather. + | | + | Sodium sulphate | As for "sulphates" in ammonia. + | | + Potassium | Potassium carbonate | Effervescence with dilute acids, + cyanide, KCN | nearly always | giving off a gas carbonic + Molec. Wt. 65, | present | anhydride, which renders + and hydrate, KHO | | lime-water turbid. + Molec. Wt. 56 | | + Kaolin | Chalk | Effervescence with dilute acids. + | | + Water, | Sulphates and | Same as for ammonia. + H_{2}O | chlorides | + Molec. Wt. 18 | | + | Calcium carbonate, | Deposited by boiling. Test as + | temporary hardness | for calcium chloride. See + | | sodium chloride. + | | + | Ammonia, almost | Brown coloration, or + | always present in | precipitate with Nessler's + | distilled and rain | reagent. + | water | + | | + Gelatine | Alum | Ash, sometimes as much as ten + | | per cent. + | | + | Fatty matter | Separated by precipitation with + | | alcohol. Dissolved out by ether + | | or benzine, and left as a residue + | | on evaporation of the solvent. + | | + | | + Ammonium bromide | Potassium bro- | Leaves a residue when heated. + (NH_{4})Br | mide or other | + Molec. Wt. 98 | non-volatile | + | bodies | + | | + | Ammonium chloride | Same as for chlorides in + | | ammonia. + | | + Pyrogallic acid | Powdered glass | Left behind on solution. + | | + Potassium iodide | Potassium bromide | The crystals of bromide are + | | usually more transparent than + | | those of iodide, but no reliance + | | can be placed on this. + | | + Silver nitrate | Potassium nitrate, | Will not yield the full quantity + | sometimes present | of chloride on precipitation + | in the fused | with HCl. Gives a purple color to + | sticks--not in | flame. + | the crystals | + | | + Sulphuric acid | When vended as pure,| No easy test can be given, as the + | it invariably | substances are so numerous some of + | contains a trace of | them volatile, and most require + | iron. Common acid is| separation from the acid before + | also liable to | detection. + | contain arsenic, | + | selenium, thalium, | + | and many other | + | substances. | + | | + | Organic matter, as | Gives a brown color to the acid. + | a piece of straw | + | in a carboy of acid | + | | + Hydrochloric acid | Arsenic | Marsh's test. + | | + | Some yellow samples | Reinsh's test; a small piece of + | contain no iron, | copper foil becomes coated + | but an organic salt,| on boiling in dilute acid. + | and give an alkaline| + | ash on ignition of | + | the residue after | + | evaporation | + | | + Calcium chloride | Calcium hydrate | The clear filtered solution made + | | with distilled water is alkaline + | | to test paper, and gives a + | | precipitate on breathing into it + | | through a tube. + | | + Pure (?) chemicals| Broken glass, bits | These impurities either float or + generally | of straw, wood, | sink on solution, and may easily + | paper, etc. | be seen. + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +G.M. JONES, M.P.S. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE CATASTROPHE AT CHANCELADE. + + +The Chancelade quarries near Perigneux, which caved in Oct. 22, 1885, +under circumstances that are still fresh in the minds of all, have +gained a celebrity that renders it unnecessary for us to revert to the +details of the catastrophe. It will suffice to recall the fact that +after the accident a private committee was formed for the purpose of +making an attempt to save the five victims who had been surprised in +the drifts, and who happened to be in the bottom levels. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPLORING APPARATUS.] + +The Lippmann establishment at once offered to make a boring by means +of which it would be possible to communicate with the galleries in +which the men were imprisoned, but, despite the most active efforts, +success was found impossible. In order to satisfy public opinion, the +committee resolved to bore a well 12 inches in diameter to a depth of +23 feet, that should permit of reaching the gallery; but this did not +render the latter accessible. How was it to be seen what had occurred, +how was it to be made certain that the men were dead, and that all +hope of rescue must be abandoned? To Mr. Langlois, a Parisian +photographer, was confided an order to construct a special apparatus +which might be let down to the bottom of the well by a cord, and +which, being capable of operating from a distance, should furnish the +required information through sensitized plates. As may be seen, this +operation presented peculiar difficulties, although Mr. Langlois was +enabled to overcome these with much skill. + +The photographic apparatus that the ingenious operator constructed was +contained in a metallic case that could be let down into the bore +hole. The upper and lower parts of the contrivance were provided with +incandescent lamps, that could be lighted or extinguished from a +distance, by means of conductors. The photographic apparatus, properly +so called, formed of an objective and camera with its sensitized +plate, was inclosed in a cylinder 3½ inches in diameter. By means of a +cord drawn at the mouth of the well, the apparatus could be made to +issue from its vertical sheath, and to pivot around its axis so as +take views in different directions (Fig. 1). + +The entire affair was suspended by twelve-foot iron rods, connected +with each other end for end. + +In using the apparatus, the operating was done in a shanty, which +served as a dark room. The device was let down into the bore well +until it touched bottom. At this moment a cord was pulled so as to +raise the camera, and then a few moments were allowed to elapse in +order that the apparatus might become immovable. As the objective was +all the time in the dark, it had neither cap nor shutter, but was +unmasked from the beginning of the operation. + +In order to form an impression on the plate, it was only necessary to +give light; this being easily done by passing an electric current by +means of a commutator, so as to light the incandescent lamps. At the +end of the exposure, the lamps were extinguished and the entire +apparatus was immersed in darkness. The mean time of exposure was from +four to five minutes. The apparatus was then hauled up, and the +negative developed. + +The experiments could be renewed as often as necessary, and the +apparatus be pointed in all directions by turning it a certain number +of degrees by means of a lever attached to the upper rod. In this way +were obtained various views of the inaccessible gallery in different +planes. + +[Illustration: FIGS. 2 AND 3.--REPRODUCTION OF PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN IN +THE INACCESSIBLE GALLERIES.] + +We reproduce herewith two of Mr. Langlois' most interesting +photographs. One of these shows the head of the corpse of a young +miner whose face stands out in relief against the side of the gallery +(Fig. 2) the other shows a wheel and a lot of debris heaped up +pell-mell (Fig. 3). + +The series of proofs obtained from small negatives, two inches square, +gave the completest sort of information in regard to the aspect of the +subterranean gallery. + +The exact place where the boring had been done and the entire and +broken pillars were recognized, as was also the presence of two +corpses, thus showing that it was indeed here that it would have been +necessary to act in order to render aid to the unfortunates. + +[Illustration: FIG. 4.--FAULT THAT CAUSED THE ACCIDENT.] + +In Fig. 4 is shown the appearance of the great fault that caused the +accident at Chancelade. It seems to us that this method of +photographing inaccessible subterranean galleries ought to receive +numerous applications in the future.--_La Nature._ + + * * * * * + + + + +SOMZEE'S NEW GAS-BURNERS. + + +With the object of effecting a very intimate mixture of gas and air, +and of causing this mixture to reach the point of ignition at as high +a temperature as possible, M. Leon Somzee, of Brussels, has designed +several new forms of gas burner, which we now proceed to describe and +illustrate, from particulars and by drawings kindly supplied by an +esteemed Brussels correspondent. + +The high-power burner shown in Fig. 1 effects perfect combustion of +the heated mixture of air and gas, which is introduced by the draught +determined by the arrangement. What chiefly distinguishes this burner +from others of its class is the fact that it is perfectly suited to +domestic lighting--that is to say, it may be arranged for a +comparatively small consumption of gas, while giving an increase of +250 per cent. of light. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1. and FIG. 2. INCANDESCENT AND HIGH-POWER +BURNERS.] + +The burner proper is a cage or basket of specially prepared magnesia, +which yields a warmer tone of light than any obtained hitherto, while +not requiring so high a temperature before combustion. The cap, made +of a fire-resisting substance, fits on to a tubular arrangement, R, +fixed in the upper portion of the body of the burner. The latter is +supplied by air entering at the cone, O, which terminates the inner +chamber, K, of the heater, and also by that drawn in by the rising +column of gas, passing before the orifices, D, which may be regulated +at will. The small burner, I, which is kept constantly alight, heats +the central compartment, K, the sides of which transmit heat to the +gas circulating in the annular casing, L, of the compartment. The +heated gas passes, by the passage, AA¹, into the space, C, where it +becomes intimately mixed with the air entering at OP, and also with +the outer air arriving by the lateral apertures, D. + +The _vis viva_ of the jet is diffused through this mixture, which thus +becomes very intimate, when it penetrates into the tubular +arrangement, R; combustion now taking place at the top, while the +refractory cap emits a bright orange light of great steadiness. As it +is not the flow of gas which determines the entrance of the outer air, +the former may be used at any pressure--an advantageous arrangement in +all respects. + +When the small burner, I, in the lower chamber is lighted, the +products of combustion issue by the orifice, O, of the compartment, +terminating in a needle like that of the steam injector; and the jet +draws along the air entering the apertures, PP, above the cone. The +gas from the pipe, arriving from the annular space, L, fills the two +lateral pockets shown in dotted lines, and passes through the +orifices, AA¹, which communicate with the upper chamber of the +burner. The manner in which it is conveyed thence to the tubular +arrangement has already been described. + +Fig. 2 shows a more simple method of carrying out the same principle, +and of effecting a considerable saving in gas for a given intensity of +light. In this form, a wick, T, impregnated with an alkaline earthy +solution, a few seconds after lighting, affords a focus of white light +remarkable for its steadiness and brilliancy. A draught of air is +created by a jet of gas issuing from the hollow needle, B, and passing +through the vessel, D, which is provided with orifices, O, for the +entrance of air. The air and gas pass from D into C, whence (after +their intimate mixture is effected) they pass into the tubular +arrangement, F, at the top of which combustion takes place. + +To regulate the proportions in which the air and gas should mingle, in +order that the combination should be as intimate as possible, the air +inlet is made variable by a perforated collar, which permits of the +orifices, O, being more or less covered. The other proportions of the +burner--that is to say, the relative capacity of the two compartments +and the length of the hollow needle--are determined by the sectional +area of the supply-pipe for the gas, which is admitted under moderate +pressure. Instead of a wire-gauze cap, impregnated with a solution of +metals or of salts, two fine platinum wires may be used--one bent into +the form of a semicircle of about an inch radius, and the other (of +slightly larger diameter) rolled spirally round the former. When both +ends of the two wires are connected with the upper portion of the +tubular arrangement (which in this case is flattened), and the gas is +ignited at the burner, the metallic arc becomes red hot, and then +brightly incandescent, emitting a light, less brilliant indeed than +with magnesia, but of remarkable steadiness. + +In this case the production of light is chiefly due to the fact that +calorific condensation, caused by the use of the helicoidal coil +surrounding the curved wire, prevents loss of heat in this conductor. +In these forms of high-power burner, in which the gas is used directly +for the production of light, the difficulty generally encountered of +heating the air (present in a larger volume than the gas) has been +successfully overcome. + +Fig. 3 shows the straight and outspread flame burner with a special +heater. In this arrangement the gas and air are heated before +combustion, in the compartment, G, directly exposed to the action of a +small Bunsen burner, R, which is placed (in an opaque glass) in the +middle of a lyre-shaped figure formed by the two gas-pipes, AA. The +burner proper consists of two fine annular passages meeting above, and +emitting a thin annular sheet of gas over the guide, T, made of a +white refractory substance placed between the two annular jets. The +object of this guide is to stretch the incandescent sheet of flame, +composed of several jets, and interpose friction, so as to prevent a +too rapid ascent of hot gases. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 REGENERATIVE BURNERS WITH INVERTED +FLAMES.] + +The luminous focus is placed within a glass globe, C, mounted on the +bell, B, of the heater; and the external air enters this bell, +mingling with the products of combustion of the heating burner, R. The +portion, D, of the annular passage, B, being made of a highly +conductive metal, the gas becomes heated in passing to the burner, so +that both gas and air are raised to the same temperature by the time +they reach the orifices of the burner. Instead of prolonging the +gas-pipe to the point of bifurcation, a chamber may be arranged +immediately below the guide, for the gas and air to become intimately +mixed by passing through several perforations or wire gauze, receiving +the excess of heat from the white porcelain guide. The admission of +gas to both the main and heating burners is regulated by a double +valve in the pipe; but this arrangement may be used without any +previous heating of the gas and air. + +Fig. 4 shows a similar arrangement to that above described, but +reversed; the gas and air being previously heated by the products of +combustion. The two pipes, D, lead the gas to the burner; and the +incandescent sheet of flame is drawn over a white refractory +substance, having in its center an orifice through which the hot gases +rise to the upper portion of the burner. The luminous sheet is spread +out all the better on account of this return of the flames, which also +causes the mixture of air and gas to be more complete than when they +rise directly. The gas escapes horizontally from the orifices of the +annular burner, B, and mingles with the double current of hot air +which rushes in above the flame inside the globe, and also below +through the central portion of the burner. + +This lamp throws its light vertically downward; and its illuminating +power may be increased by providing, above the incandescent sheet, a +reflector, which diverts into a useful direction the rays thrown +toward the ceiling. In this arrangement of lamp the flame is +excessively condensed by its being turned back over the refractory +guide; and this condensation greatly favors the production of light. +On the other hand, the combustion of the gas is very perfect, because +the currents of hot air are thrown directly upon the two sides of the +flame; and thus the reciprocal action becomes more intense. Lastly, +the division of the gas into a large number of small jets, in contact +with which the hot air forms an intimate mixture, causes a greater +quantity of molecules to partake in the combinations; thus affording a +proportionate increase of temperature in a given space and time. + +[Illustration: FIG. 5. REGENERATIVE BURNER WITH FLAME DEFLECTED +OUTWARD.] + +Owing to these various circumstances, the final effective duty of this +burner is advantageous, so that it yields an illuminating power which +may be put at from 200 to 250 per cent. above that of ordinary +burners, and about 25 per cent. more than that of other regenerative +burners. The flame is comparatively steady; the loss due to the +friction over the white porcelain being almost eliminated, because the +flame only presses upon the guide for a small portion of its surface, +and is only spread out to the extent of its dark zone. + +The contact between the incandescent sheet of flame and the guide may +be made as short as desired, and the motion of the gaseous mass be +directed by a simple button placed in the center of the burner; thus +giving the form shown by Fig. 5, which, however, differs from the +previous figure in the fact that the inverted flame is directed +outward instead of inward. + +In this arrangement the button, T, is fixed in the middle of the +burner, which is made cylindrical and annular, or may consist of a +ring of small tubes, to which the gas is led by a single pipe; leaving +the whole "furnace" free for the circulation of air and the products +of combustion. This is the most recent development of the principle +patented by M. Somzee in 1882, viz., the formation of an illuminating +sheet of flame, spread out laterally, while heating the gas and air by +the products of combustion. + +Figs. 6 and 7 show two forms of burner designed especially to give +economical results with a small consumption of gas. The former is an +ordinary Argand burner in which hot air is introduced into the upper +portion of the flame, so as to increase the activity of combustion. +The luminous sheet of flame is then spread out by a metal disk +attached to the end of the tube, D, which introduces the air into the +flame. The outer air becomes heated in its passage through the wire +gauze, T, which absorbs the heat liberated in the interior of the +apparatus, and also that which is radiated from the incandescent sheet +and reflected by a metal shield, P, surrounding the dark part of the +flame. + +[Illustration: FIG. 6. FIG. 7. TYPES OF ECONOMICAL BURNERS.] + +It is the combustion of gas, without the production of useful luminous +effect inside the shield, which supplies the reflected as well as +radiated heat to the air. The temperature is still further increased +by the heat transmitted to the metal portion of the burner, and +absorbed by the wire gauze, between the close meshes of which the air +from outside is forced to circulate. Air is admitted inside the flame +by the chimney, D, placed above the focus, and in which it is raised +to a high temperature by friction on the upper part of the lamp glass, +at E, and afterward by its passage through the horizontal portion of +the bent tube. This tube is impinged upon on the outside by the +flames, and also by the products of combustion, so that it forms a +veritable heater of the currents which traverse it. + +The introduction of hot air into the central portion of the sheet of +flame is advantageously supplemented by the spreading out of the flame +by means of the metal disk, without any possibility of its being +divided. In this way a more intense heat is obtained, and consequently +the illuminating power is considerably increased, by the uncombined +carbon being more readily set free, and being thus kept longer in the +flame, F. This burner, which may be constructed for a moderate gas +consumption, gives remarkable results as regards illuminating power +and steadiness; the abstraction of heat in no way impairing the +luminosity of the flame, which preserves all its brightness. + +The Argand burner with double chimney, shown in Fig. 7, is also an +economical one for a small consumption of gas. The air admitted to +both the inside and the outside is raised to a high temperature by +passing along the spirals of a second and transparent chimney, C¹, +which surrounds the cylindrical glass, C. The gas itself is heated by +passing through this hot chamber before reaching the outlet orifices; +so that the mixture of air and gas takes place under the most +favorable conditions for their perfect combustion. + +The burner is an ordinary Argand, which may terminate below in a small +chamber for the gas and air to mingle. But this is not necessary; and +the usual arrangement for mixing the air and gas may be adopted. The +outer air enters at the top of the central chimney, C and passes into +the annular space between the two glasses; then descends by the two +spiral passages, which surround the cylindrical glass and terminate +in a portion hermetically sealed by a brass plate attached to the +supply-pipe. All the parts of the burner are thus surrounded by a +highly-heated atmosphere, especially at the bottom of the double +chimney; and it will be readily understood that, if the branches which +lead the gas to the burner are constructed of a highly conductive +metal, the gas will become heated in its turn by passing through +passages raised to a high temperature. + +The elements are therefore dissociated or separated before their final +combination; thereby raising the calorific and luminous effect to the +highest possible degree. Such a burner can, of course, be made as +small as may be required; thus lending itself admirably to the +subdivision of illumination. The only precaution required is to +properly proportion the sectional area of the hot-air passages to the +radiant surface of the flame, so that the heat does not become too +intense at the lower portion of the burner. + +Fig. 8 shows a double flame burner on the principle of Mr. Heron's, +but with admission of hot air into the angle formed by the flames. As +exemplified by Mr. Heron, if two equal batswing burners separately +give a certain amount of light, on the two flames being brought into +contact, so as to form a single flame, the luminosity is considerably +increased, owing to the condensation of heat which results from their +meeting. The two incandescent sheets are, as it were, forced into one +another, so as to be combined. + +[Illustration: FIG. 8. DOUBLE FLAT-FLAME BURNER] + +The high-power burners of Douglass, Coze, Mallet, and others were +designed on this principle; but its application to uninclosed burners +was not very satisfactory, because the great cooling down of the inner +surface of the flames by the strong draught of cold air impaired their +illuminating power. To counteract this difficulty, M. Somzee adopts a +heating burner, A, which he places between the two batswing burners, +B, so that the products of combustion rise in the angle made by the +two lighting flames, as shown; thus greatly increasing their +luminosity while maintaining a low consumption of gas. + +M. Somzee also raises the illuminating power of an ordinary flat-flame +burner by causing an obscure effluvium to traverse the dark portion of +the flame. The effect of this is to increase the activity of +decomposition in this portion, so that the particles of carbon are the +more readily set free, and remain longer in suspension in the luminous +zone. The obscure effluvium may be determined between two points by +the electric current, or be caused by the heating of an imperfect +conductor by the current; or, again, it may result from a metal +conductor heated by the reactions produced in the middle of the flame, +by separating the cone of matter in ignition. The effect may be +compared with that obtained by the concentration of two sheets of +flame; but in this case the sheets are formed by the constituent parts +of one and the same flame, whence results a more complete utilization +of the elements composing it. This system is, in fact, a +simplification of the arrangement adopted in the double-flame burner +seen in Fig. 8. + +Fig. 9 shows a reflecting and regenerative burner with double glass. +The crown, made of metal polished on both sides, has a circular +groove, G, for receiving the end of the central chimney, C, and +presenting an annular aperture by which the products of combustion +enter. The second glass, C¹, is fastened to the collar of the +burner carrier, and does not come into contact with the metal crown; +so as to allow the air to enter from outside for supplying the burner. +The gas enters by the pipe, T, provided with a cock. This pipe is +continued to the top of the apparatus, and there spreads out into the +form of a dome; thus dividing into two compartments the trunconic +chamber, S¹ S², whence the hot gas returns to the body of the burner, +B. + +[Illustration: FIG 9. REFLECTING AND REGENERATING BURNER.] + +On the burner being lighted from below, the products of combustion +rise in the inner chimney, and enter the heater, which they traverse +through its entire extent, while impinging against the outside of the +gas reservoir, to which they give up a large portion of their heat. +They then pass by the passage, D, into the atmosphere or into a +chimney. The air necessary for combustion enters at the top of the +outer globe, and becomes highly heated in its passage through the +space comprised between the two glasses of the burner. In this way it +reaches the burner, and forms an intimate mixture with the small jets +of gas which compose the flame. The gas, on leaving the supply-pipe, +T, fills one of the compartments, S¹ S², of the heater, and then +returns by the second compartment, and again descends by the casing of +the supply-pipe, having its temperature still further raised by +contact with the internal radiation of the flame. + +Under these conditions, all the parts of the burner are supplied by +heated air, and the combustion becomes very active; thus increasing +the intensity of the flame, and consequently that of the light +afforded, while at the same time effecting a saving of 50 per cent. of +gas. This burner may be made of any size, and for consumptions not +exceeding that of an ordinary Argand. In fact, the gas is consumed at +a low pressure, escaping with no greater force than that due to the +heat of the products of combustion. It is sufficiently expanded on +coming into contact with the current of hot air, the activity of which +is regulated by the height of the apparatus, that is to say, by that +of its two chimneys. The mixture is made in such proportion as to +obtain from the gas and air as great a degree of luminosity as +possible. The high temperature of the gas, and the independent means +of heating the air and gas, constitute the essential principles of +this burner.--_Journal of Gas Lighting._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE CLAMOND GAS BURNER. + + +[Illustration: THE CLAMOND GAS BURNER.] + +In this burner, which is a French invention, the light is produced by +burning ordinary coal gas within a basket of magnesia, which is +thereby brought to a high state of incandescence, and from which a +white, steady light is radiated. It may be said to consist of three +different parts. The first and inner part is a central column, B, of +fireproof material. The second part consists of two concentric +cylinders placed round the inner column and communicating one with the +other through the cross cuts, J. The third part is a china cup +inclosing the other parts, and perforated with a number of holes. The +gas burns in two different places. From A it passes directly through +B, at the top of which it branches off through tubes to an annular +chamber, D, from which it escapes through the openings, _a_, _a_, _a_, +where combustion takes place. The other combustion occurs within the +circular space, G, I, between the column and the inner of the two +surrounding cylinders, through two channels, E E, in the lower part of +the central column. The gas passes into a circular chamber, F F, and +escapes through small holes in the upper partition of this chamber, +where it burns. The product of this combustion passes put into K, +through the cross cuts, J. The air entering through the holes, H L, of +the outer china cup passes along the inner of the two concentric +cylinders, which is heated to redness, and rises highly heated toward +the upper annular burner, where the gas burns at _a_, _a_, _a_, in small +separate flames, each entirely surrounded by the hot air. This insures +perfect combustion of the gas within the basket of magnesia placed +above, and which is thus brought to a state of incandescence. It will +be seen from this description how simple and practical the +arrangement is. It is claimed for the light produced that it will +stand comparison with the electric light. Like that, it shows colors +perfectly true, and will enable an observer to distinguish between the +most delicate shades, allowing of the finest work being executed as by +daylight. It is, moreover, stated to be perfectly steady. As the +Clamond burner can be fixed to any gas bracket or lamp now in use, its +adoption causes no other expense than the cost of the burner itself. +There is no expensive installation, and when used in combination with +the electric light, it is claimed that a uniform lighting will be +obtainable instead of the unpleasant contrast between gas and +electricity. Another important advantage obtained by the Clamond +burner is the saving effected in the consumption of gas as compared +with the same power of light obtained from ordinary burners. + + * * * * * + + + + +A NEW THERMO-REGULATOR. + + +In the thermo-regulators which have been constructed heretofore, the +heat has been regulated by the variation in the inflow of gas to the +heating flame. The apparatus described below, and shown in the +accompanying cut, taken from the _Zeitschrift fur Instrumentenkunde_, +operates on an entirely different principle. The distillation and +condensation process of a fluid heated to the boiling point in the +vessel, A, is as follows: + +[Illustration] + +The steam passes first through the pipes, _a_ and _c_, into the +serpentine tube, where it is condensed, and then flows through the +tubes, _d_ and _b_, back into the vessel, A, if the cock, _r_, is +closed, but if the said cock is open, it flows into the receptacle, K. +When the liquid begins to boil the steam passes freely through the +tubes, _d_ and _b_, part passing through the tube, _f_, out into the +air, and the other part passing through the open cock, _r_, to the +receptacle, K; but the condensed liquid soon closes these passages to +the steam. At _h_ is an opening for a thermometer, _t_, and through +this opening the liquid can be poured into the vessel, A. If the cock, +_r_, is kept closed, the volume of liquid in the vessel, A, cannot be +diminished, and the bath, B, must take the constant and uniform +temperature of the steam in the vessel, A, as the vessel, B, is heated +evenly on all sides. + +This apparatus can also be used as an air bath, in which case the +vessel, B, is left empty and closed by a suitable stopper. + + * * * * * + + + + +PIPETTE FOR TAKING THE DENSITY OF LIQUIDS. + + +The accompanying engraving represents a simple apparatus, which any +person accustomed to working glass can make for himself, and which +permits of quickly, and with close approximation, estimating the +density of a liquid. In addition, it has the advantage of requiring +but a very small quantity of the liquid. + +It consists simply of a straight pipette, A B, to which is affixed +laterally, at the upper part, a small U-shaped water gauge. + +The two branches of the gauge, as well as the pipette itself, are +graduated into equal divisions. If need be, the graduating may be done +by simply pasting on the glass strips of paper, upon which a graduated +scale has been drawn. The zero of the pipette's graduation is exactly +at the lower extremity, B. The graduation of the two gauge tubes +extends in both directions from a zero situated near the center. The +zeros of the two branches must correspond as exactly as possible, so +that they shall be in the same horizontal plane when the apparatus is +fixed upon a support. To render the apparatus complete, it only +remains to adapt, at A, a rubber tube provided with a wire clamp, and +terminating in a short glass tube for sucking through with the mouth. + +[Illustration: PIPETTE FOR TAKING THE DENSITY OF LIQUIDS.] + +For taking the density of a liquid, we plunge the end, B, into it, and +then suck, and afterward close the rubber tube with the clamp. It is +essential that this latter shall hold well, so that the levels may +remain constant. + +We now do the reading. Suppose, for example, we read 250.3 mm. on the +pipette, and 147.7 mm. and 152 mm. on the branches of the gauge. +Having these data, we loosen the clamp, and allow the liquid to flow. +On account of capillarity, there remains a drop in B; and of this we +read the height, say 6 mm. A height 250.5 mm - 6 = 244.5 mm. of liquid +raised is, then, balanced by a column of water of 147.5 + 152 = 299 +mm. + +Now the heights of these two liquids is in the inverse ratio of their +densities: + + _d_ 299.5 + --- = -----, whence _d_ = 1.22. + 1 244.5 + +We obtain _d_ by a simple division. + +When the instrument has been carefully graduated, and has been +constructed by an expert, the accuracy of the first two decimals may +be relied upon. With a little practice in estimating the last drop, we +may, in trying to estimate the density of water, even reach a closer +approximation. In order to measure the height of the drop accurately, +one should read the maximum height to which the liquid rises between +the fall of two drops at the moment when the last ones are falling, +since at that moment, and only at that, can it be ascertained that the +lower level of the bubble is plane. The error in such reading does not +reach half a millimeter, and, as a suitable height of the apparatus +permits of having columns that vary between 13 and 30 centimeters, an +error of this kind is but 1-300. This is the limit of precision of the +method. + +The clamp might be advantageously replaced by a glass cock, or, better +still, A might terminate in a rubber bulb; and a lateral tubulure +might be fixed to the pipette, and be closed with a rubber stopper. + +This little apparatus is more easily maneuvered than any of those that +have hitherto been devised upon the same principle. It is capable also +of replacing areometers in ordinary determinations, since it permits +of correcting the error in capillarity that is neglected in +instruments; and, moreover, one can, when he desires to, easily verify +for himself the accuracy of the graduation.--_La Nature._ + + * * * * * + + + + +USEFUL BAGS, AND HOW TO MAKE THEM. + +By JOHN T. HUMPHREY. + + +Since the papers on "Boot and Shoemaking," in vol. i. of _Amateur +Work_, illustrated, I think nothing relating to the leather trades has +appeared in it; and as there must be many among the readers of this +magazine who have a desire to dive deeper into the art of manipulating +leather into the various articles of utility made from that material, +I will endeavor in the series of articles of which this is the +commencement to furnish them with the necessary instructions which +will enable them to do for themselves many things which now are left +undone, or else have to be conveyed miles to some town where the +particular business, or something akin to it, is carried on. To the +colonist and those who live in out-of-the-way districts, it must be a +matter of great regret to observe articles of use, where the material +is in good condition, rapidly becoming useless owing to the inability +of the possessor to do the necessary repairs. Again, it may be that +the article is completely worn out, and the old proverb that "a stitch +in time saves nine," will not be advantageously applied if carried +out. In that case a knowledge of making new what we require, whether +in order to replace something already worn out or as an addition to +our store, must prove beneficial to the thrifty amateur. My object in +writing these articles is not to deprive the mechanic of any portion +of his legitimate occupation, but to assist those who live at a +distance too great to be able to employ him, and who necessarily +prefer any makeshift to the inconvenience of sending miles, and being +without for days, an article which might possibly be set right in an +hour or two. + + +HOW TO MAKE BAGS. + +The old-fashioned carpet bag (Fig. 1) is still unsurpassed by any, +where rough wear is the principal thing to be studied. Such a bag, if +constructed of good Brussels carpeting and unquestionable workmanship, +will last a lifetime, provided always that a substantial frame is +used. + +[Illustration: FIG 1.--THE CARPET BAG.] + +Next in order comes the brief bag (Fig. 2), more extensively used than +any other. For business purposes it is in great favor with bag users, +being made in a variety of shapes, but all belonging to the same +class. Here we have the shallow brief, deep brief, eclipse wide mouth, +imperial wide mouth, excelsior, courier, and many others; but to know +how to make one will be sufficient for all, the only difference being +in the cut or style in which they are constructed. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--THE BRIEF BAG.] + +The cricket bat bag (represented in Fig. 3) is made on the same +principle throughout as the carpet bag. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--THE CRICKET BAT BAG.] + +Frames and all necessary fittings required in making bags may be +purchased of dealers. + +Care must be observed in choosing all the pieces necessary for a bag +from the same pattern carpet, otherwise it will present an unsightly +appearance when completed. There may be some who would prefer American +cloth; this is thoroughly waterproof, and has a good appearance for +some time, but, like all articles of imitation, it has only +_cheapness_ to recommend it. If cloth is to be used (I mean American +cloth), let it be the best that can be bought, that which is called +"double-twill duck," if possible. As the making is the same whether +cloth or carpet be used, it will be understood that the instructions +for making apply to both. + +The following tools, which are few and inexpensive, will be required: +A pair of clams (Fig. 4), cost 1s. 6d.; knife (Fig. 5), 6d.; half +dozen awl blades, ½d. each; three or four boxwood handles, 1½d. each; +3 foot rule, 1s.; hammer, 1s.; a packet of harness needles, size 4, +cost 2½d. (these have blunt points); a bone (Fig. 6) will also be +required for rubbing the stiffening into place, cost about 3d.; and a +ball each of hemp and wax for making the sewing threads--hemp 2½d., +wax ½d. For making holes in the bottom where the nails or studs are +fixed, a large sewing-awl will be required; this will probably have to +be bought at a saddler's; the other tools can all be obtained at any +grindery and leather seller's. + +[Illustration: FIG. 4--Pair of Clams. FIG. 5--Knife. FIG. 6--Bone +Rubber. FIG. 7--Method of Measuring Registered Frame: A to A, Top of +Sides; A to B, Top of Gussets. FIG. 8--Pattern of Bottom, Showing +Place of Nails. FIG. 9--Side Pattern Folded. FIG. 10--Gusset Pattern +Folded. FIG. 11--Pattern for Gusset Stiffening. FIG. 12--Handle, +Showing Distance of Rings.] + +The awl blades mentioned above are of two kinds, and either may be +used for this work. Those generally used are of a straight diagonal +shape, making a perforation the shape of a diamond, <>*; the others are +perfectly round, tapering gradually to a fine point. To fix them in +the boxwood handles, place the blade in a vise, leaving the unpolished +part above the jaws; hold the handle above this, and commence driving +it down, taking care that the blade is penetrating the middle of the +handle. Continue tapping the handle until the ferrule reaches the +polished part of the blade; it will then be in far enough. + + * Transcriber's Note: Original diamond vertical instead of horizontal. + +A good serviceable pair of clams may be made by taking two staves of a +good-sized barrel, and cutting about 10 inches off the end of each. +Screw together with three screws (as in Fig. 4), and shape the +uppermost ends so that the outsides meet in a sharp ridge along the +top; this will give a flat surface within the mouth, by which a hold +of the work may be obtained. A two-inch screw will be long enough for +the bottom, which must be turned in as tightly as possible; the others +must not be less than 3 inches, as there will be a space of 1½ or two +inches between the staves at the part where they are inserted. Screw +these just tight enough to give a good sharp spring to the mouth of +the clams when they are pressed open; this will insure the work being +held firmly while being sewn. Sandpaper them over to give a smooth +appearance, and these will be found as useful as bought ones. + +A piece of basil leather will be required for the bottom and welts of +the bag. This may be purchased at a leather seller's with the tools. +Cut out the bottom first; the welts may be cut from any narrow pieces. +These must be cut seven-eighths of an inch wide, then folded over, and +lightly hammered down. This brings the two edges together, and when +placed in position, they should lie evenly between the edges of the +material. A piece of string may be laid in the welt to give it a +fuller appearance if the leather is very thin. + +The following dimensions of bags when made up will enable the maker to +choose the most useful size: + + No. 1, 16 by 14 inches; No. 2, 19 by 16 inches; + No. 3, 21 by 17 inches; No. 4, 24 by 18 inches. + +The sizes of frames and parts when cut will be as follows: + + Frame. Sides. Bottom. Gussets. + + No. 1, 15 inches 16½ by 15½ 16½ by 5½ 15½ by 5½ + No. 2, 18 inches 19½ by 17½ 19½ by 6 17 by 6 + No. 3, 20 inches 21½ by 18½ 21½ by 6½ 18½ by 6½ + No. 4, 23 inches 24½ by 19½ 24½ by 6½ 19½ by 6½ + +Taking No. 1, 16½ inches will be the length of sides and 15½ inches +the depth. The gussets are also 15½ deep, the width being 5½, the same +as the bottom. Take 1½ inches from the depth of these to allow for +covering the frame, and ½ inch from the length to allow for the seams, +and we have a bag 16 inches long by 14 inches deep. + +And now to commence. Arrange the pieces of carpet on the board, and +mark off the size of each part required with a piece of chalk or +pipeclay. By cutting with the carpet, laying the right side up, we +shall be able to see that the pattern of it will be in the same +direction on both sides of the bag when made up. We next take the ball +of hemp, and by pushing the finger through the hole in the center of +it, drive out the end. To use the hemp from the inside is much the +best way, because the ball will stand perfectly still, whereas, if +started from the outside, it will be darting in all directions about +the floor of the workroom, and entwining itself around any obstacle +which lies there, unless it is placed securely in a box and drawn out +through a hole in the center of lid. + +A hook must be fixed in some convenient place to make the waxends on, +or, as they are called in the trade, "threads," which term it will be +as well to call them by here; thus a _four-cord thread_ means a thread +or waxend containing four strands of hemp, a six-cord contains six +strands, and so on. One of the greatest difficulties for the amateur +is to produce a well-formed thread. He generally finds it thicker a +few inches from the point than at any other part. These are known in +the trade as bull-necked threads; and as the mechanic finds it +difficult to use them when his employer starts a new apprentice and +gives him this job for the men, I must impress on the worker here the +necessity of making them as perfect as possible. It would be as well +if a little practice was given at breaking the hemp in the way which +produces good points. Better waste a few yards of hemp than be +compelled to abandon a thread after making only a few stitches with +it. + +Gripe the hemp firmly between the thumb and forefinger of the left +hand, leaving about eight or nine inches hanging loosely down; lay +this over the thigh of the right leg, and with the right hand rub it +in a downward direction, which will cause the twisted strand to +loosen. One good stroke should be sufficient; if not, it must be +repeated until the fibers forming the strand are quite loosened. By +holding it close to the end with the right hand, and giving it a jerk +with the left, the fibers will break, and the ends of the strands +formed in this way are placed at a little distance one above another, +which, when twisted, form a smooth, tapering point. + +To cast off a thread the proper way is to stand at a distance of about +three feet from the hook previously mentioned, and by holding the end +of the hemp in the left hand, pass it over the hook and bring it down +with the right, then holding with the left and breaking as above. When +sufficient strands to form the thread have been broken off, carefully +examine the points to see that they taper properly, and have no lumps +in them. Rub the wax up and down a few times, so that the thread may +be properly waxed on that portion which will be inside when twisted. +Hold the two ends in the left hand, and with the right roll each end +separately down the right leg a sufficient number of times to twist +the thread throughout. Judgment will be required in this operation, or +the thread will be a constant source of trouble if it is over-twisted. +Wax it again, and then it is ready for use. See that the points are +well waxed, then take a needle and pass the point of the thread +through the eye until it nearly reaches that part which would stop its +progress. + +It must now be turned down on to the thicker portion and carefully +twisted. Smooth it down, then take the other end of thread and another +needle, and fasten it on in the same way. In selecting the awl to be +used, do not take a very large one. The hole should be just large +enough for the thread to require a slight pull to get it through. + +To commence sewing take one side and a gusset and place them evenly +together, the right side of the material being inside, and fix them in +the clams. Slip the welt as previously described between the edges, +and pass the awl through the lot. Drive it perfectly straight, as upon +this chiefly depends a nice seam when turned. Draw out the awl, and by +following the point, pass up the bottom needle with the left hand. +This should be taken by the thumb and forefinger of the right hand and +the thread pulled through half its length, so forming a thread of +equal length on each side. Make another hole with the awl about +one-third of an inch from the first. This gives the length of stitch. +Pass up the bottom needle as before into the right hand, the top +needle descending to the bottom immediately after. Take hold of this +with the left hand and pull through the threads simultaneously top and +bottom, until the extremity on each side lies on and forms the stitch. +Be careful that in pulling in the latter part each thread closes at +the same time, thereby preventing a crooked seam. Repeat until the +seam is finished, then take the other gusset and place in position. +Sew this, then take the other side of bag and sew to the gussets. You +will then have something in the shape of a bag, minus the bottom. Take +this next, and fix each corner to one of the seams previously made, +and stitch it carefully round, placing a welt in as before. At the end +of each seam a stitch or two back should be taken or the thread tied +over to prevent it opening. + +The outside of the bag being inward, it must now be turned previous to +stiffening and framing. The turning is done by placing the bag over +the left arm, and with the right hand commence pushing in one of the +corners, then the opposite one until that end is reversed. Then serve +the other end in a similar manner, and smooth each seam along. + +We now take a piece of stout millboard (an old ledger book cover will +do if large enough), or, if purchased with the frame, ask for a two +pound board: this will cost about 4d., and be sufficient for several +bags. Cut it quarter of an inch less than the bottom all round, and +see that it fits before gluing it in. To do this, place one end within +the seams at one end of the bag, and by lifting it in the middle press +in the other, when the stiffening will lie within the four seams at +the bottom. Having fitted it satisfactorily, take it out again and +glue it well with some good hot glue. This must be neither too thick +nor too thin. The best way to prepare it is to lay some glue in cold +water for twelve hours. It will absorb sufficient water in that time, +and can be boiled up without any further preparation. The quicker it +is fixed after the glue is put on the better. A brush similar to a +paint brush will be the best to apply it with, and need not cost more +than 6d. After the gluing, lay it aside for a few hours to allow it to +thoroughly set, during which time the making of the handles can be +proceeded with. On some bought bags these are very common, and seldom +last more than a few months; the usual plan being to take a piece of +rope about the size of a clothes line and roll a piece of brown paper +round it, covering it afterward with a piece of basil leather. + +Procure two pieces of brown harness leather--the shoulder of the hide +is most suitable--from a saddler, 11 inches long by 1-1/8 inches wide, +round the four ends, and make a compass mark 1/8 of an inch from the +edge all round for the stitching. Take a piece of line as above, and +place within the leather, which most likely will have to be damped to +make it draw round easier. Leave 1½ inches from each end for sewing to +the bag, the line also being so much less than the full length of the +handles. Having sewn them, flatten the ends and bend the handles into +a semicircular shape, and leave them to dry. + +By this time the glue holding the stiffening to the bottom of the bag +will be set, so the next move will be to put in the studs or nails. +Take the largest size awl and make five punctures through the bottom, +about three-quarters of an inch from each corner and one in the +center, as in Fig 8; push the nails through and turn down each of the +two claws in an opposite direction, tap them with a hammer to make +them lie closer, and also to prevent them from becoming loose. This +done, we next take the frame and remove the key-plate from it. + +Fold the sides of the bag well over the frame, so that the stitching +will get a good hold of the part that goes inside. Put a stitch +through at each corner to hold it, and see that it sets perfectly true +on the frame. A space is left between the two plates of iron forming +the frame, which allows of the bag being sewn through it. Fix the +key-plate by riveting inside. Sew the bag from one corner of frame to +the other corner on each side, leaving the gussets unstitched. It is +now ready for the lining. Let this be good, as it will greatly add to +the durability of the bag if strong. Coarse linen at 8d. to 10d. per +yard is the best material for this purpose. The sides and bottom may +be cut in one piece; the length of this will be twice the depth of one +side of carpet (less the part which folds over the frame) and the +width of the bottom. The width of this piece throughout to be a half +inch less than the outsides were cut. The gusset lining will want to +be the same width as the gusset, but an inch less in length will do. +The seams of the lining may be stitched with an ordinary household +sewing machine if good thread is used. When made, place the lining +inside the bag, see that it is well down at the bottom, turn in the +top edge all round to the required size, and fix in as follows: Take a +long carpet needle and a length of thread, pass the needle through the +lining at the folded ridge and bring it up again through the same at a +distance of an inch or so. This forms a stitch within the lining; pass +the needle through one of the stitches made in sewing in the frame and +repeat as before, carefully observing that the lining falls into its +proper place as it is being sewn in. Continue in this way until the +two sides are done, leaving only the gussets and gusset lining to be +united. This is done by folding the edges inward and sewing them +together, the frame joints moving freely between the gussets and +lining. We have now only the handles to put on and it is complete. Sew +these on with a five cord thread well waxed. To protect the lock +against being unduly strained when filled, a strap and buckle may be +put on between the handles and each end of the frame, as in Fig. 3. + +Next in order is the cricket bat bag, which should always be comprised +in the outfit of the amateur cricketer, as well as of the +professional. In making this we follow the instructions given for the +carpet bag. It may be made either of carpet, tan-canvas, or leather, +the latter, of course, being the strongest and most expensive. Carpet +will not require to be described, but a brief description of +tan-canvas and leather may be of service to the amateur in assisting +him to choose something for himself. + +Tan-canvas, as used for bags and portmanteaux, is a strong, coarse +material of a brown color; it wears well, and has one advantage over +carpet--it is thoroughly waterproof. + +Leather is, of course, superior to carpet or canvas, but there are a +few tricks in its manufacture which it may not be out of place here to +mention as a caution to the amateur that the old saying, "There's +nothing _like_ leather," is a thing of the past where the general +appearance of an article is meant. The genius of the inventor has +produced machinery which gives to paper, linen, and other stuffs the +appearance of the genuine article, whereas it does not contain one +particle of it. At one time, when a hide of leather was required to be +of the same thickness all over it, the currier would work at the flesh +of the skin with a shaving knife, gradually scraping the thick parts +away until it was reduced to the required substance. Now it is done +in a few minutes. The hide is passed whole between the rollers of a +splitting machine against the sharp edge of a knife, which reaches +from one side of the machine to the other, a distance of 10 or 12 +feet. This knife is so gauged that any thickness can be taken off at +one operation, the part taken off resembling the hide in size and +shape. The top or grain of the hide is then dressed and finished off +brown, if for brown hides; or, if to be used for enameled hides, they +are dyed and japanned. These are called either brown or enameled +cow-hides, according as they are finished off, and are used for all +the best class of Gladstone, brief, and other bags. The bottom or +fleshing of the hide is also dyed and japanned, and when finished, +exactly resembles in appearance the hide itself, and is very difficult +for the novice to tell when made up into bags or any other article. +These are called _splits_, and having had the best part of the skin +taken from them, do not wear one-fourth the time the grain will. The +black enamel soon chips off, which gives them a worn-out appearance. + +To make a bag 36 inches by 12 inches by 8 inches requires a frame 36 +inches long, the sides 36½ inches by 14 inches, gussets 14 inches by +8½ inches, bottom 36½ inches by 8 inches. The lining will be 36 inches +by 12 inches for the sides, gussets 13 inches by 8 inches, bottom 36 +inches by 8 inches. For the handles two pieces of leather 12 inches by +2 inches. The straps and chapes are sewn on quite close to the frame, +straps 10 inches long by 1 inch, chapes 4½ inches by 1 inch. Cut a +slit in the middle of the chape for the buckle tongue to go through, +and pare the under side at the end so that it is not too lumpy when +sewn on to the bag. Cut two loops 3 inches long by ¾ inch wide for the +points of straps to go through. + +The brief bag must be made of leather, and as there is the same amount +of work in making it, whether it be of split or hide, it will be sure +to give greater satisfaction if the latter is chosen. The manufacture +of this bag differs considerably from the others. The sides and +gussets in the carpet bag are cut straight from top to bottom, but in +the brief bag they must be shaped to fit the frame, and give it a more +comely appearance. The frame, as before described, is quite different. +The way to commence with this bag is to open the frame as in Fig. 7, +so that it will lie perfectly flat upon the bench. With the rule +measure it carefully between the corners, A, A, and again at A, B. The +distance between A and B being less when the frame is open than when +closed, an additional ½ inch must be added to allow the gusset to bend +freely round the hinge. Having correctly taken these measurements, get +a sheet of brown paper and fold it in the middle; the reason for this +is to allow of each side of the pattern taking the same curve at the +swelled part. Cut the pattern for the sides first by ascertaining half +the distance, A, A, and marking it on to the edge of the paper, +measuring from the folded edge toward the ends. Next mark on the +folded edge the depth you intend the bag to be, allowing in this, as +in the carpet bag, 1½ inches for covering the frame. The depths of +brief bags vary so much that I will give these only as a guide, +leaving my readers to add or reduce as their fancy guides them; but if +they should strictly adhere to these given below, I am certain they +will find them very useful sizes. + +For a 12 inch frame cut the sides and gussets 10½ inches in depth; +when made up, these will be 9 inches from the frame to the bottom. For +a 14 inch frame add 1 inch, and for a 16 inch add 2 inches. This will +make these 10 inches and 11 inches in depth respectively when made up, +and either of these will be found a very useful bag for many purposes. +The width of the bottoms to be cut 5 inches, 5½ inches, and 6 inches, +the 5 inch, of course, for the 12 inch bag, the 5½ inch for the 14 +inch, and the 6 inch for the 16 inch. The depth having been decided +upon, and marked on the folded edge of the paper, make another mark +the same distance from the edge at the first mark, H. The bottom of +the sides being 1 inch longer than the top, add ½ inch to the +measurement of the top of pattern when the bottom part is marked off +at J L. Draw a curved line between H L, as in Fig. 9, and cut through +the two thicknesses of paper at one time, keeping them well together +to insure them being alike. The gusset pattern may be cut in the same +way, D to D, Fig. 10, being half the distance of A B, Fig. 7, and the +½ inch added for going round the joint; E E, the swelled part, which +bends into the bag when the frame is closed, and also allows it to +open perfectly square; F F is half the width of the bottom of gusset. +A pattern for the bottom of the bag may be made by folding a piece of +paper each way to get the length and width; make a small hole through +the four thicknesses, open it and mark it from hole to hole, using the +rule as a guide. This will be found to be perfectly accurate. + +To cut out the bag, lay the leather on the bench, enameled side +downward, and see that the patterns lie on it so the creases will run +from the top to bottom of the bag when made. The sides must be taken +first, and as they are more exposed than any other part, they should +be taken from the best part of the hide. Take the gussets next, then +the bottom. The welts are taken from the cuttings which are left. To +make the handle, glue a lot of odd pieces together about 6½ inches +long, ½ inch wide, and the same thickness, and when dry pare the edges +away until it is perfectly round and slightly tapering toward each +end. It is then divided and glued top and bottom to a strip of good +leather cut to shape, Fig. 12, which is passed through the rings at +each end, and turned back to form a shape. Put a few stitches through +close to the rings before the fittings are glued on, and cover with a +piece of cow-hide long enough to go through the two rings and along +the under side, then stitch it. Trim and dye the edges, rubbing them +afterward with a piece of cloth to produce a polish. Before making the +handle, the plates must be on the rings, or it will prove a difficult +job to get them on afterward. + +The stiffening for the bottom will be cut as if for a carpet bag. Fig. +11 represents the stiffening for the gussets, and is cut from a board +half the thickness of that used for the bottom. + +The linings may be cut from the outside patterns by reducing them the +1½ inches, allowed for covering the frame, and 1/8 inch for each welt. +A lining of scarlet or blue roan greatly adds to the appearance and +durability of a bag. A skin large enough for a 14 inch or 16 inch will +cost about 3s. + +Cow-hide for the outside is sold at 1s. 8d. per square foot, but the +leather sellers frequently have pieces large enough for making a bag +which they will sell at a slight reduction, and which answers this +purpose as well as cutting a hide. In seaming the bag, take care not +to wrinkle it in the clams. The welts in this must reach only to the +frame, the same as in the carpet bag; the rest of the seam must be +neatly closed and rubbed down, so that it will not be lumpy on the +frame. Before turning the bag warm it before the fire, especially if +it is cold weather. Glue in the bottom stiffening first, and then the +gussets, rubbing them well down with the bone. When these are set, +prepare for the operation of framing. Fold one of the sides to get the +middle of it, cut a hole for the lock barrel about 1¼ inches from the +edge, and press it over. Be careful not to cut it too large or the +hole will show. Pierce a hole through the leather for the lock plate, +press this tightly on the frame, and clinch the clams underneath, to +hold it securely. Make holes for the handle plates and fasten them on +in a similar manner. Two slits must be cut near the middle of the +other side of bag, about ¾ inch from the edge, for the hasp to go +through. This bag must be sewn to the frame all round, and care must +be taken that a sufficient fullness is allowed in the middle of the +gusset to enable it to close easily round the joints of the frame. A +thumbpiece must be sewn on the bag at the hasp to open it by. The +lining of this bag is sewn through the frame all round in the same +manner as the side linings of the carpet bag. + +I hope my readers will not think that I have gone too much into +details. It is in small things that so many failures take place. As it +is much easier to do anything when you are shown than when so much has +to be guessed, it is my desire to make the road for beginners as +smooth as possible, which must be my excuse if any is required. It is +as well that those who intend to turn their attention to working in +leather should begin by making a bag; the experience gained in +cutting, fitting, putting together, and finishing will be useful when +larger and more difficult pieces of work are undertaken.--_Amateur +Mechanics._ + + * * * * * + + + + +MOLASSES, HOW MADE. + + +The _New England Grocer_ says that the manufacture of molasses is +really the manufacture of sugar up to a certain stage, for molasses is +the uncrystallized sirup produced in the making of sugar. The methods +of manufacture in the West Indies vary very considerably. In the +interior and on the smaller plantations it is made by a very primitive +process, while on the larger plantations all the appliances of modern +science and ingenuity are brought to bear. Each planter makes his own +sugar. It is then carried to the sea coast and sold to the exporters, +by whom it is shipped to this country. The quality and grade of the +molasses varies with each plantation. Two plantations side by side may +produce entirely different grades. This is owing to the soil, which in +Porto Rico and other localities in the West Indies seems to change +with almost every acre. The cane from which the sugar and molasses is +made is planted by laying several pieces of it in holes or trenches. +The pieces are then covered with earth to the depth of two or three +inches. In about two weeks sprouts appear above the surface. Then more +earth is put in, and as the sprouts grow, earth is added until in +three or four months the holes are filled up. The planting is done +from August to November, and the cutting progresses throughout the +greater part of the year. The cane grows to a height of seven or eight +feet, in joints each about a foot long. + +When the cane is in proper condition for cutting, as shown by its +appearance, an army of workmen take possession of the field. Each is +armed with a long, broad knife, like a butcher's cleaver. They move +down the lines of cane like an army, and while the cutting is going on +the fields present an interesting sight, the sword-like knives +flashing in the sun, the 300 or 400 laborers, the carpet of cut cane, +the long line of moving carts, and the sea of standing cane, sometimes +extending for miles and miles, stirred by the breeze into waves of +undulating green. The laborers employed on these plantations are +largely negroes and Chinese coolies. When the cane is ripe, they +proceed to the field, each armed with a _matchet_. Spreading over the +plantation, they commence the cutting of the cane, first by one cut at +the top, which takes off the long leaves and that part which is +worthless, except as fodder for the cattle. A second cut is then given +as near the root as possible, as the nearer the ground the richer the +cane is in juice. The cut cane is allowed to fall carelessly to the +ground. + +Other workmen come with carts, pick it up, tie it in bundles and +carry it to the mill. The cutting of the cane is so adjusted as to +keep pace with the action of the mill, so that both are always at +work. Two gangs of men are frequently employed, and work goes on far +into the night during the season, which lasts the greater part of the +year. + +As before stated, some of the methods of manufacture are very simple. +In the simplest form, the sugar cane is crushed in a mortar. The juice +thus extracted is boiled in common open pans. After boiling a certain +length of time, it becomes a dark colored, soft, viscid mass. The +uncrystallized sirup is expressed by putting the whole into cloth bags +and subjecting them to pressure. This is molasses in a crude state. It +is further purified by reboiling it with an addition of an alkaline +solution and a quantity of milk. When this has continued until scum no +longer arises, it is evaporated and then transferred to earthen jars. +After it has been left for a few days to granulate, holes in the +bottom of the jars are unstopped, and the molasses drains off into +vessels placed to receive it. Another process of extracting molasses +is as follows: By various processes of boiling and straining, the +juice is brought to a state where it is a soft mass of crystals, +embedded in a thick, but uncrystallized, fluid. The separation of this +fluid is the next process, and is perfected in the curing house, so +called. This is a large building, with a cellar which forms the +molasses reservoir. Over this reservoir is an open framework of +joists, upon which stands a number of empty potting casks. Each of +these has eight or ten holes bored through the bottom, and in each +hole is placed the stalk of a plantain leaf. The soft, concrete mass +of sugar is removed from the cooling pans in which it has been brought +from the boilers and placed in the casks. The molasses then gradually +drains from the crystallized portion into the reservoir below, +percolating through the spongy plantain stalks. + +On the larger plantations, machinery of very elaborate description is +used, and the most advanced processes known to science are employed in +the manufacture. The principle is, however, the same as has been seen +in the account of the simpler processes. On these larger plantations +there are extensive buildings, quarters for workmen, steam engines, +and all the necessary adjuncts of advanced manufacturing science. In +the sugar mills the cut cane is carried in carts to the mill. It is +then thrown by hand upon an endless flexible conductor which carries +the cane between heavy crushers. The great jaws of the crushers press +the cane into pulp, when it is thrown aside automatically to be carted +away and used as a fertilizer. The juice runs off in the channels of +the conductor into huge pans. The juice is now of a dull gray color +and of a sweet, pleasant taste, and is known as _guarapo_. It must be +clarified at once, for it is of so fermentable a nature that in the +climate of Porto Rico it will run into fermentation inside of half an +hour if the process of clarifying is not commenced. The pans into +which the juice is conducted are pierced like a colander. The liquor +runs through, leaving the refuse matter behind. It is then forced into +tanks by a pump and run to the clarifiers, which are large kettles +heated by steam. Lime is used to assist the clarification. It is then +filtered into vats filled with bone black. The filtering is repeated +until the juice changes color, when it is conveyed to the vacuum pans. +It has now become a thick sirup. It is then pumped into the sirup +clarifiers, skimmed, and again run through bone black, and finally is +conducted into another kettle, where it is allowed to crystallize. The +sirup that fails to crystallize is molasses, and it is here that we +catch up with what we started after. To extract the molasses from the +crystallized mass of sugar, we must go to the purging house. This is +similar to the building spoken of in connection with the simpler +process. It is of two stories. The upper floor is merely a series of +strong frames with apertures for funnel-shaped cylinders. The sugar is +brought into the purging house in great pans, which are placed over +the funnels. The pans are pierced with holes through which the +molasses drains off into troughs which are underneath the floor, all +running to a main trough. From thence the molasses runs into vats, +called _bocoyes_, each of which holds from 1,200 to 1,500 gallons. The +hogsheads in which the molasses is brought to this country are +manufactured principally in Philadelphia and taken to the West Indies. +They are placed in the hold of the vessel and the molasses pumped into +them. The government standard for molasses is 56 degrees polarization. +When not above that test, the duty is four cents per gallon. Above it +the duty is eight cents. This tends to keep molasses pure, as the +addition of glucose increases the quantity of sugar and therefore of +the polarization, and would make necessary the payment of increased +duties. The adulteration of molasses is therefore largely if not +wholly done after it is out of bond and in the hands of the jobber. + + * * * * * + + + + +PRIMITIVE IRON MANUFACTURE. + + +We are indebted for the illustrations and the particulars to Dr. +Percy's invaluable book on iron and steel (probably it is not saying +too much to describe it as the best work on the subject ever written). + +[Illustration: SECTION OF INDIAN BLAST FURNACE AND BLOWING MACHINE.] + +Fig. 1 shows a sectional elevation, and Fig. 2 shows a plan of furnace +and bellows and tuyeres, indeed, an entire ironworks plant used in +India, not only now, but, so far as we can gather, from time +immemorial. The two figures give a sufficiently clear idea of the form +of furnace used in Lower Bengal, in which portion of our Indian empire +there are entire villages exclusively inhabited by iron smelters, who, +sad to relate, are distinguished from the agricultural villages +surrounding them by their filth, poverty, and generally degraded +condition. There are whole tribes in India who have no other +occupation than iron smelting. They, of course, sink no shafts and +open no mines, and are not permanent in any place. They simply remain +in one place so long as plentiful supplies of ore and wood are +obtainable in the immediate vicinity. In many cases the villages +formerly inhabited by them have passed out of existence, but the +waste, or rather wasted products, of their operations remain. + +The furnace shown in Figs. 1 and 2 is built of the sandy soil of the +district, moistened and kneaded and generally strengthened by a sort +of skeleton of strips of flexible wood. In form it varies from a +cylinder, more or less circular, diverging into a tolerably acute +cone, the walls being about 3 in. thick. The height is generally +about 3 ft. and the mean internal diameter about 1 ft., but all these +dimensions vary with different workmen and in different localities. +There are two apertures at the base of the furnace; one in front, +about 1 ft. in height, and rather less in width than the internal +diameter of the furnace, through which, when the smelting of one +charge is finished, the resulting mass of spongy iron is extracted, +and which during the smelting is well plastered up, the small conical +tuyere being inserted at the bottom. This tuyere is usually made of +the same material as the furnace--namely, of a sandy soil; worked by +hand into the required form and sun-dried; but sometimes no other +tuyere is employed than a lump of moist clay with a hole in it, into +which the bamboo pipes communicating with the bellows are inserted. +The other aperture is smaller, and placed at one side of the furnace, +and chiefly below the ground, forming a communication between the +bottom of the furnace chamber and a small trench into which the slag +flows and filters out through a small pile of charcoal. It is this +slag being found in places where iron is not now made that shows that +iron smelting was an occupation there, perhaps many centuries before. + +The inclined tray shown at the top of the furnace on Fig. 1 is made of +the same material as the furnace itself, and when kneaded into shape +is supported on a wooden framework. On it is piled a supply of +charcoal, which is raked into the furnace when required. + +The blowing apparatus is singularly ingenious, and is certainly as +economical of manual labor as a blowing arrangement depending on +manual labor well can be. A section of the bellows forms the portion +to the right of Fig. 1, showing tuyere forming the connection between +bellows and furnace. It consists of a circular segment of hard wood, +rudely hollowed, and having a piece of buffalo hide with a small hole +in its center tied over the top. Into this hole a strong cord is +passed, with a small piece of wood attached to the end to keep it +inside the bellows, while the other end is attached to a bent bamboo +firmly fixed into the ground close by. This bamboo acts as a spring, +drawing up the string, and consequently the leather cover of the +bellows, to its utmost stretch, while air enters through the central +hole. When thus filled, a man places his foot on the hide, closing the +central hole with his heel, and then throwing the whole weight of his +body on to that foot, he depresses the hide, and drives the air out +through a bamboo tube inserted in the side and communicating with the +furnace. At the same time he pulls down the bamboo with the arm of +that side. Two such bellows are placed side by side, a thin bamboo +tube attached to each, and both entering the one tuyere; and so by +jumping on each bellows alternately, the workman keeps up a continuous +blast. + +[Illustration: Fig. 2.--PLAN OF INDIAN BLAST FURNACE AND BLOWING +MACHINE.] + +The Figs. 1 and 2 are taken from sketches, and the description from +particulars, by Mr. Blandford, who was for some years on the +Geological Survey of India, and had exceptional opportunities in his +journeyings of observing the customs and occupations of the Indian +iron smelters. The blowing machine is an especially wonderful and +effective machine, and was first described and illustrated by Mr. +Robert Rose, in a Calcutta publication, more than half a century ago. +He also had seen it used in iron making in India.--_Colliery +Guardian._ + + * * * * * + + + + +WOOD OIL. + + +Wood oil is now made on a large scale in Sweden from the refuse of +timber cuttings and forest clearings, and from stumps and roots. +Although it cannot well be burned in common lamps, on account of the +heavy proportion of carbon it contains, it is said to furnish a +satisfactory light in lamps specially made for it; and in its natural +state it is the cheapest illuminating oil. There are some thirty +factories engaged in its production, and they turn out about 40,000 +liters of the oil daily. Turpentine, creosote, acetic acid, charcoal, +coal-tar oils, etc., are also obtained from the same materials as the +wood oil. + + * * * * * + + + + +SOAP. + +By HENRY LEFFMANN, M.D. + + +Although the use of soap dates from a rather remote period, the +chemist is still living, at an advanced age, to whom we are indebted +for a knowledge of its composition and mode of formation. Considerably +more than a generation has elapsed since Chevreul announced these +facts, but a full appreciation of the principles involved is scarcely +realized outside of the circle of professional chemists. Learned +medical and physiological writers often speak of glycerin as the +"sweet principle of fats," or term fats compounds of fatty acids and +glycerin. Indeed, there is little doubt that the great popularity of +glycerin as an emollient arose from the view that it represented the +essential base of the fats. With regard to soap, also, much erroneous +and indistinct impression prevails. Its detergent action is sometimes +supposed to be due to the free alkali, whereas a well-made soap is +practically neutral. + +A desire to secure either an increased detergent, cleansing, or other +local effect has led in recent years to the introduction into soaps of +a large number of substances, some of which have been chosen without +much regard to their chemical relations to the soap itself. The result +has been the enrichment of the materia medica with a collection of +articles of which some are useful, and others worse than useless. The +extension of the list of disinfectant and antiseptic agents and the +increased importance of the agents, in surgery, have naturally +suggested the plan of incorporating them with soaps, in which form +they will be most convenient for application. Accordingly, the +circulars of the manufacturing pharmacists have prominently displayed +the advantages of various disinfecting soaps. + +Among these is a so-called corrosive sublimate soap, of which several +brands are on sale. One of these, containing one per cent. of +corrosive sublimate, is put on the market in cakes weighing about +sixteen hundred grains, and each cake, therefore, contains sixteen +grains of the drug--a rather large quantity, perhaps, when it is +remembered that four grains is a fatal dose. Fortunately, however, for +the prevention of accidents, but unfortunately for the therapeutic +value of the soap, a decomposition of the sublimate occurs as soon as +it is incorporated in the soap mass, by which an insoluble mercurial +soap is formed. This change takes place independently of the alkali +used in the soap; in fact, as mentioned above, a well-made soap +contains no appreciable amount of free alkali, but is due to the +action of the fat acids. Corrosive sublimate is _incompatible_ with +any ordinary soap mass, and this incompatibility includes not only +other soluble mercurial salts, but also almost all the mineral +antiseptics, such as zinc chloride, copper sulphate, iron salts. Some +of the preparations of arsenic may, however, be incorporated with soap +without decomposition. + +Such being the chemical facts, we must admit that no reliance can be +placed in corrosive sublimate soaps as germicide agents. It must not +be supposed that this incompatibility interferes with the use of these +soaps for general therapeutic purposes. It is only the specific +germicide value which is destroyed. Since the fats used in soap +manufacture yield oleic acid, we will have a certain amount of +mercuric oleates formed together with stearate and other salts, and +for purposes of inunction these salts might be efficient. Still the +physician would prefer, doubtless, to use the specially prepared +mercurial. + +In producing, therefore, a disinfecting soap, being debarred from +using the metallic germicides, we are fortunate in the possession of a +number of efficient agents, organic in character, which may be used +without interference in soaps. + +Among these are thymol, naphthol, oil of eucalyptus, carbolates, and +salicylates. There is no chemical incompatibility of these with soap, +and as they are somewhat less active, weight for weight, than +corrosive sublimate, they are capable of use in larger quantities with +less danger, and can thus be made equally efficacious. + +It is in this direction, therefore, that we must look for the +production of a safe and reliable antiseptic soap. + +There is not much exact knowledge as to the usefulness of such +additions to soap as borax and glycerin. They are frequently added, +and highly spoken of in advertisements. Borax is a mild alkaline body, +and as a detergent is probably equivalent to a slight excess of +caustic soda. Glycerin, although originally considered an emollient, +probably on account of its source and physical properties, is in +reality, to some skins at least, a slight irritant. It is, in fact, an +alcohol, not a fat. It does not pre-exist in fats, but is formed when +the fat is decomposed by alkali or steam. + +In ordinary cases, soap owes its detergent effect to a decomposition +which occurs when it is put in water. + +A perfectly neutral soap, that is, one which contains the exact +proportion of alkali and fat acid, will, when placed in cold water, +decompose into two portions, one containing an excess of the acid, the +other an excess of alkali. The latter dissolves, and gives a slightly +alkaline solution; the former precipitates, and gives the peculiar +turbidity constituting "suds." These reactions must be kept in mind in +determining the effect of the addition of any special substance to the +soap.--_The Polyclinic._ + + * * * * * + + + + +OPTICAL ERRORS AND HUMAN MISTAKES.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Read before the American Association, Buffalo, + August, 1886.] + +By ERNST GUNDLACH. + + +I wish to call attention to a few mistakes that are quite commonly +made by microscopists and writers in stating the result of their +optical tests of microscope objectives. + +If the image of an object as seen in the microscope appears to be +unusually distorted and indistinct toward the edge of the field, and +satisfactory definition is limited to a small portion of the center, +the cause is often attributed to the spherical aberration of the +objective, while really this phenomenon has nothing to do with that +optical defect of the objective, if any exists, but is caused by a +lack of optical symmetry. If a perfectly symmetrical microscope +objective could be constructed, then, with any good eye-piece, it +would make no difference to the definition of the object were it +placed either in the center or at the edge of the field, even if the +objective had considerable spherical aberration. But, unfortunately, +our most symmetrical objectives, the low powers, leave much to be +desired in this respect, while our wide angle, high powers are very +far from symmetrical perfection. + +There are two causes of this defect in the latter objectives, one +being the extreme wideness of their angular apertures, and the other +the great difference in the distances of the object and the image from +the optical center of the objectives. + +Another mistake is often made in regard to the cause of certain +prismatic colors that are sometimes, in a striking degree, produced by +otherwise good objectives. According to the nature of these colors, +whether yellow or blue, green or indigo, they are generally regarded +as evidences of either chromatic over or under correction of the +objective. Of course the presence of either of these defects is +certainly and correctly indicated by the appearance of one or the +other of the colors, under certain circumstances; but the simple +visibility of prismatic color is by no means a reliable indication of +over or under correction of color, and, indeed, to the honor of our +opticians, it may be stated that very few objectives are made that +cannot justly be called achromatic in the general sense of the term. +By far the most common causes of prismatic color, in otherwise +carefully constructed objectives, are the so-called chromatic +aberrations of second or higher order. Every achromatic lens which is, +as it should be, at its best at about two-thirds of its aperture, is +inside of this ring or zone, toward the center slightly under and +outside, toward the edge, slightly over corrected. This defect is the +greater, the less the difference of the dispersive powers of the two +glasses used in the construction of the lens, for a given proportion +of their refractive indexes, and therefore the degree of visibility of +the colors of the aberrations of the second order depends greatly on +the nature of the glass employed in the construction of the lens. + +This defect may be corrected by a suitable combination of two or more +lenses, though not without again having similarly, as in the +correction of the first color, some faint remnants of color, the +aberrations of third or still higher order. But even the correction of +the third or still higher order may, if the angular aperture is very +wide, leave quite visible and disturbing remnants of color. + +Another and not uncommon explanation of the cause of this unwelcome +color, though not so serious and damaging a charge to the maker of the +objectives, is its attribution to the so-called "secondary spectrum." +This error, like that previously mentioned, is certainly indicated by +the appearance of certain colors under certain conditions, but being, +as a rule, one of the least defects of even our best objectives in +most cases, it is probably not the true source of the disturbance. + +The secondary spectrum is very commonly confounded with the chromatic +aberration of higher order. While the latter is produced by +imperfections in the form of the lens, the former is due to an +imperfection of the optical qualities of the material from which the +lens is constructed, the crown and flint glass. + +A glass prism of any angle will project upon a white surface a +spectrum of any length, according to the arrangement of the light +source, the screen, and the prism. So with two prisms of the same kind +of glass, but of different angles, two spectra can be produced of +exactly equal length, so that if one is brought over the other, with +the corresponding colors in line, they will appear as one spectrum. +But if one of the prisms is made of crown and the other of flint +glass, then their spectra cannot be arranged so that all their +corresponding colors would be in line, for the proportional distances +of the different colors differ in the two spectra. If two colors of +the spectra are, by suitable arrangement, brought exactly in line, +then the others will be out. The two spectra do not coincide, and the +result, if an achromatic lens be made of these glasses, must be a +remnant of color which cannot be neutralized. This remnant is the +secondary spectrum. + +Although this peculiar disharmony in the dispersive powers of the two +glasses, crown and flint, was discovered almost immediately after +achromatism was invented, it was only recently that the first +successful attempts were made to produce different glasses, which, +possessing the other requirements for achromatic objectives, would +produce coincident spectra, or nearer so than the ordinary crown and +flint glass do. It was about twelve years ago, if my memory serves me, +when I learned that a well-known English firm, engaged in the +manufacture of optical glass, had brought out some new glass possessed +of the desired qualities, and a little later I received a circular +describing the glass. But at the same time I learned that the new +glass was very soft and difficult to polish, and also that it had to +be protected from the atmosphere, and further, that an English +optician had failed to construct an improved telescope objective from +it. I had ordered some samples of the glass, but never received any. + +A few months ago, news from Europe reached this country that another +and seemingly more successful attempt had been made to produce glass +that would leave no secondary spectrum, and that Dr. Zeiss, the famous +Jena optician, had constructed some new improved objectives from it. +But the somewhat meager description of these objectives, as given by +an English microscopist, did not seem fit to excite much enthusiasm +here as to their superiority over what had already been done in this +country. Besides this, the report said that the new objectives were +five system, and also that extra eye-pieces had to be used with them. +I confess I am much inclined to attribute the optical improvement, +which, according to Dr. Abbe's own remark, is very little, more to the +fact that the objectives are five system than to the new glass used in +their construction. + +After a close study of a descriptive list of the new glass, received a +week or two ago from the manufacturers, I find, to my great regret, +that this new glass seems to suffer from a similar weakness to that +made by the English firm twelve years ago; as all the numbers of the +list pointed out by the makers as having a greatly reduced secondary +spectrum are accompanied with the special remark "to be protected." +Furthermore, from a comparison of the dispersive and refractive powers +of these glasses, as given in the list, I find that objectives +constructed from them will leave so great aberrations of higher order, +both spherical and chromatic, that the gain by the reduction of the +secondary spectrum would be greatly overbalanced. + +In conclusion, I wish to say that while I would beware of +underestimating the great scientific and practical value of the +endeavor of the new German glass makers to produce improved optical +glass, and the great benefit accruing to opticians and all others +interested in the use of optical instruments, I think it wise not to +overestimate the real value of the defects of the common crown and +flint glass, which I have sought to explain in this paper. And, for +myself, I prefer to fight the more serious defects first, and when its +time has come I will see what can be done with the secondary spectrum. + + * * * * * + + + + +PROBABLE ISOLATION OF FLUORINE. DECOMPOSITION OF HYDROFLUORIC ACID +BY AN ELECTRIC CURRENT. + +By M.H. MOISSAN. + + +In a former memoir[1] we showed that it was possible to decompose +anhydrous hydrofluoric acid by the action of an electric current. At +the negative pole hydrogen collects; at the positive pole a gaseous +body is disengaged, having novel properties. The experiment was +performed in a platinum U tube, closed by stoppers of fluorite, and +having at the upper part of each branch a small delivery tube, also of +platinum. Through the stopper passes a platinum rod, which acts as +electrode. The metal employed for the positive pole is an alloy +containing 10 per cent. of iridium. + + [Footnote 1: _Comptes Rendus_, vol. cii., p. 1543, and _Chemical + News_, vol. liv., p. 36.] + +To obtain pure anhydrous hydrofluoric acid, we begin by preparing +fluorhydrate of fluoride of potassium, taking all the precautions +pointed out by M. Fremy. When the salt is obtained pure, it is dried +on a water bath at 100°, and the platinum capsule containing it is +then placed in a vacuum in the presence of concentrated sulphuric +acid, and two or three sticks of potash fused in a silver crucible. +The acid and potash are renewed every morning for a fortnight, and the +vacuum is kept at 2 cm. of mercury. Care must be taken during this +desiccation to pulverize the salt every day in an iron mortar, so as +to renew the surface. When the fluorhydrate contains no more water it +falls to powder, and is then fit to serve for the preparation of +fluoric acid; the fluorhydrate of fluoride of potassium, if well +prepared, is much less deliquescent than the fluoride. + +When the fluoride is quite dry, it is quickly introduced into a +platinum alembic, which has just been dried by heating it to redness. +The whole is kept at a gentle temperature for an hour or an hour and a +half, so as to allow the decomposition to commence very slowly; the +first portions of acid which come over are rejected as they carry with +them traces of water remaining in the salt. The platinum receiver is +then attached, and the heat increased, allowing the decomposition to +proceed with a certain degree of slowness. The receiver is then +surrounded with a mixture of ice and salt, and from this moment all +the hydrofluoric acid is condensed as a limpid liquid, boiling at +19.5°, very hygroscopic, and, as is well known, giving abundant fumes +in presence of the atmospheric moisture. + +During this operation the platinum U tube, dried with the greatest +care, has been fixed with a cork in a cylindrical glass vessel +surrounded with chloride of methyl. Up to the moment of introducing +the hydrofluoric acid, the leading tubes are attached to drying tubes +containing fused caustic potash. To introduce the hydrochloric acid +into the apparatus, it may be absorbed through one of the lateral +tubes in the receiver in which it is condensed. + +In some experiments we have directly condensed the hydrofluoric acid +in the U tube surrounded with chloride of methyl; but in this case +care must be taken that the tubes are not clogged up by small +quantities of fluoride carried over, which would infallibly lead to an +explosion and projections, which are always dangerous with so +corrosive a liquid. + +When we have introduced in advance in the small platinum apparatus a +determined amount of hydrofluoric acid cooled with chloride of methyl, +in tranquil ebullition at a temperature of -23°, the current of 20 +cells of Bunsen large size, arranged in series, is passed through by +means of the electrodes. An amperemeter in the circuit admits of the +intensity of the current being observed. + +If the hydrofluoric acid contains a small quantity of water, either by +accident or design, there is always disengaged at the positive pole +ozone, which has no action on crystallized silicium. In proportion as +the water contained in the acid is thus decomposed, it is seen by the +amperemeter that the conductivity of the liquid rapidly decreases. +With absolutely anhydrous hydrofluoric acid the current will no longer +pass. In many of our experiments we have succeeded in obtaining an +acid so anhydrous that a current of 25 amperes was entirely arrested. + +To render the liquid conducting, we have added before each experiment +a small quantity of dried and fused fluorhydrate of fluoride of +potassium. In this case, decomposition proceeds in a continuous +manner; we obtain at the negative pole hydrogen, and at the positive +pole a regular disengagement of a colorless gas in which crystallized +silicium in the cold burns with great brilliancy, becoming fluoride of +silicium. This latter gas has been collected over mercury, and +accurately characterized. + +Deville's adamantine boron burns in the same manner, but with more +difficulty, becoming fluoride or boron. The small quantity of carbon +and aluminum which it contains impedes the combination. Arsenic and +antimony in powder combine with this gaseous body with incandescence. +Sulphur takes fire in it, and iodine combines with a pale flame, +losing its color. We have already remarked that it decomposes cold +water, producing ozone and hydrofluoric acid. + +The metals are attacked with much less energy. This is due, we think, +to the small quantity of metallic fluoride formed preventing the +action being very deep. Iron and manganese in powder, slightly heated, +burn with sparks. Organic bodies are violently attacked. A piece of +cork placed near the end of the platinum tube, where the gas is +evolved, immediately carbonizes and inflames. Alcohol, ether, benzol, +spirit of turpentine, and petroleum take fire on contact. + +The gas evolved at the negative pole is hydrogen, burning with a pale +flame, and producing none of these reactions. + +When the experiment has lasted several hours, and there is not enough +hydrofluoric acid left at the bottom of the tube to separate the two +gases, they recombine in the apparatus in the cold, with violent +detonation. + +We have satisfied ourselves, by direct experiment, that a mixture of +ozone and hydrofluoric acid produces none of the reactions described +above. + +It is the same with gaseous hydrofluoric acid. Finally we may add that +the hydrofluoric acid employed, as well as the hydrofluorate of +fluoride, were absolutely free from chlorine. + +The gas obtained in our experiments is therefore either fluorine or a +perfluoride of hydrogen. + +New experiments are necessary to settle this last point. We hope soon +to lay the results before the Academy.--_Comptes Mendus_, vol. ciii., +p. 202, July 19, 1886; _Chem. News._ + + * * * * * + + + + +COHESION AND COHESION FIGURES.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Notes from a lecture given to the Halifax Scientific + Society, July 19, 1886.] + +By WILLIAM ACKROYD, F.I.C. + + +_1. A Law of Solubility._ + +It is customary to regard cohesion as the force which binds together +molecules of the same substance, and in virtue of which the particles +of solids and liquids are kept together, and also to speak of the +attraction exerted between particles of two different bodies as +adhesion. The distinction between cohesion and adhesion is a +conventional one. The similarity, if not identity, of the two forces +is demonstrated by the fact that while cohesion is exerted between +particles of the _same_ body, adhesion is exerted with most force +between particles of _allied_ bodies. Generally speaking, organic +bodies require organic solvents; inorganic bodies, inorganic solvents. +For example, common salt is highly soluble in water, but not in ether, +and many fats are soluble in ether, but not in water. So many cases +like these will suggest themselves to the chemist that I am justified +in making the following generalization: _A body will dissolve in a +solvent to which it is allied more readily than in one to which it in +highly dissimilar._ Exceptions to the law undoubtedly exist, but none +so striking as the following in support of it, viz., that the metal +mercury is the only known true solvent for many metals at the normal +temperature. + + +_2. Its Connection with Mendeleeff's Periodic Law._ + +From this standpoint the whole subject of solution is deserving of +fresh attention, as it appears highly probable that, just as Prof. +Carnelley has shown by the use of my meta-chromatic scale, the colors +of chemical compounds come under definite laws, which he has +discovered and formulated in connection with Mendeleeff and Newlaud's +periodic law,[2] so, likewise, may the solubility of an allied group +of compounds, in regard to any given solvent under constant conditions +of temperature, conform to similar laws; that, e.g., the chlorides +of H, Na, Cu, and Ag, in Mendeleeff's Group I., may vary in their +solubility in water from an extreme of high solubility in the case of +hydrogen chloride to the opposite extreme of comparative insolubility +in the case of silver chloride. In this natural series of compounds, +hydrogen chloride is the body nearest akin to water, and silver +chloride the most remote in kinship. + + [Footnote 2: _Philosophical Magazine_, August, 1884.] + + +_3. A Solidified Vortex Ring._ + +It is in virtue of cohesion that a freely suspended drop of liquid +assumes the spherical form. If such a sphere be dropped on to the +surface of a liquid of higher specific gravity at rest, one obtains +what is called the cohesion figure of the substance of the drop. A +drop of oil, e.g., spreads out on the surface of water until it is a +circular thin film of concentric rings of different degrees of +thickness, each displaying the characteristic colors of thin plates. +The tenuity of the film increases; its cohesion is overcome; lakelets +are formed, and they merge into each other. The disintegrated portions +of the film now thicken, the colors vanish, and only islets of oil +remain. Some liquid drops of the same or higher sp. gr. than water do +not spread out in this fashion, but descend below the surface of the +liquid, and, in descending, assume a ring shape, which gradually +spreads out and breaks up into lesser rings. Such figures have been +termed submergence cohesion figures; they are vortex rings. I have +solidified such vortex rings in their first stage of formation. If +drops of melted sulphur, at a temperature above that of the viscous +state, be let fall into water, the drops will be solidified in the +effort to form the ring, and the circular button, thick in the rim and +thin in the center, may be regarded as a solidified vortex ring of +plastic sulphur. + + +_4. That a Submergence Cohesion Figure is a Vortex Ring._ + +It may be shown that the conditions of the formation of a submergence +cohesion figure are those which exist in the formation of an aerial +vortex. Those conditions in their greatest perfection are (1) a +spherical envelope of a different nature from the medium in which the +rings are produced; (2) a circular orifice opening into the medium; +and (3) a percussive impact on the part of the sphere opposite the +orifice. In the production of vortex rings of phosphorus pentoxide in +the making of phosphoreted hydrogen, the spherical envelope is water, +the orifice the portion of the bubble which opens into the air +immediately it rises to the surface, and the impact is furnished by +gravity. So, also, in the case of a submergence cohesion figure, the +spherical envelope is the air surrounding the drop, the orifice the +portion of it which first comes in contact with the liquid at rest; +and here again the impact is due to gravity more directly than in the +former case. These conditions are somewhat imperfectly copied in the +ordinary vortex box, which is usually cubical in form, with a circular +orifice in one side, and a covering of canvas on the opposite one, +which is hit with the fist. + + * * * * * + +[AMERICAN CHEMICAL JOURNAL.] + + + + +THE DETERMINATION OF NITRIC ACID BY THE ABSORPTION OF NITRIC OXIDE +IN A STANDARD SOLUTION OF PERMANGANATE OF POTASSIUM. + +By H.N. MORSE and A.F. LINN. + + +The method which we propose consists in the conversion of the nitric +acid into nitric oxide; the absorption of the latter in a measured, +but excessive, quantity of a standard solution of permanganate of +potassium; and the subsequent determination of the excess of the +permanganate by means of a standard solution of oxalic acid or +sulphate of manganese. + + +THE APPARATUS. + +A is an apparatus for the generation of carbon dioxide free from air, +which will be explained hereafter. + +B is a flask, having a capacity of 125 or 150 c.c., in which the +nitrate is decomposed in the usual manner by means of ferrous chloride +and hydrochloric acid. + +C is a small tube for the condensation of the aqueous hydrochloric +acid which distills over from B. + +D is a Geissler bulb, containing a concentrated solution of potassium +carbonate, to arrest any acid vapors coming from C. + +E, E are two pieces of ordinary combustion tubing, having a length of +about 650 or 700 mm., in which is placed the permanganate solution +employed for the absorption of the nitric oxide. Their open ends are +provided with lips in order to facilitate the pouring of liquids from +them, care being taken not to so distort the ends that rubber stoppers +cannot be made to fit them tightly. They are placed in a nearly +horizontal position in order to diminish the pressure required to +force the gases through the apparatus and thus lessen the danger of +leakage through the rubber joints. + +_a_ is a tube through which the ferrous chloride and hydrochloric acid +are introduced into B, as in the method of Tiemann-Schulze. + +_b_ serves for the introduction of carbon dioxide to expel the air +before the decomposition of the nitrate, and the nitric oxide +afterward. + +_c_ is an unbroken tube ending at the lower surface of the stopper in +B, and at the bottom of C. + +The rubber joint, _d_, is furnished with a Mohr and also a screw pinch +cock. The joints, _e_ and _f_, are furnished with Mohr pinch cocks. +The rubber tubing upon these should be of the best quality, and must +be carefully tied. + +[Illustration: DETERMINATION OF NITRIC ACID.] + + +THE SOLUTIONS. + +In consequence of the large volume of the permanganate solution +required for the complete absorption of the nitric oxide, we have +found it advantageous to use three solutions instead of two. + +1. A solution of permanganate such that one c.c. is equivalent to +about fifteen milligrammes of nitrate of potassium, according to the +reaction: + + KMnO_{4} + NO = KNO_{3} + MnO_{2}. + +This solution is employed for the absorption of the nitric oxide. Its +strength need not be exactly known. There is no objection to a more +concentrated solution, except that which pertains to all strong +standard solutions, namely, that a small error in measurement would +then give a larger error in the results. 100 c.c. of this solution are +required for each determination, and the measurement is always made in +one and the same 100 c.c. measuring flask, which, if necessary, should +be labeled to distinguish it from that used for solution No. 2. + +2. A solution of oxalic acid which is very slightly stronger than that +of the permanganate just described--that is, a solution such that one +c.c. of it will somewhat more than decompose one c.c. of the +permanganate, according to the reaction: + + 2KMnO_{4} + 3H_{2}SO_{4} + 5C_{2}H_{2}O_{4}.2H_{2}O = + K_{2}SO_{4} + 2MnSO_{4} + 18H_{2}O + 10CO_{2}. + +The exact strength of this solution need not be known, since we only +require the difference in value between it and solution No. 1, which +is determined by means of solution No. 3. 100 c.c. of this solution +are also required for each determination, and the measurement, as in +the preceding case, is always made in the same 100 c.c. measuring +flask. + +3. A dilute, carefully standardized solution of permanganate of +potassium. + +The method of using these solutions is as follows: 100 c.c. of No. 1 +and No. 2 are measured off (each solution in its own measuring flask), +brought together in a covered beaker glass, and acidified with dilute +sulphuric acid. The excess of oxalic acid is then determined by means +of solution No. 3. + +When it is desired to make a determination of nitric acid, 100 c.c. of +solution No. 1 are measured off, and as much of it as may be +convenient is poured into the tubes, E, E, together with about a +gramme of zinc sulphate for each tube, which substance appears to +considerably facilitate the absorption of the nitric oxide by the +permanganate. When the operation is over, the contents of E, E are +poured into a beaker glass. 100 c.c. of solution No. 2 are then +measured off, and a portion, together with a little sulphuric acid, +poured into E, E, to dissolve the oxide of manganese which has +separated during the absorption of the nitric oxide. The oxide having +been dissolved, the liquid in E, E, and the rinsings of the tubes, +also the residues of permanganate and oxalic acid left in the +measuring flasks, and the rinsings from these, are all brought +together in the same beaker glass. Finally, the amount of solution +No. 3 required to decompose the excess of oxalic acid is determined. +If we subtract from the amount thus found the quantity of permanganate +required to equalize solutions Nos. 1 and 2 (previously ascertained), +we shall have the amount of permanganate actually reduced by the +nitric oxide, according to the reaction: + + 6KMnO_{4} + 10NO = 3K_{2}O + 6MnO + 5N_{2}O_{5}; + +in other words, on the basis that one molecule of potassium +permanganate will oxidize one and two-thirds molecules of nitric +oxide: + + (KMnO_{4} = 1-2/3 NO). + +The method of using the apparatus is simple. The nitrate is placed in +B, and the joints made tight, except that at _f_, which is left open. +A current of carbon dioxide is passed through the apparatus until all +of the air has been displaced. Connection is then made at _f_, and +soon afterward the current of carbon dioxide is shut off at _d_. + +The flask, B, is now heated as long as may be necessary in order to +produce, on cooling, the diminished pressure required for the +introduction of the ferrous chloride and hydrochloric acid. Before +removing the flame, the joint at _f_ is closed to prevent the return +of the permanganate solution. + +As soon as the flask, B, has become sufficiently cool, the ferrous +chloride and hydrochloric acid are introduced through the tube, _a_ +(which has been full of water from the first), in the same manner and +quantities as in the well-known Tiemann-Schulze method. + +The pinch cock at _d_ is then opened, and the apparatus allowed to +fill with carbon dioxide. When the pressure has become sufficient to +force the gas through the solution of permanganate, the pinch cock at +_f_ is removed. It should be opened only slightly and with great +caution at first, unless one is certain that the pressure is +sufficient. If the pressure is insufficient, the fact will be made +apparent by a rise of the permanganate in the small internal tube. + +The flow of carbon dioxide is now reduced to a very slow current, or +entirely cut off. The contents of B are slowly heated, until the +decomposition of the nitrate is complete and the greater part of the +nitric oxide has been expelled, when the apparatus is again closed at +_f_ and _d_, and allowed to cool. The tube, _a_, is then washed out, +by the introduction through it into B of a few cubic centimeters of +strong hydrochloric acid. + +The process of filling the apparatus with carbon dioxide, and of +heating the contents of B, is repeated. When it becomes apparent, from +the light color of the liquid in B, that all of the nitric oxide has +been expelled from it, the current of carbon dioxide is increased and +the heating discontinued. Care must be taken, however, not to admit +too strong a current of carbon dioxide, lest some of the nitric oxide +should be forced unabsorbed through the permanganate solution. It is +also necessary, for the same reason, to avoid too rapid heating during +the decomposition of the nitrate. + +When all of the nitric oxide has been forced into the solution of +permanganate, the determination is made in the manner already +described. + +To test the method, nine determinations were made with quantities of +pure nitrate of potassium varying from 100 to 200 milligrammes. The +maximum difference between the volumes of permanganate actually used +and those calculated was 0.05 c.c., while the main difference was +0.036 c.c. The measurements of the permanganate were made from a +burette which had been carefully calibrated. We also made a number of +determinations, using a solution of manganous sulphate in the place of +the oxalic acid. The advantage of this method lies in the fact that it +is not necessary to dissolve the oxide which is precipitated upon the +glass within the tubes, E, E, since, in the presence of an excess of +permanganate, the reduction by nitric oxide extends only to the +formation of MnO_{2}; also in the fact that the solution of manganous +sulphate is more stable than that of oxalic acid. A solution of the +sulphate having been once carefully standardized, can be used for a +long time to determine the value of permanganate solutions. + +The details of the method are as follows: A solution of manganous +sulphate slightly stronger than No. 1 is prepared. + +The difference between 100 c.c. of it and 100 c.c. of No. 1 is +ascertained, according to the method of Volhard, by means of solution +No. 3. + +The contents of E, E, together with the rinsings from the tubes, are +poured into a capacious flask. 100 c.c. of the manganous sulphate and +a few drops of nitric acid are then added, and the whole boiled. +Finally, the excess of manganous sulphate is determined, in the manner +described by Volhard, by means of solution No. 3. Subtracting from the +total amount of permanganate thus used the quantity required to +equalize the 100 c.c. of solution No. 1 and the 100 c.c. of the +manganous sulphate, we shall have the quantity of permanganate reduced +by the nitric oxide. + +It must, however, be remembered that the value of solution No. 3 is +now to be calculated on the basis of the equation KMnO_{2} + NO = +KNO_{3} + MnO_{2}. One molecule of permanganate equals one molecule of +nitric oxide when manganous sulphate is used, since no part of the +permanganate employed in this method is reduced below the superoxide +condition. In other words, solution No. 3 now represents only +three-fifths as much nitric acid as it does when oxalic acid is used. + +The results obtained by this method were moderately satisfactory, but +not quite so exact as those obtained when oxalic acid was used. A +series of four determinations gave differences, between the volumes of +permanganate calculated and used, of 0.05 to 0.15 c.c. + +The principal objection to the method lies in the difficulty of +determining, in the presence of the brown oxide of manganese, the +exact point at which the oxidation is complete. + +The carbon dioxide generator, A, was devised by us to take the place +of the ordinary generators, in which marble is used. We have found +that a submersion of twenty hours in boiling water does not suffice to +completely remove the air which, as is well known, is contained in +ordinary marble; hence some other substance must be employed as a +source of the gas. In the apparatus which we are about to describe, +the acid carbonate of sodium is used. + +It consists of a long, narrow cylinder (450 x 60 mm.); a tightly +fitting rubber stopper, through which three tubes pass, as shown in +the figure; a small cylinder, F, containing mercury; and a sulphuric +acid reservoir, G. + +The tube, _g_, is drawn out to a fine point at the end and curved, so +that the acid which is delivered into A falls upon and runs down the +outside of the tube. The tube, h, dips under the mercury in F. G and +_g_ are connected by means of a long piece of rubber tubing which is +supplied with a screw pinch cock. + +The apparatus is made to give any required pressure by raising or +lowering G and F; but the elevation of G, as compared with that of F, +should always be such that the gas will force its way through h rather +than g. The upper part of the cylinder, F, is filled with cotton wool +to prevent loss of mercury by spattering. + +The material placed in A consists of a saturated solution of acid +carbonate of sodium, to which an excess of the solid salt has been +added. The sulphuric acid is the ordinary dilute. The apparatus, if +properly regulated, serves its purpose very well. The principal +precaution to be observed in using it is to avoid a too sudden +relieving of the pressure, which would, of course, result in the +introduction of an unnecessarily large quantity of sulphuric acid into +A. + + * * * * * + + + + +WATER OF CRYSTALLIZATION. + +By W.W.J. NICOL, M.A., D.Sc. + + +When a hydrated salt is dissolved, does it retain its water of +crystallization, or does this latter cease to be distinguishable from +the solvent water? Both views have found advocates among chemists who +have looked at the question of solution, and both have been supported +by arguments more or less to the point. But among the possible means +of solving this question there is one which has entirely escaped the +notice of those interested in the subject. And those who hold that +water of crystallization exists in solution have been entirely +oblivious of the fact that, while they are ready to accept the results +of the modern science of thermo-chemistry, and to employ them to +support their views on hydration, yet these very results, if correct, +prove without a shadow of a doubt that water of crystallization does +not exist in solution. + +The proof is so clear and self-evident when once one's attention is +directed to it, that, though I intend to develop it more fully on +another occasion, I feel that it is better to publish an outline of it +at once. + +Thomsen has found that the heat of neutralization of the soluble bases +of the alkalies and alkaline earths with sulphuric acid has a mean +value of 31.150 c. within very narrow limits. When hydrochloric or +nitric acid is employed, the value is 27.640 c., also within very +narrow limits. Now, this agreement of the six bases in their behavior +with sulphuric acid, much more of the seven bases with both HNO_{3} +and HCl, is so close that it cannot be regarded as accidental, but, in +the words of Meyer, the heat of formation of a salt in aqueous +solution is a quantity made up of two parts, one a constant for the +base, the other for the acid. But of the twenty salts thus formed, +some are anhydrous in the solid state, others have water of +crystallization, up to ten molecules in the case of Na_{2}SO_{4}. If +water of crystallization exists in solution, it will be necessary to +suppose that this agreement is accidental, which is absurd, as a +glance at the probabilities will show. Thomsen himself expressly +states that he regards the dissolved state as one in which the +conditions are comparable for all substances; this would be impossible +if water of crystallization were present. + +A still stronger proof is afforded by the "_avidity_" of Thomsen or +the "_affinity_" of Ostwald; both have worked on the subject, taking +no account of water of crystallization, and the results, e.g., for +H_{2}SO_{4} and HCl with NaHO, where water of crystallization _may_ +come in, are entirely confirmed by Ostwald's results on inversion and +etherification, where there can be no water of crystallization. + +The proof is complete, water of crystallization cannot be attached to +the salt in solution, or if it is, no heat is evolved on union more +than with solvent water. The alternative is to suppose that the whole +of the above thermo-chemical results are coincidences. + + * * * * * + + + + +ALPINE FLOWERS IN THE PYRENEES. + + +Bagneres De Luchon, in the department of the Haute Garonne, is a gay +town of some 5,000 inhabitants. A friend told me that he once suffered +so much from the heat there in June, that he determined never to go to +the Pyrenees again. We were there the second week in June, and we +suffered more from rain and cold, and were very glad of a fire in the +evening. + +Except to the south, in the direction of the Porte de Venasque, one of +the chief mule passes into Spain during summer, where there are fine +snow-capped mountains, the scenery from the town is not grand, but it +is within easy reach of the wildest parts of the Pyrenees. + +It is the nearest town to the Maladetta, their highest point, in which +the Garonne rises, and among whose rocks is one of the last +strongholds of the ibex or bouquetin, the "wild goat" mentioned by +Homer. Eagles and vultures are to be seen sailing about the sky near +Luchon nearly every day, and bears, which in the Pyrenees are neither +mythical nor formidable, descend to within a few miles of the town +after wild strawberries, which abound there. + +We heard of two female peasants lately gathering wild strawberries who +were suddenly confronted with competitors for the spoil in the shape +of a she bear and two cubs. It was doubtful whether man or beast was +the more surprised. The cubs began to growl, but their dam gave both +of them a box on the ears for their bad manners, and led them away. As +for flowers, the neighborhood of Luchon has the reputation, perhaps +not undeserved, of being the most flowery part of the Pyrenees. + +We went the usual expeditions from the town, in spite of the weather, +and I will try to remember what plants we noticed in each of them. The +first trip was to the Vallee du Lys. In spite of the spelling, the +name suggests lilies of the valley, but we are told that lys is an old +word meaning water, and that the valley took its name from the number +of cataracts, not from lilies, there. + +However this may be, a lily grows there in great profusion, and was +just coming into flower toward the middle of June. It is the Lis de +St. Bruno (Anthericum liliastrum), a plant worthy of giving its name +to a valley of which it is a characteristic feature. Still more +conspicuous at the time when we were there were the Narcissus +poeticus, abundant all round Luchon, but already past in the low +meadows near the town, but higher up, at an elevation of about 4,000 +ft., it was quite at its best, and whitened the ground over many +acres. + +I looked about for varieties, but failed to detect any special +character by which it could be referred to any of the varietal names +given in catalogues, and concluded that it was N. poeticus pure and +simple. Pulmonarias were abundant along the road, as also in the whole +region of the Pyrenees, the character of the leaves varying greatly, +some being spotless, some full of irregular white patches, others with +well defined round spots. They varied, too, from broad heart-shaped to +narrow lanceolate, and I soon concluded that it was hopeless to +attempt any division of the class founded upon the leaves. + +Besides the beautiful flowers of Scabious mentioned before, a new +feature in the meadows here was the abundance of Astrantia major. A +pure white Hesperis matronalis was also common, but I saw no purple +forms of it. Geranium phæum also grew everywhere in the fields, the +color of the flower varying a good deal. Hepaticas were not so common +by the roadside here as at Eaux Bonnes, but are generally distributed. +Many of them have their leaves beautifully marbled, and I selected and +brought away a few of the best, in hopes that they may keep this +character. I was struck everywhere by the one-crowned appearance of +the Hepaticas, as if in their second year from seed. + +On the mountains, where they were still in flower, I did not find the +colors mixed, but on one mountain they would be all white, on another +all blue. I do not recollect to have seen any pink. Meconopsis +cambrica is common in the Pyrenees. I observe that in Grenier's +"French Flora" the color of the flower is given as "jaune orange," but +I never saw it either in England or in France with orange flowers till +I saw it covering a bank by the side of the road to the Vallee du Lys. +I was too much struck by it to delay securing a plant or two, which +was lucky, for when we returned every flower had been gathered by some +rival admirers. + +Another expedition from Luchon is to the Lac d'Oo. This, too, is +famous for flowers; but especially so is a high valley called Val +d'Esquierry, 2,000 ft. or 3,000 ft. above the village d'Oo, at which +the carriage road ends. Botanists call this the garden of the +Pyrenees, and, of course, I was most anxious to see it. + +The landlord of our hotel was quite enthusiastic in his description of +the treat in store for me, enumerating a long catalogue of colors, and +indicating with his hand, palm downward, the height from the ground at +which I was to expect to see each color. I was afterward told that he +had never been to the famous valley, being by no means addicted to +climbing mountains. + +During the first part of the drive from Luchon we saw hanging from the +rocks by the roadside large masses of Saponaria ocymoides, varying +much in the shade of color of the flowers. This is a plant which I +find it better to grow from cuttings than from seed. The best shades +of color are in this way preserved, and the plants are more flowery +and less straggling. As we got near the end of the carriage road, the +meadows became more crowded with flowers known in England only in +gardens. + +Besides such plants as Geranium pyrenaicum growing everywhere on the +banks, the fields were full of a light purple geranium--I think +sylvaticum. Here, too, I noticed Meconopsis cambrica with orange +flowers. Narcissus poeticus was also there, and so were some splendid +thistles, large and rich in color. But the most remarkable part of the +coloring in the meadows was produced by different shades of Viola +cornuta carpeting the ground. We noticed this plant in many parts of +the Pyrenees, but here especially. + +From the end of the road I started with a guide for the promised +garden of the Val d'Esquierry. By the side of the steep and winding +path I noticed Ramondia pyrenaica--the only place I saw it in the +Luchon district. Other notable plants were a quantity of Anemone +alpina of dwarf growth and very large flowers, covering a green knoll +near a stream. A little beyond, Aster alpinus was in flower, of a +bright color, which I can never get it to show in gardens. These, with +the exception of a few saxifrages and daffodils of the variety +muticus, were about the last flowers I saw there. + +[Illustration: GROUP OF ALPINE FLOWERS] + +Promise of flowers there was in abundance. Aconites, I suppose +napellus, and also that form of A. lycoctonum with the large leaves +known as pyrenaicum, were just enough grown to recognize. The large +white Asphodel, called by French botanists A. albus, but better known +in gardens as A. ramosus, which grows everywhere in the Pyrenees, and +the coarse shoots of Gentiana lutea were just showing. + +Further on the daffodils were only just putting their noses through +the yellow dead grass, which the snow had hardly left and was again +beginning to whiten, for the rain, which had been coming down in +torrents ever since I left the carriage and had wet me through, had +now changed to snow. Still I went on, in spite of the bitter cold, +hoping that I should come to some hyperborean region where the flowers +would be all bright; but my guide at last undeceived me, and convinced +me that we were far too early, so we went down again, wiser and +sadder, and I advise my friends who wish to see the Val d'Esquierry in +its beauty not to visit it before July at the earliest. + +I have still one mountain walk to describe, a far more successful one, +but it must be deferred till another week.--_C. Wolley Dod, in the +Garden._ + + * * * * * + + +Turtle shells may be softened by hot water, and if compressed in this +state by screws in iron or brass moulds, may be bent into any shape, +the moulds being then plunged into cold water. + + * * * * * + + + + +A CENTURY PLANT IN BLOOM. + + +A huge agave, or century plant, is now blooming at Auburn, N.Y. A few +days ago the great plant became tinged with a delicate yellowish-white +color, as its 4,000 buds began to develop into the full-blown flowers, +whose penetrating fragrance, not unlike that of the pond lily, now +attracts swarms of bees and other insects. The plant was purchased in +1837 by the owner, and was then twelve years old. For half a century +the agave has lain around his greenhouses in company with several +others, and no special care has been taken of it, except to protect it +somehow in winter, that it might be fresh for the next summer's +growth. The plant has always been a hardy specimen, and required +little care. Its whole life, now speedily approaching a termination in +the fulfillment of the end of its existence--flowering--has been a +sluggish course. Its growth has been steady and its development +gradual. Occasionally it has thrust out a spiked leaf until, in size, +it became greater than its fellow plants and took on the likeness of +an enormous cabbage which had been arrested in its development and +failed to attain perfection. Early last April its appearance began to +undergo a decided change. Its resemblance to a cabbage lessened, and +it began to look like a giant asparagus plant. On April 12, the great +fleshy leaves, massed together so as to impress the imprint of their +spines upon one another, began to unfold, and a thick, succulent bud +burst up amid the leaves. Slowly the stalk developed from the bud and +assumed gigantic proportions. Green scales appeared in regular +arrangement about the stalk, marking the points from which lateral +branches were to spring. The thick stalk, tender and brittle at first +as new asparagus, became tough and hard enough to resist a knife, and +its surface assumed the gritty character of the leaves of the plant. +The low roof of the hothouse became an obstruction to further growth, +and had to be removed. Lateral limbs were, at a later period, thrust +out in great numbers, each of them bearing small branches, as do +strawberry plants, on which hang sprays of buds in bunches of from +three to ten, making in all many hundreds, all waiting for the +completion and blooming of the topmost buds. The inflorescence of the +century plant is peculiar, and the appearance of flowers on the lower +branches may be simultaneous with, or consecutive to, the blossoming +on the upper limbs. With the appearance of the lateral outshoots the +great aloe lost its likeness to asparagus, and at present bears +resemblance to an immense candelabra. The plant is now fully matured, +and has a height of twenty-seven feet. There are thirty-three branches +on the main stem, and, by actual count, one of the lateral limbs was +found to bear 273 perfect buds, some of whose green sepals have +spread, revealing the yellowish-white petals and essential parts of +the plant. The ample panicles crowded with curious blossoms are, as, +indeed, the Greek name of the plant--agave--signifies, wonderful. + +There is a pathetic view to be taken of the great plant's present +condition. For years it has been preparing to flower, and the shoot it +has sent up is the dying effort. The blossoms carry in them the life +of new plants, and the old plant dies in giving them birth. It is +commonly supposed that this plant, the _Agave Americana_, or American +aloe, blooms only at the end of 100 years, hence the common name +century plant. + +Only two plants are on record among the floriculturists as having +bloomed in New York State. Thirty years ago, a century plant, of which +the Casey aloe was a slip, flowered in the greenhouses of the Van +Rensselaer family at Albany. In 1869, a second plant blossomed at +Rochester. At present, two aloes, one at Albany, the other at +Brooklyn, are reported as giving evidences of approaching maturity. +They are pronounced not American aloes, or century plants, but _Agave +Virginica_, a plant of the same family commonly found in sterile soil +from Virginia to Illinois and south, and blossoming much more +frequently. In Mexico the century plant is turned to practical account +and made a profitable investment to its owners. After the scape has +reached its full growth it is hewn down, and the sap, which fills the +hollow at its base, is ladled out and converted by fermentation into +"agave wine," or "pulque," the favorite drink of the Mexicans. This +pulque, or octli, has an acid resembling that of cider, and a very +disagreeable odor, but the taste is cooling and refreshing. A brandy +distilled from pulque is called "aquardiente," or "mexical." The +plant, by tapping, can be made to yield a quart of sap daily. The +fibers of the leaves when dried furnish a coarse thread known as Pita +flax, and when green are used in Mexico as fodder for cattle. Razor +strops or hones are also made from the leaves, which contain an +abundance of silica and give rise to a very sharp edge on a knife +applied with friction across the surface of the dried leaf. + + * * * * * + + + + +CREOSOTE A SPECIFIC FOR ERYSIPELAS. + + +Time was when the advocate of a specific was laughed at by the +scientific world, but since it is known that so many forms of disease +are the direct result of some kind of germ life, it is no longer a +misnomer to call a medicine which will certainly and always destroy +the germ which produces so many forms of disease a specific. + +In the light of this definition, founded upon the experience of forty +years' successful practice in treating this form of disease with +creosote, the writer is prepared to indorse the heading of this +article. Having used all the different remedies ordinarily prescribed, +they have long since been laid aside, and this one used in all forms +of the disease exclusively, and with uniform success. + +In 1863 it was the writer's fortune to spend several weeks in a +military hospital in Memphis as a volunteer surgeon, under the +direction of Dr. Lord. In conversation with him, the use of this +article was mentioned, which appeared new to him, and a case was put +under treatment with it, with such prompt favorable results as to +elicit his hearty commendation, and, at his suggestion, +Surgeon-General Hammond was informed of it. + +All injuries, of whatever kind, have been treated with dressings of +this remedy, and where this has been done from the first to last, in +no instance has there been an attack of erysipelas. + +The usual manner of application was in solution of six to twenty drops +to the ounce of water, keeping the parts covered with cloths +constantly wet with it. In ulcers or wounds it may be used in the form +of a poultice, by stirring ground elm into the solution, the strength +to be regulated according to the virulence of the attack. Ordinarily, +ten drops to the ounce is strong enough for the cutaneous form of the +disease and in dressings for wounds or recent injuries. If the +inflammation threatens to spread rapidly, it should be increased to +twenty or more drops to the ounce of water. + +The antiseptic properties of this remedy render it of additional +value, as it will certainly destroy the tendency to unhealthy +suppuration, and thus prevent septicæmia. + +In the treatment of hundreds of cases of erysipelas but one fatal case +has occurred, and that one in an old and depraved system. In the less +violent attacks no other remedy was used, but where constitutional +treatment was indicated, the usual appropriate tonics were prescribed. + +There is no question in my mind but that creosote is as much a +specific in erysipelas as quinine is in intermittent fever, and may be +used with as much confidence.--_St. Louis Med. Jour._ + + * * * * * + + + + +A NEW APPARATUS FOR THE STUDY OF CARDIAC DRUGS. + +By WILLIAM GILMAN THOMPSON, M.D., New York. + + +The apparatus was devised by Mr. R.D. Gray (the inventor of the +ingenious "vest camera" and other photographic improvements) and by +myself. I described what was required and suggested various +modifications and improvements, but the mechanical details were worked +out exclusively by him. To test the rapidity of the camera, we +photographed a "horse-timer" clock, with a dial marking quarter +seconds, and succeeded in taking five distinct photographs in half a +second with _one_ lens, which has never before been accomplished +excepting by Professor Marey,[1] at the College de France, who has +taken successive views of flying birds, falling balls, etc., with one +lens at a very rapid rate. His camera was unknown to me until after +mine was constructed, so that as a success in photography alone the +work is interesting. + + [Footnote 1: La Methode Graphique (Supplement), Paris, 1885.] + +The camera consists of a circular brass box, 5½ inches in diameter and +1¼ inches deep, containing a circular vulcanite shutter with two +apertures, behind which is placed a circular dry plate. Both plate and +shutter are revolved in opposite directions to each other by a simple +arrangement of four cogged wheels moved by a single crank. The box is +perforated at one side by a circular opening, 1¾ inches in diameter, +from the margin of which projects at a right angle a long brass tube +(Fig. 1), which carries the lens. In Fig. 2 the lid of the box has +been removed, and the bottom of the box, with the wheels, springs, and +partially closed shutter, is presented. The lid is double--that is, it +is a flat box in itself. It contains nothing but the dry plate, +supported at its center upon a small brass disk, against which disk it +is firmly pressed by a pivot attached to a spring fastened in the lid. +The aperture in one side of this double lid, which corresponds with +that seen in the floor of the box, may be closed by a slide, so that +the lid containing the plate can be removed like an ordinary plate +holder and carried to a dark room, where it is opened and the plate is +changed. When the lid is replaced this slide is removed, and as the +shutter is made to revolve, the light falls upon whatever portion of +the dry plate happens to be opposite the opening. + +By reference to Fig. 2, it will be seen that when the large wheel +which projects outside of the box is revolved by a crank, it turns the +small ratchet wheel, which bears an eccentric pawl. (The crank has +been removed in Fig. 2; it is seen in Fig. 1.) The central wheel has +only six cogs. The pawl is pressed into one of these cogs by a spring. +It pushes the central wheel around one-sixth of its circumference, +when it returns to be pressed into the next cog. While the pawl +returns, it necessarily leaves the central wheel at rest, and whatever +momentum this wheel carries is checked by a simple stop pressed by a +spring upon the opposite side. The central wheel carries a square +axle, which projects through a small hole in the center of the double +lid and fits into the brass disk before alluded to, causing the disk +to revolve with the axle. The disk is covered by rubber cloth; and as +the dry plate is pressed firmly against the rubber surface by the +spring in the lid, the plate adheres to the rubber and revolves with +the disk. Thus every complete revolution of the central wheel in the +floor of the box carries with it the dry plate, stops it, and moves it +on again six times. The velocity of revolution of the plate is only +limited by the rapidity with which one can turn the crank. + +The shutter is revolved in the opposite direction by a wheel whose +cogs are seen fitting into those of the little wheel carrying the +eccentric pawl. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--THE CAMERA MOUNTED.] + +The two apertures in the shutter are so placed that at the instant of +exposure of the plate it is momentarily at rest, while the plate when +moving is covered by the shutters. This arrangement prevents vibration +of the plate and blurring of the image. The camera is mounted by two +lateral axles with screw clamps upon two iron stands, such as are in +common use in chemical laboratories. A brass rod attached to the tube +steadies it, and allows it to be screwed fast at any angle +corresponding to the angle at which the heart is placed. It is thus +easy to put a manometer tube in the femoral artery of an animal, bend +it up alongside of the exposed heart, and simultaneously photograph +the cardiac contraction and the degree of rise of the fluid in the +manometer(!). The tube is arranged like the draw tube of a microscope. +It is made long, so as to admit of taking small hearts at life-size. +The stand carries a support for the frog or other animal to be +experimented upon, and a bottle of physiological salt solution kept +warm by a spirit lamp beneath. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--INTERIOR OF THE CAMERA.] + +The whole apparatus is readily packed in a small space. I have already +taken a number of photographs of various hearts and intestines with +it, and the contraction of the heart of the frog produced by +_Strophanthus hispidus_, the new cardiac stimulant, is seen in Fig. 3, +taken by this new instrument. The apparatus has the great advantage +that six photographs of a single cardiac pulsation, or of any muscular +contraction, may be easily taken in less than one second, or, by +simply turning the crank slower, they may be taken at any desired rate +to keep pace with the rhythm of the heart. The second hand of a watch +may be placed in the field of view and simultaneously photographed +with the heart, so that there can be no question about the series of +photographs all belonging to one pulsation. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE HEART IN MOTION. + +1, Normal diastole; 2, auricular systole; 3, ventricular systole. 1, +2, 3 were taken in a half second; 4, 5, 6, same as 1, 2, 3, after +injection of toxic dose of Strophanthus hispidus. 4, 5, 6 were taken +in a half second. The pulse rate was 74.] + +I have already called attention[13] to the ease with which these +photographs are enlarged for lecture room demonstration, either on +paper or in a stereopticon, and the ease with which they may be +reproduced in print to illustrate the action of drugs. + +[Footnote 13: _Medical Record_, loc. cit.; Recent Advances in Methods +of Studying the Heart, _Medical Press_, Buffalo, March 1, 1886, p. +234; Instantaneous Photographs of the Heart, Johns Hopkins University +Circulars, March, 1886, p. 60.] + + * * * * * + + +A CATALOGUE containing brief notices of many important scientific +papers heretofore published in the SUPPLEMENT, may be had gratis at +this office. + + * * * * * + + +THE +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT. + +PUBLISHED WEEKLY. + +Terms of Subscription, $5 a year. + +Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to subscribers in any part of the +United States or Canada. Six dollars a year, sent, prepaid, to any +foreign country. + +All the back numbers of THE SUPPLEMENT, from the commencement, January +1, 1876, can be had. Price, 10 cents each. + +All the back volumes of THE SUPPLEMENT can likewise be supplied. Two +volumes are issued yearly. Price of each volume, $2.50 stitched in +paper, or $3.50 bound in stiff covers. + +COMBINED RATES.--One copy of SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN and one copy of +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT, one year, postpaid, $7.00. + +A liberal discount to booksellers, news agents, and canvassers. + +MUNN & CO., PUBLISHERS, +361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK, N.Y. + + * * * * * + + +PATENTS. + +In connection with the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, Messrs. MUNN & Co. are +solicitors of American and Foreign Patents, have had 42 years' +experience, and now have the largest establishment in the world. +Patents are obtained on the best terms. + +A special notice is made in the <b>Scientific American</b> of all +inventions patented through this Agency, with the name and residence +of the Patentee. By the immense circulation thus given, public +attention is directed to the merits of the new patent, and sales or +introduction often easily effected. + +Any person who has made a new discovery or invention can ascertain, +free of charge, whether a patent can probably be obtained, by writing +to MUNN & Co. + +We also send free our Hand Book about the Patent Laws, Patents +Caveats, Trade Marks, their costs, and how procured. Address + +MUNN & CO., 361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. +Branch Office, 622 and 624 F St., Washington, D.C. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. +561, October 2, 1886, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + +***** This file should be named 16360-8.txt or 16360-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/3/6/16360/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Jeannie Howse, Victoria +Woosley and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/16360-8.zip b/16360-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..430ee03 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-8.zip diff --git a/16360-h.zip b/16360-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..77b19a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h.zip diff --git a/16360-h/16360-h.htm b/16360-h/16360-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c68485 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/16360-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,5629 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /> + +<title> +The Project Gutenberg eBook of Scientific American Supplement, October 2, 1886 +</title> + +<style type="text/css"> +<!-- + body {margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; background-color: white} + img {border: 0;} + p { text-align: justify;} + h1,h2,h3 {text-align: center;} + + hr {text-align: center; width: 50%;} + hr.short {width: 25%;} + hr.long {width: 75%;} + hr.full {width: 100%;} + + .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} + .ind {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + + .center {text-align: center; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto;} + .center table { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto;} + .signature {text-variant: small-caps; + text-align: right;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + .underline {text-decoration: underline; } + .overline {text-decoration: overline; } + .tdc {text-align: center;} /* aligning cell content to the center */ + .tfa {font-size: .7em; /* note markers inside tables */ + vertical-align: super;} + .tft {font-size: .8em; /* text of notes for tables */ + text-align: left; + margin-left: 10%; } + .tft p {margin-top: .4em; + margin-bottom: 0em;} + ins.trn { color: blue; + text-decoration: none;} /* style for trans notes (using <ins>) */ + .timg { text-align: center; + margin-left: -10%; margin-right: 110%; } + + ol.q { text-align: left; + margin-left: 2em; + list-style-type: decimal; + } + ol.g li { margin-top: .75em;} + + ul {text-align: left; + margin-left: 2em; + list-style-type: none; } + + +--> +</style> +</head> + +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. 561, +October 2, 1886, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Scientific American Supplement, No. 561, October 2, 1886 + +Author: Various + +Release Date: July 27, 2005 [EBook #16360] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Jeannie Howse, Victoria +Woosley and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + +<p class="timg"><a href="./images/title.png"><img src="./images/title_th.png" alt="Issue Title" /></a></p> +<h1>SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT NO. 561</h1> +<h2>NEW YORK, OCTOBER 2, 1886</h2> +<h4>Scientific American Supplement. Vol. XXII., No. 564.</h4> +<h4>Scientific American established 1845</h4> +<h4>Scientific American Supplement, $5 a year.</h4> +<h4>Scientific American and Supplement, $7 a year.</h4> +<hr /> + +<div class="center"> +<table summary="Contents" border="0" cellspacing="5"> +<colgroup span="3" align="left"></colgroup> +<tr> +<th colspan="2" align="center">TABLE OF CONTENTS.</th> +</tr> +<tr><td valign="top">I.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art01">BOTANY.—A Century Plant in Bloom.—Interesting account of + the recent blossoming of an <i>Agave Americana</i> at + Auburn, N.Y.</a></td><td>8965</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art02">Alpine Flowers in the Pyrenees.—1 illustration.</a></td><td>8965</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">II.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art03">CHEMISTRY.—Probable Isolation of Fluorine.—Decomposition + of hydrofluoric acid by an electric current.—By M.H. + MOISSAN.—Production of a new body, possibly fluorine, or + perfluoride of hydrogen.</a></td><td>8963</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art04">The Determination of Nitric Acid by the Absorption of Nitric + Oxide in a Standard Solution of Permanganate of Potash.— + By H.N. MORSE and A.F. LINN. Full description of a new and + important volumetric determination.—1 illustration.</a></td><td>8964</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art05">Water of Crystallization.—By W.W.J. NICOL, M.A., D.Sc.— + Discussion of the state of water of crystallization in a + salt in solution.</a></td><td>8964</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">III.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art06">ENGINEERING.—Combustion, Fire Boxes, and Steam Boilers—By + JOHN A. COLEMAN.—Address before the June Convention of + the Master Mechanics' Association.</a></td><td>8953</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art07">Compound Hydraulic Presses.—Different forms of presses + designed for pressing bales for shipment.—Very fully + illustrated by 8 figures.</a></td><td>8951</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art08">Examination Papers in General Construction.—Eighty-six + questions in engineering propounded by the civil service + examiners of New York city.</a></td><td>8956</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">IV.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art09">MEDICINE AND PHYSIOLOGY.—A New Apparatus for the Study of + Cardiac Drugs.—By WILLIAM GILMAN THOMPSON, M.D.—Ingenious + application of instantaneous photography to the study + of heart movements.—Apparatus and views produced.—3 + illustrations.</a></td><td>8966</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art10">Creosote a Specific for Erysipelas,—A new cure for this + complaint.</a></td><td>8966</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">V.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art11">METALLURGY.—Primitive Iron Manufacture.—Iron furnace + and blowing apparatus in use in Bengal.—2 illustrations.</a></td><td>8962</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">VI.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art12">MINING ENGINEERING.—The Catastrophe at Chancelade.— + Application of photography to investigating mine disasters. + —4 illustrations.</a></td><td>8962</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">VII.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art13">MISCELLANEOUS.—Celebration of the 500th Anniversary of the + University of Heidelberg. August, 1886.</a></td><td>8957</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art14">Useful Bags and How to Make Them.—Interesting paper on the + trunk makers' art.—4 illustrations.</a></td><td>8960</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">VIII.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art15">NAVAL ENGINEERING.—Atlantic Steamers.—By W. JOHN.— + Exhaustive comparison of representative Atlantic liners + and war ships.—3 illustrations.</a></td><td>8954</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art16">Jet Propellers.—Hydraulic propulsion of vessels.— + Mathematical examination of this subject.</a></td><td>8951</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">IX.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art17">ORDNANCE.—The New Army Gun.—Description of the 8-inch + steel gun as manufactured at the West Point, N.Y., + Foundry.—1 illustration.</a></td><td>8952</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">X.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art18">PHYSICS.—A New Thermo Regulator.—1 illustration.</a></td><td>8959</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art19">Cohesion and Cohesion Figures.—By WILLIAM ACKROYD, + F.I.C.—Laws of vortex rings examined, and relation of + solubility to cohesion.</a></td><td>8963</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art20">Pipette for taking the Density of Liquids.—Apparatus and + calculations for use.—1 illustration.</a></td><td>8959</td></tr> + +<tr><td valign="top">XI.</td><td align="left"><a href="#art21">TECHNOLOGY.—Impurities in Photographic Chemicals, and + Tests for Same.—Table referred to in a paper read before + the Birmingham Photographic Society by G.M. Jones, M.P.S.</a></td><td>8957</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art22">Molasses, how made.<ins class="trn" title="Transcriber's Note: Original had this sentence as the beginning of the next TOC entry">—Work on Plantations Graphically Described.</ins></a></td><td>8961</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art23">Optical errors and human mistakes.—By ERNST GUNDLACH.—On the examination + of optical glasses.—A paper read before the Buffalo + meeting of the A.A.A.S.</a></td><td>8963</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art24">Soap.—By HENRY LEFFMANN, Ph.D.</a></td><td>8962</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art25">Somzee's New Gas Burners.—Interesting description of + regenerative burners.—9 figures.</a></td><td>8958</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art26">The Clamond Gas Burner.—Of value as a supplement to the + above named article, describing an incandescent burner. + —1 illustration.</a></td><td>8959</td></tr> + +<tr><td></td><td align="left"><a href="#art27">Wood Oil.—A new industry worked on the large scale in Sweden.</a></td><td>8962</td></tr> +</table></div> +<hr /> + + + + + +<h2><a name="art07" id="art07"></a><a name="Page_8951" id="Page_8951"></a>COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESSES.</h2> + + +<p>In a hydraulic packing press, the work done by the ram during one +stroke may be roughly divided into two periods, in the first of which +the resistance, although gradually increasing, may be called light, +while in the second the resistance is heavy. The former of these two +periods embraces the greater part of the stroke, and it is only a +small proportion at the end which requires the exercise of the full +power of the press to bring the material to the determined degree of +consolidation. Consequently, if a hydraulic press is to be worked so +as to waste no time, it requires to be provided with means by which +its table may be made to rise rapidly during the portion of the stroke +when the resistance is small, and afterward more slowly when the +entire power of the pumps is being expended upon the final squeeze. +Many methods of obtaining this end have been devised, and are in +common use both here and abroad. It is, however, more particularly in +the packing of raw material that such appliances are useful, since the +goods pressed into bales in this country are not usually of a very +yielding nature, and consequently do not require a long stroke to +bring them to a high state of compression. In India and Egypt, from +whence cotton is sent in bales, presses must have a long stroke; and +unless they can be worked rapidly, a very considerable amount of plant +is required to get through a moderate quantity of work. To meet the +necessities of these countries, Mr. Watson has devised several forms +of press in which not only is the table made to rise rapidly through +the greater part of its stroke, but the rams are kept almost +constantly in motion, so that the time occupied in filling the box +with raw cotton and in placing the ties round the bales is not lost.</p> + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/1a.png"><img src="./images/1a_th.png" alt="COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 1 and 2." /></a><br /> COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 1 and 2.</p> + +<p>We illustrate four forms of Mr. Watson's presses, Fig. 1 being an +earlier construction, which, although very rapid at the date at which +it was brought out, has been far surpassed in celerity by the +arrangements shown in Figs. 3 to 8. It was introduced in 1873, and +forty-three presses according to this design were sent to India by the +makers, Messrs. Fawcett, Preston & Co., of Phœnix Foundry, +Liverpool, between that year and 1880. Four presses of this kind are +worked by one engine, having a cylinder 20 in. by 3 ft. stroke, and +driving eighteen to twenty pumps of varying diameter and short stroke. +The press has two long-stroke rams, LL, of small diameter, to compress +the loose material, and two short-stroke rams, FF, of large diameter, +to give the final squeeze. These two pairs of rams act alternately, +the one pair being idle while the other is in operation. The lashing +of the bale takes place while the larger rams are in action, the bale +being supported on the grid, B, which is pushed under it through +grooves formed in the press-head, S (Fig. 1). When the grid is in +place the press-head can be lowered, and the box be filled, while the +bale is receiving its final squeeze from the inverted rams above.</p> + +<p>In Figs. 1 and 2 the press is shown in the position it would occupy if +the bale, M, were just completed and ready to be pushed out, and the +box, N, were full of material. The filling doors, CC, are shown turned +back level with the floor, the main doors, AA, are open, as are also +the end doors, KK, to admit the men to fasten up the bale. If water be +admitted to the subsidiary cylinder, H, the head, G, and two rams, FF, +will be raised, and then the bale, M, can be thrown out finished. All +the doors are now closed and water admitted to the rams, LL. These +immediately rise, pushing the contents of the box, N, before them, and +compressing them until the table, S, reaches the level of the grid, B. +At this moment the tappet rod, D, shuts off the water, and withdraws +the bolt of the doors, AA, which fly open. The grid, B (Fig. 2), is +then run through the grooves in the press-head, S, and the rams, LL, +are allowed to descend ready for a baling cloth to be inserted through +the doors, EE, and for the box, N, to be refilled. At the same time +the head, G, comes down on to the bale and compresses it still +further, while the men are at work lashing it. When the material is in +hanks, like jute, the rams, LL, are lowered slowly, while a man +standing inside the box, at about the level of the floor, packs the +material neatly on the table.</p> + +<p>These presses can be worked with great rapidity, the average output +during a day varying from 21 to 28 bales an hour. The consumption of +coal per bale is 9 lb. of Bengal coal, in value about ¾d. The density +of the cotton bales produced is about 45 lb. per cubic foot, 400 lb. +measuring a little under 9 cubic feet for shipment. In the case of +jute or jute roots, the same weight occupies 10 cubic feet on an +average. But rapid as this press is in action, the necessities of +recent business in India have called for still more expeditious +working, and to meet this demand Mr. Watson produced his compound +press, in which the economy of time is carried to its utmost +development. By the addition of a second pair of long-stroke rams the +output of the press has been trebled, being raised to 80 bales per +hour. To effect this, there is one pair of powerful rams, as in the +press just described, but two pairs of the long-stroke rams. Further, +each pair of the small-diameter rams is fitted with two boxes, one of +which is always being filled while the other is being pressed. The +rams in rising compress the material into a small cell or box, +situated above the box in which raw cotton is thrown. On the top of +the ram head there is a loose lashing plate, which, at the finish of +the action of the rams, is locked in the cell by bolts actuated by a +suitable locking gear. While in this cell the bale has the lashing +ropes put round it, and then it is placed under the large rams for the +final squeeze, during which the ties or ropes are permanently secured. +Thus neither of the small presses has even to wait while its box is +being filled, or while the previously pressed bale is being lashed. +Even in the large press, when the ties are finally fastened, the time +occupied does not exceed three-quarters of a minute, and is often much +less.</p> + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/2a.png"><img src="./images/2a_th.png" alt="COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 3 and 4." /></a><br /> COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 3 and 4.</p> + +<p>This press is shown in Figs. 3 and 4. The small rams are arranged at +either side of the large ones, which, in this case, are not inverted. +To each of the smaller presses there is a pair of boxes mounted on a +vertical column, around which they can revolve to bring either box +over the rain head. When the left hand rams rise, the material is +delivered into the cell, D, which previously has had its doors (Fig. +4) closed. To permit of the cell, D, being moved out of the way, it is +mounted so that it can revolve on one of the columns of the main +press, first into the position shown at B (Fig. 4), and afterward to C +(Fig. 3). While at D, the bale in the cell (called from its +construction a revolver) is partly lashed, the ties or ropes being put +into position. It is then rotated until it comes over the large rams, +where the bale is still more compressed and secured.</p> + +<p>It must be admitted that this press provides for the greatest possible +economy of time, and for the largest output, for the capital employed, +which can be attained. The rams and the men are constantly in action, +and not a single moment is lost. For filling each box 78 seconds are +allowed, and there is ample time for the preliminary lashing.</p> + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/2b.png"><img src="./images/2b_th.png" alt="COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 5 and 6." /></a><br /> COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 5 and 6.</p> + +<p>Figs. 5 and 6 show a modification of this press, designed to turn out +sixty bales per hour. It has only one set of long-stroke rams, with +three revolvers. The bale receives its preliminary lashing while in +the position, B (Fig. 6). Fifty-three seconds are available for +filling the box, and the same time for the preliminary lashing. It is +found, however, that three-quarters of a minute is sufficient for the +complete hooping of a bale.</p> + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/1b.png"><img src="./images/1b_th.png" alt="COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 7 and 8." /></a><br /> COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 7 and 8.</p> + +<p>Figs. 7 and 8 show a similar press intended for jute pressing. This +has only one box, which is fixed, as the material has to be packed in +an orderly manner. Its speed is sixty bales an hour.—<i>Engineering.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art16" id="art16"></a>JET PROPELLERS.—HYDRAULIC PROPULSION OF VESSELS.</h2> + + +<p>Certain mechanical devices appear to exercise a remarkable influence +on some minds, and engineers are blamed for not adopting them, in no +very measured terms in some cases. It is not in any way necessary that +these devices should have been invented by the men who advocate their +adoption, in order to secure that advocacy. The intrinsic attractions +of the scheme suffice to evoke eulogy; and engineers sometimes find it +very difficult to make those who believe in such devices understand +that there are valid reasons standing in the way of their adoption. +One such device is hydraulic propulsion. A correspondent in a recent +impression suggested its immediate and extended use in yachts at all +events, and we willingly published his letter, because the system does +no doubt lend itself very freely to adoption for a particular class of +yachts, namely, those provided with auxiliary power only. But because +this is the case it must not be assumed that the jet propeller is +better than screw or paddle-wheel propulsion; and it is just as well, +before, correspondence extends further, that we should explain why and +in what way it is not satisfactory. The arguments to be urged in favor +of hydraulic propulsion are many and cogent; but it will not fail to +strike our readers, we think, that all these arguments refer, not to +the efficiency of the system, but to its convenience. A ship with a +hydraulic propeller can sail without let or hindrance; a powerful pump +is provided, which will deal with an enormous leak, and so on. If all +the good things which hydraulic propulsion promises could be had +combined with a fair efficiency, then the days of the screw propeller +and the paddle wheel would be numbered; but the efficiency of the +hydraulic propeller is very low, and we hope to make the reason why it +is low intelligible to readers who are ignorant of mathematics. Those +who are not ignorant of them will find no difficulty in applying them +to what we have to <a name="Page_8952" id="Page_8952"></a>say, and arriving at +similar conclusions in a different way.</p> + +<p>Professor Greenhill has advanced in our pages a new theory of the +screw propeller. As the series of papers in which he puts forward his +theory is not complete, we shall not in any way criticise it; but we +must point out that the view he takes is not that taken by other +writers and reasoners on the subject, and in any case it will not +apply to hydraulic propulsion. For these reasons we shall adhere in +what we are about to advance to the propositions laid down by +Professor Rankine, as the exponent of the hitherto received theory of +the whole subject. When a screw or paddle wheel is put in motion, a +body of water is driven astern and the ship is driven ahead. Water, +from its excessive mobility, is incapable of giving any resistance to +the screw or paddle save that due to its inertia. If, for example, we +conceive of the existence of a sea without any inertia, then we can +readily understand that the water composing such a sea would offer no +resistance to being pushed astern by paddle or screw. When a gun is +fired, the weapon moves in one direction—this is called its +recoil—while the shot moves in another direction. The same +principal—<i>pace</i> Professor Greenhill—operates to cause the movement +of a ship. The water is driven in one direction, the ship in another. +Now, Professor Rankine has laid down the proposition that, other +things being equal, that propeller must be most efficient which sends +the largest quantity of water astern at the slowest speed. This is a +very important proposition, and it should be fully grasped and +understood in all its bearings. The reason why of it is very simple. +Returning for a moment to our gun, we see that a certain amount of +work is done on it in causing it to recoil; but the whole of the work +done by the powder is, other things being equal, a constant quantity. +The sum of the work done on the shot and on the gun in causing their +motions is equal to the energy expended by the powder, consequently +the more work we do on the gun, the less is available for the shot. It +can be shown that, if the gun weighed no more than the shot, when the +charge was ignited the gun and the shot would proceed in opposite +directions at similar velocities—very much less than that which the +shot would have had had the gun been held fast, and very much greater +than the gun would have had if its weight were, as is usually the +case, much in excess of that of the shot. In like manner, part of the +work of a steam engine is done in driving the ship ahead, and part in +pushing the water astern. An increase in the weight of water is +equivalent to an augmentation in the weight of our gun and its +carriage—of all that, in short, takes part in the recoil.</p> + +<p>But, it will be urged, it is just the same thing to drive a large body +of water astern at a slow speed as a small body at a high speed. This +is the favorite fallacy of the advocates of hydraulic propulsion. The +turbine or centrifugal pump put into the ship drives astern through +the nozzles at each side a comparatively small body of water at a very +high velocity. In some early experiments we believe that a velocity of +88 ft. per second, or 60 miles an hour, was maintained. A screw +propeller operating with an enormously larger blade area than any pump +can have, drives astern at very slow speed a vast weight of water at +every revolution; therefore, unless it can be shown that the result is +the same whether we use high speed and small quantities or low speed +and large quantities, the case of the hydraulic propeller is hopeless. +But this cannot be done. It is a fact, on the contrary, that the work +wasted on the water increases in a very rapid ratio with its speed. +The work stored up in the moving water is expressed in foot pounds by +the formula</p> + +<p class="center"><span class="underline"> W v</span>²<br />2g</p> + + +<p>where W stands for the weight of the water, and v for its velocity. +But the work stored in the water must have been derived from the +engine; consequently the waste of engine power augments, not in the +ratio of the speed of the water, but in the ratio of the square of its +speed. Thus if a screw sends 100 tons of water astern at a speed of 10 +ft. per second per second, the work wasted will be 156 foot tons per +second in round numbers. If a hydraulic propeller sent 10 tons astern +at 100 ft. per second per second, the work done on it would be 1,562 +foot tons per second, or ten times as much. But the reaction effort, +or thrust on the ship, would be the same in both cases. The waste of +energy would, under such circumstances, be ten times as great with the +hydraulic propeller as with the screw. In other words, the slip would +be magnified in that proportion. Of course, it will be understood that +we are not taking into account resistances, and defects proper to the +screw, from which hydraulic propulsion is free, nor are we considering +certain drawbacks to the efficiency of the hydraulic propeller, from +which the screw is exempt; all that we are dealing with is the waste +of power in the shape of work done in moving water astern which we do +not want to move, but cannot help moving. If our readers have followed +us so far, they will now understand the bearing of Rankine's +proposition, that that propeller is best which moves the greatest +quantity of water astern at the slowest speed. The weight of water +moved is one factor of the thrust, and consequently the greater that +weight, other things being equal, the greater the propelling force +brought to bear on the ship.</p> + +<p>It may be urged, and with propriety, that the results obtained in +practice with the jet propeller are more favorable than our reasoning +would indicate as possible; but it will be seen that we have taken no +notice of conditions which seriously affect the performance of a +screw. There is no doubt that it puts water in motion not astern. It +twists it up in a rope, so to speak. Its skin frictional resistance is +very great. In a word, in comparing the hydraulic system with the +normal system, we are comparing two very imperfect things together; +but the fact remains, and applies up to a certain point, that the +hydraulic propeller must be very inefficient, because it, of all +propellers, drives the smallest quantity of water astern at the +highest velocity.</p> + +<p>There is, moreover, another and a very serious defect in the hydraulic +propeller as usually made, which is that every ton of water passed +through it has the velocity of the ship herself suddenly imparted to +it. That is to say, the ship has to drag water with her. To illustrate +our meaning, let us suppose that a canal boat passes below a stage or +platform a mile long, on which are arranged a series of sacks of corn. +Let it further be supposed that as the canal boat passes along the +platform, at a speed of say five miles an hour, one sack shall be +dropped into the boat and another dropped overboard continuously. It +is evident that each sack, while it remains in the boat, will have a +speed the same as that of the boat, though it had none before. Work +consequently is done on each sack, in overcoming its inertia by +imparting a velocity of five miles an hour to it, and all this work +must be done by the horse towing on the bank. In like manner the +hydraulic propeller boat is continually taking in tons of water, +imparting her own velocity to them, and then throwing them overboard. +The loss of efficiency from this source may become enormous. So great, +indeed, is the resistance due to this cause that it precludes the +notion of anything like high speeds being attained. We do not mean to +assert that a moderate degree of efficiency may not be got from +hydraulic propulsion, but it can only be had by making the quantity of +water sent astern as great as possible and its velocity as small as +possible. That is to say, very large nozzles must be employed. Again, +provision will have to be made for sending the water through the +propeller in such a way that it shall have as little as possible of +the motion of the ship imparted to it. But as soon as we begin to +reduce these principles to practice, it will be seen that we get +something very like a paddle wheel hung in the middle of the boat and +working through an aperture in her hull, or else a screw propeller put +into a tube traversing her from stem to stern.</p> + +<p>We may sum up by saying that the hydraulic propeller is less efficient +than the screw, because it does more work on the water and less on the +boat; and that the boat in turn does more work on the water than does +one propelled by a screw, because she has to take in thousands of tons +per hour and impart to them a velocity equal to her own. Part of this +work is got back again in a way sufficiently obvious, but not all. If +it were all wasted, the efficiency of the hydraulic propeller would be +so low that nothing would be heard about it, and we certainly should +not have written this article.—<i>The Engineer.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art17" id="art17"></a>THE NEW ARMY GUN.</h2> + + +<p>The cut we give is from a photograph taken shortly after the recent +firings. The carriage upon which it is mounted is the one designed by +the Department and manufactured by the West Point Foundry, about six +months since. It was designed as a proof carriage for this gun and +also for the 10 inch steel gun in course of construction. It is +adapted to the larger gun by introducing two steel bushing rings +fitted into the cheeks of carriage to secure the trunnion of the gun.</p> + +<p>The gun represented is an 8 inch, all steel, breech-loading rifle, +manufactured by the West Point Foundry, upon designs from the Army +Ordnance Bureau. The tube and jacket were obtained from Whitworth, and +the hoops and the breech mechanism forgings from the Midvale Steel +Company. The total weight of the gun is 13 tons; total length, +including breech mechanism, 271 inches; length of bore in front of gas +check, 30 calibers; powder space in chamber, 3,109 cubic inches; +charge, 100 pounds. The tube extends back to breech recess from +muzzle, in one solid piece. The breech block is carried in the jacket, +the thread cut in the rear portion of the jacket. The jacket extends +forward and is shrunk over the tube about 87½ inches. The re-enforce +is strengthened by two rows of steel hoops; the trunnion hoops form +one of the outer layers. In front of the jacket a single row of hoops +is shrunk on the tube and extends toward the muzzle, leaving 91 inches +of the muzzle end of the tube unhooped. The second row of hoops is +shrunk on forward of the trunnion hoops for a length of 38 inches to +strengthen the gun, and the hoop portion forms three conical frustums. +The elastic resistance of the gun to tangential rupture over the +powder chamber is computed by Claverino and kindred formulas to be +54,000 lb. per square inch.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/2c.png" alt="THE ARMY 8 INCH STEEL GUN WITH CARRIAGE." /><br /> THE ARMY 8 INCH STEEL GUN WITH CARRIAGE.</p> + +<p>The breech mechanism is modeled after the De Bange system. The block +has three smooth and three threaded sectors, and is locked in place by +one-sixth of a turn of a block, and secured by the eccentric end of a +heavy lever, which revolves into a cut made in the rear breech of the +gun. The gas check consists of a pad made of two steel plates or cups, +between which is a pad of asbestos and mutton suet formed under heavy +pressure. The rifling consists of narrow grooves and bands, 45 of +each. The depth of the groove is six one-hundredths of an inch.</p> + +<p>Although the gun is designed for a charge of 100 pounds, it is +believed that it can be increased to 105 pounds without giving +dangerous pressure, and the intention is to increase the charge to +that amount when the new powder is received from Du Pont.</p> + +<p>The following is a very full synopsis of the official report of the +preliminary firings—13 rounds—with this gun:</p> + +<p>The first seven rounds were fired with German cocoa powder, which was +received from Watervliet Arsenal. There were two kinds of cartridges, +one kind weighing 85 pounds, and having 30 grains in each layer, the +other weighing 100 lb., and having 27 grains in each layer. In two of +the first seven rounds the weight of the charge was 65 pounds, the +projectiles weighing 182 and 286 pounds; in the next two rounds +charges of 85 pounds were fired, the projectiles, as before, weighing +182 and 286 pounds, while in the last three of the rounds fired with +cocoa powder the charge was 100 lb., while the weight of the +projectile was 182, 235, and 286 pounds. At the seventh round was +fired the normal charge, 100 lb. of powder and a projectile weighing +286 pounds, for which the gun was designed. The mean pressure for this +round, determined by two crusher <a name="Page_8953" id="Page_8953"></a>gauges, was +32,800 pounds, and the velocity at 150 feet was 1,787 feet.</p> + +<p>Two kinds of Du Pont's brown prismatic powder, marked P.A. and P.I., +were then fired. With the normal charge of P.A. powder (round 12 of +the record), the mean pressure was 35,450 pounds, the velocity at 150 +feet was 1,812 feet. For P.I. powder (round 13 of the record), the +pressure was 26,925 pounds, the velocity was 1,702 feet, and a +considerable amount of unconsumed powder was ejected, showing that the +P.I. powder is not a suitable one for this piece. The highest pressure +indicated with the normal charge of P.A. powder was 36,200 pounds, +exceeding by 1,200 pounds the provisional limit of pressure.</p> + +<p>At the fifth round the breech block opened with some difficulty, and +an examination showed that the resistance resulted from the diametral +enlargement of the rear plate. Directions have been given to correct +this defect. The star gauge records show that no material change took +place in the diameter of the chamber or the bore. From 30 inches to 54 +inches (measured from base of the breech), there was a diminution in +diameter of from 0.001 in. to 0.002 in.; in rear of 30 inches there +was no change. No enlargement in the shot chamber exceeded 0.001 in. +From the bottom of the bore (the beginning of the rifling) to the +muzzle the average enlargements were as follows: in. to 6 in., 0.005 +in.; 7 in. to 14 in., 0.003 in.; 15 in. to 29 in., 0.002 in.; 30 in. +to muzzle, 0.002 to 0.001 in.</p> + +<p>After the third round the joint between the D. and D. rings opened +slightly on the top, and measured after the 13th round showed that the +opening was about 0.004 in. wide. It cannot at present be stated +whether or not this opening increased during firing, but the defect +has been noted and will be carefully observed. Enough cocoa powder +remains to allow a comparison to be made with such brown prismatic +powder as may be adopted finally. No firing has been done as yet to +test the best position for the bands, but it will take place as soon +as enough of some standard powder is obtained to fire ten consecutive +rounds.—<i>Army and Navy Journal.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art06" id="art06"></a>COMBUSTION, FIRE-BOXES, AND STEAM BOILERS.<a name="FNanchor_1" id="FNanchor_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By JOHN A. COLEMAN.</h3> + + +<p>Mr. Chairman and gentlemen: I was rash enough some time ago to promise +to prepare a paper for this occasion, the fulfillment of which prior +engagements have absolutely prevented.</p> + +<p>I would greatly prefer to be let off altogether, but I do not like to +break down when expected to do anything; and if you have the patience +to listen for a few minutes to the reflections of an "outsider," I +will endeavor to put what I have to say in as concise form as I can, +in such manner as will do no harm, even if it does no good.</p> + +<p>For many years I was connected with steam engineering. I was once with +the Corliss Steam Engine Company, and afterward was the agent of Mr. +Joseph Harrison, of Russian fame, for the introduction of his safety +boilers.</p> + +<p>That brought me into contact with the heavy manufacturers throughout +the Eastern States, and during that long experience I was particularly +impressed with a peculiarity common to the mill owners, which, I +believe it may be said with truth, is equally common to those +interested in locomotive engineering, namely, how much we overlook +common, every-day facts. For instance, we burn coal; that is, we think +we do, and boilers are put into mills and upon railroads, and we +suppose we are burning coal under them, when in reality we are only +partially doing so. We think that because coal is consumed it +necessarily is burned, but such is frequently very far from the fact.</p> + +<p>I wish upon the present occasion to make merely a sort of general +statement of what I conceive to be combustion, and what I conceive to +be a boiler, and then to try to make a useful application of these +ideas to the locomotive.</p> + +<p>Treating first the subject of combustion, let us take the top of the +grate-bars as our starting point. When we shovel coal upon the grate +bars and ignite it, what happens first? We separate the two +constituents of coal, the carbon from the hydrogen. We make a gas +works. Carbon by itself will burn no more than a stone; neither will +hydrogen. It requires a given number of equivalents of oxygen to mix +with so many equivalents of carbon, and a given number of equivalents +of oxygen to mix with so many of hydrogen to form that union which is +necessary to produce heat. This requires time, space, and air, and one +thing more, viz., heat.</p> + +<p>I presume that most of you have read Charles Williams' treatise upon +"Combustion," which was published many years ago, and which until +recently was often quoted as an absolute authority upon the art of +burning fuel under boilers. Mr. Williams in his treatise accurately +describes the chemistry of combustion, but he has misled the world for +fifty years by an error in reasoning and the failure to discuss a +certain mechanical fact connected with the combination of gases in the +process of combustion. He said: "What is the use of heating the air +put into a furnace? If you take a cubic foot of air, it contains just +so many atoms of oxygen, neither more nor less. If the air be heated, +you cause it to assume double its volume, but you have not added a +single atom of oxygen, and you will require twice the space for its +passage between the grate bars, and twice the space in the furnace, +which is a nuisance; but if the air could be frozen, it would be +condensed, and more atoms of oxygen could be crowded into the cubic +foot, and the fire would receive a corresponding advantage." Mr. +Williams proceeded upon this theory, and died without solving the +perplexing mystery of as frequent failure as success which attended +his experiments with steamship boilers. The only successes which he +obtained were misleading, because they were made with boilers so badly +proportioned for their work that almost any change would produce +benefit.</p> + +<p>Successful combustion requires something more than the necessary +chemical elements of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, for it requires +something to cook the elements, so to speak, and that is heat, and for +this reason: When the coal is volatilized in the furnace, what would +be a cubic foot of gas, if cold, is itself heated and its volume +increased to double its normal proportion. It is thin and attenuated. +The cold air which is introduced to the furnace is denser than the +gas. With dampers wide open in the chimney, and the gases and air +passing into the flues with a velocity of 40 feet per second, they +strike the colder surface of the tubes, and are cooled below the point +of combustion before they have had time to become assimilated; and +although an opponent in a debate upon steam boiler tests once stated +that his thermometer in the chimney showed only 250 degrees, and +indicated that all the value that was practical had been obtained from +the coal, I took the liberty to maintain that a chemist might have +analyzed the gases and shown there were dollars in them; and that if +the thermometer had been removed from the chimney and placed in the +pile of coal outside the boiler, it would have gone still lower; but +it would not have proved the value to have been extracted from the +coal, for it was not the complete test to apply.</p> + +<p>The condition of things in the furnace may be illustrated thus: If we +should mingle a quart of molasses and a gallon of water, it would +require considerable manipulation and some time to cause them to +unite. Why? Because one element is so much denser than the other; but +if we should mix a quart of the gallon of water with the quart of +molasses, and render their densities somewhere near the density of the +remaining water, and then pour the masses together, there would be a +more speedy commingling of the two. And so with the furnace. I have +always maintained that every furnace should be lined with fire-brick, +in order that it shall be so intensely hot when the air enters that +the air shall instantly be heated to the same degree of tenuity as the +hot gases themselves, and the two will then unite like a flash—and +that is heat. And here is the solution of the Wye Williams mystery of +failure when cold air was introduced upon the top of a fire to aid +combustion. The proof of the necessity for heat to aid the chemical +assimilation of the volatilized coal elements is seen in starting a +fire in a common stove. At first there is only a blue flame, in which +the hand may be held; but wait until the lining becomes white hot, and +then throw on a little coal, and you will find a totally different +result. It is also seen in the Siemens gas furnace, with which you are +doubtless familiar. There is the introduction of gas with its +necessary complement of air. Until the furnace and retorts become +heated, the air and gas flutter through only partially united, and do +little good; but as soon as the retorts and furnace become thoroughly +hot, the same gas and air will melt a fire-brick.</p> + +<p>These are common phenomena, which are familiar, but apt to be +unnoticed; but they logically point to the truth that no furnaces +should present a cooling medium in contact with fuel which is +undergoing this process of digestion, so to speak. It will be very +evident, I think, from these facts that water-legs in direct contact +with a fire are a mistake. They tend to check a fire as far as their +influence extends, as a thin sheet of ice upon the stomach after +dinner would check digestion, and for the same reason, namely, the +abstraction of heat from a chemical process. If fire-brick could be +laid around a locomotive furnace, and the grate, of course, kept of +the same area as before, it is my belief that a very important +advantage would be at once apparent. An old-fashioned cast iron heater +always produced a treacherous fire. It would grow dead around the +outside next to the cold iron; but put a fire-clay lining into it, and +it was as good as any other stove.</p> + +<p>If I have now made clear what I mean by making heat, we will next +consider the steam boiler. What is a steam boiler? It is a thing to +absorb heat. The bottom line of this science is the bottom of a pot +over a fire, which is the best boiler surface in the world; there is +water upon one side of a piece of iron and heat against the other. One +square foot of the iron will transmit through it a given number of +units of heat into the water at a given temperature in a given time; +two square feet twice as many, and three, three times as many, and so +on. Put a cover upon the pot, and seal it tight, leave an orifice for +the steam, and that is a steam boiler with all its mysteries.</p> + +<p>The old-fashioned, plain cylinder boiler is a plain cylindrical pot +over the fire. If enough plain cylinder boilers presenting the +requisite number of square feet of absorbing surface are put into a +cotton mill, experience has shown that they will make a yard of cotton +cloth about as cheaply as tubular boilers. If this is so, why do not +all put them in? Because it is the crudest and most expensive form of +boiler when its enormous area of ground, brickwork, and its fittings +are considered. Not all have the money or the room for them. To +produce space, the area is drawn in sidewise and lengthwise, but we +must have the necessary amount of square feet of absorbing surface, +consequently the boiler is doubled up, so to speak, and we have a +"flue boiler." We draw in sidewise and lengthwise once more and double +up the surface again, and that is a "tubular boiler." That includes +all the "mystery" on that subject.</p> + +<p>Now, we find among the mills, just as I imagine we should upon the +railroads, that the almost universal tendency is to put in too small +boilers and furnaces. To skimp at boilers is to spend at the coal +yard. Small boilers mean heavy and over-deep fires, and rapid +destruction of apparatus. In sugar houses you will see this frequently +illustrated, and will find 16 inch fires upon their grates.</p> + +<p>We have found that, as we could persuade mill owners to put in more +boilers and extend their furnaces, so that coal could be burned +moderately and time for combustion afforded, we often saved as high as +1,000 tons in a yearly consumption of 4,000.</p> + +<p>Now, when the ordinary locomotive sends particles of coal into the +cars in which I am riding, I do not think it would be unfair criticism +to say that the process of combustion was not properly carried out. +When we see dense volumes of gas emitted from the stack, it is evident +that a portion of the hard dollars which were paid for the coal are +being uselessly thrown into the air; and it will be well to remember +that only a little of the unburnt gas is visible to the eye.</p> + +<p>One point I wish to make is this: We find, as I have said, that as we +spread out with boilers and furnaces in the mills, so that we can take +matters deliberately, we save money.</p> + +<p>Now, coming again to locomotives. I think, if we examine the subject +carefully, the fact will strike us a little curiously. The first +locomotive built in Philadelphia weighed about 14 tons. Judging from +the cut I have seen, I should think her furnace might have been 30 +inches square. We have gone from that little 14 ton engine to machines +of 50 and 60 tons—perhaps more. The engines have been increased over +four times, but I will ask you if the furnace areas have been +increased (applause) in proportion? Some of the furnaces of the +engines are six feet by three, but that is an increase of less than 3 +to 1 of furnace, as against 4 to 1 of weight of engine.</p> + +<p>When my attention was first called to this matter, I had supposed, as +most people do who are outside of the railway profession, that there +was something subtile and mysterious about railway engineering that +none but those brought up to the business could understand. Possibly +it is so, and I am merely making suggestions for what they are worth, +but I think the position I have taken in this matter was established +by some experiments of three weeks' duration, which I conducted +between Milan and Como, in Italy, for the Italian government, in +pulling freight trains up grades of 100 feet to the mile. The +experiments were made with an engine built by the Reading Railroad.</p> + +<p>We competed with English, French, Belgian, and Austrian engines. These +machines required the best of fuel to perform the mountain service, +and could use coal dust only when it was pressed into brick. We used +in the Reading Railroad machine different fuels upon different days, +making the road trip of 120 miles each day with one kind of fuel. We +used coal dust scraped up in the yards, also the best Cardiff coal, +anthracite, and five kinds of Italian lignite, the best of which +possesses about half the combustible value of coal.</p> + +<p>The results in drawing heavy freight trains were equally good with +each fuel, the engine having at all times an abundance of steam on +heavy grades, no smoke nor cinders, and no collection of cinders in +the forward part of the engine.</p> + +<p>The fireman arranged his fires at a station, and did little or nothing +except to smoke his pipe and enjoy the scenery until he reached the +next station. An incident occurred to prove that we were not playing +with the machine. They told me one morning that we should be given a +load of 25 per cent less than the maximum load of an engine of her +class (30 tons). We started up the 100 foot grade, and found we could +barely crawl, and our engineer got furious over it. He thought they +were repeating a trick already attempted by screwing down a brake in +ascending a grade. We detected it, however, and found a pair of wheels +nearly red hot. Upon this occasion we found nothing amiss, except full +cars where they had reported only a light load. We pulled to the top +of the hill, the steam blowing off furiously all the time.</p> + +<p>This was a new experience to the Italians, and might surprise some +Americans. When we arrived at the station, the inspector-general and +his corps of engineers were evidently amazed, and it was evident we +had captured them. He said to me, "I can congratulate you, signor, on +possession of a superb machine."</p> + +<p>Afterward one of the engineers said to me: "Do not let it be known +that I told you what you have hauled or I shall lose my place, but you +have drawn 50 per cent more than the maximum load of one of our 40 ton +engines." I said: "You attempted to 'stall' us, and when you try it +again, be fair enough to give me a flat of pig iron, and as you pack +cars on one end I will pack pig iron upon the engine until she will +stick to the track, but rest assured that you will not be able to get +that steam down." The experience with that engine proves conclusively +to my mind that the general principles of steam making are the same +for both stationary and locomotive practice. The grand secret of the +success of that Wootten engine was the enormous area of the grate +surface, being, if I remember correctly, 7 by 9 feet, permitting thin +fires to be carried and complete combustion to be obtained before the +gases reached the boiler tubes. An enormous crown sheet was presented, +and that is where the bulk of the work of any boiler is done.</p> + +<p>Thin fires accomplish this. As already stated, a given amount of coal +generates a given amount of gas, and this gas requires a given amount +of air or oxygen. This air must be supplied through the grate bars and +then pass through the interstices of the mass of heated coal. It +requires about 10 cubic feet of air to consume one cubic foot of gas. +In stationary boilers we find that if we use "pea" and "dust" coal, an +extremely thin layer must be used, or the 10 feet of air per foot of +gas cannot pass through it; if "chestnut" coal be used, the thickness +may be increased somewhat; "stove size" allows a thickness of six +inches, and "lump" much thicker, if any wise man could be found who +would use that coarse, uneconomical size. Of course, I am speaking of +anthracite coal. Opinions differ about "soft coal," but the same +general principle applies as regards an unobstructed passage of air +through the hot bed of coal.</p> + +<p>Now, it will be agreed that the locomotive of the future must be +improved to keep up with the times. Fierce competition requires +increased efficiency and reduced expenses. I am told by you railroad +gentlemen that the freight business of the country doubles every ten +years. Trains follow close upon each other. What are you going to do? +Are you to double, treble, or quadruple your tracks?</p> + +<p>It seems to me much remains yet to be done with the locomotive. We +must burn a great deal less coal for the steam we make, and after we +have made steam we must use that steam up more thoroughly. In the +short cylinder required by locomotive service, the steam, entering at +the initial pressure pushes the piston to the opposite end, and it +then rushes out of the exhaust strong enough to drive another piston. +Of every four dollars' worth of coal consumed, at least two dollars +worth is absolutely thrown away. Or, of every ten thousand dollars +spent for fuel, five thousand dollars are absolutely wasted. How can +we save this? It would seem obvious that if steam rushes from the +exhaust of an engine strong enough to drive another engine, the common +sense of the thing would be to put another engine alongside and let +the steam drive it, and we should get just so much more out of our +four dollars' worth of coal. It seems evident that we must follow the +lead of the steamship men, and compound <a name="Page_8954" id="Page_8954"></a>the +locomotive engine, as they have done with the marine engine.</p> + +<p>Next we must attack the extravagant furnace, and increase its area and +reduce the depth of the bed of coal. The difficulty of making this +change seemed to me to be removed, on examining an engine on the +Providence & Bristol Railroad, the other day. The machine was made at +the Mason Works, of Taunton. It was an engine and tender combined, the +truck being at the rear end of the tender, and the driver placed well +in advance of the fire-box, so that the maximum weight of both engine +and tender rested upon the drivers. In thus removing the drivers from +the proximity of the fire-box, abundant facility is afforded for +widening the fire-box, so as to obtain a grate area as large as that +of the Wootten engine or of a stationary boiler. It seems to me the +increase of grate area can be obtained only by widening; for a length +of more than six or seven feet is very hard upon the fireman. You +certainly cannot get more power by deepening present fire-boxes, +except by an enormously increased waste of fuel, which all will +concede is already sufficiently extravagant.</p> + +<p>In arriving at the conclusion of these hasty and I fear somewhat +incoherent remarks, I would say that the object aimed at for the +improvement of the locomotive would be reached, first, by making steam +economically, by employing such increased grate area as will permit +running thin fires and moderate or comparatively slow draught; and, +secondly, in economically using the steam which has been economically +made by compounding the engine.</p> + +<p>I have given you merely the views of an "outsider," who has had a +somewhat extensive experience in stationary engineering, and who has +observed locomotive practice in many parts of the world. These views +are offered for what they are worth, as suggestions for future thought +in designing engines, and as a sort of refresher upon rudimentary +points which long familiarity with every-day phenomena causes us at +times to overlook. I trust that your deliberations may aid in the +speedy reduction of the expenses of transporting freight and +passengers, for the benefit of the railroad companies and, in their +turn, the advantage of the people at large.</p> + +<p><a name="Footnote_1" id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1">[1]</a></p><div class="note"><p>Address before the June Convention of the Master +Mechanics' Association.</p></div> + +<hr /> + + +<h2><a name="art15" id="art15"></a>ATLANTIC STEAMERS.<a name="FNanchor_2" id="FNanchor_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By W. JOHN.</h3> + + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/4a.png"><img src="./images/4a_th.png" alt="Fig. 1—CITY OF ROME." /></a><br /> Fig. 1—CITY OF ROME.</p> + +<p>The author said that he hoped to bring before the meeting impartially +certain facts which might be of interest, and which, when recorded in +the pages of the "Transactions," might be found of some use as data +for future reference. In dealing with passenger steamers, he would do +so principally from a shipbuilder's point of view; but the moment he +commenced to think over Atlantic passenger ships as a shipbuilder, he +was met by the question whether the present tendency toward divorcing +the passenger and cargo trade from each other is likely to continue or +not. If the answer is yes, then it seems to become an important +question, for the present at least, how to build, on moderately small +dimensions, the fastest, safest, and most economical passenger +steamer, using all the most modern improvements to make her commodious +and luxurious, and an easy sea boat into the bargain. If cargo is +still to be carried in the passenger ships of the future, a moderate +speed only will be aimed at in the immediate future, and every effort +will be devoted to economy of fuel, comfort, and safety, with a fair +carrying capacity. This latter policy is one which may possibly +prevail at least for a time, as it has powerful supporters in +Liverpool; but he could not help thinking that very high +speeds—higher than we have yet attained—must eventually gain the +day. He also thought that they were on the eve of important movements, +which will indicate what the next step in the passenger trade is to +be; for it must be remembered, among other things, that none of our +present English transatlantic liners, even the latest, have yet been +fitted with the latest modern improvements for economy of fuel or +quick combustion, such as triple expansion engines or forced draught. +They must, therefore, be at some disadvantage, other things being +equal, compared with the ships of the future possessing them. The +Great Eastern steaming up Milford Haven about twenty-five years ago +between two lines of the channel fleet of old—two and three decked +wooden line-of-battle ships—the whole fleet saluting with yards +manned, was a sight to be remembered. More than this, that ship, with +all her mournful career, has been a useful lesson and a useful warning +to all naval architects who seriously study their profession—a lesson +of what can be done in the safe construction of huge floating +structures, and a warning that the highest flights of constructive +genius may prove abortive if not strictly subordinated to the +practical conditions and commercial requirements of the times. The +Sirius and Great Western crossed the Atlantic in 1838, and in 1840 the +first ship of the since celebrated Cunard Company made her first +voyage. This was the Britannia, which, with her sister ships, the +Arcadia, Caledonia, and Columbia, kept up the mail service regularly +at a speed of about 8½ knots an hour. The Britannia was 207 ft. in +length between perpendiculars, and 34 ft. 4 in. extreme breadth, 22 +ft. 6 in. depth of hold, 423 horse power—nominal—and 1,153 tons +burden, built of wood, and propelled by paddles. In 1860 the Collins +Line started in opposition to the Cunard, and, after a series of +disasters, collapsed in 1858. This was three years after the Persia, +the first Cunarder built of iron, had been completed. In 1850, also, +the Inman Line was started with the City of Glasgow, of 1,600 tons +builders' measurement, and 350 horse power. She was built of iron, and +was the first screw steamer sent across the Atlantic from Liverpool +with passengers, and was the pioneer of the great emigrant trade which +Mr. Inman, above all others, did so much to develop and make cheap and +comfortable for the emigrants themselves, as well as profitable to his +company. That the builders of the celebrated old Great Britain, in +1843, and Mr. Inman, in 1850, should have pronounced so decisively in +favor of the screw propeller in preference to the paddle for ocean +steaming is a proof of their true practical judgment, which time and +practical experience have made abundantly clear. While the Cunard +Company went on developing its fleet from the early wood paddle +steamer Britannia of 1,130 tons in 1840 to the iron paddle steamers +Persia, etc., in 1858, the iron screw steamer China of 1862, to the +still more important screw steamers Bothnia and Scythia, vessels of +4,335 tons, in 1874, the Inman and other lines were as rapidly +developing in speed and size, if not in numbers. The year 1874 is +memorable, for it saw the White Star steamers Britannic and Germanic +put into the water, as well as the Inman steamer City of Berlin and +the two before mentioned Cunard steamers, Bothnia and Scythia. By the +addition of these two ships to their fleet the White Star Line, +although started only in 1870, reached a front rank position in the +New York passenger trade. The author gave in separate tables the logs +of several of these ships, some from published documents and some +kindly furnished by the owners. The Great Western had crossed the +Atlantic from Bristol to New York in 15 days as early as 1838. The +first Cunard steamer, the Britannic, was about the same speed, from 8¼ +to 8½ knots an hour. The average duration of the Cunard voyages in the +year 1856 was 12.67 days from Liverpool to New York, and 11.03 days +from New York to Liverpool. The Bothnia, in 1874, reduced the passage +to about nine days. The White Star Britannic, in 1876, averaged 7 days +18 hours 26 minutes outward from Queenstown to New York, and 9 days 6 +hours 44 minutes homeward, and has averaged for the last ten years 8 +days 9 hours 36 minutes outward, and 8 days 1 hour 48 minutes +homeward. The City of Berlin, of the Inman Line, also built in 1874, 8 +days 10 hours 56 minutes, and homeward 8 days 2 hours 37 minutes; and +for the nine years from 1875 to 1883 inclusive, averaged outward 8 +days 19 hours 56 seconds, and inward 8 days 8 hours 34 seconds; or, +putting it into rounder figures, the Britannic had reduced the average +passage between the two points to 8¼ days, and the City of Berlin to +8½ days. From the year 1874 on to 1879 no further advance was made in +Atlantic steaming, but in that year the Arizona was added to the Guion +Line, and it soon became evident that another important stride had +been made in the Atlantic passenger trade, which would lead to most +important results. The results, as we all know, have been sufficiently +startling. The Guion Line, which had started in 1866 with the +Manhattan, had now the fastest passenger ship on the Atlantic. In +spite of burning some fifty per cent. more coal than the Britannic, +the ship was an obvious commercial success. The spirited policy which +brought her into existence was appreciated by the public, and the +other lines had to move forward. Then followed a period of rivalry, +the Cunard Company building the Gallia and Servia, the Inman Company +the City of Rome, and the Guion Line the Alaska, all of which were +completed in 1881, and afterward the Oregon for the Guion +Line—1883—the Aurania the same year for the Cunard Company, and, +later still, the America for the National Line, and the Umbria and +Etruria for the Cunard Company in 1885.</p> + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/4b.png"> +<img src="./images/4b_th.png" alt="Frames from outer edge of Tank to Upper Deck" /> +</a><br /> <i>Frames from outer edge of Tank to Upper Deck, 7 × +3½ × 8/16 for 250 ft. Amidships, for 60 ft. before and abaft these +Points 6½ × 3½ × 6/16 at end of Vessel 5 × 3½ × 7/16, all spaced 24 +in. apart and all carried to Upper Deck, double from Bilge to Bilge in +way of Engines.—Frames in Tank on Lattice and Solid Floors, 5 × 3½ × +8/16, Intermediate Frames, 8 × 4 × 9/16—Rev: Frames, 4½ × 3½ × 8/16, +carried to Upper and Main Deck alternately double, 4½ × 4½ × 8/16 from +Bilge to Bilge in E and B space.</i><br /><br /> +Fig. 2—SERVIA.</p> + +<p>Since the completion of the Etruria, for various reasons there has +been a pause in the tremendous strides made since 1879, and we may +briefly review the results. Taking the Britannic as a standard with +her ten years' average of 8¼ days across, and her quickest passage of +7 days 10 hours 53 seconds, we have now the following steamers of +higher speeds. Taking them in the order of their absolutely fastest +passage out or home, they stand thus:</p> + +<p class="center">TABLE I.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><th colspan="2"></th><th align='center'>Days.</th><th align='center'>Hours.</th><th align='center'>Mins.</th></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>1</td><td align='left'>Etruria.</td><td align='center'>6</td><td align='right'>5</td><td align='right'>31</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>2</td><td align='left'>Umbria (sister ship).</td><td align='left' colspan="3">slightly longer.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>3</td><td align='left'>Oregon.</td><td align='center'>6</td><td align='right'>10</td><td align='right'>35</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>4</td><td align='left'>America.</td><td align='center'>6</td><td align='right'>13</td><td align='right'>44</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>5</td><td align='left'>City of Rome.</td><td align='center'>6</td><td align='right'>18</td><td align='right'>0</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>6</td><td align='left'>Alaska.</td><td align='center'>6</td><td align='right'>18</td><td align='right'>37</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>7</td><td align='left'>Servia.</td><td align='center'>6</td><td align='right'>23</td><td align='right'>55</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'>8</td><td align='left'>Aurania.</td><td align='center'>7</td><td align='right'>1</td><td align='right'>1</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>It will thus be seen that from the 15 days' passage or thereabout, of +the earliest Atlantic steamers, we had got down in the days of the +Scotia to about 9 days; in the Britannic to 8¼ days, and, at the +present time, we have got to 6¼ days, with seven ships afloat that +have done the passage under seven days, and capable of making their +average passages range between 6½ and 7¼ days.</p> + +<p>Ranged in order of gross tonnage, these eight vessels stand as +follows:</p> + +<p class="center">TABLE II.</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="50%" summary="Ship, Gross Tonnage"> +<tr><td align='left'>1. City of Rome.</td><td align='right'>8,144</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2. Oregon.</td><td align='right'>7,375</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3. Aurania.</td><td align='right'>7,269</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4. Servia.</td><td align='right'>7,212</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5. Umbria.</td><td align='right'>7,129</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>6. Etruria.</td><td align='right'>7,100</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>7. Alaska.</td><td align='right'>6,586</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>8. America.</td><td align='right'>5,528</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Here the America shows to advantage, for while being eighth in size +she is fourth in point of speed, and from what the author can learn, +although he had no authenticated details on the subject, he believed +she is economical in coal consumption. He might perhaps be permitted +to say that one of the most difficult subjects in connection with the +propulsion of ships on which to get absolutely accurate data is that +of coal consumption. The records of six to eight hours' trials for the +purpose of ascertaining the coal consumption are absolutely worthless, +as all shipbuilders and engineers know, and so far as English ships +are concerned they are never attempted. Foreign owners frequently +stipulate for such trials in their contracts with English +shipbuilders, and get wonderfully economical results on paper, but the +fact that the trials only extend over a few hours renders them +valueless, however carefully the coal may be weighed during that +period. An authentic record of the absolute quantity of coal consumed, +say by each of the eight fastest Atlantic liners, together with their +average indicated horse power on the voyage, for a series of voyages, +would be extremely valuable.</p> + +<p>He gave, in Table III., the consumption per indicated horse power per +hour for a number of ships. This table affords valuable data, for it +gives, in addition to the dimensions, the moulded draught of water, +the midship area, the displacement, the indicated horse power, the +speed on trial, the coefficients for the lines both from the block or +parallelopipedon, and also from the midship section prism, together +with the length and angle of entrance obtained by Kirk's rule, the +Admiralty displacement coefficient, together with the coal consumption +per day and per indicated horse power per hour.</p> + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/4c.png"><img src="./images/4c_th.png" alt="Fig. 3—OREGON." /></a><br /> Fig. 3—OREGON.</p> + +<p>This table, as will be seen, contains some of the most important of +the Atlantic liners, and also a number of other typical ships, which +will add a variety to its interest and a value to it. The coefficient, +which is contained in the thirteenth column of the table, viz.:</p> + + +<div class="center"> +<table summary="equation"> +<tr><td colspan="2" align="center">Dis 2/3 × speed³</td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="2">——————————</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">I.H.P. ×</td><td align="center"><span class="underline">√<span class="overline">(entrance.)</span></span><br />10</td></tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p>generally comes out for ships of similar type more nearly a constant +in the true sense of the word than the corresponding Admiralty +constant. As an example, we have the curves of resistance and horse +power for the City of Rome and the Normandie, a large vessel of 6,000 +tons, which the Barrow Company built for the Compagnie Generale +Transatlantique, in which the coefficient of fineness and the form of +the lines pretty closely resemble each other below water; and if we <a +name="Page_8955" id="Page_8955"></a>take from the curves the corresponding speeds and +horse powers, and work out the constants by the two systems, we have +at 14 knots the Admiralty constant for the City of Rome 322.2, and for +the Normandie 304.8; and taking for a modified form of constant, the +City of Rome gives 253.7 and the Normandie 251.9, which, as will be +seen, are much closer together. Similarly, at 15 knots the Admiralty +constant for the City of Rome is 310, and for the Normandie 295.2, +while a modified constant comes out for the former at 245, and for the +latter 244, again agreeing almost identically. The same at 16 knots, +for the City of Rome the Admiralty constant comes out 297.6, and for +the Normandie 282.8, while a modified constant comes out for the two +ships 234.4 and 233.7 respectively, again showing marked agreement. It +may be mentioned that in these two ships the engines are of a similar +type, being three-crank tandem engines, and the propellers have in +both pitch and surface practically the same proportions to the power +and speed. The value of these modified constants will probably be +found to increase as the speeds increase up to the limit and beyond +that point at which wave resistance becomes an important factor.</p> + +<p class="center">TABLE III.</p> + +<div style="font-size: 80%; margin-left: -15%; margin-right: 115%;"> +<table border="1" width="100%" summary="Table III"> +<tr> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Name</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Length</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Breadth</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Moulded draught</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Midship area</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2"><span title="Distribution">Dist.</span></td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Indicated H.P.</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Speed</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Block coefficient</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Midship section coefficient</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Prismatic midship section coefficient</td> +<td rowspan="2" class="tdc" style="white-space: nowrap; font-size: 90%;"> + + <table summary=""> + <tr> + <td>D<span style="letter-spacing:-.1em;"><sup>2</sup>/<sub> 3</sub></span> × S<sup>3</sup> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><hr style="width:100%;height:1px;padding:0;margin:0;" /> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>I.H.P. + </td> + </tr> + </table> + +</td> +<td rowspan="2" class="tdc" style="white-space: nowrap; font-size: 90%;"> + + <table summary=""> + <tr> + <td>D<span style="letter-spacing:-.1em;"><sup>2</sup>/<sub> 3</sub></span> × S<sup>3</sup> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><hr style="width:100%;height:1px;padding:0;margin:0;" /> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>I.H.P. × √<span style="border-top: thin solid black;">ent.</span> + </td> + </tr> + </table> + +</td> +<td class="tdc" colspan="2">Kirk's system</td> +<td class="tdc" colspan="2">Coal consumption</td> +<td class="tdc" colspan="2">Cylinders</td> +<td class="tdc" colspan="2">Boilers</td> +<td class="tdc" rowspan="2">Working Pressure</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="tdc">Length of entrance</td> +<td class="tdc">Angle</td> +<td class="tdc">Per day</td> +<td class="tdc">Per I.H.P.</td> +<td class="tdc">Diameter</td> +<td class="tdc">Stroke</td> +<td class="tdc">Heating surface</td> +<td class="tdc">Bar surface</td> + </tr> +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td class="tdc">ft. in.</td> +<td class="tdc">ft. in.</td> +<td class="tdc">ft. in.</td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td class="tdc">Ins.</td> +<td class="tdc">Ins.</td> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td class="tdc">Lbs.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">City of Rome</td> +<td class="tdc">542 6</td> +<td class="tdc">52 0</td> +<td class="tdc">21 5½</td> +<td class="tdc">1031</td> +<td class="tdc">11,230</td> +<td class="tdc">11,890</td> +<td class="tdc">18.235</td> +<td class="tdc">.649</td> +<td class="tdc">.925</td> +<td class="tdc">.702</td> +<td class="tdc">255</td> +<td class="tdc">201.3</td> +<td class="tdc">161.27</td> +<td class="tdc" style="white-space: nowrap;">8° 29'</td> +<td class="tdc">185</td> +<td class="tdc">2.2</td> +<td class="tdc" style="white-space: nowrap;">{3 @ 46 }<br/>{3 @ 86 }</td> +<td class="tdc">72</td> +<td class="tdc">29,286</td> +<td class="tdc">1398</td> +<td class="tdc">90</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Normandie</td> +<td class="tdc">459 4</td> +<td class="tdc">49 11</td> +<td class="tdc">19 9¾</td> +<td class="tdc">892</td> +<td class="tdc">7,975</td> +<td class="tdc">6,959</td> +<td class="tdc">16.66</td> +<td class="tdc">.614</td> +<td class="tdc">.901</td> +<td class="tdc">.681</td> +<td class="tdc">265</td> +<td class="tdc">219.5</td> +<td class="tdc">146.41</td> +<td class="tdc">8° 44'</td> +<td class="tdc">148</td> +<td class="tdc">2</td> +<td class="tdc" style="white-space: nowrap;">{3 @ 35 7/16}<br />{3 @ 74 7/8}</td> +<td class="tdc">67</td> +<td class="tdc">21,404</td> +<td class="tdc">756</td> +<td class="tdc">85.2</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Furnessia</td> +<td class="tdc">445 0</td> +<td class="tdc">44 6</td> +<td class="tdc">22 2½</td> +<td class="tdc">893</td> +<td class="tdc">8,578</td> +<td class="tdc">4,045</td> +<td class="tdc"><span class="tfa">1</span> 14</td> +<td class="tdc">.682</td> +<td class="tdc">.903</td> +<td class="tdc">.755</td> +<td class="tdc">284</td> +<td class="tdc">273</td> +<td class="tdc">108.7</td> +<td class="tdc">10° 28'</td> +<td class="tdc">97</td> +<td class="tdc">2.2</td> +<td class="tdc">49-100</td> +<td class="tdc">66</td> +<td class="tdc">10,396</td> +<td class="tdc">440</td> +<td class="tdc">90</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Arizona</td> +<td class="tdc">450 0</td> +<td class="tdc">45 1½</td> +<td class="tdc">18 9</td> +<td class="tdc">758</td> +<td class="tdc">6,415</td> +<td class="tdc">6,300</td> +<td class="tdc">17</td> +<td class="tdc">.589</td> +<td class="tdc">.895</td> +<td class="tdc">.658</td> +<td class="tdc">269.2</td> +<td class="tdc">217</td> +<td class="tdc">153.79</td> +<td class="tdc">7° 30'</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 62 }<br />{2 @ 90 }</td> +<td class="tdc">66</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">90</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Orient</td> +<td class="tdc">445 0</td> +<td class="tdc">46 0</td> +<td class="tdc">21 4½</td> +<td class="tdc">904</td> +<td class="tdc">7,770</td> +<td class="tdc">5,433</td> +<td class="tdc">15.538</td> +<td class="tdc">.621</td> +<td class="tdc">.919</td> +<td class="tdc">.676</td> +<td class="tdc">270.8</td> +<td class="tdc">225</td> +<td class="tdc">144.17</td> +<td class="tdc">8° 21'</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 60 }<br />{2 @ 85 }</td> +<td class="tdc">60</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">75</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Stirling Castle</td> +<td class="tdc">420 0</td> +<td class="tdc">50 0</td> +<td class="tdc">22 3</td> +<td class="tdc">990</td> +<td class="tdc">7,600</td> +<td class="tdc">8,396</td> +<td class="tdc">18.4</td> +<td class="tdc">.569</td> +<td class="tdc">.889</td> +<td class="tdc">.639</td> +<td class="tdc">286.8</td> +<td class="tdc">233.7</td> +<td class="tdc">151.3</td> +<td class="tdc">8° 22'</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 62 }<br />{2 @ 90 }</td> +<td class="tdc">66</td> +<td class="tdc">21,161</td> +<td class="tdc">787</td> +<td class="tdc">100</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Elbe</td> +<td class="tdc">420 0</td> +<td class="tdc">44 9</td> +<td class="tdc">20 0</td> +<td class="tdc">807</td> +<td class="tdc">6,350</td> +<td class="tdc">5,665</td> +<td class="tdc">16.571</td> +<td class="tdc">.591</td> +<td class="tdc">.901</td> +<td class="tdc">.655</td> +<td class="tdc">275.5</td> +<td class="tdc">229</td> +<td class="tdc">144.6</td> +<td class="tdc">7° 56'</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 60 }<br />{2 @ 85 }</td> +<td class="tdc">60</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Pembroke Castle</td> +<td class="tdc">400 0</td> +<td class="tdc">42 0</td> +<td class="tdc">17 0</td> +<td class="tdc">648</td> +<td class="tdc">5,130</td> +<td class="tdc">2,435.8</td> +<td class="tdc">13.25</td> +<td class="tdc">.623</td> +<td class="tdc">.623</td> +<td class="tdc">.692</td> +<td class="tdc">284</td> +<td class="tdc">258</td> +<td class="tdc">122.9</td> +<td class="tdc">8° 49'</td> +<td class="tdc">44</td> +<td class="tdc">1.7</td> +<td class="tdc">43 and 86</td> +<td class="tdc">57</td> +<td class="tdc">7,896</td> +<td class="tdc">288</td> +<td class="tdc">99</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Umbria and Etruria</td> +<td class="tdc">500 0</td> +<td class="tdc">57 0</td> +<td class="tdc">22 6</td> +<td class="tdc">1090</td> +<td class="tdc">9,860</td> +<td class="tdc">14,321</td> +<td class="tdc">20.18</td> +<td class="tdc">.538</td> +<td class="tdc">.896</td> +<td class="tdc">.637</td> +<td class="tdc">260</td> +<td class="tdc">191.8</td> +<td class="tdc">184</td> +<td class="tdc">6° 52'</td> +<td class="tdc">315</td> +<td class="tdc">2.1</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 71 }<br />{2 @ 105 }</td> +<td class="tdc">72</td> +<td class="tdc">38,817</td> +<td class="tdc">1606</td> +<td class="tdc">110</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Aurania</td> +<td class="tdc">470 0</td> +<td class="tdc">57 0</td> +<td class="tdc">20 0</td> +<td class="tdc">1020</td> +<td class="tdc">8,800</td> +<td class="tdc">8,500</td> +<td class="tdc"><span class="tfa">1</span> 17.5</td> +<td class="tdc">.575</td> +<td class="tdc">.942</td> +<td class="tdc">.632</td> +<td class="tdc">266</td> +<td class="tdc">204.6</td> +<td class="tdc">170</td> +<td class="tdc">8° 38'</td> +<td class="tdc">215</td> +<td class="tdc">2.2</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 68 }<br />{2 @ 91 }</td> +<td class="tdc">72</td> +<td class="tdc">23,284</td> +<td class="tdc">1001</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">America</td> +<td class="tdc">441 8</td> +<td class="tdc">51 3</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">6,500</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc"><span class="tfa">1</span> 17.8</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">185</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 63 }<br />{2 @ 91 }</td> +<td class="tdc">66</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">882</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Oregon</td> +<td class="tdc">501 0</td> +<td class="tdc">54 2</td> +<td class="tdc">23 8</td> +<td class="tdc">1150</td> +<td class="tdc">11,000</td> +<td class="tdc">13,300</td> +<td class="tdc">18.3</td> +<td class="tdc">.599</td> +<td class="tdc">.849</td> +<td class="tdc">.67</td> +<td class="tdc">227.9</td> +<td class="tdc">190</td> +<td class="tdc">164.3</td> +<td class="tdc">9° 39'</td> +<td class="tdc">310</td> +<td class="tdc">2.2</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 70 }<br />{2 @ 104 }</td> +<td class="tdc">72</td> +<td class="tdc">38,047</td> +<td class="tdc">1428</td> +<td class="tdc">110</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Servia</td> +<td class="tdc">515 0</td> +<td class="tdc">52 0</td> +<td class="tdc">23 3½</td> +<td class="tdc">1046</td> +<td class="tdc">10,960</td> +<td class="tdc">10,300</td> +<td class="tdc"><span class="tfa">1</span> 16.9</td> +<td class="tdc">.610</td> +<td class="tdc">.862</td> +<td class="tdc">.71</td> +<td class="tdc">231</td> +<td class="tdc">192</td> +<td class="tdc">145.3</td> +<td class="tdc">10° 42'</td> +<td class="tdc">205</td> +<td class="tdc">2</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 72 }<br />{2 @ 100 }</td> +<td class="tdc">78</td> +<td class="tdc">27,483</td> +<td class="tdc">1014</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Scotia, P.S.</td> +<td class="tdc">369 0</td> +<td class="tdc">47 6</td> +<td class="tdc">19 9</td> +<td class="tdc">867</td> +<td class="tdc">6,000</td> +<td class="tdc">4,632</td> +<td class="tdc" style="white-space: nowrap;"><span class="tfa">1</span> 14.31</td> +<td class="tdc">.605</td> +<td class="tdc">.92</td> +<td class="tdc">.65</td> +<td class="tdc">208.9</td> +<td class="tdc">186</td> +<td class="tdc">126.8</td> +<td class="tdc">13° 21'</td> +<td class="tdc">168</td> +<td class="tdc">3.4</td> +<td class="tdc"> </td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Alaska</td> +<td class="tdc">500 0</td> +<td class="tdc">50 0</td> +<td class="tdc">21 0</td> +<td class="tdc">949</td> +<td class="tdc">9,210</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">.614</td> +<td class="tdc">.904</td> +<td class="tdc">.679</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">160.23</td> +<td class="tdc">8° 2'</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 68 }<br />{2 @ 100 }</td> +<td class="tdc">72</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">100</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Aller</td> +<td class="tdc">438 0</td> +<td class="tdc">48 0</td> +<td class="tdc">21 0</td> +<td class="tdc">907</td> +<td class="tdc">7,447</td> +<td class="tdc">7,974</td> +<td class="tdc">17.9</td> +<td class="tdc">.590</td> +<td class="tdc">.899</td> +<td class="tdc">.656</td> +<td class="tdc">277</td> +<td class="tdc">225</td> +<td class="tdc">150.6</td> +<td class="tdc">8° 10'</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 44 }<br />{1 @ 70}<br />{1 @ 100 }</td> +<td class="tdc">72</td> +<td class="tdc">22,630</td> +<td class="tdc">799</td> +<td class="tdc">150</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="white-space: nowrap;">Ems</td> +<td class="tdc">430 0</td> +<td class="tdc">46 10</td> +<td class="tdc">20 7½</td> +<td class="tdc">877</td> +<td class="tdc">7,030</td> +<td class="tdc">7,251</td> +<td class="tdc">17.55</td> +<td class="tdc">.593</td> +<td class="tdc">.907</td> +<td class="tdc">.652</td> +<td class="tdc">273</td> +<td class="tdc">223</td> +<td class="tdc">149.4</td> +<td class="tdc">8° 40'</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">—</td> +<td class="tdc">{1 @ 62 }<br />{2 @ 86 }</td> +<td class="tdc">60</td> +<td class="tdc">19,700</td> +<td class="tdc">780</td> +<td class="tdc">100</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p class="tft"><span class="tfa">1</span> Mean speed of a voyage across the Atlantic Ocean.</p> + + +<p>The author next considered the strains to which a ship is exposed, and +stated that he had before him the calculations for three of the +largest vessels, two of them of iron and the other of steel; and he +found, in the case of the iron, the maximum tension on the gunwale +during the greatest hogging strains likely to be endured at sea would +not exceed about six tons per square inch, while in the case of the +steel ship it is only about 6½ tons. These strains are well within the +limits of safety, and a comparison of the scantlings of these with the +others justifies the assertion as to their general safety from a +structural point of view. The sections of these three ships are shown +in Figs. 1, 2, and 3, with their principal scantlings. It will be seen +from these sections that the three ships differ materially in their +mode of construction. In the case of Fig. 1, which represents the City +of Rome, the largest of the three, it will be seen that the main +framing of the vessel is entirely transverse, with very heavy keelsons +in the bottom, and large partial bulkheads or web frames, and the +outside plating arranged on what is termed the edge to edge principle, +with a great portion of it double. In the next section, Fig. 2, the +Servia, which is built of steel, on the other hand, the bottom is +built on the longitudinal cellular system, the first application, he +believed, of this system to an Atlantic liner. The plating of the +Servia is of the usual alternate outer and inner strake system, partly +double; while the third section, the Oregon, approaches more nearly to +the ordinary system of framing and plating usually adopted, but it +will be seen that she was well tied in the bottom by very heavy +intercostal and plate keelsons, as well as in the top by heavy +stringers and sheer strakes, with much of her plating doubled, and +heavy web frames inside. The author next considered the question of +stability, and went on to deal with the subject of twin screws, and +stated that the Barrow Shipbuilding Company has done more in the way +of planning and designing for the adoption of twin screws lately than +for any other mode of propulsion, and this chiefly for passenger +steamers. He did not attach much importance to the particular form of +the blade either in single or twin screws, as he believed so long as +the disk area, the surface, and pitch were properly adjusted to the +speed of the vessel, and to enable the engines to use, at the maximum +speed, just the full quantity of steam that the boilers can make, we +have got pretty nearly as far as we can get. To fix these dimensions +of the propeller accurately at the present time, and without further +knowledge of the action of the screw on the water, was, he thought, +impossible. All the rules and formulæ are empirical. The best one he +knew is given in Table IV., due to Mr. Thom, the head of the Barrow +Company's engineering drawing office, and at present acting manager, +who has used it for some years in practice. These formulæ are based +upon the assumption that the area of propeller disk should be +proportional to the indicated horse power, divided by the cube of the +speed, and the same with the projected area of the propeller and also +the surface.</p> + +<p class="center">TABLE IV.</p> + +<p class="center"><i>Particulars of Propellers and Constants.</i></p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><th align='center'>Ship.</th><th align='center'>Length of ship.</th><th align='center'>Disk constant.</th><th align='center'>Proj. surf. constant</th><th align='center'>Feet per minute.<br />Speed of tips.</th></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>City of Rome.</td><td align='right'>542</td><td align='right'>220</td><td align='right'>69</td><td align='right'>4,715</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Normandie</td><td align='right'>459</td><td align='right'>250</td><td align='right'>66</td><td align='right'>4,099</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Furnessia</td><td align='right'>445</td><td align='right'>223</td><td align='right'>69</td><td align='right'>3,654</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Eden</td><td align='right'>300</td><td align='right'>211</td><td align='right'>64</td><td align='right'>3,080</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Yorouba</td><td align='right'>270</td><td align='right'>213</td><td align='right'>63</td><td align='right'>3,202</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Taygete</td><td align='right'>260</td><td align='right'>238</td><td align='right'>56</td><td align='right'>3,166</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Kow-shing</td><td align='right'>250</td><td align='right'>171</td><td align='right'>69</td><td align='right'>3,369</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>S.Y. Monarch</td><td align='right'>152</td><td align='right'>221</td><td align='right'>65</td><td align='right'>4,040</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>S.Y. Aries</td><td align='right'>138</td><td align='right'>179</td><td align='right'>56</td><td align='right'>2,986</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Twin screw Fenella</td><td align='right'>200</td><td align='right'>244</td><td align='right'>64</td><td align='right'>2,890</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Twin screw H.M.S. Fearless<a name="FNanchor_3" id="FNanchor_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3"><span class="tfa">1</span></a></td><td align='right'>220</td><td align='right'>277</td><td align='right'>67</td><td align='right'>5,022</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Twin screw H.M.S. Iris</td><td align='right'>—</td><td align='right'>454<a name="FNanchor_7" id="FNanchor_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7"><span class="tfa">5</span></a></td><td align='right'>135<a href="#Footnote_7"><span class="tfa">5</span></a></td><td align='right'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Twin screw H.M.S. Iris<a name="FNanchor_4" id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4"><span class="tfa">2</span></a></td><td align='right'>300</td><td align='right'>412</td><td align='right'>221</td><td align='right'>——</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Twin screw H.M.S. Iris<a name="FNanchor_5" id="FNanchor_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5"><span class="tfa">3</span></a></td><td align='right'>300</td><td align='right'>346</td><td align='right'>99</td><td align='right'>4,961</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Twin screw H.M.S. Iris<a name="FNanchor_6" id="FNanchor_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6"><span class="tfa">4</span></a></td><td align='right'>300</td><td align='right'>439</td><td align='right'>82</td><td align='right'>5,309</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class="tft"> + +<p><br /><a name="Footnote_3" id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3"><span class="tfa">1</span></a> Estimated with a speed of 17.5 knots and 3,370 I.H.P.</p> + +<p><a name="Footnote_4" id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4"><span class="tfa">2</span></a> With the first propeller at the estimated speed of 17.5 +knots and 7,000 I.H.P.</p> + +<p><a name="Footnote_5" id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5"><span class="tfa">3</span></a> With four bladed modified Griffith's on actual trial.</p> + +<p><a name="Footnote_6" id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6"><span class="tfa">4</span></a> With two bladed modified Griffith's on actual trial.</p> + +<p><a name="Footnote_7" id="Footnote_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7"><span class="tfa">5</span></a> Constants obtained from first propeller calculated from a +speed of 18.5 knots and 7,500 I.H.P.</p> + +<div class="center"> +<table summary="layout"> +<tr> +<td>Disk constant = </td> +<td align="center"><span class="underline">Area of propeller disk × speed of ship in knots.³</span><br />I.H.P.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Projected area of constants</td> +<td><span class="underline">Projected area of propeller × speed of ships in knots.³</span><br />I.H.P.</td></tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p> Expanded area constants may be obtained and used in the same way.</p> +</div> + +<p>The discussion which followed was opened by Mr. Holt. He said that if +they were to have greater speed on the Atlantic, there was one point +which was not alluded to in the paper, and that was the total +abolition of cargo on board the great passenger steamers. If vessels +were built solely for passenger traffic, they would be able to insure +greater speed by reason of the greater slightness in build and the +additional space at the command of the designer. The existing Atlantic +express steamer was far too heavy, and might, if cargo was dispensed +with, be made with finer lines and more yacht-like. He looked on the +proposition to fit such vessels with longitudinal bulkheads with great +fear. If a collision took place—such, for example, as that which sunk +the Oregon—water would get access to one side only of the ship, and +it was not at all improbable that if a sea was on, she would turn +right over. At all events, very serious risk would be involved.</p> + +<p>Mr. W.H. White, Chief Constructor to the Admiralty, said the question +of twin screw propulsion was one of special interest to himself, and +had been so for many years. In 1878 he dealt with it as fully as he +then could on the basis of the Admiralty data, and he then ventured to +say everything in favor of twin screws that Mr. John had said in his +paper. If greater power than that now used in such a ship as the +Etruria, for example, were demanded, two screws must be used. Good as +are the results obtained with the Etruria, it was by no means certain +that still better might not be had. If she had been fitted with two +screws instead of one, very great advantage would be gained by the +greater submergence of the twin screws, as thus racing would be almost +wholly prevented.</p> + +<p>Mr. Calvert urged that more attention should be devoted to studying +the relative values of different portions of the propeller.</p> + +<p>The sitting was then suspended. In the afternoon, as we have already +stated, the members visited the steamship Germanic on the invitation +of Messrs. Ismay, Imrie & Co., subsequently proceeding to Messrs. Cope +Brothers' tobacco works, and thence to the exhibition, where the +dinner of the Institution took place in the evening.</p> + +<p>On Friday morning no paper was read; some official business was +transacted, and this being done, the discussion on Mr. John's paper +was resumed.</p> + +<p>Mr. Biles remarked that there were many advantages in the use of twin +screws which had not been sufficiently taken into account. When a ship +with twin screws was being handled in dock there was greater +maneuvering power, and therefore less liability for the ship to come +in contact with the walls, although, if she did so, there would be +greater probability of damage to the propellers. He thought means +could be easily devised of protecting the screws when the ship was in +dock. Another of the incidental advantages connected with twin screws +was that smaller engines and smaller propellers were required, and +therefore they might run them at a higher speed. They would also get +lighter machinery with twin screws, and there would be less liability +to have bad castings and forgings in the smaller engines, and of +course the cost would be less.</p> + +<p>With respect to the question of the middle line bulkheads, he could +not quite agree with Mr. John as to the great advantages of them in a +big passenger steamer. He thought there would be greater difficulty in +managing a ship so built if she was in danger of sinking. Increased +subdivision in a longitudinal direction was a very desirable thing, +and almost necessary for a condition of immunity from sinking. In +future Atlantic steamers longitudinal bulkheads should be placed not +in the middle line, but nearer the sides of the ships, and they should +recognize the fact that they had engines and boilers in different +compartments, and make arrangements whereby the ship would still +float, although the doors in these compartments were kept open. The +proper way to arrive at that was to have a ship with great beam, and +to have two longitudinal bulkheads at considerable distances from the +sides of the ship, subdivided as completely as possible, both under +and above water, so that, even supposing they got water into the space +between one bulkhead and the side of the ship, they would have +sufficient buoyancy in the other parts of the ship to keep her afloat. +Broad ships must necessarily mean deep ships, in order to have comfort +at sea. They were limited in length, and first came the question how +many passengers they wanted to carry. The experience of a ship like +the America—which was only 400 ft. in length—showed it was not +necessary to go to great length to have great speed. A ship of 400 ft. +to 430 ft. in length, 65 ft. of beam, and with a depth of 45 ft., +would be a ship of proper dimensions for the Atlantic trade, and he +believed it quite possible to build a vessel of special construction +of about 7,000 tons gross register which should steam with less +consumption of coal than the Umbria and Etruria at a rate of 22 knots, +crossing the Atlantic from Liverpool to New York in six days. He +thought that was likely to be the vessel of the future, and that it +would be quite as commercially successful as the Umbria or Etruria.</p> + +<p>Mr. J. Campbell remarked that at present the great American liners had +only the ordinary compound engines, and he thought that, instead of +converting them to triple expansion, they should take a step further +at once, and adopt quadruple expansion engines. This class of engines +was being very successfully built in various parts of the country. He +should recommend the adoption of a three-crank six-cylinder engine.</p> + +<p>Mr. Hamilton did not think it had been demonstrated that greater +efficiency had been got out of twin screws than out of single screws; +but there was no doubt they would tend to additional safety.</p> + +<p>Mr. Martell said that when they had got satisfactory data, twin screws +would be adopted for ships requiring great speed; but they had not got +that data at present.</p> + +<p>Admiral Sir John Hay, referring to twin screws as applying to +sea-going steamers which might be employed for imperial defense, said +it was quite certain <a name="Page_8956" id="Page_8956"></a>that the defense of their +extended commerce would always require to be assisted by ships such as +the Oregon and other magnificent vessels which had been used for that +purpose on a recent occasion. He believed that for war purposes the +twin screw was recognized by all naval men as having very many +advantages. If that were so, it was quite evident that it would be a +great advantage, under such conditions as occurred at the loss of the +Oregon, if the compartments could be made completely water-tight; and +the twin screw, with the separation of the ship longitudinally, gave +them the very greatest possible protection. They could not trust to +bulkheads that were only closed occasionally by doors. What was +required for war purposes was the entire and complete isolation of +different parts of the ship, having always practically closed +communications between them.</p> + +<p>Mr. John then replied on the general discussion. He was pleased to +find that they had faith in the future of the twin screw and of +subdivision. The public had a right to demand greater safety than they +at present had on the Atlantic, or could have with a single screw.</p> + +<p><a name="Footnote_2" id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2">1</a></p><div class="note"><p>A paper recently read before the Institution of Naval +Architects.</p></div> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art08" id="art08"></a>EXAMINATION QUESTIONS IN GENERAL CONSTRUCTION.</h2> + + +<p>The following is a copy of the last examination paper given to +candidates who are desirous of employment in the constructive +departments of the municipality of New York:</p> + +<p>N.B.—In case candidate does not remember formula or method of solving +any problem submitted to him, let him name any work upon the subject +where such formula or method may be found.</p> + +<ol class="q"> +<li>What is civil engineering?</li> + +<li>Have you ever pursued a course of study in any educational +institution, or with any civil engineer, which would fit you for the +position of assistant engineer? If so, state when and with whom; state +also, in detail, what experience you have had.</li> + +<li>Have you ever had responsible charge of any public work? If so, +state particulars.</li> + +<li>Solve the following according to the algebraic signs: +<pre> + / <span class="overline"><span class="underline">(6-2/7 - 4-5/9) × 8-7/16</span> × 67873.367 </span>, + \/ 4-4/12 +</pre> + +and show your work.</li> + + +<li> The population of a certain town in 1880 was 7,095; it having +increased 25 per cent. in ten years, what was it in 1870? Show your +work.</li> + +<li>How many feet, board measure, in the flooring of a room 20 feet by +30 feet and 2½ inches thick?</li> + +<li>Find value of x and y in the following equations: + +<ul> +<li>2 x + 3 y = 33</li> +<li>4 x - y = 17.</li> +</ul> +</li> + +<li>Find value of x in equation x² - x - 40 = 170.</li> + +<li>Find value of x in equation + +<pre> + <span class="underline">a</span> + / <span class="overline"><span class="underline">a² - x²</span></span> = <span class="underline">x</span> + b \/ x² b +</pre></li> + +<li>Explain the meaning of the expression a½ × b¾.</li> + +<li>What is a logarithm?</li> + +<li>What is the base of the common system?</li> + +<li>In making what calculations are logarithms useful?</li> + +<li>How do you find the logarithm of a number in a table of +logarithms?</li> + +<li>What are similar triangles?</li> + +<li>How are similar triangles proportioned to each other?</li> + +<li>The sides of a polygon being prolonged, what is the sum of all the +exterior angles equal to?</li> + +<li>How do you pass the circumference of a circle through three given +points not in the same straight line?</li> + +<li>How do you describe a square in a circle? + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/6a.png" alt="" /></p> +</li> + +<li>In the triangle, b being a right angle, what proportion does d b +bear to a d and d c?</li> + +<li>How do you inscribe a regular hexagon in a circle?</li> + +<li>What proportion do circumference and areas of circles bear to +their radii?</li> + +<li>How do you find the area of a regular polygon?</li> +<li>Of an irregular polygon? </li> +<li>Of a circle?</li> +<li>How do you find the solid contents of a cylinder?</li> +<li>Of a wedge? </li> +<li>Of a pyramid?</li> + +<li>Find the contents of the wedge, base 20 feet by 30 feet, height 10 +feet, edge 15 feet.</li> + +<li>State the prismoidal formula; would you use it in calculating +earthwork?</li> + +<li>Is a simple question in calculating areas.—Ed. <i>Eng. News</i>.</li> + +<li>How many and what parts of a plane triangle must be given to find +the rest?</li> + +<li>Define the terms sine, co-sine, tangent, and co-tangent.</li> + +<li>What are natural sines, co-sines, etc.?</li> + +<li>What is a table of logarithmic sines, co-sines, etc.?</li> + +<li>Two sides and two angles of a plane triangle being given, how do +you find the other parts?</li> + +<li>When two sides of a plane triangle and their included angles are +given, how do you find the other parts?</li> + +<li>In the right-angled triangle, A B H express algebraically the +value of the sine, co-sine, tangent, and co-tangent of angle A in +terms of a, b, and h, they being the altitude, base, and hypothenuse +of the triangle.</li> + +<li>What is the law of gravitation?</li> + +<li>Do you understand that there is any difference in the meaning of +the terms gravitation and gravity?</li> + +<li>What is the law of falling bodies?</li> + +<li>Express algebraically this law, taking v = velocity of falling +body; g = acceleration of gravity; and h = height.</li> + +<li>What is the center of gravity of a body?</li> + +<li>How is it found?</li> + +<li>Where is the center of gravity of a homogeneous body whose sides +are all rectangles?</li> + +<li>What is the specific gravity of a body?</li> + +<li>What is the standard for solids and liquids?</li> + +<li>What for gases?</li> + +<li>What laws govern the pressure of liquids at rest?</li> + +<li>How do you find the number of gallons of water to the cubic foot?</li> + +<li>What is the weight of a gallon of water?</li> + +<li>What is the pressure per square inch on the side of a vessel at +the depth of 10 feet below the surface of the water?</li> + +<li>What will be the theoretical volume of discharge per second from a +reservoir through a pipe 1 foot in diameter, discharging at a depth of +100 feet below the surface of the water?</li> + +<li>How many gallons of water will be discharged through a pipe 1 foot +in diameter, 328 feet long, head 13½ feet, coefficient of flow = +0.007?</li> + +<li>State how many men are needed to make up a full party for a survey +of a preliminary line or location of a public work, such as a railroad +or aqueduct.</li> + +<li>State also their several duties.</li> + +<li>For what purpose is the magnetic needle used in surveying land?</li> + +<li>What is a traverse table and for what used?</li> + +<li>How do you set out a circular curved line upon the ground?</li> + +<li>If an obstacle occurs to alignment, state how you would overcome +it upon straight lines, also upon curves.</li> + +<li>The radius of a curve being given, and angle of intersection of +the two tangents, how do you find the length of the tangent from their +intersection to the beginning of the curve?</li> + +<li>Describe an engineer's transit, and name its adjustments.</li> + +<li>Describe a Y level, and name its adjustments.</li> + +<li>How many kinds of leveling rods do you know of?</li> + +<li>State how they are graduated, and how they can be read to the +1/1000 of a foot.</li> + +<li>Show a form of field-book for transit notes used when "running" +curves, and place thereon notes of a 5 deg. curve for 1,000, with two +intermediate "set-ups."</li> + +<li>Show a form of level-book, and place therein sufficient figures to +show your method.</li> + +<li>What are cross-sections?</li> + +<li>How do you set slope stakes for excavation and embankment?</li> + +<li>What is a grade line?</li> + +<li>What proportion of the breaking weight of a beam would you +consider a safe load?</li> + +<li>With the load uniformly distributed, what fractional part of the +whole weight may be considered, in all calculations, as being carried +at the center?</li> + +<li>Suppose a beam supported at both ends, and take w = weight, l = +length of beam, b = breadth, d = depth, s = breaking weight. Express +algebraically the value of s in terms of the other quantities.</li> + +<li>Sectional area being 36 square inches, which would be the stronger +section, 6 by 6 or 4 by 9?</li> + +<li>Make a design for a pair of rafters, connected by a tie-beam, for +a roof 30 feet span, showing the dimensions of the several parts and +the manner of connecting them. State in detail your method of +obtaining the several dimensions.</li> + +<li>How do you apply the principle of the parallelogram of forces in +determining the strain on the various members of a structure? +Illustrate graphically.</li> + +<li>What should be the thickness at the top and base of a retaining +wall 15 feet high, built to retain ordinary earth? Show your method of +obtaining the required dimensions, also a sketch of the wall, showing +how it should be founded.</li> + +<li>A reservoir is to be built, depth of water 10 feet. If the walls +are built of masonry, find the thickness of the same, and state how +they should be built. Show your work.</li> + +<li>What is an arch, of how many forms, and of what may it be +constructed?</li> + +<li>Can you state how you would find the thickness of an arch of +stone, span and rise being given?</li> + +<li>Define the intrados and extrados of an arch.</li> + +<li>Where should the line of resistance to pressure be found in an +arch in order to retain its stability?</li> + +<li>Can you find the thickness of the abutments, the rise and span of +the arch being given?</li> + +<li>In a semicircular arch, where is the horizontal thrust greatest +and where least?</li> + +<li>Name the common kinds of stone used in building.</li> + +<li>Define the terms "quarry-faced," "rough-pointed," "fine-axed," +"bush-hammered," as applied to the dressing of stone.</li> + +<li>Describe "rubble" masonry, "ashlar" masonry, and "broken ashlar" +masonry.</li> + +<li>What are "headers" and "stretchers"?</li> + +<li>What should be the proportion of "headers" to "stretchers"?</li> + +<li>How would you prepare the foundation for a heavy wall, and how +deep should it be excavated?</li> + +<li>How are walls founded on soft or yielding materials?</li> + +<li>Describe a good quality of bricks, and state how you would know a +good brick from a poor one.</li> + +<li>In how many ways is brickwork "bonded" to make good work in heavy +walls?</li> + +<li>What is hydraulic cement, and how many kinds do you know of?</li> + +<li>Which do you consider the better quality, Rosendale or Portland, +and why?</li> + +<li>What is mortar composed of, and how mixed?</li> + +<li>What kind of sand should be used, and how do you test its quality?</li> + +<li>What is the meaning of the term "setting" as applied to cement?</li> + +<li>How would you test cement?</li> + +<li>What is concrete, of what composed, and in what proportion should +its ingredients be mixed?</li> + +<li>Name the common kinds of wood used in building.</li> + +<li>What kind of timber resists decay longest under ground?</li> + +<li>How may timber be preserved from decay?</li> + +<li>What do you understand by limit of elasticity as applied to a +beam under strain or pressure? What is meant by the neutral axis of a +beam?</li> + +<li>What is the tensile strength of a good quality of wrought iron +per square inch?</li> + +<li>For what parts of a structure may cast and wrought iron be used +in reference to tension and compression?</li> + +<li>Make a sketch of the form of cast-iron beam best adapted to +resist a transverse strain.</li> +</ol> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art13" id="art13"></a>CELEBRATION OF THE FIVE HUNDREDTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF +HEIDELBERG, AUGUST, 1886.</h2> + + +<p>The wave of pleasure and enjoyment which flooded everything has +passed. Heidelberg, usually so quiet, assumed the role of a city of +the world, and all was bustle and excitement in the streets, which +were hung with flags and other decorations. The trains constantly +brought new accessions to the crowd, and gayety and mirth reigned +supreme.</p> + +<p>The dedication of the renovated <i>Aula</i> of the University served as a +prelude to the festivities of the week. On this occasion a splendid +flag, embroidered by order of the wives of the faculty of the Academy, +an equally costly cover for the scepter, and a silver inkstand were +added to the treasures of the University. Conspicuous among the +numerous presents received were a richly carved set of furniture—the +gift of former students from Switzerland—and all the publications of +certain book dealers.</p> + +<p>On the afternoon of August 2, the Grand Duke and Duchess arrived in +Heidelberg, where they were received with much enthusiasm. They +remained at the modest palace during the time of the jubilee, and +whenever they appeared they were greeted with expressions of +patriotism and love. On the evening of the 2d, the +<i>Oberburgermeister</i>, Dr. Wilckens, extended a hearty welcome to the +guests who had gathered in the over crowded hall. Vincenz Lachner +conducted the musical part of the entertainment, which was charming. +The German Crown Prince arrived early on the 3d, so as to accompany +his royal cousins to the service in the beautifully decorated +<i>Heiliggeistkirche</i>, on which occasion Prof. Bassermann spoke with +great effect. At 11 o'clock, the Court appeared in the <i>Aula</i>, where +the Grand Duke presided, in virtue of his office of "Rector +Magnificentissimus." His address was followed by those of the Crown +Prince; the <i>Prorector Geheimrath</i>, Dr. Bekker; Edward Zeller, of +Berlin; Jules Zeller, of Paris; and others. In the evening the +citizens and strangers were attracted to the <i>Jettenbühel</i> by the +festival at the castle; from 7:30 until 10 o'clock the nobility held +court in the <i>Bandhause</i>. The scene was like fairyland, all the +outlines of the castle were marked by thousands of small lights, and +the court was lighted by great candelabra. In the ever-increasing +crowd it was difficult to find a place and to obtain refreshments, +which were given out in immense quantities by the State.</p> + +<p>On the morning of the 4th the people thronged again to the +<i>Heiliggeistkirche</i> to listen to the address of the <i>Geheimrath</i>, Dr. +Kuno Fischer, on the fate of the Palatinate and Heidelberg, which was +preceded and followed by music. After this the participants in the +festival were brought together by a dinner in the Museum Hall, and +seldom have speeches so inspired an audience as did those of the Grand +Duke and the Crown Prince. Never has Heidelberg seen such a +torch-light procession as that formed by the students in honor of +their Rector; 3,000 torches lighted him to the City Hall. He thanked +them, and proposed cheers for the Crown Prince.</p> + +<p>On the morning of the 5th there was the presentation of degrees. In +the afternoon a special train carried four hundred people to +Karlsruhe, where the royal party held a great reception. The capital +was decorated with flags, the city parks were lighted with Bengal +lights, there was music, and a song by the patriotic bard Vierordt was +sung.</p> + +<p>All the splendor and interest shrank into insignificance before the +grand historical procession on the morning of the 6th, which made a +lasting impression on the minds of all. The throng of 100,000 people +watched quietly while the whole history of the Palatinate passed in +review before them. The procession illustrated this history much +better than it could have been told by any professor or any book. +There was not a vacant space to be found, extra trains having brought +more spectators, and yet everything passed off quietly and without +accident. In the evening there was a heavy shower, which freshened +everything, leaving no ill effects to be seen the next morning, which +was more than could be said of many of those who attended the imposing +<i>Commerse</i> of the Heidelberg students. As a former student, the Grand +Duke appeared among the 6,000 visitors at the <i>Commerse</i>, where he +presided and spoke enthusiastically of the Emperor. Other speeches +followed, until the conversation became so animated that even Von +Treitschke, who was received with an ovation, could not be heard. At +midnight the court retired and the <i>Fidelitas</i> succeeded to their +rights.</p> + +<p>On the 7th the time was spent in excursions and carousing until the +illumination of the castle began. I never saw an illumination of the +ruins which could compare in beauty with that of the 7th. The night +was favorable for fireworks, until finally they were rivaled by the +moon, numerous boats trimmed with colored lanterns passed along the +river, there were fire-wheels on the bridge, water fireworks on the +river, and the quiet was disturbed alternately by the rockets and +music, and when the names of the Grand Duke and Duchess, crowned with +brilliant fire, appeared over the water, there was an involuntary +outburst of enthusiasm. If the old Elector and Electoress could have +been present at the closing entertainment of the jubilee, on the +evening of the 8th, they would have rejoiced to see the new life +brought to the ruins by their successor.—<i>Illustrirte Zeitung.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h3>MANUFACTURE OF LEATHER IN RUSSIA.</h3> + + +<p>From this extensive paper it appears that the matters chiefly used in +tanning are the bark of the oak, containing from 6.04 to 4.37 per +cent. of tannin according to the season, that of willows, of the elm, +and the birch. The leaves of the arbutus, employed in the governments +of Kasan, Viatka, and Perm, contain about 16 per cent. of tannin, +while the root of wild sorrel (<i>Rumex acetosella</i>) contains 12 per +cent. For removing the hair from hides, a lye made from wood ashes is +still employed. The softening of the leather is effected by means of +the excrement of dogs, which acts on the leather by means of the +biliary acid present, which forms with soda a kind of soap. After +tanning, white Russia leather is coated with a mixture of tar and seal +oil. Black Russia leather is dyed with alum, extract of sanders, and +ferrous sulphate. Horse hides are tanned to a great extent for sole +leather.—<i>M. Ryloff.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art21" id="art21"></a><a name="Page_8957" id="Page_8957"></a>IMPURITIES IN PHOTOGRAPHIC CHEMICALS, AND +TESTS FOR SAME.</h2> + + +<p>[Table referred to in a paper read before the Birmingham Photographic +Society by G.M. JONES, M.P.S.]</p> + + +<table border="1" summary="Substance, Impurities, Tests"> +<tr><th>SUBSTANCE.</th><th>IMPURITIES<br />POSSIBLY PRESENT.</th><th>TESTS.</th></tr> +<tr><td rowspan="6" valign="top">Ammonia,<br />NH<sub>3</sub> <br />Molec. Wt. 17</td> +<td>Carbonic acid </td> +<td>Renders lime-water milky.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Dissolved solid matter</td> +<td>Residue left on evaporation.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Chlorides</td> +<td>After acidulating with nitric acid, it gives a precipitate with silver nitrate, which after washing is readily soluble in ammonia and reprecipitated by nitric acid.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Sulphates</td> +<td>After acidulating with nitric acid, it gives a precipitate with barium nitrate.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Lime</td> +<td> A white precipitate with oxalate of ammonium.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Lead is often present, derived from the action upon flint glass bottles</td> +<td>Black precipitate with sulphureted hydrogen.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="4" valign="top">Nitric acid, <br />H, NO<sub>3</sub><br />Molec. Wt. 63</td> +<td>Traces of sulphuric acid</td> +<td>After dilution it gives a precipitate with barium nitrate.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Chlorides</td> +<td>After dilution it gives a precipitate with silver nitrate.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Peroxide of nitrogen</td> +<td>The acid is yellow.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Iodine may be present if the acid be prepared from sodium nitrate.</td> +<td>After dilution and cooling it gives a blue color with starch, paste, or mucilage.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="3" valign="top">Hydrochloric acid,<br />HCl<br />Molec. Wt. 36.5</td> +<td>Free chlorine</td> +<td>Liberates iodine from solution of potassium iodide. See also "Chlorides," nitric acid.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Sulphuric acid</td> +<td>As above for nitric acid.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Perchloride of iron</td> +<td>Yellow color. Brown precipitate with ammonia added till it smells slightly.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="2" valign="top">Sulphuric acid,<br />H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub><br />Molec. Wt. 98</td> +<td>Bisulphate of potassium</td> +<td>Residue on evaporation.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Sulphate of lead</td> +<td>Milkiness on dilution. May be completely freed from lead by diluting with three or four times as much water, and allowing to settle.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="4" valign="top">Acetic acid (glacial),<br />H C<sub>2</sub>H<sub>3</sub>O<sub>2</sub><br />Molec. Wt. 60</td> +<td>Water</td> +<td>Does not solidify when cooled to 17° C. (53º F.)</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Sulphurous and hydrochloric acids</td> +<td>White precipitates with silver nitrate.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Aldehyde, or volatile tarry matter</td> +<td>Blackens in the light after adding silver nitrate.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Organic sulphuric acid</td> +<td>Smell of garlic.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Citric acid,<br />H<sub>3</sub>C<sub>6</sub> H<sub>5</sub>O<sub>7</sub>H<sub>2</sub>O <br />Molec. Wt. 210</td> +<td>Tartaric acid</td> +<td>Strong solution of potassium. Acetate added to a strong solution of the acid will deposit white +crystalline bitartrate.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Pyrogallic acid,<br />(C<sub>6</sub>H<sub>3</sub>)HO<sub>3</sub><br />Molec. Wt. 126</td> +<td>Metagallic acid</td> +<td>Black residue, insoluble in water.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Silver nitrate, AgNO<sub>3</sub><br />Molec. Wt. 170</td> +<td>Free nitric acid</td> +<td>Reddens litmus paper. (Neutral silver nitrate does not affect litmus.)</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Potassium carbonate,<br />K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub><br />Molec. Wt. 138</td> +<td>Chlorides and sulphates</td> +<td>Same as for ammonia.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="3" valign="top">Potassium iodide,<br />KI<br />Molec. Wt. 166</td> +<td>Potassium carbonate</td> +<td>A strong solution is alkaline to test paper.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Sulphates and chlorides</td> +<td>Same as for ammonia.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Potassium iodate</td> +<td>A pretty strong solution becomes yellow from liberation of iodine on addition of dilute sulphuric acid or, better, a strong solution of citric acid.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Potassium bromide,<br />KBr<br />Molec. Wt. 119</td> +<td>Similar to potassium iodide</td> +<td>See potassium iodide.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Sodium carbonate,<br />Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub><br />Molec. Wt. 106</td> +<td>Chlorides and sulphates</td> +<td>Same as for ammonia.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="2" valign="top">Sodium chloride,<br />NaCl<br />Molec. Wt. 58.5</td> +<td>Chloride of calcium<br />Chloride of magnesium</td> +<td>Oxalate of ammonium (after +addition of a little acetic acid) gives a milkiness, or precipitate, indicating calcium; filter this out and add ammonia, +chloride of ammonium, and phosphate of sodium (clear solutions). A precipitate indicates magnesium. Both the above +cause dampness in wet weather.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Sodium sulphate</td> +<td>As for "sulphates" in ammonia.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Potassium cyanide, KCN<br />Molec. Wt. 65, and hydrate, KHO<br />Molec. Wt. 56</td> +<td>Potassium carbonate nearly always present</td> +<td>Effervescence with dilute acids, giving off a gas carbonic anhydride, which renders lime-water turbid.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Kaolin</td> +<td>Chalk</td> +<td>Effervescence with dilute acids.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="3" valign="top">Water, H<sub>2</sub>O<br />Molec. Wt. 18</td> +<td>Sulphates and chlorides</td> +<td>Same as for ammonia.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Calcium carbonate, temporary hardness</td> +<td>Deposited by boiling. Test as for calcium chloride. See sodium chloride.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Ammonia, almost always present in distilled and rain water</td> +<td>Brown coloration, or precipitate with Nessler's reagent.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="2" valign="top">Gelatine</td> +<td>Alum</td> +<td>Ash, sometimes as much as ten per cent.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Fatty matter</td> +<td>Separated by precipitation with alcohol. Dissolved out by ether or benzine, and left as a residue +on evaporation of the solvent.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="2" valign="top">Ammonium bromide (NH<sub>4</sub>)Br<br />Molec. Wt. 98</td> +<td>Potassium bromide or other non-volatile bodies</td> +<td>Leaves a residue when heated.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Ammonium chloride</td> +<td>Same as for chlorides in ammonia.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Pyrogallic acid</td> +<td>Powdered glass</td> +<td>Left behind on solution.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Potassium iodide</td> +<td>Potassium bromide</td> +<td>The crystals of bromide are usually more transparent than those of iodide, but no reliance can be placed on this.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Silver nitrate</td> +<td>Potassium nitrate, sometimes present in the fused sticks—not in the crystals</td> +<td>Will not yield the full quantity of chloride on precipitation with HCl. Gives a purple color to flame.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="2" valign="top">Sulphuric acid</td> +<td>When vended as pure, it invariably contains a trace of iron. Common acid is also liable to contain arsenic, selenium, thalium, and many other substances.</td> +<td>No easy test can be given, as the substances are so numerous some of them volatile, and most require separation from the acid before detection.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Organic matter, as a piece of straw in a carboy of acid</td> +<td>Gives a brown color to the acid.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td rowspan="2" valign="top">Hydrochloric acid</td> +<td>Arsenic</td> +<td>Marsh's test.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Some yellow samples contain no iron, but an organic salt, and give an alkaline ash on ignition of the residue after evaporation</td> +<td>Reinsh's test; a small piece of copper foil becomes coated on boiling in dilute acid.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Calcium chloride</td> +<td>Calcium hydrate</td> +<td>The clear filtered solution made with distilled water is alkaline +to test paper, and gives a precipitate on breathing into it through a tube.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td>Pure (?) chemicals generally</td> +<td>Broken glass, bits of straw, wood, paper, etc.</td> +<td>These impurities either float or sink on solution, and may easily be seen.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p class="signature">G.M. JONES, M.P.S.</p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art12" id="art12"></a>THE CATASTROPHE AT CHANCELADE.</h2> + + +<p>The Chancelade quarries near Perigneux, which caved in Oct. 22, 1885, +under circumstances that are still fresh in the minds of all, have +gained a celebrity that renders it unnecessary for us to revert to the +details of the catastrophe. It will suffice to recall the fact that +after the accident a private committee was formed for the purpose of +making an attempt to save the five victims who had been surprised in +the drifts, and who happened to be in the bottom levels.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/7a.png" alt="FIG. 1.—PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPLORING APPARATUS." /> +<br /> FIG. 1.—PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPLORING APPARATUS.</p> + +<p>The Lippmann establishment at once offered to make a boring by means +of which it would be possible to communicate with the galleries in +which the men were imprisoned, but, despite the most active efforts, +success was found impossible. In order to satisfy public opinion, the +committee resolved to bore a well 12 inches in diameter to a depth of +23 feet, that should permit of reaching the gallery; but this did not +render the latter accessible. How was it to be seen what had occurred, +how was it to be made certain that the men were dead, and that all +hope of rescue must be abandoned? To Mr. Langlois, a Parisian +photographer, was confided an order to construct a special apparatus +which might be let down to the bottom of the well by a cord, and +which, being capable of operating from a distance, should furnish the +required information through sensitized plates. As may be seen, this +operation presented peculiar difficulties, although Mr. Langlois was +enabled to overcome these with much skill.</p> + +<p>The photographic apparatus that the ingenious operator constructed was +contained in a metallic case that could be let down into the bore +hole. The upper and lower parts of the contrivance were provided with +incandescent lamps, that could be lighted or extinguished from a +distance, by means of conductors. The photographic apparatus, properly +so called, formed of an objective and camera with its sensitized +plate, was inclosed in a cylinder 3½ inches in diameter. By means of a +cord drawn at the mouth of the well, the apparatus could be made to +issue from its vertical sheath, and to pivot around its axis so as +take views in different directions (Fig. 1).</p> + +<p>The entire affair was suspended by twelve-foot iron rods, connected +with each other end for end.</p> + +<p>In using the apparatus, the operating was done in a shanty, which +served as a dark room. The device was let down into the bore well +until it touched bottom. At this moment a cord was pulled so as to +raise the camera, and then a few moments were allowed to elapse in +order that the apparatus might become immovable. As the objective was +all the time in the dark, it had neither cap nor shutter, but was +unmasked from the beginning of the operation.</p> + +<p>In order to form an impression on the plate, it was only necessary to +give light; this being easily done by passing an electric current by +means of a commutator, so as to light the incandescent lamps. At the +end of the exposure, the lamps were extinguished and the entire +apparatus was immersed in darkness. The mean time of exposure was from +four to five minutes. The apparatus was then hauled up, and the +negative developed.</p> + +<p>The experiments could be renewed as often as necessary, and the +apparatus be pointed in all directions by turning it a certain number +of degrees by means of a lever attached to the upper rod. In this way +were obtained various views of the inaccessible gallery in different +planes.</p> + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/7b.png"> +<img src="./images/7b_th.png" alt="FIGS. 2 AND 3." /></a><br /> +FIGS. 2 AND 3.—REPRODUCTION OF PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN IN THE INACCESSIBLE GALLERIES.</p> + +<p>We reproduce herewith two of Mr. Langlois' most interesting +photographs. One of these shows the head of the corpse of a young +miner whose face stands out in relief against the side of the gallery +(Fig. 2) the other shows a wheel and a lot of debris heaped up +pell-mell (Fig. 3).</p> + +<p>The series of proofs obtained from small negatives, two inches square, +gave the completest sort of information in regard to the aspect of the +subterranean gallery.</p> + +<p>The exact place where the boring had been done and the entire and +broken pillars were recognized, as was also the presence of two +corpses, thus showing that it was indeed here that it would have been +necessary to act in order to render aid to the unfortunates.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/7c.png" alt="FIG. 4.—FAULT THAT CAUSED THE ACCIDENT." /><br /> FIG. 4.—FAULT THAT CAUSED THE ACCIDENT.</p> + +<p>In Fig. 4 is shown the appearance of the great fault that caused the +accident at Chancelade. It seems to us that this method of +photographing inaccessible subterranean galleries ought to receive +numerous applications in the future.—<i>La Nature.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art25" id="art25"></a><a name="Page_8958" id="Page_8958"></a>SOMZEE'S NEW GAS-BURNERS.</h2> + + +<p>With the object of effecting a very intimate mixture of gas and air, +and of causing this mixture to reach the point of ignition at as high +a temperature as possible, M. Leon Somzee, of Brussels, has designed +several new forms of gas burner, which we now proceed to describe and +illustrate, from particulars and by drawings kindly supplied by an +esteemed Brussels correspondent.</p> + +<p>The high-power burner shown in Fig. 1 effects perfect combustion of +the heated mixture of air and gas, which is introduced by the draught +determined by the arrangement. What chiefly distinguishes this burner +from others of its class is the fact that it is perfectly suited to +domestic lighting—that is to say, it may be arranged for a +comparatively small consumption of gas, while giving an increase of +250 per cent. of light.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/8a.png" alt="FIG. 1. and FIG. 2. INCANDESCENT AND HIGH-POWER" /> +<br />FIG. 1. and FIG. 2. <br />INCANDESCENT AND HIGH-POWER BURNERS.</p> + +<p>The burner proper is a cage or basket of specially prepared magnesia, +which yields a warmer tone of light than any obtained hitherto, while +not requiring so high a temperature before combustion. The cap, made +of a fire-resisting substance, fits on to a tubular arrangement, R, +fixed in the upper portion of the body of the burner. The latter is +supplied by air entering at the cone, O, which terminates the inner +chamber, K, of the heater, and also by that drawn in by the rising +column of gas, passing before the orifices, D, which may be regulated +at will. The small burner, I, which is kept constantly alight, heats +the central compartment, K, the sides of which transmit heat to the +gas circulating in the annular casing, L, of the compartment. The +heated gas passes, by the passage, AA¹, into the space, C, where it +becomes intimately mixed with the air entering at OP, and also with +the outer air arriving by the lateral apertures, D.</p> + +<p>The <i>vis viva</i> of the jet is diffused through this mixture, which thus +becomes very intimate, when it penetrates into the tubular +arrangement, R; combustion now taking place at the top, while the +refractory cap emits a bright orange light of great steadiness. As it +is not the flow of gas which determines the entrance of the outer air, +the former may be used at any pressure—an advantageous arrangement in +all respects.</p> + +<p>When the small burner, I, in the lower chamber is lighted, the +products of combustion issue by the orifice, O, of the compartment, +terminating in a needle like that of the steam injector; and the jet +draws along the air entering the apertures, PP, above the cone. The +gas from the pipe, arriving from the annular space, L, fills the two +lateral pockets shown in dotted lines, and passes through the +orifices, AA¹, which communicate with the upper chamber of the +burner. The manner in which it is conveyed thence to the tubular +arrangement has already been described.</p> + +<p>Fig. 2 shows a more simple method of carrying out the same principle, +and of effecting a considerable saving in gas for a given intensity of +light. In this form, a wick, T, impregnated with an alkaline earthy +solution, a few seconds after lighting, affords a focus of white light +remarkable for its steadiness and brilliancy. A draught of air is +created by a jet of gas issuing from the hollow needle, B, and passing +through the vessel, D, which is provided with orifices, O, for the +entrance of air. The air and gas pass from D into C, whence (after +their intimate mixture is effected) they pass into the tubular +arrangement, F, at the top of which combustion takes place.</p> + +<p>To regulate the proportions in which the air and gas should mingle, in +order that the combination should be as intimate as possible, the air +inlet is made variable by a perforated collar, which permits of the +orifices, O, being more or less covered. The other proportions of the +burner—that is to say, the relative capacity of the two compartments +and the length of the hollow needle—are determined by the sectional +area of the supply-pipe for the gas, which is admitted under moderate +pressure. Instead of a wire-gauze cap, impregnated with a solution of +metals or of salts, two fine platinum wires may be used—one bent into +the form of a semicircle of about an inch radius, and the other (of +slightly larger diameter) rolled spirally round the former. When both +ends of the two wires are connected with the upper portion of the +tubular arrangement (which in this case is flattened), and the gas is +ignited at the burner, the metallic arc becomes red hot, and then +brightly incandescent, emitting a light, less brilliant indeed than +with magnesia, but of remarkable steadiness.</p> + +<p>In this case the production of light is chiefly due to the fact that +calorific condensation, caused by the use of the helicoidal coil +surrounding the curved wire, prevents loss of heat in this conductor. +In these forms of high-power burner, in which the gas is used directly +for the production of light, the difficulty generally encountered of +heating the air (present in a larger volume than the gas) has been +successfully overcome.</p> + +<p>Fig. 3 shows the straight and outspread flame burner with a special +heater. In this arrangement the gas and air are heated before +combustion, in the compartment, G, directly exposed to the action of a +small Bunsen burner, R, which is placed (in an opaque glass) in the +middle of a lyre-shaped figure formed by the two gas-pipes, AA. The +burner proper consists of two fine annular passages meeting above, and +emitting a thin annular sheet of gas over the guide, T, made of a +white refractory substance placed between the two annular jets. The +object of this guide is to stretch the incandescent sheet of flame, +composed of several jets, and interpose friction, so as to prevent a +too rapid ascent of hot gases.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/8b.png" alt="FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 REGENERATIVE BURNERS" /><br /> +FIG. 3 and FIG. 4<br />REGENERATIVE BURNERS WITH INVERTED FLAMES.</p> + +<p>The luminous focus is placed within a glass globe, C, mounted on the +bell, B, of the heater; and the external air enters this bell, +mingling with the products of combustion of the heating burner, R. The +portion, D, of the annular passage, B, being made of a highly +conductive metal, the gas becomes heated in passing to the burner, so +that both gas and air are raised to the same temperature by the time +they reach the orifices of the burner. Instead of prolonging the +gas-pipe to the point of bifurcation, a chamber may be arranged +immediately below the guide, for the gas and air to become intimately +mixed by passing through several perforations or wire gauze, receiving +the excess of heat from the white porcelain guide. The admission of +gas to both the main and heating burners is regulated by a double +valve in the pipe; but this arrangement may be used without any +previous heating of the gas and air.</p> + +<p>Fig. 4 shows a similar arrangement to that above described, but +reversed; the gas and air being previously heated by the products of +combustion. The two pipes, D, lead the gas to the burner; and the +incandescent sheet of flame is drawn over a white refractory +substance, having in its center an orifice through which the hot gases +rise to the upper portion of the burner. The luminous sheet is spread +out all the better on account of this return of the flames, which also +causes the mixture of air and gas to be more complete than when they +rise directly. The gas escapes horizontally from the orifices of the +annular burner, B, and mingles with the double current of hot air +which rushes in above the flame inside the globe, and also below +through the central portion of the burner.</p> + +<p>This lamp throws its light vertically downward; and its illuminating +power may be increased by providing, above the incandescent sheet, a +reflector, which diverts into a useful direction the rays thrown +toward the ceiling. In this arrangement of lamp the flame is +excessively condensed by its being turned back over the refractory +guide; and this condensation greatly favors the production of light. +On the other hand, the combustion of the gas is very perfect, because +the currents of hot air are thrown directly upon the two sides of the +flame; and thus the reciprocal action becomes more intense. Lastly, +the division of the gas into a large number of small jets, in contact +with which the hot air forms an intimate mixture, causes a greater +quantity of molecules to partake in the combinations; thus affording a +proportionate increase of temperature in a given space and time.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/8c.png" alt="FIG. 5. REGENERATIVE BURNER WITH FLAME DEFLECTED" /> +<br />FIG. 5.<br />REGENERATIVE BURNER WITH FLAME DEFLECTED OUTWARD.</p> + +<p>Owing to these various circumstances, the final effective duty of this +burner is advantageous, so that it yields an illuminating power which +may be put at from 200 to 250 per cent. above that of ordinary +burners, and about 25 per cent. more than that of other regenerative +burners. The flame is comparatively steady; the loss due to the +friction over the white porcelain being almost eliminated, because the +flame only presses upon the guide for a small portion of its surface, +and is only spread out to the extent of its dark zone.</p> + +<p>The contact between the incandescent sheet of flame and the guide may +be made as short as desired, and the motion of the gaseous mass be +directed by a simple button placed in the center of the burner; thus +giving the form shown by Fig. 5, which, however, differs from the +previous figure in the fact that the inverted flame is directed +outward instead of inward.</p> + +<p>In this arrangement the button, T, is fixed in the middle of the +burner, which is made cylindrical and annular, or may consist of a +ring of small tubes, to which the gas is led by a single pipe; leaving +the whole "furnace" free for the circulation of air and the products +of combustion. This is the most recent development of the principle +patented by M. Somzee in 1882, viz., the formation of an illuminating +sheet of flame, spread out laterally, while heating the gas and air by +the products of combustion.</p> + +<p>Figs. 6 and 7 show two forms of burner designed especially to give +economical results with a small consumption of gas. The former is an +ordinary Argand burner in which hot air is introduced into the upper +portion of the flame, so as to increase the activity of combustion. +The luminous sheet of flame is then spread out by a metal disk +attached to the end of the tube, D, which introduces the air into the +flame. The outer air becomes heated in its passage through the wire +gauze, T, which absorbs the heat liberated in the interior of the +apparatus, and also that which is radiated from the incandescent sheet +and reflected by a metal shield, P, surrounding the dark part of the +flame.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/8d.png" alt="FIG. 6. and FIG. 7. TYPES OF ECONOMICAL BURNERS." /> +<br /> FIG. 6. and FIG. 7.<br /> TYPES OF ECONOMICAL BURNERS.</p> + +<p>It is the combustion of gas, without the production of useful luminous +effect inside the shield, which supplies the reflected as well as +radiated heat to the air. The temperature is still further increased +by the heat transmitted to the metal portion of the burner, and +absorbed by the wire gauze, between the close meshes of which the air +from outside is forced to circulate. Air is admitted inside the flame +by the chimney, D, placed above the focus, and in which it is raised +to a high temperature by friction on the upper part of the lamp glass, +at E, and afterward by its passage through the horizontal portion of +the bent tube. This tube is impinged upon on the outside by the +flames, and also by the products of combustion, so that it forms a +veritable heater of the currents which traverse it.</p> + +<p>The introduction of hot air into the central portion of the sheet of +flame is advantageously supplemented by the spreading out of the flame +by means of the metal disk, without any possibility of its being +divided. In this way a more intense heat is obtained, and consequently +the illuminating power is considerably increased, by the uncombined +carbon being more readily set free, and being thus kept longer in the +flame, F. This burner, which may be constructed for a moderate gas +consumption, gives remarkable results as regards illuminating power +and steadiness; the abstraction of heat in no way impairing the +luminosity of the flame, which preserves all its brightness.</p> + +<p>The Argand burner with double chimney, shown in Fig. 7, is also an +economical one for a small consumption of gas. The air admitted to +both the inside and the outside is raised to a high temperature by +passing along the spirals of a second and transparent chimney, C¹, +which surrounds the cylindrical glass, C. The gas itself is heated by +passing through this hot chamber before reaching the outlet orifices; +so that the mixture of air and gas takes place under the most +favorable conditions for their perfect combustion.</p> + +<p>The burner is an ordinary Argand, which may terminate below in a small +chamber for the gas and air to mingle. But this is not necessary; and +the usual arrangement for mixing the air and gas may be adopted. The +outer air enters at the top of the central chimney, C and passes into +the annular space between the two glasses; then descends by the two +spiral passages, which surround the cylindrical glass and terminate in +<a name="Page_8959" id="Page_8959"></a>a portion hermetically sealed by a brass plate +attached to the supply-pipe. All the parts of the burner are thus +surrounded by a highly-heated atmosphere, especially at the bottom of +the double chimney; and it will be readily understood that, if the +branches which lead the gas to the burner are constructed of a highly +conductive metal, the gas will become heated in its turn by passing +through passages raised to a high temperature.</p> + +<p>The elements are therefore dissociated or separated before their final +combination; thereby raising the calorific and luminous effect to the +highest possible degree. Such a burner can, of course, be made as +small as may be required; thus lending itself admirably to the +subdivision of illumination. The only precaution required is to +properly proportion the sectional area of the hot-air passages to the +radiant surface of the flame, so that the heat does not become too +intense at the lower portion of the burner.</p> + +<p>Fig. 8 shows a double flame burner on the principle of Mr. Heron's, +but with admission of hot air into the angle formed by the flames. As +exemplified by Mr. Heron, if two equal batswing burners separately +give a certain amount of light, on the two flames being brought into +contact, so as to form a single flame, the luminosity is considerably +increased, owing to the condensation of heat which results from their +meeting. The two incandescent sheets are, as it were, forced into one +another, so as to be combined.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/9a.png" alt="FIG. 8. DOUBLE FLAT-FLAME BURNER" /> +<br />FIG. 8.<br /> DOUBLE FLAT-FLAME BURNER</p> + +<p>The high-power burners of Douglass, Coze, Mallet, and others were +designed on this principle; but its application to uninclosed burners +was not very satisfactory, because the great cooling down of the inner +surface of the flames by the strong draught of cold air impaired their +illuminating power. To counteract this difficulty, M. Somzee adopts a +heating burner, A, which he places between the two batswing burners, +B, so that the products of combustion rise in the angle made by the +two lighting flames, as shown; thus greatly increasing their +luminosity while maintaining a low consumption of gas.</p> + +<p>M. Somzee also raises the illuminating power of an ordinary flat-flame +burner by causing an obscure effluvium to traverse the dark portion of +the flame. The effect of this is to increase the activity of +decomposition in this portion, so that the particles of carbon are the +more readily set free, and remain longer in suspension in the luminous +zone. The obscure effluvium may be determined between two points by +the electric current, or be caused by the heating of an imperfect +conductor by the current; or, again, it may result from a metal +conductor heated by the reactions produced in the middle of the flame, +by separating the cone of matter in ignition. The effect may be +compared with that obtained by the concentration of two sheets of +flame; but in this case the sheets are formed by the constituent parts +of one and the same flame, whence results a more complete utilization +of the elements composing it. This system is, in fact, a +simplification of the arrangement adopted in the double-flame burner +seen in Fig. 8.</p> + +<p>Fig. 9 shows a reflecting and regenerative burner with double glass. +The crown, made of metal polished on both sides, has a circular +groove, G, for receiving the end of the central chimney, C, and +presenting an annular aperture by which the products of combustion +enter. The second glass, C¹, is fastened to the collar of the +burner carrier, and does not come into contact with the metal crown; +so as to allow the air to enter from outside for supplying the burner. +The gas enters by the pipe, T, provided with a cock. This pipe is +continued to the top of the apparatus, and there spreads out into the +form of a dome; thus dividing into two compartments the trunconic +chamber, S¹ S², whence the hot gas returns to the body of the burner, +B.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/9b.png" alt="FIG 9. REFLECTING AND REGENERATING BURNER." /> +<br />FIG 9. <br />REFLECTING AND REGENERATING BURNER.</p> + +<p>On the burner being lighted from below, the products of combustion +rise in the inner chimney, and enter the heater, which they traverse +through its entire extent, while impinging against the outside of the +gas reservoir, to which they give up a large portion of their heat. +They then pass by the passage, D, into the atmosphere or into a +chimney. The air necessary for combustion enters at the top of the +outer globe, and becomes highly heated in its passage through the +space comprised between the two glasses of the burner. In this way it +reaches the burner, and forms an intimate mixture with the small jets +of gas which compose the flame. The gas, on leaving the supply-pipe, +T, fills one of the compartments, S¹ S², of the heater, and then +returns by the second compartment, and again descends by the casing of +the supply-pipe, having its temperature still further raised by +contact with the internal radiation of the flame.</p> + +<p>Under these conditions, all the parts of the burner are supplied by +heated air, and the combustion becomes very active; thus increasing +the intensity of the flame, and consequently that of the light +afforded, while at the same time effecting a saving of 50 per cent. of +gas. This burner may be made of any size, and for consumptions not +exceeding that of an ordinary Argand. In fact, the gas is consumed at +a low pressure, escaping with no greater force than that due to the +heat of the products of combustion. It is sufficiently expanded on +coming into contact with the current of hot air, the activity of which +is regulated by the height of the apparatus, that is to say, by that +of its two chimneys. The mixture is made in such proportion as to +obtain from the gas and air as great a degree of luminosity as +possible. The high temperature of the gas, and the independent means +of heating the air and gas, constitute the essential principles of +this burner.—<i>Journal of Gas Lighting.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art26" id="art26"></a>THE CLAMOND GAS BURNER.</h2> + + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/9c.png"><img src="./images/9c_th.png" alt="THE CLAMOND GAS BURNER." /></a> +<br /> THE CLAMOND GAS BURNER.</p> + +<p>In this burner, which is a French invention, the light is produced by +burning ordinary coal gas within a basket of magnesia, which is +thereby brought to a high state of incandescence, and from which a +white, steady light is radiated. It may be said to consist of three +different parts. The first and inner part is a central column, B, of +fireproof material. The second part consists of two concentric +cylinders placed round the inner column and communicating one with the +other through the cross cuts, J. The third part is a china cup +inclosing the other parts, and perforated with a number of holes. The +gas burns in two different places. From A it passes directly through +B, at the top of which it branches off through tubes to an annular +chamber, D, from which it escapes through the openings, <i>a</i>, <i>a</i>, <i>a</i>, +where combustion takes place. The other combustion occurs within the +circular space, G, I, between the column and the inner of the two +surrounding cylinders, through two channels, E E, in the lower part of +the central column. The gas passes into a circular chamber, F F, and +escapes through small holes in the upper partition of this chamber, +where it burns. The product of this combustion passes put into K, +through the cross cuts, J. The air entering through the holes, H L, of +the outer china cup passes along the inner of the two concentric +cylinders, which is heated to redness, and rises highly heated toward +the upper annular burner, where the gas burns at <i>a</i>, <i>a</i>, <i>a</i>, in small +separate flames, each entirely surrounded by the hot air. This insures +perfect combustion of the gas within the basket of magnesia placed +above, and which is thus brought to a state of incandescence. It will +be seen from this description how simple and practical the arrangement +is. It is claimed for the light produced that it will stand comparison +with the electric light. Like that, it shows colors perfectly true, +and will enable an observer to distinguish between the most delicate +shades, allowing of the finest work being executed as by daylight. It +is, moreover, stated to be perfectly steady. As the Clamond burner can +be fixed to any gas bracket or lamp now in use, its adoption causes no +other expense than the cost of the burner itself. There is no +expensive installation, and when used in combination with the electric +light, it is claimed that a uniform lighting will be obtainable +instead of the unpleasant contrast between gas and electricity. +Another important advantage obtained by the Clamond burner is the +saving effected in the consumption of gas as compared with the same +power of light obtained from ordinary burners.</p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art18" id="art18"></a>A NEW THERMO-REGULATOR.</h2> + + +<p>In the thermo-regulators which have been constructed heretofore, the +heat has been regulated by the variation in the inflow of gas to the +heating flame. The apparatus described below, and shown in the +accompanying cut, taken from the <i>Zeitschrift fur Instrumentenkunde</i>, +operates on an entirely different principle. The distillation and +condensation process of a fluid heated to the boiling point in the +vessel, A, is as follows:</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/9d.png" alt="" /></p> + +<p>The steam passes first through the pipes, <i>a</i> and <i>c</i>, into the +serpentine tube, where it is condensed, and then flows through the +tubes, <i>d</i> and <i>b</i>, back into the vessel, A, if the cock, <i>r</i>, is +closed, but if the said cock is open, it flows into the receptacle, K. +When the liquid begins to boil the steam passes freely through the +tubes, <i>d</i> and <i>b</i>, part passing through the tube, <i>f</i>, out into the +air, and the other part passing through the open cock, <i>r</i>, to the +receptacle, K; but the condensed liquid soon closes these passages to +the steam. At <i>h</i> is an opening for a thermometer, <i>t</i>, and through +this opening the liquid can be poured into the vessel, A. If the cock, +<i>r</i>, is kept closed, the volume of liquid in the vessel, A, cannot be +diminished, and the bath, B, must take the constant and uniform +temperature of the steam in the vessel, A, as the vessel, B, is heated +evenly on all sides.</p> + +<p>This apparatus can also be used as an air bath, in which case the +vessel, B, is left empty and closed by a suitable stopper.</p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art20" id="art20"></a>PIPETTE FOR TAKING THE DENSITY OF LIQUIDS.</h2> + + +<p>The accompanying engraving represents a simple apparatus, which any +person accustomed to working glass can make for himself, and which +permits of quickly, and with close approximation, estimating the +density of a liquid. In addition, it has the advantage of requiring +but a very small quantity of the liquid.</p> + +<p>It consists simply of a straight pipette, A B, to which is affixed +laterally, at the upper part, a small U-shaped water gauge.</p> + +<p>The two branches of the gauge, as well as the pipette itself, are +graduated into equal divisions. If need be, the graduating may be done +by simply pasting on the glass strips of paper, upon which a graduated +scale has been drawn. The zero of the pipette's graduation is exactly +at the lower extremity, B. The graduation of the two gauge tubes +extends in both directions from a zero situated near the center. The +zeros of the two branches must correspond as exactly as possible, so +that they shall be in the same horizontal plane when the apparatus is +fixed upon a support. To render the apparatus complete, it only +remains to adapt, at A, a rubber tube provided with a wire clamp, and +terminating in a short glass tube for sucking through with the mouth.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/9e.png" alt="PIPETTE FOR TAKING THE DENSITY OF LIQUIDS." /><br /> PIPETTE FOR TAKING THE DENSITY OF LIQUIDS.</p> + +<p>For taking the density of a liquid, we plunge the end, B, into it, and +then suck, and afterward close the <a name="Page_8960" id="Page_8960"></a>rubber tube +with the clamp. It is essential that this latter shall hold well, so +that the levels may remain constant.</p> + +<p>We now do the reading. Suppose, for example, we read 250.3 mm. on the +pipette, and 147.7 mm. and 152 mm. on the branches of the gauge. +Having these data, we loosen the clamp, and allow the liquid to flow. +On account of capillarity, there remains a drop in B; and of this we +read the height, say 6 mm. A height 250.5 mm - 6 = 244.5 mm. of liquid +raised is, then, balanced by a column of water of 147.5 + 152 = 299 +mm.</p> + +<p>Now the heights of these two liquids is in the inverse ratio of their +densities:</p> + +<div class="center"> +<table summary="Equation"> +<tr><td><span class="underline"><i>d</i></span><br />1</td><td valign="middle">=</td> +<td><span class="underline">299.5</span><br />244.5</td> +<td valign="middle">, whence <i>d</i> = 1.22.</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p>We obtain <i>d</i> by a simple division.</p> + +<p>When the instrument has been carefully graduated, and has been +constructed by an expert, the accuracy of the first two decimals may +be relied upon. With a little practice in estimating the last drop, we +may, in trying to estimate the density of water, even reach a closer +approximation. In order to measure the height of the drop accurately, +one should read the maximum height to which the liquid rises between +the fall of two drops at the moment when the last ones are falling, +since at that moment, and only at that, can it be ascertained that the +lower level of the bubble is plane. The error in such reading does not +reach half a millimeter, and, as a suitable height of the apparatus +permits of having columns that vary between 13 and 30 centimeters, an +error of this kind is but 1-300. This is the limit of precision of the +method.</p> + +<p>The clamp might be advantageously replaced by a glass cock, or, better +still, A might terminate in a rubber bulb; and a lateral tubulure +might be fixed to the pipette, and be closed with a rubber stopper.</p> + +<p>This little apparatus is more easily maneuvered than any of those that +have hitherto been devised upon the same principle. It is capable also +of replacing areometers in ordinary determinations, since it permits +of correcting the error in capillarity that is neglected in +instruments; and, moreover, one can, when he desires to, easily verify +for himself the accuracy of the graduation.—<i>La Nature.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art14" id="art14"></a>USEFUL BAGS, AND HOW TO MAKE THEM.</h2> + +<h3>By JOHN T. HUMPHREY.</h3> + + +<p>Since the papers on "Boot and Shoemaking," in vol. i. of <i>Amateur +Work</i>, illustrated, I think nothing relating to the leather trades has +appeared in it; and as there must be many among the readers of this +magazine who have a desire to dive deeper into the art of manipulating +leather into the various articles of utility made from that material, +I will endeavor in the series of articles of which this is the +commencement to furnish them with the necessary instructions which +will enable them to do for themselves many things which now are left +undone, or else have to be conveyed miles to some town where the +particular business, or something akin to it, is carried on. To the +colonist and those who live in out-of-the-way districts, it must be a +matter of great regret to observe articles of use, where the material +is in good condition, rapidly becoming useless owing to the inability +of the possessor to do the necessary repairs. Again, it may be that +the article is completely worn out, and the old proverb that "a stitch +in time saves nine," will not be advantageously applied if carried +out. In that case a knowledge of making new what we require, whether +in order to replace something already worn out or as an addition to +our store, must prove beneficial to the thrifty amateur. My object in +writing these articles is not to deprive the mechanic of any portion +of his legitimate occupation, but to assist those who live at a +distance too great to be able to employ him, and who necessarily +prefer any makeshift to the inconvenience of sending miles, and being +without for days, an article which might possibly be set right in an +hour or two.</p> + + +<h3>HOW TO MAKE BAGS.</h3> + +<p>The old-fashioned carpet bag (Fig. 1) is still unsurpassed by any, +where rough wear is the principal thing to be studied. Such a bag, if +constructed of good Brussels carpeting and unquestionable workmanship, +will last a lifetime, provided always that a substantial frame is +used.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/10a.png" alt="FIG 1.—THE CARPET BAG." /><br /> FIG 1.—THE CARPET BAG.</p> + +<p>Next in order comes the brief bag (Fig. 2), more extensively used than +any other. For business purposes it is in great favor with bag users, +being made in a variety of shapes, but all belonging to the same +class. Here we have the shallow brief, deep brief, eclipse wide mouth, +imperial wide mouth, excelsior, courier, and many others; but to know +how to make one will be sufficient for all, the only difference being +in the cut or style in which they are constructed.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/10b.png" alt="FIG. 2.—THE BRIEF BAG." /><br /> FIG. 2.—THE BRIEF BAG.</p> + +<p>The cricket bat bag (represented in Fig. 3) is made on the same +principle throughout as the carpet bag.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/10c.png" alt="FIG. 3.—THE CRICKET BAT BAG." /><br /> FIG. 3.—THE CRICKET BAT BAG.</p> + +<p>Frames and all necessary fittings required in making bags may be +purchased of dealers.</p> + +<p>Care must be observed in choosing all the pieces necessary for a bag +from the same pattern carpet, otherwise it will present an unsightly +appearance when completed. There may be some who would prefer American +cloth; this is thoroughly waterproof, and has a good appearance for +some time, but, like all articles of imitation, it has only +<i>cheapness</i> to recommend it. If cloth is to be used (I mean American +cloth), let it be the best that can be bought, that which is called +"double-twill duck," if possible. As the making is the same whether +cloth or carpet be used, it will be understood that the instructions +for making apply to both.</p> + +<p>The following tools, which are few and inexpensive, will be required: +A pair of clams (Fig. 4), cost 1s. 6d.; knife (Fig. 5), 6d.; half +dozen awl blades, ½d. each; three or four boxwood handles, 1½d. each; +3 foot rule, 1s.; hammer, 1s.; a packet of harness needles, size 4, +cost 2½d. (these have blunt points); a bone (Fig. 6) will also be +required for rubbing the stiffening into place, cost about 3d.; and a +ball each of hemp and wax for making the sewing threads—hemp 2½d., +wax ½d. For making holes in the bottom where the nails or studs are +fixed, a large sewing-awl will be required; this will probably have to +be bought at a saddler's; the other tools can all be obtained at any +grindery and leather seller's.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/11.png" alt="FIG. 4—FIG. 11" /><br /> +FIG. 4—Pair of Clams. FIG. 5—Knife. FIG. 6—Bone +Rubber. FIG. 7—Method of Measuring Registered Frame: A to A, Top of +Sides; A to B, Top of Gussets. FIG. 8—Pattern of Bottom, Showing +Place of Nails. FIG. 9—Side Pattern Folded. FIG. 10—Gusset Pattern +Folded. FIG. 11—Pattern for Gusset Stiffening. FIG. 12—Handle, +Showing Distance of Rings.</p> + +<p>The awl blades mentioned above are of two kinds, and either may be +used for this work. Those generally used are of a straight diagonal +shape, making a perforation the shape of a diamond, <> ; the others are +perfectly round, tapering gradually to a fine point. To fix them in +the boxwood handles, place the blade in a vise, leaving the unpolished +part above the jaws; hold the handle above this, and commence driving +it down, taking care that the blade is penetrating the middle of the +handle. Continue tapping the handle until the ferrule reaches the +polished part of the blade; it will then be in far enough.</p> + +<p>A good serviceable pair of clams may be made by taking two staves of a +good-sized barrel, and cutting about 10 inches off the end of each. +Screw together with three screws (as in Fig. 4), and shape the +uppermost ends so that the outsides meet in a sharp ridge along the +top; this will give a flat surface within the mouth, by which a hold +of the work may be obtained. A two-inch screw will be long enough for +the bottom, which must be turned in as tightly as possible; the +others must not be less than 3 inches, as there will be a space of 1½ +or two inches between the staves at the part where they are inserted. +Screw these just tight enough to give a good sharp spring to the mouth +of the clams when they are pressed open; this will insure the work +being held firmly while being sewn. Sandpaper them over to give a +smooth appearance, and these will be found as useful as bought ones.</p> + +<p>A piece of basil leather will be required for the bottom and welts of +the bag. This may be purchased at a leather seller's with the tools. +Cut out the bottom first; the welts may be cut from any narrow pieces. +These must be cut seven-eighths of an inch wide, then folded over, and +lightly hammered down. This brings the two edges together, and when +placed in position, they should lie evenly between the edges of the +material. A piece of string may be laid in the welt to give it a +fuller appearance if the leather is very thin.</p> + +<p>The following dimensions of bags when made up will enable the maker to +choose the most useful size:</p> + + +<p class="center">No. 1, 16 by 14 inches; No. 2, 19 by 16 inches;<br /> +No. 3, 21 by 17 inches; No. 4, 24 by 18 inches.</p> + + +<p>The sizes of frames and parts when cut will be as follows:</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Frame.</td><td align='left'>Sides.</td><td align='left'>Bottom.</td><td align='left'>Gussets.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 1, 15 inches</td><td align='left'>16½ by 15½</td><td align='left'>16½ by 5½</td><td align='left'>15½ by 5½</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 2, 18 inches</td><td align='left'>19½ by 17½</td><td align='left'>19½ by 6</td><td align='left'>17 by 6</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 3, 20 inches</td><td align='left'>21½ by 18½</td><td align='left'>21½ by 6½</td><td align='left'>18½ by 6½</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 4, 23 inches</td><td align='left'>24½ by 19½</td><td align='left'>24½ by 6½</td><td align='left'>19½ by 6½</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Taking No. 1, 16½ inches will be the length of sides and 15½ inches +the depth. The gussets are also 15½ deep, the width being 5½, the same +as the bottom. Take 1½ inches from the depth of these to allow for +covering the frame, and ½ inch from the length to allow for the seams, +and we have a bag 16 inches long by 14 inches deep.</p> + +<p>And now to commence. Arrange the pieces of carpet on the board, and +mark off the size of each part required with a piece of chalk or +pipeclay. By cutting with the carpet, laying the right side up, we +shall be able to see that the pattern of it will be in the same +direction on both sides of the bag when made up. We next take the ball +of hemp, and by pushing the finger through the hole in the center of +it, drive out the end. To use the hemp from the inside is much the +best way, because the ball will stand perfectly still, whereas, if +started from the outside, it will be darting in all directions about +the floor of the workroom, and entwining itself around any obstacle +which lies there, unless it is placed securely in a box and drawn out +through a hole in the center of lid.</p> + +<p>A hook must be fixed in some convenient place to make the waxends on, +or, as they are called in the trade, "threads," which term it will be +as well to call them by here; thus a <i>four-cord thread</i> means a thread +or waxend containing four strands of hemp, a six-cord contains six +strands, and so on. One of the greatest difficulties for the amateur +is to produce a well-formed thread. He generally finds it thicker a +few inches from the point than at any other part. These are known in +the trade as bull-necked threads; and as the mechanic finds it +difficult to use them when his employer starts a new apprentice and +gives him this job for the men, I must impress on the worker here the +necessity of making them as perfect as possible. It would be as well +if a little practice was given at breaking the hemp in the way which +produces good points. Better waste a few yards of hemp than be +compelled to abandon a thread after making only a few stitches with +it.</p> + +<p>Gripe the hemp firmly between the thumb and forefinger of the left +hand, leaving about eight or nine inches hanging loosely down; lay +this over the thigh of the right leg, and with the right hand rub it +in a downward direction, which will cause the twisted strand to +loosen. One good stroke should be sufficient; if not, it must be +repeated until the fibers forming the strand are quite loosened. By +holding it close to the end with the right hand, and giving it a jerk +with the left, the fibers will break, and the ends of the strands +formed in this way are placed at a little distance one above another, +which, when twisted, form a smooth, tapering point.</p> + +<p>To cast off a thread the proper way is to stand at a distance of about +three feet from the hook previously mentioned, and by holding the end +of the hemp in the left hand, pass it over the hook and bring it down +with the right, then holding with the left and breaking as above. When +sufficient strands to form the thread have been broken off, carefully +examine the points to see that they taper properly, and have no lumps +in them. Rub the wax up and down a few times, so that the thread may +be properly waxed on that portion which will be inside when twisted. +Hold the two ends in the left hand, and with the right roll each end +separately down the right leg a sufficient number of times to twist +the thread throughout. Judgment will be required in this operation, or +the thread will be a constant source of trouble if it is over-twisted. +Wax it again, and then it is ready for use. See that the points are +well waxed, then take a needle and pass the point of the thread +through the eye until it nearly reaches that part which would stop its +progress.</p> + +<p>It must now be turned down on to the thicker portion and carefully +twisted. Smooth it down, then take the other end of thread and another +needle, and fasten it on in the same way. In selecting the awl to be +used, do not take a very large one. The hole should be just large +enough for the thread to require a slight pull to get it through.</p> + +<p>To commence sewing take one side and a gusset and place them evenly +together, the right side of the material being inside, and fix them in +the clams. Slip the welt as previously described between the edges, +and pass the awl through the lot. Drive it perfectly straight, as upon +this chiefly depends a nice seam when turned. Draw out the awl, and by +following the point, pass up the bottom needle with the left hand. +This should be taken by the thumb and forefinger of the right hand and +the thread pulled through half its length, so forming a thread of +equal length on each side. Make another hole with the awl about +one-third of an inch from the first. This gives the length of stitch. +Pass up the bottom needle as before into the right hand, the top +needle descending to the bottom immediately after. Take hold of this +with the left hand and pull through the threads simultaneously top and +bottom, until the extremity on each side lies on and forms the stitch. +Be careful that in pulling in the latter part each thread closes at +the same time, thereby preventing a crooked seam. Repeat until the +seam is finished, then take the other gusset and place in position. +Sew this, then take the other side of bag and sew to the gussets. You +will then have something in the shape of a bag, minus the bottom. Take +this next, and fix each corner to one of the seams previously made, +and stitch it carefully round, placing a welt in as before. At the end +of each seam a stitch or two back should be taken or the thread tied +over to prevent it opening.</p> + +<p>The outside of the bag being inward, it must now be turned previous to +stiffening and framing. The turning is done by placing the bag over +the left arm, and with the right hand commence pushing in one of the +corners, then the opposite one until that end is reversed. Then serve +the other end in a similar manner, and smooth each seam along.</p> + +<p>We now take a piece of stout millboard (an old ledger book cover will +do if large enough), or, if purchased with the frame, ask for a two +pound board: this will cost about 4d., and be sufficient for several +bags. Cut it quarter of an inch less than the bottom all round, and +see that it fits before gluing it in. To do this, place one end within +the seams at one end of the bag, and by lifting it in the middle press +in the other, when the stiffening will lie within the four seams at +the bottom. Having fitted it satisfactorily, take it out again and +glue it well with some good hot glue. This must be neither too thick +nor too thin. The best way to prepare it is to lay some glue in cold +water for twelve hours. It will absorb sufficient water in that time, +and can be boiled up without any further preparation. The quicker it +is fixed after the glue is put on the better. A brush similar to a +paint brush will be the best to apply it with, and need not cost more +than 6d. After the gluing, lay it aside for a few hours to allow it to +thoroughly set, during which time the making of the handles can be +proceeded with. On some bought bags these are very common, and seldom +last more than a few months; the usual plan being to take a piece of +rope about the size of a clothes line and roll <a +name="Page_8961" id="Page_8961"></a>a piece of brown paper round it, covering it +afterward with a piece of basil leather.</p> + +<p>Procure two pieces of brown harness leather—the shoulder of the hide +is most suitable—from a saddler, 11 inches long by 1-1/8 inches wide, +round the four ends, and make a compass mark 1/8 of an inch from the +edge all round for the stitching. Take a piece of line as above, and +place within the leather, which most likely will have to be damped to +make it draw round easier. Leave 1½ inches from each end for sewing to +the bag, the line also being so much less than the full length of the +handles. Having sewn them, flatten the ends and bend the handles into +a semicircular shape, and leave them to dry.</p> + +<p>By this time the glue holding the stiffening to the bottom of the bag +will be set, so the next move will be to put in the studs or nails. +Take the largest size awl and make five punctures through the bottom, +about three-quarters of an inch from each corner and one in the +center, as in Fig 8; push the nails through and turn down each of the +two claws in an opposite direction, tap them with a hammer to make +them lie closer, and also to prevent them from becoming loose. This +done, we next take the frame and remove the key-plate from it.</p> + +<p>Fold the sides of the bag well over the frame, so that the stitching +will get a good hold of the part that goes inside. Put a stitch +through at each corner to hold it, and see that it sets perfectly true +on the frame. A space is left between the two plates of iron forming +the frame, which allows of the bag being sewn through it. Fix the +key-plate by riveting inside. Sew the bag from one corner of frame to +the other corner on each side, leaving the gussets unstitched. It is +now ready for the lining. Let this be good, as it will greatly add to +the durability of the bag if strong. Coarse linen at 8d. to 10d. per +yard is the best material for this purpose. The sides and bottom may +be cut in one piece; the length of this will be twice the depth of one +side of carpet (less the part which folds over the frame) and the +width of the bottom. The width of this piece throughout to be a half +inch less than the outsides were cut. The gusset lining will want to +be the same width as the gusset, but an inch less in length will do. +The seams of the lining may be stitched with an ordinary household +sewing machine if good thread is used. When made, place the lining +inside the bag, see that it is well down at the bottom, turn in the +top edge all round to the required size, and fix in as follows: Take a +long carpet needle and a length of thread, pass the needle through the +lining at the folded ridge and bring it up again through the same at a +distance of an inch or so. This forms a stitch within the lining; pass +the needle through one of the stitches made in sewing in the frame and +repeat as before, carefully observing that the lining falls into its +proper place as it is being sewn in. Continue in this way until the +two sides are done, leaving only the gussets and gusset lining to be +united. This is done by folding the edges inward and sewing them +together, the frame joints moving freely between the gussets and +lining. We have now only the handles to put on and it is complete. Sew +these on with a five cord thread well waxed. To protect the lock +against being unduly strained when filled, a strap and buckle may be +put on between the handles and each end of the frame, as in Fig. 3.</p> + +<p>Next in order is the cricket bat bag, which should always be comprised +in the outfit of the amateur cricketer, as well as of the +professional. In making this we follow the instructions given for the +carpet bag. It may be made either of carpet, tan-canvas, or leather, +the latter, of course, being the strongest and most expensive. Carpet +will not require to be described, but a brief description of +tan-canvas and leather may be of service to the amateur in assisting +him to choose something for himself.</p> + +<p>Tan-canvas, as used for bags and portmanteaux, is a strong, coarse +material of a brown color; it wears well, and has one advantage over +carpet—it is thoroughly waterproof.</p> + +<p>Leather is, of course, superior to carpet or canvas, but there are a +few tricks in its manufacture which it may not be out of place here to +mention as a caution to the amateur that the old saying, "There's +nothing <i>like</i> leather," is a thing of the past where the general +appearance of an article is meant. The genius of the inventor has +produced machinery which gives to paper, linen, and other stuffs the +appearance of the genuine article, whereas it does not contain one +particle of it. At one time, when a hide of leather was required to be +of the same thickness all over it, the currier would work at the flesh +of the skin with a shaving knife, gradually scraping the thick parts +away until it was reduced to the required substance. Now it is done in +a few minutes. The hide is passed whole between the rollers of a +splitting machine against the sharp edge of a knife, which reaches +from one side of the machine to the other, a distance of 10 or 12 +feet. This knife is so gauged that any thickness can be taken off at +one operation, the part taken off resembling the hide in size and +shape. The top or grain of the hide is then dressed and finished off +brown, if for brown hides; or, if to be used for enameled hides, they +are dyed and japanned. These are called either brown or enameled +cow-hides, according as they are finished off, and are used for all +the best class of Gladstone, brief, and other bags. The bottom or +fleshing of the hide is also dyed and japanned, and when finished, +exactly resembles in appearance the hide itself, and is very difficult +for the novice to tell when made up into bags or any other article. +These are called <i>splits</i>, and having had the best part of the skin +taken from them, do not wear one-fourth the time the grain will. The +black enamel soon chips off, which gives them a worn-out appearance.</p> + +<p>To make a bag 36 inches by 12 inches by 8 inches requires a frame 36 +inches long, the sides 36½ inches by 14 inches, gussets 14 inches by +8½ inches, bottom 36½ inches by 8 inches. The lining will be 36 inches +by 12 inches for the sides, gussets 13 inches by 8 inches, bottom 36 +inches by 8 inches. For the handles two pieces of leather 12 inches by +2 inches. The straps and chapes are sewn on quite close to the frame, +straps 10 inches long by 1 inch, chapes 4½ inches by 1 inch. Cut a +slit in the middle of the chape for the buckle tongue to go through, +and pare the under side at the end so that it is not too lumpy when +sewn on to the bag. Cut two loops 3 inches long by ¾ inch wide for the +points of straps to go through.</p> + +<p>The brief bag must be made of leather, and as there is the same amount +of work in making it, whether it be of split or hide, it will be sure +to give greater satisfaction if the latter is chosen. The manufacture +of this bag differs considerably from the others. The sides and +gussets in the carpet bag are cut straight from top to bottom, but in +the brief bag they must be shaped to fit the frame, and give it a more +comely appearance. The frame, as before described, is quite different. +The way to commence with this bag is to open the frame as in Fig. 7, +so that it will lie perfectly flat upon the bench. With the rule +measure it carefully between the corners, A, A, and again at A, B. The +distance between A and B being less when the frame is open than when +closed, an additional ½ inch must be added to allow the gusset to bend +freely round the hinge. Having correctly taken these measurements, get +a sheet of brown paper and fold it in the middle; the reason for this +is to allow of each side of the pattern taking the same curve at the +swelled part. Cut the pattern for the sides first by ascertaining half +the distance, A, A, and marking it on to the edge of the paper, +measuring from the folded edge toward the ends. Next mark on the +folded edge the depth you intend the bag to be, allowing in this, as +in the carpet bag, 1½ inches for covering the frame. The depths of +brief bags vary so much that I will give these only as a guide, +leaving my readers to add or reduce as their fancy guides them; but if +they should strictly adhere to these given below, I am certain they +will find them very useful sizes.</p> + +<p>For a 12 inch frame cut the sides and gussets 10½ inches in depth; +when made up, these will be 9 inches from the frame to the bottom. For +a 14 inch frame add 1 inch, and for a 16 inch add 2 inches. This will +make these 10 inches and 11 inches in depth respectively when made up, +and either of these will be found a very useful bag for many purposes. +The width of the bottoms to be cut 5 inches, 5½ inches, and 6 inches, +the 5 inch, of course, for the 12 inch bag, the 5½ inch for the 14 +inch, and the 6 inch for the 16 inch. The depth having been decided +upon, and marked on the folded edge of the paper, make another mark +the same distance from the edge at the first mark, H. The bottom of +the sides being 1 inch longer than the top, add ½ inch to the +measurement of the top of pattern when the bottom part is marked off +at J L. Draw a curved line between H L, as in Fig. 9, and cut through +the two thicknesses of paper at one time, keeping them well together +to insure them being alike. The gusset pattern may be cut in the same +way, D to D, Fig. 10, being half the distance of A B, Fig. 7, and the +½ inch added for going round the joint; E E, the swelled part, which +bends into the bag when the frame is closed, and also allows it to +open perfectly square; F F is half the width of the bottom of gusset. +A pattern for the bottom of the bag may be made by folding a piece of +paper each way to get the length and width; make a small hole through +the four thicknesses, open it and mark it from hole to hole, using the +rule as a guide. This will be found to be perfectly accurate.</p> + +<p>To cut out the bag, lay the leather on the bench, enameled side +downward, and see that the patterns lie on it so the creases will run +from the top to bottom of the bag when made. The sides must be taken +first, and as they are more exposed than any other part, they should +be taken from the best part of the hide. Take the gussets next, then +the bottom. The welts are taken from the cuttings which are left. To +make the handle, glue a lot of odd pieces together about 6½ inches +long, ½ inch wide, and the same thickness, and when dry pare the edges +away until it is perfectly round and slightly tapering toward each +end. It is then divided and glued top and bottom to a strip of good +leather cut to shape, Fig. 12, which is passed through the rings at +each end, and turned back to form a shape. Put a few stitches through +close to the rings before the fittings are glued on, and cover with a +piece of cow-hide long enough to go through the two rings and along +the under side, then stitch it. Trim and dye the edges, rubbing them +afterward with a piece of cloth to produce a polish. Before making the +handle, the plates must be on the rings, or it will prove a difficult +job to get them on afterward.</p> + +<p>The stiffening for the bottom will be cut as if for a carpet bag. Fig. +11 represents the stiffening for the gussets, and is cut from a board +half the thickness of that used for the bottom.</p> + +<p>The linings may be cut from the outside patterns by reducing them the +1½ inches, allowed for covering the frame, and 1/8 inch for each welt. +A lining of scarlet or blue roan greatly adds to the appearance and +durability of a bag. A skin large enough for a 14 inch or 16 inch will +cost about 3s.</p> + +<p>Cow-hide for the outside is sold at 1s. 8d. per square foot, but the +leather sellers frequently have pieces large enough for making a bag +which they will sell at a slight reduction, and which answers this +purpose as well as cutting a hide. In seaming the bag, take care not +to wrinkle it in the clams. The welts in this must reach only to the +frame, the same as in the carpet bag; the rest of the seam must be +neatly closed and rubbed down, so that it will not be lumpy on the +frame. Before turning the bag warm it before the fire, especially if +it is cold weather. Glue in the bottom stiffening first, and then the +gussets, rubbing them well down with the bone. When these are set, +prepare for the operation of framing. Fold one of the sides to get the +middle of it, cut a hole for the lock barrel about 1¼ inches from the +edge, and press it over. Be careful not to cut it too large or the +hole will show. Pierce a hole through the leather for the lock plate, +press this tightly on the frame, and clinch the clams underneath, to +hold it securely. Make holes for the handle plates and fasten them on +in a similar manner. Two slits must be cut near the middle of the +other side of bag, about ¾ inch from the edge, for the hasp to go +through. This bag must be sewn to the frame all round, and care must +be taken that a sufficient fullness is allowed in the middle of the +gusset to enable it to close easily round the joints of the frame. A +thumbpiece must be sewn on the bag at the hasp to open it by. The +lining of this bag is sewn through the frame all round in the same +manner as the side linings of the carpet bag.</p> + +<p>I hope my readers will not think that I have gone too much into +details. It is in small things that so many failures take place. As it +is much easier to do anything when you are shown than when so much has +to be guessed, it is my desire to make the road for beginners as +smooth as possible, which must be my excuse if any is required. It is +as well that those who intend to turn their attention to working in +leather should begin by making a bag; the experience gained in +cutting, fitting, putting together, and finishing will be useful when +larger and more difficult pieces of work are undertaken.—<i>Amateur +Mechanics.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art22" id="art22"></a>MOLASSES, HOW MADE.</h2> + + +<p>The <i>New England Grocer</i> says that the manufacture of molasses is +really the manufacture of sugar up to a certain stage, for molasses is +the uncrystallized sirup produced in the making of sugar. The methods +of manufacture in the West Indies vary very considerably. In the +interior and on the smaller plantations it is made by a very primitive +process, while on the larger plantations all the appliances of modern +science and ingenuity are brought to bear. Each planter makes his own +sugar. It is then carried to the sea coast and sold to the exporters, +by whom it is shipped to this country. The quality and grade of the +molasses varies with each plantation. Two plantations side by side may +produce entirely different grades. This is owing to the soil, which in +Porto Rico and other localities in the West Indies seems to change +with almost every acre. The cane from which the sugar and molasses is +made is planted by laying several pieces of it in holes or trenches. +The pieces are then covered with earth to the depth of two or three +inches. In about two weeks sprouts appear above the surface. Then more +earth is put in, and as the sprouts grow, earth is added until in +three or four months the holes are filled up. The planting is done +from August to November, and the cutting progresses throughout the +greater part of the year. The cane grows to a height of seven or eight +feet, in joints each about a foot long.</p> + +<p>When the cane is in proper condition for cutting, as shown by its +appearance, an army of workmen take possession of the field. Each is +armed with a long, broad knife, like a butcher's cleaver. They move +down the lines of cane like an army, and while the cutting is going on +the fields present an interesting sight, the sword-like knives +flashing in the sun, the 300 or 400 laborers, the carpet of cut cane, +the long line of moving carts, and the sea of standing cane, sometimes +extending for miles and miles, stirred by the breeze into waves of +undulating green. The laborers employed on these plantations are +largely negroes and Chinese coolies. When the cane is ripe, they +proceed to the field, each armed with a <i>matchet</i>. Spreading over the +plantation, they commence the cutting of the cane, first by one cut at +the top, which takes off the long leaves and that part which is +worthless, except as fodder for the cattle. A second cut is then given +as near the root as possible, as the nearer the ground the richer the +cane is in juice. The cut cane is allowed to fall carelessly to the +ground.</p> + +<p>Other workmen come with carts, pick it up, tie it in <a +name="Page_8962" id="Page_8962"></a>bundles and carry it to the mill. The cutting of +the cane is so adjusted as to keep pace with the action of the mill, +so that both are always at work. Two gangs of men are frequently +employed, and work goes on far into the night during the season, which +lasts the greater part of the year.</p> + +<p>As before stated, some of the methods of manufacture are very simple. +In the simplest form, the sugar cane is crushed in a mortar. The juice +thus extracted is boiled in common open pans. After boiling a certain +length of time, it becomes a dark colored, soft, viscid mass. The +uncrystallized sirup is expressed by putting the whole into cloth bags +and subjecting them to pressure. This is molasses in a crude state. It +is further purified by reboiling it with an addition of an alkaline +solution and a quantity of milk. When this has continued until scum no +longer arises, it is evaporated and then transferred to earthen jars. +After it has been left for a few days to granulate, holes in the +bottom of the jars are unstopped, and the molasses drains off into +vessels placed to receive it. Another process of extracting molasses +is as follows: By various processes of boiling and straining, the +juice is brought to a state where it is a soft mass of crystals, +embedded in a thick, but uncrystallized, fluid. The separation of this +fluid is the next process, and is perfected in the curing house, so +called. This is a large building, with a cellar which forms the +molasses reservoir. Over this reservoir is an open framework of +joists, upon which stands a number of empty potting casks. Each of +these has eight or ten holes bored through the bottom, and in each +hole is placed the stalk of a plantain leaf. The soft, concrete mass +of sugar is removed from the cooling pans in which it has been brought +from the boilers and placed in the casks. The molasses then gradually +drains from the crystallized portion into the reservoir below, +percolating through the spongy plantain stalks.</p> + +<p>On the larger plantations, machinery of very elaborate description is +used, and the most advanced processes known to science are employed in +the manufacture. The principle is, however, the same as has been seen +in the account of the simpler processes. On these larger plantations +there are extensive buildings, quarters for workmen, steam engines, +and all the necessary adjuncts of advanced manufacturing science. In +the sugar mills the cut cane is carried in carts to the mill. It is +then thrown by hand upon an endless flexible conductor which carries +the cane between heavy crushers. The great jaws of the crushers press +the cane into pulp, when it is thrown aside automatically to be carted +away and used as a fertilizer. The juice runs off in the channels of +the conductor into huge pans. The juice is now of a dull gray color +and of a sweet, pleasant taste, and is known as <i>guarapo</i>. It must be +clarified at once, for it is of so fermentable a nature that in the +climate of Porto Rico it will run into fermentation inside of half an +hour if the process of clarifying is not commenced. The pans into +which the juice is conducted are pierced like a colander. The liquor +runs through, leaving the refuse matter behind. It is then forced into +tanks by a pump and run to the clarifiers, which are large kettles +heated by steam. Lime is used to assist the clarification. It is then +filtered into vats filled with bone black. The filtering is repeated +until the juice changes color, when it is conveyed to the vacuum pans. +It has now become a thick sirup. It is then pumped into the sirup +clarifiers, skimmed, and again run through bone black, and finally is +conducted into another kettle, where it is allowed to crystallize. The +sirup that fails to crystallize is molasses, and it is here that we +catch up with what we started after. To extract the molasses from the +crystallized mass of sugar, we must go to the purging house. This is +similar to the building spoken of in connection with the simpler +process. It is of two stories. The upper floor is merely a series of +strong frames with apertures for funnel-shaped cylinders. The sugar is +brought into the purging house in great pans, which are placed over +the funnels. The pans are pierced with holes through which the +molasses drains off into troughs which are underneath the floor, all +running to a main trough. From thence the molasses runs into vats, +called <i>bocoyes</i>, each of which holds from 1,200 to 1,500 gallons. The +hogsheads in which the molasses is brought to this country are +manufactured principally in Philadelphia and taken to the West Indies. +They are placed in the hold of the vessel and the molasses pumped into +them. The government standard for molasses is 56 degrees polarization. +When not above that test, the duty is four cents per gallon. Above it +the duty is eight cents. This tends to keep molasses pure, as the +addition of glucose increases the quantity of sugar and therefore of +the polarization, and would make necessary the payment of increased +duties. The adulteration of molasses is therefore largely if not +wholly done after it is out of bond and in the hands of the jobber.</p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art11" id="art11"></a>PRIMITIVE IRON MANUFACTURE.</h2> + + +<p>We are indebted for the illustrations and the particulars to Dr. +Percy's invaluable book on iron and steel (probably it is not saying +too much to describe it as the best work on the subject ever written).</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/12a.png" alt="SECTION OF INDIAN BLAST FURNACE AND BLOWING" /> +<br /> SECTION OF INDIAN BLAST FURNACE AND BLOWING +MACHINE.</p> + +<p>Fig. 1 shows a sectional elevation, and Fig. 2 shows a plan of furnace +and bellows and tuyeres, indeed, an entire ironworks plant used in +India, not only now, but, so far as we can gather, from time +immemorial. The two figures give a sufficiently clear idea of the form +of furnace used in Lower Bengal, in which portion of our Indian empire +there are entire villages exclusively inhabited by iron smelters, who, +sad to relate, are distinguished from the agricultural villages +surrounding them by their filth, poverty, and generally degraded +condition. There are whole tribes in India who have no other +occupation than iron smelting. They, of course, sink no shafts and +open no mines, and are not permanent in any place. They simply remain +in one place so long as plentiful supplies of ore and wood are +obtainable in the immediate vicinity. In many cases the villages +formerly inhabited by them have passed out of existence, but the +waste, or rather wasted products, of their operations remain.</p> + +<p>The furnace shown in Figs. 1 and 2 is built of the sandy soil of the +district, moistened and kneaded and generally strengthened by a sort +of skeleton of strips of flexible wood. In form it varies from a +cylinder, more or less circular, diverging into a tolerably acute +cone, the walls being about 3 in. thick. The height is generally about +3 ft. and the mean internal diameter about 1 ft., but all these +dimensions vary with different workmen and in different localities. +There are two apertures at the base of the furnace; one in front, +about 1 ft. in height, and rather less in width than the internal +diameter of the furnace, through which, when the smelting of one +charge is finished, the resulting mass of spongy iron is extracted, +and which during the smelting is well plastered up, the small conical +tuyere being inserted at the bottom. This tuyere is usually made of +the same material as the furnace—namely, of a sandy soil; worked by +hand into the required form and sun-dried; but sometimes no other +tuyere is employed than a lump of moist clay with a hole in it, into +which the bamboo pipes communicating with the bellows are inserted. +The other aperture is smaller, and placed at one side of the furnace, +and chiefly below the ground, forming a communication between the +bottom of the furnace chamber and a small trench into which the slag +flows and filters out through a small pile of charcoal. It is this +slag being found in places where iron is not now made that shows that +iron smelting was an occupation there, perhaps many centuries before.</p> + +<p>The inclined tray shown at the top of the furnace on Fig. 1 is made of +the same material as the furnace itself, and when kneaded into shape +is supported on a wooden framework. On it is piled a supply of +charcoal, which is raked into the furnace when required.</p> + +<p>The blowing apparatus is singularly ingenious, and is certainly as +economical of manual labor as a blowing arrangement depending on +manual labor well can be. A section of the bellows forms the portion +to the right of Fig. 1, showing tuyere forming the connection between +bellows and furnace. It consists of a circular segment of hard wood, +rudely hollowed, and having a piece of buffalo hide with a small hole +in its center tied over the top. Into this hole a strong cord is +passed, with a small piece of wood attached to the end to keep it +inside the bellows, while the other end is attached to a bent bamboo +firmly fixed into the ground close by. This bamboo acts as a spring, +drawing up the string, and consequently the leather cover of the +bellows, to its utmost stretch, while air enters through the central +hole. When thus filled, a man places his foot on the hide, closing the +central hole with his heel, and then throwing the whole weight of his +body on to that foot, he depresses the hide, and drives the air out +through a bamboo tube inserted in the side and communicating with the +furnace. At the same time he pulls down the bamboo with the arm of +that side. Two such bellows are placed side by side, a thin bamboo +tube attached to each, and both entering the one tuyere; and so by +jumping on each bellows alternately, the workman keeps up a continuous +blast.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/12b.png" alt="Fig. 2.—PLAN OF INDIAN BLAST FURNACE AND BLOWING" /> +<br /> Fig. 2.—PLAN OF INDIAN BLAST FURNACE AND BLOWING MACHINE.</p> + +<p>The Figs. 1 and 2 are taken from sketches, and the description from +particulars, by Mr. Blandford, who was for some years on the +Geological Survey of India, and had exceptional opportunities in his +journeyings of observing the customs and occupations of the Indian +iron smelters. The blowing machine is an especially wonderful and +effective machine, and was first described and illustrated by Mr. +Robert Rose, in a Calcutta publication, more than half a century ago. +He also had seen it used in iron making in India.—<i>Colliery +Guardian.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art27" id="art27"></a>WOOD OIL.</h2> + + +<p>Wood oil is now made on a large scale in Sweden from the refuse of +timber cuttings and forest clearings, and from stumps and roots. +Although it cannot well be burned in common lamps, on account of the +heavy proportion of carbon it contains, it is said to furnish a +satisfactory light in lamps specially made for it; and in its natural +state it is the cheapest illuminating oil. There are some thirty +factories engaged in its production, and they turn out about 40,000 +liters of the oil daily. Turpentine, creosote, acetic acid, charcoal, +coal-tar oils, etc., are also obtained from the same materials as the +wood oil.</p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art24" id="art24"></a>SOAP.</h2> + +<h3>By HENRY LEFFMANN, M.D.</h3> + + +<p>Although the use of soap dates from a rather remote period, the +chemist is still living, at an advanced age, to whom we are indebted +for a knowledge of its composition and mode of formation. +Considerably more than a generation has elapsed since Chevreul +announced these facts, but a full appreciation of the principles +involved is scarcely realized outside of the circle of professional +chemists. Learned medical and physiological writers often speak of +glycerin as the "sweet principle of fats," or term fats compounds of +fatty acids and glycerin. Indeed, there is little doubt that the great +popularity of glycerin as an emollient arose from the view that it +represented the essential base of the fats. With regard to soap, also, +much erroneous and indistinct impression prevails. Its detergent +action is sometimes supposed to be due to the free alkali, whereas a +well-made soap is practically neutral.</p> + +<p>A desire to secure either an increased detergent, cleansing, or other +local effect has led in recent years to the introduction into soaps of +a large number of substances, some of which have been chosen without +much regard to their chemical relations to the soap itself. The result +has been the enrichment of the materia medica with a collection of +articles of which some are useful, and others worse than useless. The +extension of the list of disinfectant and antiseptic agents and the +increased importance of the agents, in surgery, have naturally +suggested the plan of incorporating them with soaps, in which form +they will be most convenient for application. Accordingly, the +circulars of the manufacturing pharmacists have prominently displayed +the advantages of various disinfecting soaps.</p> + +<p>Among these is a so-called corrosive sublimate soap, of which several +brands are on sale. One of these, containing one per cent. of +corrosive sublimate, is put on the market in cakes weighing about +sixteen hundred grains, and each cake, therefore, contains sixteen +grains of the drug—a rather large quantity, perhaps, when it is +remembered that four grains is a fatal dose. Fortunately, however, for +the prevention of accidents, but unfortunately for the therapeutic +value of the soap, a decomposition of the sublimate occurs as soon as +it is incorporated in the soap mass, by which an insoluble mercurial +soap is formed. This change takes place independently of the alkali +used in the soap; in fact, as mentioned above, a well-made soap +contains no appreciable amount of free alkali, but is due to the +action of the fat acids. Corrosive sublimate is <i>incompatible</i> with +any ordinary soap mass, and this incompatibility includes not only +other soluble mercurial salts, but also almost all the mineral +antiseptics, such as zinc chloride, copper sulphate, iron salts. Some +of the preparations of arsenic may, however, be incorporated with soap +without decomposition.</p> + +<p>Such being the chemical facts, we must admit that no reliance can be +placed in corrosive sublimate soaps as germicide agents. It must not +be supposed that this incompatibility interferes with the use of these +soaps for general therapeutic purposes. It is only the specific +germicide value which is destroyed. Since the fats used in soap +manufacture yield oleic acid, we will have a certain amount of +mercuric oleates formed together with stearate and other salts, and +for purposes of inunction these salts might be efficient. Still the +physician would prefer, doubtless, to use the specially prepared +mercurial.</p> + +<p>In producing, therefore, a disinfecting soap, being debarred from +using the metallic germicides, we are fortunate in the possession of a +number of efficient agents, organic in character, which may be used +without interference in soaps.</p> + +<p>Among these are thymol, naphthol, oil of eucalyptus, carbolates, and +salicylates. There is no chemical incompatibility of these with soap, +and as they are somewhat less active, weight for weight, than +corrosive sublimate, they are capable of use in larger quantities with +less danger, and can thus be made equally efficacious.</p> + +<p>It is in this direction, therefore, that we must look for the +production of a safe and reliable antiseptic soap.</p> + +<p>There is not much exact knowledge as to the usefulness of such +additions to soap as borax and glycerin. They are frequently added, +and highly spoken of in advertisements. Borax is a mild alkaline body, +and as a detergent is probably equivalent to a slight excess of +caustic soda. Glycerin, although originally considered an emollient, +probably on account of its source and physical properties, is in +reality, to some skins at least, a slight irritant. It is, in fact, an +alcohol, not a fat. It does not pre-exist in fats, but is formed when +the fat is decomposed by alkali or steam.</p> + +<p>In ordinary cases, soap owes its detergent effect to a decomposition +which occurs when it is put in water.</p> + +<p>A perfectly neutral soap, that is, one which contains the exact +proportion of alkali and fat acid, will, when placed in cold water, +decompose into two portions, one containing an excess of the acid, the +other an excess of alkali. The latter dissolves, and gives a slightly +alkaline solution; the former precipitates, and gives the peculiar +turbidity constituting "suds." These reactions must be kept in mind in +determining the effect of the addition of any special substance to the +soap.—<i>The Polyclinic.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + + +<h2><a name="art23" id="art23"></a><a name="Page_8963" id="Page_8963"></a>OPTICAL ERRORS AND HUMAN MISTAKES.<a name="FNanchor_8" id="FNanchor_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By ERNST GUNDLACH.</h3> + + +<p>I wish to call attention to a few mistakes that are quite commonly +made by microscopists and writers in stating the result of their +optical tests of microscope objectives.</p> + +<p>If the image of an object as seen in the microscope appears to be +unusually distorted and indistinct toward the edge of the field, and +satisfactory definition is limited to a small portion of the center, +the cause is often attributed to the spherical aberration of the +objective, while really this phenomenon has nothing to do with that +optical defect of the objective, if any exists, but is caused by a +lack of optical symmetry. If a perfectly symmetrical microscope +objective could be constructed, then, with any good eye-piece, it +would make no difference to the definition of the object were it +placed either in the center or at the edge of the field, even if the +objective had considerable spherical aberration. But, unfortunately, +our most symmetrical objectives, the low powers, leave much to be +desired in this respect, while our wide angle, high powers are very +far from symmetrical perfection.</p> + +<p>There are two causes of this defect in the latter objectives, one +being the extreme wideness of their angular apertures, and the other +the great difference in the distances of the object and the image from +the optical center of the objectives.</p> + +<p>Another mistake is often made in regard to the cause of certain +prismatic colors that are sometimes, in a striking degree, produced by +otherwise good objectives. According to the nature of these colors, +whether yellow or blue, green or indigo, they are generally regarded +as evidences of either chromatic over or under correction of the +objective. Of course the presence of either of these defects is +certainly and correctly indicated by the appearance of one or the +other of the colors, under certain circumstances; but the simple +visibility of prismatic color is by no means a reliable indication of +over or under correction of color, and, indeed, to the honor of our +opticians, it may be stated that very few objectives are made that +cannot justly be called achromatic in the general sense of the term. +By far the most common causes of prismatic color, in otherwise +carefully constructed objectives, are the so-called chromatic +aberrations of second or higher order. Every achromatic lens which is, +as it should be, at its best at about two-thirds of its aperture, is +inside of this ring or zone, toward the center slightly under and +outside, toward the edge, slightly over corrected. This defect is the +greater, the less the difference of the dispersive powers of the two +glasses used in the construction of the lens, for a given proportion +of their refractive indexes, and therefore the degree of visibility of +the colors of the aberrations of the second order depends greatly on +the nature of the glass employed in the construction of the lens.</p> + +<p>This defect may be corrected by a suitable combination of two or more +lenses, though not without again having similarly, as in the +correction of the first color, some faint remnants of color, the +aberrations of third or still higher order. But even the correction of +the third or still higher order may, if the angular aperture is very +wide, leave quite visible and disturbing remnants of color.</p> + +<p>Another and not uncommon explanation of the cause of this unwelcome +color, though not so serious and damaging a charge to the maker of the +objectives, is its attribution to the so-called "secondary spectrum." +This error, like that previously mentioned, is certainly indicated by +the appearance of certain colors under certain conditions, but being, +as a rule, one of the least defects of even our best objectives in +most cases, it is probably not the true source of the disturbance.</p> + +<p>The secondary spectrum is very commonly confounded with the chromatic +aberration of higher order. While the latter is produced by +imperfections in the form of the lens, the former is due to an +imperfection of the optical qualities of the material from which the +lens is constructed, the crown and flint glass.</p> + +<p>A glass prism of any angle will project upon a white surface a +spectrum of any length, according to the arrangement of the light +source, the screen, and the prism. So with two prisms of the same kind +of glass, but of different angles, two spectra can be produced of +exactly equal length, so that if one is brought over the other, with +the corresponding colors in line, they will appear as one spectrum. +But if one of the prisms is made of crown and the other of flint +glass, then their spectra cannot be arranged so that all their +corresponding colors would be in line, for the proportional distances +of the different colors differ in the two spectra. If two colors of +the spectra are, by suitable arrangement, brought exactly in line, +then the others will be out. The two spectra do not coincide, and the +result, if an achromatic lens be made of these glasses, must be a +remnant of color which cannot be neutralized. This remnant is the +secondary spectrum.</p> + +<p>Although this peculiar disharmony in the dispersive powers of the two +glasses, crown and flint, was discovered almost immediately after +achromatism was invented, it was only recently that the first +successful attempts were made to produce different glasses, which, +possessing the other requirements for achromatic objectives, would +produce coincident spectra, or nearer so than the ordinary crown and +flint glass do. It was about twelve years ago, if my memory serves me, +when I learned that a well-known English firm, engaged in the +manufacture of optical glass, had brought out some new glass +possessed of the desired qualities, and a little later I received a +circular describing the glass. But at the same time I learned that the +new glass was very soft and difficult to polish, and also that it had +to be protected from the atmosphere, and further, that an English +optician had failed to construct an improved telescope objective from +it. I had ordered some samples of the glass, but never received any.</p> + +<p>A few months ago, news from Europe reached this country that another +and seemingly more successful attempt had been made to produce glass +that would leave no secondary spectrum, and that Dr. Zeiss, the famous +Jena optician, had constructed some new improved objectives from it. +But the somewhat meager description of these objectives, as given by +an English microscopist, did not seem fit to excite much enthusiasm +here as to their superiority over what had already been done in this +country. Besides this, the report said that the new objectives were +five system, and also that extra eye-pieces had to be used with them. +I confess I am much inclined to attribute the optical improvement, +which, according to Dr. Abbe's own remark, is very little, more to the +fact that the objectives are five system than to the new glass used in +their construction.</p> + +<p>After a close study of a descriptive list of the new glass, received a +week or two ago from the manufacturers, I find, to my great regret, +that this new glass seems to suffer from a similar weakness to that +made by the English firm twelve years ago; as all the numbers of the +list pointed out by the makers as having a greatly reduced secondary +spectrum are accompanied with the special remark "to be protected." +Furthermore, from a comparison of the dispersive and refractive powers +of these glasses, as given in the list, I find that objectives +constructed from them will leave so great aberrations of higher order, +both spherical and chromatic, that the gain by the reduction of the +secondary spectrum would be greatly overbalanced.</p> + +<p>In conclusion, I wish to say that while I would beware of +underestimating the great scientific and practical value of the +endeavor of the new German glass makers to produce improved optical +glass, and the great benefit accruing to opticians and all others +interested in the use of optical instruments, I think it wise not to +overestimate the real value of the defects of the common crown and +flint glass, which I have sought to explain in this paper. And, for +myself, I prefer to fight the more serious defects first, and when its +time has come I will see what can be done with the secondary spectrum.</p> + +<p><a name="Footnote_8" id="Footnote_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8">[1]</a></p><div class="note"> +<p>Read before the American Association, Buffalo, August, +1886.</p></div> +<hr /> + + + +<h2><a name="art03" id="art03"></a>PROBABLE ISOLATION OF FLUORINE. DECOMPOSITION OF HYDROFLUORIC ACID +BY AN ELECTRIC CURRENT.</h2> + +<h3>By M.H. MOISSAN.</h3> + + +<p>In a former memoir<a name="FNanchor_9" id="FNanchor_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9"><sup>1</sup></a> we showed that it was possible to decompose +anhydrous hydrofluoric acid by the action of an electric current. At +the negative pole hydrogen collects; at the positive pole a gaseous +body is disengaged, having novel properties. The experiment was +performed in a platinum U tube, closed by stoppers of fluorite, and +having at the upper part of each branch a small delivery tube, also of +platinum. Through the stopper passes a platinum rod, which acts as +electrode. The metal employed for the positive pole is an alloy +containing 10 per cent. of iridium.</p> + +<p>To obtain pure anhydrous hydrofluoric acid, we begin by preparing +fluorhydrate of fluoride of potassium, taking all the precautions +pointed out by M. Fremy. When the salt is obtained pure, it is dried +on a water bath at 100°, and the platinum capsule containing it is +then placed in a vacuum in the presence of concentrated sulphuric +acid, and two or three sticks of potash fused in a silver crucible. +The acid and potash are renewed every morning for a fortnight, and the +vacuum is kept at 2 cm. of mercury. Care must be taken during this +desiccation to pulverize the salt every day in an iron mortar, so as +to renew the surface. When the fluorhydrate contains no more water it +falls to powder, and is then fit to serve for the preparation of +fluoric acid; the fluorhydrate of fluoride of potassium, if well +prepared, is much less deliquescent than the fluoride.</p> + +<p>When the fluoride is quite dry, it is quickly introduced into a +platinum alembic, which has just been dried by heating it to redness. +The whole is kept at a gentle temperature for an hour or an hour and a +half, so as to allow the decomposition to commence very slowly; the +first portions of acid which come over are rejected as they carry with +them traces of water remaining in the salt. The platinum receiver is +then attached, and the heat increased, allowing the decomposition to +proceed with a certain degree of slowness. The receiver is then +surrounded with a mixture of ice and salt, and from this moment all +the hydrofluoric acid is condensed as a limpid liquid, boiling at +19.5°, very hygroscopic, and, as is well known, giving abundant fumes +in presence of the atmospheric moisture.</p> + +<p>During this operation the platinum U tube, dried with the greatest +care, has been fixed with a cork in a cylindrical glass vessel +surrounded with chloride of methyl. Up to the moment of introducing +the hydrofluoric acid, the leading tubes are attached to drying tubes +containing fused caustic potash. To introduce the hydrochloric acid +into the apparatus, it may be absorbed through one of the lateral +tubes in the receiver in which it is condensed.</p> + +<p>In some experiments we have directly condensed the hydrofluoric acid +in the U tube surrounded with chloride of methyl; but in this case +care must be taken that the tubes are not clogged up by small +quantities of fluoride carried over, which would infallibly lead to an +explosion and projections, which are always dangerous with so +corrosive a liquid.</p> + +<p>When we have introduced in advance in the small platinum apparatus a +determined amount of hydrofluoric acid cooled with chloride of methyl, +in tranquil ebullition at a temperature of -23°, the current of 20 +cells of Bunsen large size, arranged in series, is passed through by +means of the electrodes. An amperemeter in the circuit admits of the +intensity of the current being observed.</p> + +<p>If the hydrofluoric acid contains a small quantity of water, either by +accident or design, there is always disengaged at the positive pole +ozone, which has no action on crystallized silicium. In proportion as +the water contained in the acid is thus decomposed, it is seen by the +amperemeter that the conductivity of the liquid rapidly decreases. +With absolutely anhydrous hydrofluoric acid the current will no longer +pass. In many of our experiments we have succeeded in obtaining an +acid so anhydrous that a current of 25 amperes was entirely arrested.</p> + +<p>To render the liquid conducting, we have added before each experiment +a small quantity of dried and fused fluorhydrate of fluoride of +potassium. In this case, decomposition proceeds in a continuous +manner; we obtain at the negative pole hydrogen, and at the positive +pole a regular disengagement of a colorless gas in which crystallized +silicium in the cold burns with great brilliancy, becoming fluoride of +silicium. This latter gas has been collected over mercury, and +accurately characterized.</p> + +<p>Deville's adamantine boron burns in the same manner, but with more +difficulty, becoming fluoride or boron. The small quantity of carbon +and aluminum which it contains impedes the combination. Arsenic and +antimony in powder combine with this gaseous body with incandescence. +Sulphur takes fire in it, and iodine combines with a pale flame, +losing its color. We have already remarked that it decomposes cold +water, producing ozone and hydrofluoric acid.</p> + +<p>The metals are attacked with much less energy. This is due, we think, +to the small quantity of metallic fluoride formed preventing the +action being very deep. Iron and manganese in powder, slightly heated, +burn with sparks. Organic bodies are violently attacked. A piece of +cork placed near the end of the platinum tube, where the gas is +evolved, immediately carbonizes and inflames. Alcohol, ether, benzol, +spirit of turpentine, and petroleum take fire on contact.</p> + +<p>The gas evolved at the negative pole is hydrogen, burning with a pale +flame, and producing none of these reactions.</p> + +<p>When the experiment has lasted several hours, and there is not enough +hydrofluoric acid left at the bottom of the tube to separate the two +gases, they recombine in the apparatus in the cold, with violent +detonation.</p> + +<p>We have satisfied ourselves, by direct experiment, that a mixture of +ozone and hydrofluoric acid produces none of the reactions described +above.</p> + +<p>It is the same with gaseous hydrofluoric acid. Finally we may add that +the hydrofluoric acid employed, as well as the hydrofluorate of +fluoride, were absolutely free from chlorine.</p> + +<p>The gas obtained in our experiments is therefore either fluorine or a +perfluoride of hydrogen.</p> + +<p>New experiments are necessary to settle this last point. We hope soon +to lay the results before the Academy.—<i>Comptes Mendus</i>, vol. ciii., +p. 202, July 19, 1886; <i>Chem. News.</i></p> + + +<p><a name="Footnote_9" id="Footnote_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9">[1]</a></p> +<div class="note"><p><i>Comptes Rendus</i>, vol. cii., p. 1543, and <i>Chemical +News</i>, vol. liv., p. 36.</p></div> + +<hr /> + + + + + +<h2><a name="art19" id="art19"></a>COHESION AND COHESION FIGURES.<a name="FNanchor_10" id="FNanchor_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10"><sup>1</sup></a></h2> + +<h3>By WILLIAM ACKROYD, F.I.C.</h3> + + +<h3><i>1. A Law of Solubility.</i></h3> + +<p>It is customary to regard cohesion as the force which binds together +molecules of the same substance, and in virtue of which the particles +of solids and liquids are kept together, and also to speak of the +attraction exerted between particles of two different bodies as +adhesion. The distinction between cohesion and adhesion is a +conventional one. The similarity, if not identity, of the two forces +is demonstrated by the fact that while cohesion is exerted between +particles of the <i>same</i> body, adhesion is exerted with most force +between particles of <i>allied</i> bodies. Generally speaking, organic +bodies require organic solvents; inorganic bodies, inorganic solvents. +For example, common salt is highly soluble in water, but not in ether, +and many fats are soluble in ether, but not in water. So many cases +like these will suggest themselves to the chemist that I am justified +in making the following generalization: <i>A body will dissolve in a +solvent to which it is allied more readily than in one to which it in +highly dissimilar.</i> Exceptions to the law undoubtedly exist, but none +so striking as the following in support of it, viz., that the metal +mercury is the only known true solvent for many metals at the normal +temperature.</p> + +<h3><i>2. Its Connection with Mendeleeff's Periodic Law.</i></h3> + +<p>From this standpoint the whole subject of solution is deserving of +fresh attention, as it appears highly probable that, just as Prof. +Carnelley has shown by the use of my meta-chromatic scale, the colors +of chemical compounds come under definite laws, which he has +discovered and formulated in connection with Mendeleeff and Newlaud's +periodic law,<a name="FNanchor_11" id="FNanchor_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11"><sup>2</sup></a> so, likewise, may the solubility of an allied group +of compounds, in regard to any given solvent under constant conditions +of temperature, conform to similar laws; that, <i>e.g.</i>, the chlorides +of H, Na, Cu, and Ag, in Mendeleeff's Group I., may vary in their +solubility in water from an extreme of high solubility in the case of +hydrogen chloride to the opposite extreme of comparative insolubility +in the case of silver chloride. In this natural series of compounds, +hydrogen chloride is the body nearest akin to water, and silver +chloride the most remote in kinship.</p> + +<h3><i>3. A Solidified Vortex Ring.</i></h3> + +<p>It is in virtue of cohesion that a freely suspended drop of liquid +assumes the spherical form. If such a sphere be dropped on to the +surface of a liquid of higher specific gravity at rest, one obtains +what is called the cohesion figure of the substance of the drop. A +drop of oil, <i>e.g.</i>, spreads out on the surface of water until it is a +circular thin film of concentric rings of different degrees of +thickness, each displaying the characteristic colors of thin plates. +The tenuity of the film increases; its cohesion is overcome; lakelets +are formed, and they merge into each other. The disintegrated portions +of the film now thicken, the colors vanish, and only islets of oil +remain. Some liquid drops of the same or higher sp. gr. than water do +not spread out in this fashion, but descend below the surface of the +liquid, and, in descending, assume a ring shape, which gradually +spreads out and breaks up into lesser rings. Such figures have been +termed submergence cohesion figures; they are vortex rings. I have +solidified such vortex rings in their first stage of formation. If +drops of melted sulphur, at a temperature above that of the viscous +state, be let fall into water, the drops will be solidified in the +effort to form the ring, and the circular button, thick in the rim and +thin in the center, may be regarded as a solidified vortex ring of +plastic sulphur.</p> + +<h3>4. <i>That a Submergence Cohesion Figure is a Vortex Ring.</i></h3> + +<p>It may be shown that the conditions of the formation of a submergence +cohesion figure are those which exist in the formation of an aerial +vortex. Those conditions in their greatest perfection are (1) a +spherical envelope of a different nature from the medium in which the +rings are produced; (2) a circular orifice opening into the medium; +and (3) a percussive impact on the part of the sphere opposite the +orifice. In the <a name="Page_8964" id="Page_8964"></a>production of vortex rings of +phosphorus pentoxide in the making of phosphoreted hydrogen, the +spherical envelope is water, the orifice the portion of the bubble +which opens into the air immediately it rises to the surface, and the +impact is furnished by gravity. So, also, in the case of a submergence +cohesion figure, the spherical envelope is the air surrounding the +drop, the orifice the portion of it which first comes in contact with +the liquid at rest; and here again the impact is due to gravity more +directly than in the former case. These conditions are somewhat +imperfectly copied in the ordinary vortex box, which is usually +cubical in form, with a circular orifice in one side, and a covering +of canvas on the opposite one, which is hit with the fist.</p> + +<p><a name="Footnote_10" id="Footnote_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10">[1]</a></p> +<div class="note"><p>Notes from a lecture given to the Halifax Scientific +Society, July 19, 1886.</p></div> + +<p><a name="Footnote_11" id="Footnote_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11">[2]</a></p> +<div class="note"><p><i>Philosophical Magazine</i>, August, 1884.</p></div> + +<hr /> + +<h3>[AMERICAN CHEMICAL JOURNAL.]</h3> + + + + + + +<h2><a name="art04" id="art04"></a>THE DETERMINATION OF NITRIC ACID BY THE ABSORPTION OF NITRIC OXIDE +IN A STANDARD SOLUTION OF PERMANGANATE OF POTASSIUM.</h2> + +<h3>By H.N. MORSE and A.F. LINN.</h3> + + +<p>The method which we propose consists in the conversion of the nitric +acid into nitric oxide; the absorption of the latter in a measured, +but excessive, quantity of a standard solution of permanganate of +potassium; and the subsequent determination of the excess of the +permanganate by means of a standard solution of oxalic acid or +sulphate of manganese.</p> + + +<h3>THE APPARATUS.</h3> + +<p>A is an apparatus for the generation of carbon dioxide free from air, +which will be explained hereafter.</p> + +<p>B is a flask, having a capacity of 125 or 150 c.c., in which the +nitrate is decomposed in the usual manner by means of ferrous chloride +and hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p>C is a small tube for the condensation of the aqueous hydrochloric +acid which distills over from B.</p> + +<p>D is a Geissler bulb, containing a concentrated solution of potassium +carbonate, to arrest any acid vapors coming from C.</p> + +<p>E, E are two pieces of ordinary combustion tubing, having a length of +about 650 or 700 mm., in which is placed the permanganate solution +employed for the absorption of the nitric oxide. Their open ends are +provided with lips in order to facilitate the pouring of liquids from +them, care being taken not to so distort the ends that rubber stoppers +cannot be made to fit them tightly. They are placed in a nearly +horizontal position in order to diminish the pressure required to +force the gases through the apparatus and thus lessen the danger of +leakage through the rubber joints.</p> + +<p><i>a</i> is a tube through which the ferrous chloride and hydrochloric acid +are introduced into B, as in the method of Tiemann-Schulze.</p> + +<p><i>b</i> serves for the introduction of carbon dioxide to expel the air +before the decomposition of the nitrate, and the nitric oxide +afterward.</p> + +<p><i>c</i> is an unbroken tube ending at the lower surface of the stopper in +B, and at the bottom of C.</p> + +<p>The rubber joint, <i>d</i>, is furnished with a Mohr and also a screw pinch +cock. The joints, <i>e</i> and <i>f</i>, are furnished with Mohr pinch cocks. +The rubber tubing upon these should be of the best quality, and must +be carefully tied.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/14.png" alt="DETERMINATION OF NITRIC ACID." /> +<br />DETERMINATION OF NITRIC ACID.</p> + + +<h3>THE SOLUTIONS.</h3> + +<p>In consequence of the large volume of the permanganate solution +required for the complete absorption of the nitric oxide, we have +found it advantageous to use three solutions instead of two.</p> + +<p>1. A solution of permanganate such that one c.c. is equivalent to +about fifteen milligrammes of nitrate of potassium, according to the +reaction:</p> + + +<p class="center">KMnO<sub>4</sub> + NO = KNO<sub>3</sub> + MnO<sub>2</sub>.</p> + + +<p>This solution is employed for the absorption of the nitric oxide. Its +strength need not be exactly known. There is no objection to a more +concentrated solution, except that which pertains to all strong +standard solutions, namely, that a small error in measurement would +then give a larger error in the results. 100 c.c. of this solution are +required for each determination, and the measurement is always made in +one and the same 100 c.c. measuring flask, which, if necessary, should +be labeled to distinguish it from that used for solution No. 2.</p> + +<p>2. A solution of oxalic acid which is very slightly stronger than that +of the permanganate just described—that is, a solution such that one +c.c. of it will somewhat more than decompose one c.c. of the +permanganate, according to the reaction:</p> + +<p class="center"> +2KMnO<sub>4</sub> + 3H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> + 5C<sub>2</sub>H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>4</sub>.2H<sub>2</sub>O =<br /> + K<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> + 2MnSO<sub>4</sub> + 18H<sub>2</sub>O + 10CO<sub>2</sub>.</p> + + +<p>The exact strength of this solution need not be known, since we only +require the difference in value between it and solution No. 1, which +is determined by means of solution No. 3. 100 c.c. of this solution +are also required for each determination, and the measurement, as in +the preceding case, is always made in the same 100 c.c. measuring +flask.</p> + +<p>3. A dilute, carefully standardized solution of permanganate of +potassium.</p> + +<p>The method of using these solutions is as follows: 100 c.c. of No. 1 +and No. 2 are measured off (each solution in its own measuring flask), +brought together in a covered beaker glass, and acidified with dilute +sulphuric acid. The excess of oxalic acid is then determined by means +of solution No. 3.</p> + +<p>When it is desired to make a determination of nitric acid, 100 c.c. of +solution No. 1 are measured off, and as much of it as may be +convenient is poured into the tubes, E, E, together with about a +gramme of zinc sulphate for each tube, which substance appears to +considerably facilitate the absorption of the nitric oxide by the +permanganate. When the operation is over, the contents of E, E are +poured into a beaker glass. 100 c.c. of solution No. 2 are then +measured off, and a portion, together with a little sulphuric acid, +poured into E, E, to dissolve the oxide of manganese which has +separated during the absorption of the nitric oxide. The oxide having +been dissolved, the liquid in E, E, and the rinsings of the tubes, +also the residues of permanganate and oxalic acid left in the +measuring flasks, and the rinsings from these, are all brought +together in the same beaker glass. Finally, the amount of solution No. +3 required to decompose the excess of oxalic acid is determined. If we +subtract from the amount thus found the quantity of permanganate +required to equalize solutions Nos. 1 and 2 (previously ascertained), +we shall have the amount of permanganate actually reduced by the +nitric oxide, according to the reaction:</p> + +<p class="center">6KMnO<sub>4</sub> + 10NO = 3K<sub>2</sub>O + 6MnO + 5N<sub>2</sub>O<sub>5</sub>;</p> + + +<p>in other words, on the basis that one molecule of potassium +permanganate will oxidize one and two-thirds molecules of nitric +oxide:</p> + +<p class="center">(KMnO<sub>4</sub> = 1-2/3 NO).</p> + +<p>The method of using the apparatus is simple. The nitrate is placed in +B, and the joints made tight, except that at <i>f</i>, which is left open. +A current of carbon dioxide is passed through the apparatus until all +of the air has been displaced. Connection is then made at <i>f</i>, and +soon afterward the current of carbon dioxide is shut off at <i>d</i>.</p> + +<p>The flask, B, is now heated as long as may be necessary in order to +produce, on cooling, the diminished pressure required for the +introduction of the ferrous chloride and hydrochloric acid. Before +removing the flame, the joint at <i>f</i> is closed to prevent the return +of the permanganate solution.</p> + +<p>As soon as the flask, B, has become sufficiently cool, the ferrous +chloride and hydrochloric acid are introduced through the tube, <i>a</i> +(which has been full of water from the first), in the same manner and +quantities as in the well-known Tiemann-Schulze method.</p> + +<p>The pinch cock at <i>d</i> is then opened, and the apparatus allowed to +fill with carbon dioxide. When the pressure has become sufficient to +force the gas through the solution of permanganate, the pinch cock at +<i>f</i> is removed. It should be opened only slightly and with great +caution at first, unless one is certain that the pressure is +sufficient. If the pressure is insufficient, the fact will be made +apparent by a rise of the permanganate in the small internal tube.</p> + +<p>The flow of carbon dioxide is now reduced to a very slow current, or +entirely cut off. The contents of B are slowly heated, until the +decomposition of the nitrate is complete and the greater part of the +nitric oxide has been expelled, when the apparatus is again closed at +<i>f</i> and <i>d</i>, and allowed to cool. The tube, <i>a</i>, is then washed out, +by the introduction through it into B of a few cubic centimeters of +strong hydrochloric acid.</p> + +<p>The process of filling the apparatus with carbon dioxide, and of +heating the contents of B, is repeated. When it becomes apparent, from +the light color of the liquid in B, that all of the nitric oxide has +been expelled from it, the current of carbon dioxide is increased and +the heating discontinued. Care must be taken, however, not to admit +too strong a current of carbon dioxide, lest some of the nitric oxide +should be forced unabsorbed through the permanganate solution. It is +also necessary, for the same reason, to avoid too rapid heating during +the decomposition of the nitrate.</p> + +<p>When all of the nitric oxide has been forced into the solution of +permanganate, the determination is made in the manner already +described.</p> + +<p>To test the method, nine determinations were made with quantities of +pure nitrate of potassium varying from 100 to 200 milligrammes. The +maximum difference between the volumes of permanganate actually used +and those calculated was 0.05 c.c., while the main difference was +0.036 c.c. The measurements of the permanganate were made from a +burette which had been carefully calibrated. We also made a number of +determinations, using a solution of manganous sulphate in the place of +the oxalic acid. The advantage of this method lies in the fact that it +is not necessary to dissolve the oxide which is precipitated upon the +glass within the tubes, E, E, since, in the presence of an excess of +permanganate, the reduction by nitric oxide extends only to the +formation of MnO<sub>2</sub>; also in the fact that the solution of manganous +sulphate is more stable than that of oxalic acid. A solution of the +sulphate having been once carefully standardized, can be used for a +long time to determine the value of permanganate solutions.</p> + +<p>The details of the method are as follows: A solution of manganous +sulphate slightly stronger than No. 1 is prepared.</p> + +<p>The difference between 100 c.c. of it and 100 c.c. of No. 1 is +ascertained, according to the method of Volhard, by means of solution +No. 3.</p> + +<p>The contents of E, E, together with the rinsings from the tubes, are +poured into a capacious flask. 100 c.c. of the manganous sulphate and +a few drops of nitric acid are then added, and the whole boiled. +Finally, the excess of manganous sulphate is determined, in the manner +described by Volhard, by means of solution No. 3. Subtracting from the +total amount of permanganate thus used the quantity required to +equalize the 100 c.c. of solution No. 1 and the 100 c.c. of the +manganous sulphate, we shall have the quantity of permanganate reduced +by the nitric oxide.</p> + +<p>It must, however, be remembered that the value of solution No. 3 is +now to be calculated on the basis of the equation KMnO<sub>2</sub> + NO = +KNO<sub>3</sub> + MnO<sub>2</sub>. One molecule of permanganate equals one molecule of +nitric oxide when manganous sulphate is used, since no part of the +permanganate employed in this method is reduced below the superoxide +condition. In other words, solution No. 3 now represents only +three-fifths as much nitric acid as it does when oxalic acid is used.</p> + +<p>The results obtained by this method were moderately satisfactory, but +not quite so exact as those obtained when oxalic acid was used. A +series of four determinations gave differences, between the volumes of +permanganate calculated and used, of 0.05 to 0.15 c.c.</p> + +<p>The principal objection to the method lies in the difficulty of +determining, in the presence of the brown oxide of manganese, the +exact point at which the oxidation is complete.</p> + +<p>The carbon dioxide generator, A, was devised by us to take the place +of the ordinary generators, in which marble is used. We have found +that a submersion of twenty hours in boiling water does not suffice to +completely remove the air which, as is well known, is contained in +ordinary marble; hence some other substance must be employed as a +source of the gas. In the apparatus which we are about to describe, +the acid carbonate of sodium is used.</p> + +<p>It consists of a long, narrow cylinder (450 x 60 mm.); a tightly +fitting rubber stopper, through which three tubes pass, as shown in +the figure; a small cylinder, F, containing mercury; and a sulphuric +acid reservoir, G.</p> + +<p>The tube, <i>g</i>, is drawn out to a fine point at the end and curved, so +that the acid which is delivered into A falls upon and runs down the +outside of the tube. The tube, h, dips under the mercury in F. G and +<i>g</i> are connected by means of a long piece of rubber tubing which is +supplied with a screw pinch cock.</p> + +<p>The apparatus is made to give any required pressure by raising or +lowering G and F; but the elevation of G, as compared with that of F, +should always be such that the gas will force its way through h rather +than g. The upper part of the cylinder, F, is filled with cotton wool +to prevent loss of mercury by spattering.</p> + +<p>The material placed in A consists of a saturated solution of acid +carbonate of sodium, to which an excess of the solid salt has been +added. The sulphuric acid is the ordinary dilute. The apparatus, if +properly regulated, serves its purpose very well. The principal +precaution to be observed in using it is to avoid a too sudden +relieving of the pressure, which would, of course, result in the +introduction of an unnecessarily large quantity of sulphuric acid into +A.</p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art05" id="art05"></a>WATER OF CRYSTALLIZATION.</h2> + +<h3>By W.W.J. NICOL, M.A., D.Sc.</h3> + + +<p>When a hydrated salt is dissolved, does it retain its water of +crystallization, or does this latter cease to be distinguishable from +the solvent water? Both views have found advocates among chemists who +have looked at the question of solution, and both have been supported +by arguments more or less to the point. But among the possible means +of solving this question there is one which has entirely escaped the +notice of those interested in the subject. And those who hold that +water of crystallization exists in solution have been entirely +oblivious of the fact that, while they are ready to accept the results +of the modern science of thermo-chemistry, and to employ them to +support their views on hydration, yet these very results, if correct, +prove without a shadow of a doubt that water of crystallization does +not exist in solution.</p> + +<p>The proof is so clear and self-evident when once one's attention is +directed to it, that, though I intend to develop it more fully on +another occasion, I feel that it is better to publish an outline of it +at once.</p> + +<p>Thomsen has found that the heat of neutralization of the soluble bases +of the alkalies and alkaline earths with sulphuric acid has a mean +value of 31.150 c. within very narrow limits. When hydrochloric or +nitric acid is employed, the value is 27.640 c., also within very +narrow limits. Now, this agreement of the six bases in their behavior +with sulphuric acid, much more of the seven bases with both HNO<sub>3</sub> +and HCl, is so close that it cannot be regarded as accidental, but, in +the words of Meyer, the heat of formation of a salt in aqueous +solution is a quantity made up of two parts, one a constant for the +base, the other for the acid. But of the twenty salts thus formed, +some are anhydrous in the solid state, others have water of +crystallization, up to ten molecules in the case of Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>. If +water of crystallization exists in solution, it will be necessary to +suppose that this agreement is accidental, which is absurd, as a +glance at the probabilities will show. Thomsen himself expressly +states that he regards the dissolved state as one in which the +conditions are comparable for all substances; this would be impossible +if water of crystallization were present.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_8965" id="Page_8965"></a>A still stronger proof is afforded by the +"<i>avidity</i>" of Thomsen or the "<i>affinity</i>" of Ostwald; both have +worked on the subject, taking no account of water of crystallization, +and the results, <i>e.g.</i>, for H<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub> and HCl with NaHO, where +water of crystallization <i>may</i> come in, are entirely confirmed by +Ostwald's results on inversion and etherification, where there can be +no water of crystallization.</p> + +<p>The proof is complete, water of crystallization cannot be attached to +the salt in solution, or if it is, no heat is evolved on union more +than with solvent water. The alternative is to suppose that the whole +of the above thermo-chemical results are coincidences.</p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art02" id="art02"></a>ALPINE FLOWERS IN THE PYRENEES.</h2> + + +<p>Bagneres De Luchon, in the department of the Haute Garonne, is a gay +town of some 5,000 inhabitants. A friend told me that he once suffered +so much from the heat there in June, that he determined never to go to +the Pyrenees again. We were there the second week in June, and we +suffered more from rain and cold, and were very glad of a fire in the +evening.</p> + +<p>Except to the south, in the direction of the Porte de Venasque, one of +the chief mule passes into Spain during summer, where there are fine +snow-capped mountains, the scenery from the town is not grand, but it +is within easy reach of the wildest parts of the Pyrenees.</p> + +<p>It is the nearest town to the Maladetta, their highest point, in which +the Garonne rises, and among whose rocks is one of the last +strongholds of the ibex or bouquetin, the "wild goat" mentioned by +Homer. Eagles and vultures are to be seen sailing about the sky near +Luchon nearly every day, and bears, which in the Pyrenees are neither +mythical nor formidable, descend to within a few miles of the town +after wild strawberries, which abound there.</p> + +<p>We heard of two female peasants lately gathering wild strawberries who +were suddenly confronted with competitors for the spoil in the shape +of a she bear and two cubs. It was doubtful whether man or beast was +the more surprised. The cubs began to growl, but their dam gave both +of them a box on the ears for their bad manners, and led them away. As +for flowers, the neighborhood of Luchon has the reputation, perhaps +not undeserved, of being the most flowery part of the Pyrenees.</p> + +<p>We went the usual expeditions from the town, in spite of the weather, +and I will try to remember what plants we noticed in each of them. The +first trip was to the Vallee du Lys. In spite of the spelling, the +name suggests lilies of the valley, but we are told that lys is an old +word meaning water, and that the valley took its name from the number +of cataracts, not from lilies, there.</p> + +<p>However this may be, a lily grows there in great profusion, and was +just coming into flower toward the middle of June. It is the Lis de +St. Bruno (Anthericum liliastrum), a plant worthy of giving its name +to a valley of which it is a characteristic feature. Still more +conspicuous at the time when we were there were the Narcissus +poeticus, abundant all round Luchon, but already past in the low +meadows near the town, but higher up, at an elevation of about 4,000 +ft., it was quite at its best, and whitened the ground over many +acres.</p> + +<p>I looked about for varieties, but failed to detect any special +character by which it could be referred to any of the varietal names +given in catalogues, and concluded that it was N. poeticus pure and +simple. Pulmonarias were abundant along the road, as also in the whole +region of the Pyrenees, the character of the leaves varying greatly, +some being spotless, some full of irregular white patches, others with +well defined round spots. They varied, too, from broad heart-shaped to +narrow lanceolate, and I soon concluded that it was hopeless to +attempt any division of the class founded upon the leaves.</p> + +<p>Besides the beautiful flowers of Scabious mentioned before, a new +feature in the meadows here was the abundance of Astrantia major. A +pure white Hesperis matronalis was also common, but I saw no purple +forms of it. Geranium phæum also grew everywhere in the fields, the +color of the flower varying a good deal. Hepaticas were not so common +by the roadside here as at Eaux Bonnes, but are generally distributed. +Many of them have their leaves beautifully marbled, and I selected and +brought away a few of the best, in hopes that they may keep this +character. I was struck everywhere by the one-crowned appearance of +the Hepaticas, as if in their second year from seed.</p> + +<p>On the mountains, where they were still in flower, I did not find the +colors mixed, but on one mountain they would be all white, on another +all blue. I do not recollect to have seen any pink. Meconopsis +cambrica is common in the Pyrenees. I observe that in Grenier's +"French Flora" the color of the flower is given as "jaune orange," but +I never saw it either in England or in France with orange flowers till +I saw it covering a bank by the side of the road to the Vallee du Lys. +I was too much struck by it to delay securing a plant or two, which +was lucky, for when we returned every flower had been gathered by some +rival admirers.</p> + +<p>Another expedition from Luchon is to the Lac d'Oo. This, too, is +famous for flowers; but especially so is a high valley called Val +d'Esquierry, 2,000 ft. or 3,000 ft. above the village d'Oo, at which +the carriage road ends. Botanists call this the garden of the +Pyrenees, and, of course, I was most anxious to see it.</p> + +<p>The landlord of our hotel was quite enthusiastic in his description of +the treat in store for me, enumerating a long catalogue of colors, and +indicating with his hand, palm downward, the height from the ground at +which I was to expect to see each color. I was afterward told that he +had never been to the famous valley, being by no means addicted to +climbing mountains.</p> + +<p>During the first part of the drive from Luchon we saw hanging from the +rocks by the roadside large masses of Saponaria ocymoides, varying +much in the shade of color of the flowers. This is a plant which I +find it better to grow from cuttings than from seed. The best shades +of color are in this way preserved, and the plants are more flowery +and less straggling. As we got near the end of the carriage road, the +meadows became more crowded with flowers known in England only in +gardens.</p> + +<p>Besides such plants as Geranium pyrenaicum growing everywhere on the +banks, the fields were full of a light purple geranium—I think +sylvaticum. Here, too, I noticed Meconopsis cambrica with orange +flowers. Narcissus poeticus was also there, and so were some splendid +thistles, large and rich in color. But the most remarkable part of the +coloring in the meadows was produced by different shades of Viola +cornuta carpeting the ground. We noticed this plant in many parts of +the Pyrenees, but here especially.</p> + +<p>From the end of the road I started with a guide for the promised +garden of the Val d'Esquierry. By the side of the steep and winding +path I noticed Ramondia pyrenaica—the only place I saw it in the +Luchon district. Other notable plants were a quantity of Anemone +alpina of dwarf growth and very large flowers, covering a green knoll +near a stream. A little beyond, Aster alpinus was in flower, of a +bright color, which I can never get it to show in gardens. These, with +the exception of a few saxifrages and daffodils of the variety +muticus, were about the last flowers I saw there.</p> + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/15.png"><img src="./images/15_th.png" alt="GROUP OF ALPINE FLOWERS" /></a><br /> GROUP OF ALPINE FLOWERS</p> + +<p>Promise of flowers there was in abundance. Aconites, I suppose +napellus, and also that form of A. lycoctonum with the large leaves +known as pyrenaicum, were just enough grown to recognize. The large +white Asphodel, called by French botanists A. albus, but better known +in gardens as A. ramosus, which grows everywhere in the Pyrenees, and +the coarse shoots of Gentiana lutea were just showing.</p> + +<p>Further on the daffodils were only just putting their noses through +the yellow dead grass, which the snow had hardly left and was again +beginning to whiten, for the rain, which had been coming down in +torrents ever since I left the carriage and had wet me through, had +now changed to snow. Still I went on, in spite of the bitter cold, +hoping that I should come to some hyperborean region where the flowers +would be all bright; but my guide at last undeceived me, and convinced +me that we were far too early, so we went down again, wiser and +sadder, and I advise my friends who wish to see the Val d'Esquierry in +its beauty not to visit it before July at the earliest.</p> + +<p>I have still one mountain walk to describe, a far more successful one, +but it must be deferred till another week.—<i>C. Wolley Dod, in the +Garden.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + +<p>Turtle shells may be softened by hot water, and if compressed in this +state by screws in iron or brass moulds, may be bent into any shape, +the moulds being then plunged into cold water.</p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art01" id="art01"></a>A CENTURY PLANT IN BLOOM.</h2> + + +<p>A huge agave, or century plant, is now blooming at Auburn, N.Y. A few +days ago the great plant became tinged with a delicate yellowish-white +color, as its 4,000 buds began to develop into the full-blown flowers, +whose penetrating fragrance, not unlike that of the pond lily, now +attracts swarms of bees and other insects. The plant was purchased in +1837 by the owner, and was then twelve years old. For half a century +the agave has lain around his greenhouses in company with several +others, and no special care has been taken of it, except to protect it +somehow in winter, that it might be fresh for the next summer's +growth. The plant has always been a hardy specimen, and required +little care. Its whole life, now speedily approaching a termination in +the fulfillment of the end of its existence—flowering—has been a +sluggish course. Its growth has been steady and its development +gradual. Occasionally it has thrust out a spiked leaf until, in size, +it became greater than its fellow plants and took on the likeness of +an enormous cabbage which had been arrested in its development and +failed to attain perfection. Early last April its appearance began to +undergo a decided change. Its resemblance to a cabbage lessened, and +it began to look like a giant asparagus plant. On April 12, the great +fleshy leaves, massed together so as to impress the imprint of their +spines upon one another, began to unfold, and a thick, succulent bud +burst up amid the leaves. Slowly the stalk developed from the bud and +assumed gigantic proportions. Green scales appeared in regular +arrangement about the stalk, marking the points from which lateral +branches were to spring. The thick stalk, tender and brittle at first +as new asparagus, became tough and hard enough to resist a knife, and +its surface assumed the gritty character of the leaves of the plant. +The low roof of the hothouse became an obstruction to further growth, +and had to be removed. Lateral limbs were, at a later period, thrust +out in great numbers, each of them bearing small branches, as do +strawberry plants, on which hang sprays of buds in bunches of from +three to ten, making in all many hundreds, all waiting for the +completion and blooming of the topmost buds. The inflorescence of the +century plant is peculiar, and the appearance of flowers on the lower +branches may be simultaneous with, or consecutive to, the blossoming +on the upper limbs. With the appearance of the lateral outshoots the +great aloe lost its likeness to asparagus, and at present bears +resemblance to an immense candelabra. The plant is now fully matured, +and has a height of twenty-seven feet. There are thirty-three branches +on the main stem, and, by actual count, one of the lateral limbs was +found to bear 273 perfect buds, some of whose green sepals have +spread, revealing the yellowish-white petals and essential parts of +the plant. The ample panicles crowded with curious blossoms are, as, +indeed, the Greek name of the plant—agave—signifies, wonderful.</p> + +<p>There is a pathetic view to be taken of the great plant's present +condition. For years it has been preparing to flower, and the shoot it +has sent up is the dying effort. The blossoms carry in them the life +of new plants, and the old plant dies in giving them birth. It is +commonly supposed that this plant, the <i>Agave Americana</i>, or American +aloe, blooms only at the end of 100 years, hence the common name +century plant.</p> + +<p>Only two plants are on record among the floriculturists as having +bloomed in New York State. Thirty years ago, a century plant, of which +the Casey aloe was a slip, flowered in the greenhouses of the Van +Rensselaer family at Albany. In 1869, a second plant blossomed at +Rochester. At present, two aloes, one at Albany, the other at +Brooklyn, are reported as giving evidences of approaching maturity. +They are pronounced not American aloes, or century plants, but <i>Agave +Virginica</i>, a plant of the same family commonly found in sterile soil +from Virginia to Illinois and south, and blossoming much more +frequently. In Mexico the century plant is turned to practical account +and made a profitable investment to its owners. After the scape has +reached its full growth it is hewn down, and the sap, which fills the +hollow at its base, is ladled out and converted by fermentation into +"agave wine," or "pulque," the favorite drink of the Mexicans. This +pulque, or octli, has an acid resembling that of cider, and a very +disagreeable odor, but the taste is cooling and refreshing. A brandy +distilled from pulque is called "aquardiente," or "mexical." The +plant, by tapping, can be made to yield a quart of sap daily. The +fibers of the leaves when dried furnish a coarse thread known as Pita +flax, and when green are used in Mexico as fodder for cattle. Razor +strops or hones are also made from the leaves, which contain an +abundance of silica and give rise to a very sharp edge on a knife +applied with friction across the surface of the dried leaf.</p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art10" id="art10"></a><a name="Page_8966" id="Page_8966"></a>CREOSOTE A SPECIFIC FOR ERYSIPELAS.</h2> + + +<p>Time was when the advocate of a specific was laughed at by the +scientific world, but since it is known that so many forms of disease +are the direct result of some kind of germ life, it is no longer a +misnomer to call a medicine which will certainly and always destroy +the germ which produces so many forms of disease a specific.</p> + +<p>In the light of this definition, founded upon the experience of forty +years' successful practice in treating this form of disease with +creosote, the writer is prepared to indorse the heading of this +article. Having used all the different remedies ordinarily prescribed, +they have long since been laid aside, and this one used in all forms +of the disease exclusively, and with uniform success.</p> + +<p>In 1863 it was the writer's fortune to spend several weeks in a +military hospital in Memphis as a volunteer surgeon, under the +direction of Dr. Lord. In conversation with him, the use of this +article was mentioned, which appeared new to him, and a case was put +under treatment with it, with such prompt favorable results as to +elicit his hearty commendation, and, at his suggestion, +Surgeon-General Hammond was informed of it.</p> + +<p>All injuries, of whatever kind, have been treated with dressings of +this remedy, and where this has been done from the first to last, in +no instance has there been an attack of erysipelas.</p> + +<p>The usual manner of application was in solution of six to twenty drops +to the ounce of water, keeping the parts covered with cloths +constantly wet with it. In ulcers or wounds it may be used in the form +of a poultice, by stirring ground elm into the solution, the strength +to be regulated according to the virulence of the attack. Ordinarily, +ten drops to the ounce is strong enough for the cutaneous form of the +disease and in dressings for wounds or recent injuries. If the +inflammation threatens to spread rapidly, it should be increased to +twenty or more drops to the ounce of water.</p> + +<p>The antiseptic properties of this remedy render it of additional +value, as it will certainly destroy the tendency to unhealthy +suppuration, and thus prevent septicæmia.</p> + +<p>In the treatment of hundreds of cases of erysipelas but one fatal case +has occurred, and that one in an old and depraved system. In the less +violent attacks no other remedy was used, but where constitutional +treatment was indicated, the usual appropriate tonics were prescribed.</p> + +<p>There is no question in my mind but that creosote is as much a +specific in erysipelas as quinine is in intermittent fever, and may be +used with as much confidence.—<i>St. Louis Med. Jour.</i></p> + +<hr /> + + + + +<h2><a name="art09" id="art09"></a>A NEW APPARATUS FOR THE STUDY OF CARDIAC DRUGS.</h2> + +<h3>By WILLIAM GILMAN THOMPSON, M.D., New York.</h3> + + +<p>The apparatus was devised by Mr. R.D. Gray (the inventor of the +ingenious "vest camera" and other photographic improvements) and by +myself. I described what was required and suggested various +modifications and improvements, but the mechanical details were worked +out exclusively by him. To test the rapidity of the camera, we +photographed a "horse-timer" clock, with a dial marking quarter +seconds, and succeeded in taking five distinct photographs in half a +second with <i>one</i> lens, which has never before been accomplished +excepting by Professor Marey,<a name="FNanchor_12" id="FNanchor_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12"><sup>1</sup></a> at the College de France, who has +taken successive views of flying birds, falling balls, etc., with one +lens at a very rapid rate. His camera was unknown to me until after +mine was constructed, so that as a success in photography alone the +work is interesting.</p> + +<p>The camera consists of a circular brass box, 5½ inches in diameter and +1¼ inches deep, containing a circular vulcanite shutter with two +apertures, behind which is placed a circular dry plate. Both plate and +shutter are revolved in opposite directions to each other by a simple +arrangement of four cogged wheels moved by a single crank. The box is +perforated at one side by a circular opening, 1¾ inches in diameter, +from the margin of which projects at a right angle a long brass tube +(Fig. 1), which carries the lens. In Fig. 2 the lid of the box has +been removed, and the bottom of the box, with the wheels, springs, and +partially closed shutter, is presented. The lid is double—that is, it +is a flat box in itself. It contains nothing but the dry plate, +supported at its center upon a small brass disk, against which disk it +is firmly pressed by a pivot attached to a spring fastened in the lid. +The aperture in one side of this double lid, which corresponds with +that seen in the floor of the box, may be closed by a slide, so that +the lid containing the plate can be removed like an ordinary plate +holder and carried to a dark room, where it is opened and the plate is +changed. When the lid is replaced this slide is removed, and as the +shutter is made to revolve, the light falls upon whatever portion of +the dry plate happens to be opposite the opening.</p> + +<p>By reference to Fig. 2, it will be seen that when the large wheel +which projects outside of the box is revolved by a crank, it turns the +small ratchet wheel, which bears an eccentric pawl. (The crank has +been removed in Fig. 2; it is seen in Fig. 1.) The central wheel has +only six cogs. The pawl is pressed into one of these cogs by a spring. +It pushes the central wheel around one-sixth of its circumference, +when it returns to be pressed into the next cog. While the pawl +returns, it necessarily leaves the central wheel at rest, and whatever +momentum this wheel carries is checked by a simple stop pressed by a +spring upon the opposite side. The central wheel carries a square +axle, which projects through a small hole in the center of the double +lid and fits into the brass disk before alluded to, causing the disk +to revolve with the axle. The disk is covered by rubber cloth; and as +the dry plate is pressed firmly against the rubber surface by the +spring in the lid, the plate adheres to the rubber and revolves with +the disk. Thus every complete revolution of the central wheel in the +floor of the box carries with it the dry plate, stops it, and moves it +on again six times. The velocity of revolution of the plate is only +limited by the rapidity with which one can turn the crank.</p> + +<p>The shutter is revolved in the opposite direction by a wheel whose +cogs are seen fitting into those of the little wheel carrying the +eccentric pawl.</p> + +<p class="center"><a href="./images/16a.png"><img src="./images/16a_th.png" alt="FIG. 1.—THE CAMERA MOUNTED." /></a><br /> FIG. 1.—THE CAMERA MOUNTED.</p> + +<p>The two apertures in the shutter are so placed that at the instant of +exposure of the plate it is momentarily at rest, while the plate when +moving is covered by the shutters. This arrangement prevents vibration +of the plate and blurring of the image. The camera is mounted by two +lateral axles with screw clamps upon two iron stands, such as are in +common use in chemical laboratories. A brass rod attached to the tube +steadies it, and allows it to be screwed fast at any angle +corresponding to the angle at which the heart is placed. It is thus +easy to put a manometer tube in the femoral artery of an animal, bend +it up alongside of the exposed heart, and simultaneously photograph +the cardiac contraction and the degree of rise of the fluid in the +manometer(!). The tube is arranged like the draw tube of a microscope. +It is made long, so as to admit of taking small hearts at life-size. +The stand carries a support for the frog or other animal to be +experimented upon, and a bottle of physiological salt solution kept +warm by a spirit lamp beneath.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/16b.png" alt="FIG. 2.—INTERIOR OF THE CAMERA." /><br /> FIG. 2.—INTERIOR OF THE CAMERA.</p> + +<p>The whole apparatus is readily packed in a small space. I have already +taken a number of photographs of various hearts and intestines with +it, and the contraction of the heart of the frog produced by +<i>Strophanthus hispidus</i>, the new cardiac stimulant, is seen in Fig. 3, +taken by this new instrument. The apparatus has the great advantage +that six photographs of a single cardiac pulsation, or of any muscular +contraction, may be easily taken in less than one second, or, by +simply turning the crank slower, they may be taken at any desired rate +to keep pace with the rhythm of the heart. The second hand of a watch +may be placed in the field of view and simultaneously photographed +with the heart, so that there can be no question about the series of +photographs all belonging to one pulsation.</p> + +<p class="center"><img src="./images/16c.png" alt="FIG. 3.—PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE HEART IN MOTION." /> +<br />FIG. 3.—PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE HEART IN MOTION.<br /><br /> +1, Normal diastole; 2, auricular systole; 3, ventricular systole. 1, +2, 3 were taken in a half second; 4, 5, 6, same as 1, 2, 3, after +injection of toxic dose of Strophanthus hispidus. 4, 5, 6 were taken +in a half second. The pulse rate was 74.</p> + +<p>I have already called attention<a name="FNanchor_13" id="FNanchor_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13"><sup>2</sup></a> to the ease with which these +photographs are enlarged for lecture room demonstration, either on +paper or in a stereopticon, and the ease with which they may be +reproduced in print to illustrate the action of drugs.</p> + + +<p><a name="Footnote_12" id="Footnote_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12">[1]</a></p><div class="note"><p>La Methode Graphique (Supplement), Paris, 1885.</p></div> + +<p><a name="Footnote_13" id="Footnote_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13">[2]</a></p><div class="note"><p> +<i>Medical Record</i>, loc. cit.; Recent Advances in Methods +of Studying the Heart, <i>Medical Press</i>, Buffalo, March 1, 1886, p. +234; Instantaneous Photographs of the Heart, Johns Hopkins University +Circulars, March, 1886, p. 60.</p></div> + +<hr /> + + +<p>A CATALOGUE containing brief notices of many important scientific +papers heretofore published in the SUPPLEMENT, may be had gratis at +this office.</p> + +<hr /> + + +<h3>THE</h3> + +<h2>Scientific American Supplement.</h2> + +<h3>PUBLISHED WEEKLY.</h3> + +<p class="center">Terms of Subscription, $5 a year.</p> + +<p>Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to subscribers in any part of the +United States or Canada. Six dollars a year, sent, prepaid, to any +foreign country.</p> + +<p>All the back numbers of THE SUPPLEMENT, from the commencement, January +1, 1876, can be had. Price, 10 cents each.</p> + +<p>All the back volumes of THE SUPPLEMENT can likewise be supplied. Two +volumes are issued yearly. Price of each volume, $2.50 stitched in +paper, or $3.50 bound in stiff covers.</p> + +<p>COMBINED RATES.—One copy of SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN and one copy of +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT, one year, postpaid, $7.00.</p> + +<p>A liberal discount to booksellers, news agents, and canvassers.</p> + +<p class="center"><b>MUNN& CO., Publishers, <br />361 Broadway, New York, N. Y.</b></p> + +<hr /> + + +<h2>PATENTS.</h2> + +<p>In connection with the <b>Scientific American</b>, Messrs. MUNN & Co. are +solicitors of American and Foreign Patents, have had 42 years' +experience, and now have the largest establishment in the world. +Patents are obtained on the best terms.</p> + +<p>A special notice is made in the <b>Scientific American</b> of all +inventions patented through this Agency, with the name and residence +of the Patentee. By the immense circulation thus given, public +attention is directed to the merits of the new patent, and sales or +introduction often easily effected.</p> + +<p>Any person who has made a new discovery or invention can ascertain, +free of charge, whether a patent can probably be obtained, by writing +to MUNN & Co.</p> + +<p>We also send free our Hand Book about the Patent Laws, Patents +Caveats, Trade Marks, their costs, and how procured. Address</p> + +<p class="center"><b>Munn & Co., 361 Broadway, New York.</b></p> + +<p class="center">Branch Office, 622 and 624 F St., Washington, D.C.</p> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. +561, October 2, 1886, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + +***** This file should be named 16360-h.htm or 16360-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/3/6/16360/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Jeannie Howse, Victoria +Woosley and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/16360-h/images/10a.png b/16360-h/images/10a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f856f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/10a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/10b.png b/16360-h/images/10b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..57f54c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/10b.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/10c.png b/16360-h/images/10c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..219cfc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/10c.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/11.png b/16360-h/images/11.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..da50d47 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/11.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/12a.png b/16360-h/images/12a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce7f7a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/12a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/12b.png b/16360-h/images/12b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2df1674 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/12b.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/14.png b/16360-h/images/14.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..80f5eef --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/14.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/15.png b/16360-h/images/15.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e26b24d --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/15.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/15_th.png b/16360-h/images/15_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0ba6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/15_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/16a.png b/16360-h/images/16a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..07645e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/16a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/16a_th.png b/16360-h/images/16a_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..af76410 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/16a_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/16b.png b/16360-h/images/16b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8385d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/16b.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/16c.png b/16360-h/images/16c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..450ef91 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/16c.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/1a.png b/16360-h/images/1a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8cc2e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/1a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/1a_th.png b/16360-h/images/1a_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e30510 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/1a_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/1b.png b/16360-h/images/1b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b98172b --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/1b.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/1b_th.png b/16360-h/images/1b_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..017df60 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/1b_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/2a.png b/16360-h/images/2a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..48bb0df --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/2a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/2a_th.png b/16360-h/images/2a_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a13a324 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/2a_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/2b.png b/16360-h/images/2b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9713d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/2b.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/2b_th.png b/16360-h/images/2b_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e830dd --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/2b_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/2c.png b/16360-h/images/2c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1b8c99 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/2c.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/4a.png b/16360-h/images/4a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..02b2337 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/4a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/4a_th.png b/16360-h/images/4a_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f59aee --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/4a_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/4b.png b/16360-h/images/4b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e04b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/4b.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/4b_th.png b/16360-h/images/4b_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0814189 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/4b_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/4c.png b/16360-h/images/4c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c5412f --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/4c.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/4c_th.png b/16360-h/images/4c_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..509b1d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/4c_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/6a.png b/16360-h/images/6a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..002e143 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/6a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/7a.png b/16360-h/images/7a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0076af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/7a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/7b.png b/16360-h/images/7b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..96028b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/7b.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/7b_th.png b/16360-h/images/7b_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a32d8aa --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/7b_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/7c.png b/16360-h/images/7c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf8df74 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/7c.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/8a.png b/16360-h/images/8a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce4481f --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/8a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/8b.png b/16360-h/images/8b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f39fd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/8b.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/8c.png b/16360-h/images/8c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4996267 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/8c.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/8d.png b/16360-h/images/8d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c7b760 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/8d.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/9a.png b/16360-h/images/9a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c3ebb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/9a.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/9b.png b/16360-h/images/9b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c19e66 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/9b.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/9c.png b/16360-h/images/9c.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a1b688 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/9c.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/9c_th.png b/16360-h/images/9c_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc5cb20 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/9c_th.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/9d.png b/16360-h/images/9d.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4459b92 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/9d.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/9e.png b/16360-h/images/9e.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb9d71b --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/9e.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/title.png b/16360-h/images/title.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb6c5f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/title.png diff --git a/16360-h/images/title_th.png b/16360-h/images/title_th.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..62748f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360-h/images/title_th.png diff --git a/16360.txt b/16360.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..afa9302 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5282 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. 561, +October 2, 1886, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Scientific American Supplement, No. 561, October 2, 1886 + +Author: Various + +Release Date: July 27, 2005 [EBook #16360] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + + + + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Jeannie Howse, Victoria +Woosley and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +www.pgdp.net + + + + + +[Illustration] + + + + +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT NO. 561 + + + + +NEW YORK, OCTOBER 2, 1886 + +Scientific American Supplement. Vol. XXII., No. 561. + +Scientific American established 1845 + +Scientific American Supplement, $5 a year. + +Scientific American and Supplement, $7 a year. + + * * * * * + + + + +TABLE OF CONTENTS. + + +I. BOTANY.--A Century Plant in Bloom.--Interesting account of + the recent blossoming of an _Agave Americana_ at + Auburn, N.Y. 8965 + + Alpine Flowers in the Pyrenees.--1 illustration. 8965 + +II. CHEMISTRY.--Probable Isolation of Fluorine.--Decomposition + of hydrofluoric acid by an electric current.--By M.H. + MOISSAN.--Production of a new body, possibly fluorine, or + perfluoride of hydrogen. 8963 + + The Determination of Nitric Acid by the Absorption of Nitric + Oxide in a Standard Solution of Permanganate of Potash.-- + By H.N. MORSE and A.F. LINN. Full description of a new and + important volumetric determination.--1 illustration. 8964 + + Water of Crystallization.--By W.W.J. NICOL, M.A., D.Sc.-- + Discussion of the state of water of crystallization in a + salt in solution. 8964 + +III. ENGINEERING.--Combustion, Fire Boxes, and Steam Boilers--By + JOHN A. COLEMAN.--Address before the June Convention of + the Master Mechanics' Association. 8953 + + Compound Hydraulic Presses.--Different forms of presses + designed for pressing bales for shipment.--Very fully + illustrated by 8 figures. 8951 + + Examination Papers in General Construction.--Eighty-six + questions in engineering propounded by the civil service + examiners of New York city. 8956 + +IV. MEDICINE AND PHYSIOLOGY.--A New Apparatus for the Study of + Cardiac Drugs.--By WILLIAM GILMAN THOMPSON, M.D.--Ingenious + application of instantaneous photography to the study + of heart movements.--Apparatus and views produced.--3 + illustrations. 8966 + + Creosote a Specific for Erysipelas,--A new cure for this + complaint. 8966 + +V. METALLURGY.--Primitive Iron Manufacture.--Iron furnace + and blowing apparatus in use in Bengal.--2 illustrations. 8962 + +VI. MINING ENGINEERING.--The Catastrophe at Chancelade.-- + Application of photography to investigating mine disasters. + --4 illustrations. 8962 + +VII. MISCELLANEOUS.--Celebration of the 500th Anniversary of the + University of Heidelberg. August, 1886. 8957 + + Useful Bags and How to Make Them.--Interesting paper on the + trunk makers' art.--4 illustrations. 8960 + +VIII. NAVAL ENGINEERING.--Atlantic Steamers.--By W. JOHN.-- + Exhaustive comparison of representative Atlantic liners + and war ships.--3 illustrations. 8954 + + Jet Propellers.--Hydraulic propulsion of vessels.-- + Mathematical examination of this subject. 8951 + +IX. ORDNANCE.--The New Army Gun.--Description of the 8-inch + steel gun as manufactured at the West Point, N.Y., + Foundry.--1 illustration. 8952 + +X. PHYSICS.--A New Thermo Regulator.--1 illustration. 8959 + + Cohesion and Cohesion Figures.--By WILLIAM ACKROYD, + F.I.C.--Laws of vortex rings examined, and relation of + solubility to cohesion. 8963 + + Pipette for taking the Density of Liquids.--Apparatus and + calculations for use.--1 illustration. 8959 + +XI. TECHNOLOGY.--Impurities in Photographic Chemicals, and + Tests for Same.--Table referred to in a paper read before + the Birmingham Photographic Society by G.M. Jones, M.P.S. 8957 + + Molasses, how made.--Work on Plantations Graphically + Described.* 8961 + + Optical errors and human mistakes.--By ERNST GUNDLACH.--On + the examination of optical glasses.--A paper read before + the Buffalo meeting of the A.A.A.S. 8963 + + Soap.--By HENRY LEFFMANN, Ph.D. 8962 + + Somzee's New Gas Burners.--Interesting description of + regenerative burners.--9 figures. 8958 + + The Clamond Gas Burner.--Of value as a supplement to the + above named article, describing an incandescent burner. + --1 illustration. 8959 + + Wood Oil.--A new industry worked on the large scale in + Sweden. 8962 + + + * Transcriber's Note: "Work on Plantations..." was + originally part of TOC entry "Optical Errors..." + + + * * * * * + + + + +COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESSES. + + +In a hydraulic packing press, the work done by the ram during one +stroke may be roughly divided into two periods, in the first of which +the resistance, although gradually increasing, may be called light, +while in the second the resistance is heavy. The former of these two +periods embraces the greater part of the stroke, and it is only a +small proportion at the end which requires the exercise of the full +power of the press to bring the material to the determined degree of +consolidation. Consequently, if a hydraulic press is to be worked so +as to waste no time, it requires to be provided with means by which +its table may be made to rise rapidly during the portion of the stroke +when the resistance is small, and afterward more slowly when the +entire power of the pumps is being expended upon the final squeeze. +Many methods of obtaining this end have been devised, and are in +common use both here and abroad. It is, however, more particularly in +the packing of raw material that such appliances are useful, since the +goods pressed into bales in this country are not usually of a very +yielding nature, and consequently do not require a long stroke to +bring them to a high state of compression. In India and Egypt, from +whence cotton is sent in bales, presses must have a long stroke; and +unless they can be worked rapidly, a very considerable amount of plant +is required to get through a moderate quantity of work. To meet the +necessities of these countries, Mr. Watson has devised several forms +of press in which not only is the table made to rise rapidly through +the greater part of its stroke, but the rams are kept almost +constantly in motion, so that the time occupied in filling the box +with raw cotton and in placing the ties round the bales is not lost. + +[Illustration: COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 1 and 2.] + +We illustrate four forms of Mr. Watson's presses, Fig. 1 being an +earlier construction, which, although very rapid at the date at which +it was brought out, has been far surpassed in celerity by the +arrangements shown in Figs. 3 to 8. It was introduced in 1873, and +forty-three presses according to this design were sent to India by the +makers, Messrs. Fawcett, Preston & Co., of Phoenix Foundry, +Liverpool, between that year and 1880. Four presses of this kind are +worked by one engine, having a cylinder 20 in. by 3 ft. stroke, and +driving eighteen to twenty pumps of varying diameter and short stroke. +The press has two long-stroke rams, LL, of small diameter, to compress +the loose material, and two short-stroke rams, FF, of large diameter, +to give the final squeeze. These two pairs of rams act alternately, +the one pair being idle while the other is in operation. The lashing +of the bale takes place while the larger rams are in action, the bale +being supported on the grid, B, which is pushed under it through +grooves formed in the press-head, S (Fig. 1). When the grid is in +place the press-head can be lowered, and the box be filled, while the +bale is receiving its final squeeze from the inverted rams above. + +In Figs. 1 and 2 the press is shown in the position it would occupy if +the bale, M, were just completed and ready to be pushed out, and the +box, N, were full of material. The filling doors, CC, are shown turned +back level with the floor, the main doors, AA, are open, as are also +the end doors, KK, to admit the men to fasten up the bale. If water be +admitted to the subsidiary cylinder, H, the head, G, and two rams, FF, +will be raised, and then the bale, M, can be thrown out finished. All +the doors are now closed and water admitted to the rams, LL. These +immediately rise, pushing the contents of the box, N, before them, and +compressing them until the table, S, reaches the level of the grid, B. +At this moment the tappet rod, D, shuts off the water, and withdraws +the bolt of the doors, AA, which fly open. The grid, B (Fig. 2), is +then run through the grooves in the press-head, S, and the rams, LL, +are allowed to descend ready for a baling cloth to be inserted through +the doors, EE, and for the box, N, to be refilled. At the same time +the head, G, comes down on to the bale and compresses it still +further, while the men are at work lashing it. When the material is in +hanks, like jute, the rams, LL, are lowered slowly, while a man +standing inside the box, at about the level of the floor, packs the +material neatly on the table. + +These presses can be worked with great rapidity, the average output +during a day varying from 21 to 28 bales an hour. The consumption of +coal per bale is 9 lb. of Bengal coal, in value about 3/4d. The density +of the cotton bales produced is about 45 lb. per cubic foot, 400 lb. +measuring a little under 9 cubic feet for shipment. In the case of +jute or jute roots, the same weight occupies 10 cubic feet on an +average. But rapid as this press is in action, the necessities of +recent business in India have called for still more expeditious +working, and to meet this demand Mr. Watson produced his compound +press, in which the economy of time is carried to its utmost +development. By the addition of a second pair of long-stroke rams the +output of the press has been trebled, being raised to 80 bales per +hour. To effect this, there is one pair of powerful rams, as in the +press just described, but two pairs of the long-stroke rams. Further, +each pair of the small-diameter rams is fitted with two boxes, one of +which is always being filled while the other is being pressed. The +rams in rising compress the material into a small cell or box, +situated above the box in which raw cotton is thrown. On the top of +the ram head there is a loose lashing plate, which, at the finish of +the action of the rams, is locked in the cell by bolts actuated by a +suitable locking gear. While in this cell the bale has the lashing +ropes put round it, and then it is placed under the large rams for the +final squeeze, during which the ties or ropes are permanently secured. +Thus neither of the small presses has even to wait while its box is +being filled, or while the previously pressed bale is being lashed. +Even in the large press, when the ties are finally fastened, the time +occupied does not exceed three-quarters of a minute, and is often much +less. + +[Illustration: COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 3 and 4.] + +This press is shown in Figs. 3 and 4. The small rams are arranged at +either side of the large ones, which, in this case, are not inverted. +To each of the smaller presses there is a pair of boxes mounted on a +vertical column, around which they can revolve to bring either box +over the rain head. When the left hand rams rise, the material is +delivered into the cell, D, which previously has had its doors (Fig. +4) closed. To permit of the cell, D, being moved out of the way, it is +mounted so that it can revolve on one of the columns of the main +press, first into the position shown at B (Fig. 4), and afterward to C +(Fig. 3). While at D, the bale in the cell (called from its +construction a revolver) is partly lashed, the ties or ropes being put +into position. It is then rotated until it comes over the large rams, +where the bale is still more compressed and secured. + +It must be admitted that this press provides for the greatest possible +economy of time, and for the largest output, for the capital employed, +which can be attained. The rams and the men are constantly in action, +and not a single moment is lost. For filling each box 78 seconds are +allowed, and there is ample time for the preliminary lashing. + +[Illustration: COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 5 and 6.] + +Figs. 5 and 6 show a modification of this press, designed to turn out +sixty bales per hour. It has only one set of long-stroke rams, with +three revolvers. The bale receives its preliminary lashing while in +the position, B (Fig. 6). Fifty-three seconds are available for +filling the box, and the same time for the preliminary lashing. It is +found, however, that three-quarters of a minute is sufficient for the +complete hooping of a bale. + +[Illustration: COMPOUND HYDRAULIC PRESS. FIGS. 7 and 8.] + +Figs. 7 and 8 show a similar press intended for jute pressing. This +has only one box, which is fixed, as the material has to be packed in +an orderly manner. Its speed is sixty bales an hour.--_Engineering._ + + * * * * * + + + + +JET PROPELLERS.--HYDRAULIC PROPULSION OF VESSELS. + + +Certain mechanical devices appear to exercise a remarkable influence +on some minds, and engineers are blamed for not adopting them, in no +very measured terms in some cases. It is not in any way necessary that +these devices should have been invented by the men who advocate their +adoption, in order to secure that advocacy. The intrinsic attractions +of the scheme suffice to evoke eulogy; and engineers sometimes find it +very difficult to make those who believe in such devices understand +that there are valid reasons standing in the way of their adoption. +One such device is hydraulic propulsion. A correspondent in a recent +impression suggested its immediate and extended use in yachts at all +events, and we willingly published his letter, because the system does +no doubt lend itself very freely to adoption for a particular class of +yachts, namely, those provided with auxiliary power only. But because +this is the case it must not be assumed that the jet propeller is +better than screw or paddle-wheel propulsion; and it is just as well, +before, correspondence extends further, that we should explain why and +in what way it is not satisfactory. The arguments to be urged in favor +of hydraulic propulsion are many and cogent; but it will not fail to +strike our readers, we think, that all these arguments refer, not to +the efficiency of the system, but to its convenience. A ship with a +hydraulic propeller can sail without let or hindrance; a powerful pump +is provided, which will deal with an enormous leak, and so on. If all +the good things which hydraulic propulsion promises could be had +combined with a fair efficiency, then the days of the screw propeller +and the paddle wheel would be numbered; but the efficiency of the +hydraulic propeller is very low, and we hope to make the reason why it +is low intelligible to readers who are ignorant of mathematics. Those +who are not ignorant of them will find no difficulty in applying them +to what we have to say, and arriving at similar conclusions in a +different way. + +Professor Greenhill has advanced in our pages a new theory of the +screw propeller. As the series of papers in which he puts forward his +theory is not complete, we shall not in any way criticise it; but we +must point out that the view he takes is not that taken by other +writers and reasoners on the subject, and in any case it will not +apply to hydraulic propulsion. For these reasons we shall adhere in +what we are about to advance to the propositions laid down by +Professor Rankine, as the exponent of the hitherto received theory of +the whole subject. When a screw or paddle wheel is put in motion, a +body of water is driven astern and the ship is driven ahead. Water, +from its excessive mobility, is incapable of giving any resistance to +the screw or paddle save that due to its inertia. If, for example, we +conceive of the existence of a sea without any inertia, then we can +readily understand that the water composing such a sea would offer no +resistance to being pushed astern by paddle or screw. When a gun is +fired, the weapon moves in one direction--this is called its +recoil--while the shot moves in another direction. The same +principal--_pace_ Professor Greenhill--operates to cause the movement +of a ship. The water is driven in one direction, the ship in another. +Now, Professor Rankine has laid down the proposition that, other +things being equal, that propeller must be most efficient which sends +the largest quantity of water astern at the slowest speed. This is a +very important proposition, and it should be fully grasped and +understood in all its bearings. The reason why of it is very simple. +Returning for a moment to our gun, we see that a certain amount of +work is done on it in causing it to recoil; but the whole of the work +done by the powder is, other things being equal, a constant quantity. +The sum of the work done on the shot and on the gun in causing their +motions is equal to the energy expended by the powder, consequently +the more work we do on the gun, the less is available for the shot. It +can be shown that, if the gun weighed no more than the shot, when the +charge was ignited the gun and the shot would proceed in opposite +directions at similar velocities--very much less than that which the +shot would have had had the gun been held fast, and very much greater +than the gun would have had if its weight were, as is usually the +case, much in excess of that of the shot. In like manner, part of the +work of a steam engine is done in driving the ship ahead, and part in +pushing the water astern. An increase in the weight of water is +equivalent to an augmentation in the weight of our gun and its +carriage--of all that, in short, takes part in the recoil. + +But, it will be urged, it is just the same thing to drive a large body +of water astern at a slow speed as a small body at a high speed. This +is the favorite fallacy of the advocates of hydraulic propulsion. The +turbine or centrifugal pump put into the ship drives astern through +the nozzles at each side a comparatively small body of water at a very +high velocity. In some early experiments we believe that a velocity of +88 ft. per second, or 60 miles an hour, was maintained. A screw +propeller operating with an enormously larger blade area than any pump +can have, drives astern at very slow speed a vast weight of water at +every revolution; therefore, unless it can be shown that the result is +the same whether we use high speed and small quantities or low speed +and large quantities, the case of the hydraulic propeller is hopeless. +But this cannot be done. It is a fact, on the contrary, that the work +wasted on the water increases in a very rapid ratio with its speed. +The work stored up in the moving water is expressed in foot pounds by +the formula + + W v squared / 2g + +where W stands for the weight of the water, and v for its velocity. +But the work stored in the water must have been derived from the +engine; consequently the waste of engine power augments, not in the +ratio of the speed of the water, but in the ratio of the square of its +speed. Thus if a screw sends 100 tons of water astern at a speed of 10 +ft. per second per second, the work wasted will be 156 foot tons per +second in round numbers. If a hydraulic propeller sent 10 tons astern +at 100 ft. per second per second, the work done on it would be 1,562 +foot tons per second, or ten times as much. But the reaction effort, +or thrust on the ship, would be the same in both cases. The waste of +energy would, under such circumstances, be ten times as great with the +hydraulic propeller as with the screw. In other words, the slip would +be magnified in that proportion. Of course, it will be understood that +we are not taking into account resistances, and defects proper to the +screw, from which hydraulic propulsion is free, nor are we considering +certain drawbacks to the efficiency of the hydraulic propeller, from +which the screw is exempt; all that we are dealing with is the waste +of power in the shape of work done in moving water astern which we do +not want to move, but cannot help moving. If our readers have followed +us so far, they will now understand the bearing of Rankine's +proposition, that that propeller is best which moves the greatest +quantity of water astern at the slowest speed. The weight of water +moved is one factor of the thrust, and consequently the greater that +weight, other things being equal, the greater the propelling force +brought to bear on the ship. + +It may be urged, and with propriety, that the results obtained in +practice with the jet propeller are more favorable than our reasoning +would indicate as possible; but it will be seen that we have taken no +notice of conditions which seriously affect the performance of a +screw. There is no doubt that it puts water in motion not astern. It +twists it up in a rope, so to speak. Its skin frictional resistance is +very great. In a word, in comparing the hydraulic system with the +normal system, we are comparing two very imperfect things together; +but the fact remains, and applies up to a certain point, that the +hydraulic propeller must be very inefficient, because it, of all +propellers, drives the smallest quantity of water astern at the +highest velocity. + +There is, moreover, another and a very serious defect in the hydraulic +propeller as usually made, which is that every ton of water passed +through it has the velocity of the ship herself suddenly imparted to +it. That is to say, the ship has to drag water with her. To illustrate +our meaning, let us suppose that a canal boat passes below a stage or +platform a mile long, on which are arranged a series of sacks of corn. +Let it further be supposed that as the canal boat passes along the +platform, at a speed of say five miles an hour, one sack shall be +dropped into the boat and another dropped overboard continuously. It +is evident that each sack, while it remains in the boat, will have a +speed the same as that of the boat, though it had none before. Work +consequently is done on each sack, in overcoming its inertia by +imparting a velocity of five miles an hour to it, and all this work +must be done by the horse towing on the bank. In like manner the +hydraulic propeller boat is continually taking in tons of water, +imparting her own velocity to them, and then throwing them overboard. +The loss of efficiency from this source may become enormous. So great, +indeed, is the resistance due to this cause that it precludes the +notion of anything like high speeds being attained. We do not mean to +assert that a moderate degree of efficiency may not be got from +hydraulic propulsion, but it can only be had by making the quantity of +water sent astern as great as possible and its velocity as small as +possible. That is to say, very large nozzles must be employed. Again, +provision will have to be made for sending the water through the +propeller in such a way that it shall have as little as possible of +the motion of the ship imparted to it. But as soon as we begin to +reduce these principles to practice, it will be seen that we get +something very like a paddle wheel hung in the middle of the boat and +working through an aperture in her hull, or else a screw propeller put +into a tube traversing her from stem to stern. + +We may sum up by saying that the hydraulic propeller is less efficient +than the screw, because it does more work on the water and less on the +boat; and that the boat in turn does more work on the water than does +one propelled by a screw, because she has to take in thousands of tons +per hour and impart to them a velocity equal to her own. Part of this +work is got back again in a way sufficiently obvious, but not all. If +it were all wasted, the efficiency of the hydraulic propeller would be +so low that nothing would be heard about it, and we certainly should +not have written this article.--_The Engineer._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE NEW ARMY GUN. + + +The cut we give is from a photograph taken shortly after the recent +firings. The carriage upon which it is mounted is the one designed by +the Department and manufactured by the West Point Foundry, about six +months since. It was designed as a proof carriage for this gun and +also for the 10 inch steel gun in course of construction. It is +adapted to the larger gun by introducing two steel bushing rings +fitted into the cheeks of carriage to secure the trunnion of the gun. + +The gun represented is an 8 inch, all steel, breech-loading rifle, +manufactured by the West Point Foundry, upon designs from the Army +Ordnance Bureau. The tube and jacket were obtained from Whitworth, and +the hoops and the breech mechanism forgings from the Midvale Steel +Company. The total weight of the gun is 13 tons; total length, +including breech mechanism, 271 inches; length of bore in front of gas +check, 30 calibers; powder space in chamber, 3,109 cubic inches; +charge, 100 pounds. The tube extends back to breech recess from +muzzle, in one solid piece. The breech block is carried in the jacket, +the thread cut in the rear portion of the jacket. The jacket extends +forward and is shrunk over the tube about 871/2 inches. The re-enforce +is strengthened by two rows of steel hoops; the trunnion hoops form +one of the outer layers. In front of the jacket a single row of hoops +is shrunk on the tube and extends toward the muzzle, leaving 91 inches +of the muzzle end of the tube unhooped. The second row of hoops is +shrunk on forward of the trunnion hoops for a length of 38 inches to +strengthen the gun, and the hoop portion forms three conical frustums. +The elastic resistance of the gun to tangential rupture over the +powder chamber is computed by Claverino and kindred formulas to be +54,000 lb. per square inch. + +[Illustration: THE ARMY 8 INCH STEEL GUN WITH CARRIAGE.] + +The breech mechanism is modeled after the De Bange system. The block +has three smooth and three threaded sectors, and is locked in place by +one-sixth of a turn of a block, and secured by the eccentric end of a +heavy lever, which revolves into a cut made in the rear breech of the +gun. The gas check consists of a pad made of two steel plates or cups, +between which is a pad of asbestos and mutton suet formed under heavy +pressure. The rifling consists of narrow grooves and bands, 45 of +each. The depth of the groove is six one-hundredths of an inch. + +Although the gun is designed for a charge of 100 pounds, it is +believed that it can be increased to 105 pounds without giving +dangerous pressure, and the intention is to increase the charge to +that amount when the new powder is received from Du Pont. + +The following is a very full synopsis of the official report of the +preliminary firings--13 rounds--with this gun: + +The first seven rounds were fired with German cocoa powder, which was +received from Watervliet Arsenal. There were two kinds of cartridges, +one kind weighing 85 pounds, and having 30 grains in each layer, the +other weighing 100 lb., and having 27 grains in each layer. In two of +the first seven rounds the weight of the charge was 65 pounds, the +projectiles weighing 182 and 286 pounds; in the next two rounds +charges of 85 pounds were fired, the projectiles, as before, weighing +182 and 286 pounds, while in the last three of the rounds fired with +cocoa powder the charge was 100 lb., while the weight of the +projectile was 182, 235, and 286 pounds. At the seventh round was +fired the normal charge, 100 lb. of powder and a projectile weighing +286 pounds, for which the gun was designed. The mean pressure for this +round, determined by two crusher gauges, was 32,800 pounds, and the +velocity at 150 feet was 1,787 feet. + +Two kinds of Du Pont's brown prismatic powder, marked P.A. and P.I., +were then fired. With the normal charge of P.A. powder (round 12 of +the record), the mean pressure was 35,450 pounds, the velocity at 150 +feet was 1,812 feet. For P.I. powder (round 13 of the record), the +pressure was 26,925 pounds, the velocity was 1,702 feet, and a +considerable amount of unconsumed powder was ejected, showing that the +P.I. powder is not a suitable one for this piece. The highest pressure +indicated with the normal charge of P.A. powder was 36,200 pounds, +exceeding by 1,200 pounds the provisional limit of pressure. + +At the fifth round the breech block opened with some difficulty, and +an examination showed that the resistance resulted from the diametral +enlargement of the rear plate. Directions have been given to correct +this defect. The star gauge records show that no material change took +place in the diameter of the chamber or the bore. From 30 inches to 54 +inches (measured from base of the breech), there was a diminution in +diameter of from 0.001 in. to 0.002 in.; in rear of 30 inches there +was no change. No enlargement in the shot chamber exceeded 0.001 in. +From the bottom of the bore (the beginning of the rifling) to the +muzzle the average enlargements were as follows: in. to 6 in., 0.005 +in.; 7 in. to 14 in., 0.003 in.; 15 in. to 29 in., 0.002 in.; 30 in. +to muzzle, 0.002 to 0.001 in. + +After the third round the joint between the D. and D. rings opened +slightly on the top, and measured after the 13th round showed that the +opening was about 0.004 in. wide. It cannot at present be stated +whether or not this opening increased during firing, but the defect +has been noted and will be carefully observed. Enough cocoa powder +remains to allow a comparison to be made with such brown prismatic +powder as may be adopted finally. No firing has been done as yet to +test the best position for the bands, but it will take place as soon +as enough of some standard powder is obtained to fire ten consecutive +rounds.--_Army and Navy Journal._ + + * * * * * + + + + +COMBUSTION, FIRE-BOXES, AND STEAM BOILERS.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Address before the June Convention of the Master + Mechanics' Association.] + +By JOHN A. COLEMAN. + + +Mr. Chairman and gentlemen: I was rash enough some time ago to promise +to prepare a paper for this occasion, the fulfillment of which prior +engagements have absolutely prevented. + +I would greatly prefer to be let off altogether, but I do not like to +break down when expected to do anything; and if you have the patience +to listen for a few minutes to the reflections of an "outsider," I +will endeavor to put what I have to say in as concise form as I can, +in such manner as will do no harm, even if it does no good. + +For many years I was connected with steam engineering. I was once with +the Corliss Steam Engine Company, and afterward was the agent of Mr. +Joseph Harrison, of Russian fame, for the introduction of his safety +boilers. + +That brought me into contact with the heavy manufacturers throughout +the Eastern States, and during that long experience I was particularly +impressed with a peculiarity common to the mill owners, which, I +believe it may be said with truth, is equally common to those +interested in locomotive engineering, namely, how much we overlook +common, every-day facts. For instance, we burn coal; that is, we think +we do, and boilers are put into mills and upon railroads, and we +suppose we are burning coal under them, when in reality we are only +partially doing so. We think that because coal is consumed it +necessarily is burned, but such is frequently very far from the fact. + +I wish upon the present occasion to make merely a sort of general +statement of what I conceive to be combustion, and what I conceive to +be a boiler, and then to try to make a useful application of these +ideas to the locomotive. + +Treating first the subject of combustion, let us take the top of the +grate-bars as our starting point. When we shovel coal upon the grate +bars and ignite it, what happens first? We separate the two +constituents of coal, the carbon from the hydrogen. We make a gas +works. Carbon by itself will burn no more than a stone; neither will +hydrogen. It requires a given number of equivalents of oxygen to mix +with so many equivalents of carbon, and a given number of equivalents +of oxygen to mix with so many of hydrogen to form that union which is +necessary to produce heat. This requires time, space, and air, and one +thing more, viz., heat. + +I presume that most of you have read Charles Williams' treatise upon +"Combustion," which was published many years ago, and which until +recently was often quoted as an absolute authority upon the art of +burning fuel under boilers. Mr. Williams in his treatise accurately +describes the chemistry of combustion, but he has misled the world for +fifty years by an error in reasoning and the failure to discuss a +certain mechanical fact connected with the combination of gases in the +process of combustion. He said: "What is the use of heating the air +put into a furnace? If you take a cubic foot of air, it contains just +so many atoms of oxygen, neither more nor less. If the air be heated, +you cause it to assume double its volume, but you have not added a +single atom of oxygen, and you will require twice the space for its +passage between the grate bars, and twice the space in the furnace, +which is a nuisance; but if the air could be frozen, it would be +condensed, and more atoms of oxygen could be crowded into the cubic +foot, and the fire would receive a corresponding advantage." Mr. +Williams proceeded upon this theory, and died without solving the +perplexing mystery of as frequent failure as success which attended +his experiments with steamship boilers. The only successes which he +obtained were misleading, because they were made with boilers so badly +proportioned for their work that almost any change would produce +benefit. + +Successful combustion requires something more than the necessary +chemical elements of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, for it requires +something to cook the elements, so to speak, and that is heat, and for +this reason: When the coal is volatilized in the furnace, what would +be a cubic foot of gas, if cold, is itself heated and its volume +increased to double its normal proportion. It is thin and attenuated. +The cold air which is introduced to the furnace is denser than the +gas. With dampers wide open in the chimney, and the gases and air +passing into the flues with a velocity of 40 feet per second, they +strike the colder surface of the tubes, and are cooled below the point +of combustion before they have had time to become assimilated; and +although an opponent in a debate upon steam boiler tests once stated +that his thermometer in the chimney showed only 250 degrees, and +indicated that all the value that was practical had been obtained from +the coal, I took the liberty to maintain that a chemist might have +analyzed the gases and shown there were dollars in them; and that if +the thermometer had been removed from the chimney and placed in the +pile of coal outside the boiler, it would have gone still lower; but +it would not have proved the value to have been extracted from the +coal, for it was not the complete test to apply. + +The condition of things in the furnace may be illustrated thus: If we +should mingle a quart of molasses and a gallon of water, it would +require considerable manipulation and some time to cause them to +unite. Why? Because one element is so much denser than the other; but +if we should mix a quart of the gallon of water with the quart of +molasses, and render their densities somewhere near the density of the +remaining water, and then pour the masses together, there would be a +more speedy commingling of the two. And so with the furnace. I have +always maintained that every furnace should be lined with fire-brick, +in order that it shall be so intensely hot when the air enters that +the air shall instantly be heated to the same degree of tenuity as the +hot gases themselves, and the two will then unite like a flash--and +that is heat. And here is the solution of the Wye Williams mystery of +failure when cold air was introduced upon the top of a fire to aid +combustion. The proof of the necessity for heat to aid the chemical +assimilation of the volatilized coal elements is seen in starting a +fire in a common stove. At first there is only a blue flame, in which +the hand may be held; but wait until the lining becomes white hot, and +then throw on a little coal, and you will find a totally different +result. It is also seen in the Siemens gas furnace, with which you are +doubtless familiar. There is the introduction of gas with its +necessary complement of air. Until the furnace and retorts become +heated, the air and gas flutter through only partially united, and do +little good; but as soon as the retorts and furnace become thoroughly +hot, the same gas and air will melt a fire-brick. + +These are common phenomena, which are familiar, but apt to be +unnoticed; but they logically point to the truth that no furnaces +should present a cooling medium in contact with fuel which is +undergoing this process of digestion, so to speak. It will be very +evident, I think, from these facts that water-legs in direct contact +with a fire are a mistake. They tend to check a fire as far as their +influence extends, as a thin sheet of ice upon the stomach after +dinner would check digestion, and for the same reason, namely, the +abstraction of heat from a chemical process. If fire-brick could be +laid around a locomotive furnace, and the grate, of course, kept of +the same area as before, it is my belief that a very important +advantage would be at once apparent. An old-fashioned cast iron heater +always produced a treacherous fire. It would grow dead around the +outside next to the cold iron; but put a fire-clay lining into it, and +it was as good as any other stove. + +If I have now made clear what I mean by making heat, we will next +consider the steam boiler. What is a steam boiler? It is a thing to +absorb heat. The bottom line of this science is the bottom of a pot +over a fire, which is the best boiler surface in the world; there is +water upon one side of a piece of iron and heat against the other. One +square foot of the iron will transmit through it a given number of +units of heat into the water at a given temperature in a given time; +two square feet twice as many, and three, three times as many, and so +on. Put a cover upon the pot, and seal it tight, leave an orifice for +the steam, and that is a steam boiler with all its mysteries. + +The old-fashioned, plain cylinder boiler is a plain cylindrical pot +over the fire. If enough plain cylinder boilers presenting the +requisite number of square feet of absorbing surface are put into a +cotton mill, experience has shown that they will make a yard of cotton +cloth about as cheaply as tubular boilers. If this is so, why do not +all put them in? Because it is the crudest and most expensive form of +boiler when its enormous area of ground, brickwork, and its fittings +are considered. Not all have the money or the room for them. To +produce space, the area is drawn in sidewise and lengthwise, but we +must have the necessary amount of square feet of absorbing surface, +consequently the boiler is doubled up, so to speak, and we have a +"flue boiler." We draw in sidewise and lengthwise once more and double +up the surface again, and that is a "tubular boiler." That includes +all the "mystery" on that subject. + +Now, we find among the mills, just as I imagine we should upon the +railroads, that the almost universal tendency is to put in too small +boilers and furnaces. To skimp at boilers is to spend at the coal +yard. Small boilers mean heavy and over-deep fires, and rapid +destruction of apparatus. In sugar houses you will see this frequently +illustrated, and will find 16 inch fires upon their grates. + +We have found that, as we could persuade mill owners to put in more +boilers and extend their furnaces, so that coal could be burned +moderately and time for combustion afforded, we often saved as high as +1,000 tons in a yearly consumption of 4,000. + +Now, when the ordinary locomotive sends particles of coal into the +cars in which I am riding, I do not think it would be unfair criticism +to say that the process of combustion was not properly carried out. +When we see dense volumes of gas emitted from the stack, it is evident +that a portion of the hard dollars which were paid for the coal are +being uselessly thrown into the air; and it will be well to remember +that only a little of the unburnt gas is visible to the eye. + +One point I wish to make is this: We find, as I have said, that as we +spread out with boilers and furnaces in the mills, so that we can take +matters deliberately, we save money. + +Now, coming again to locomotives. I think, if we examine the subject +carefully, the fact will strike us a little curiously. The first +locomotive built in Philadelphia weighed about 14 tons. Judging from +the cut I have seen, I should think her furnace might have been 30 +inches square. We have gone from that little 14 ton engine to machines +of 50 and 60 tons--perhaps more. The engines have been increased over +four times, but I will ask you if the furnace areas have been +increased (applause) in proportion? Some of the furnaces of the +engines are six feet by three, but that is an increase of less than 3 +to 1 of furnace, as against 4 to 1 of weight of engine. + +When my attention was first called to this matter, I had supposed, as +most people do who are outside of the railway profession, that there +was something subtile and mysterious about railway engineering that +none but those brought up to the business could understand. Possibly +it is so, and I am merely making suggestions for what they are worth, +but I think the position I have taken in this matter was established +by some experiments of three weeks' duration, which I conducted +between Milan and Como, in Italy, for the Italian government, in +pulling freight trains up grades of 100 feet to the mile. The +experiments were made with an engine built by the Reading Railroad. + +We competed with English, French, Belgian, and Austrian engines. These +machines required the best of fuel to perform the mountain service, +and could use coal dust only when it was pressed into brick. We used +in the Reading Railroad machine different fuels upon different days, +making the road trip of 120 miles each day with one kind of fuel. We +used coal dust scraped up in the yards, also the best Cardiff coal, +anthracite, and five kinds of Italian lignite, the best of which +possesses about half the combustible value of coal. + +The results in drawing heavy freight trains were equally good with +each fuel, the engine having at all times an abundance of steam on +heavy grades, no smoke nor cinders, and no collection of cinders in +the forward part of the engine. + +The fireman arranged his fires at a station, and did little or nothing +except to smoke his pipe and enjoy the scenery until he reached the +next station. An incident occurred to prove that we were not playing +with the machine. They told me one morning that we should be given a +load of 25 per cent less than the maximum load of an engine of her +class (30 tons). We started up the 100 foot grade, and found we could +barely crawl, and our engineer got furious over it. He thought they +were repeating a trick already attempted by screwing down a brake in +ascending a grade. We detected it, however, and found a pair of wheels +nearly red hot. Upon this occasion we found nothing amiss, except full +cars where they had reported only a light load. We pulled to the top +of the hill, the steam blowing off furiously all the time. + +This was a new experience to the Italians, and might surprise some +Americans. When we arrived at the station, the inspector-general and +his corps of engineers were evidently amazed, and it was evident we +had captured them. He said to me, "I can congratulate you, signor, on +possession of a superb machine." + +Afterward one of the engineers said to me: "Do not let it be known +that I told you what you have hauled or I shall lose my place, but you +have drawn 50 per cent more than the maximum load of one of our 40 ton +engines." I said: "You attempted to 'stall' us, and when you try it +again, be fair enough to give me a flat of pig iron, and as you pack +cars on one end I will pack pig iron upon the engine until she will +stick to the track, but rest assured that you will not be able to get +that steam down." The experience with that engine proves conclusively +to my mind that the general principles of steam making are the same +for both stationary and locomotive practice. The grand secret of the +success of that Wootten engine was the enormous area of the grate +surface, being, if I remember correctly, 7 by 9 feet, permitting thin +fires to be carried and complete combustion to be obtained before the +gases reached the boiler tubes. An enormous crown sheet was presented, +and that is where the bulk of the work of any boiler is done. + +Thin fires accomplish this. As already stated, a given amount of coal +generates a given amount of gas, and this gas requires a given amount +of air or oxygen. This air must be supplied through the grate bars and +then pass through the interstices of the mass of heated coal. It +requires about 10 cubic feet of air to consume one cubic foot of gas. +In stationary boilers we find that if we use "pea" and "dust" coal, an +extremely thin layer must be used, or the 10 feet of air per foot of +gas cannot pass through it; if "chestnut" coal be used, the thickness +may be increased somewhat; "stove size" allows a thickness of six +inches, and "lump" much thicker, if any wise man could be found who +would use that coarse, uneconomical size. Of course, I am speaking of +anthracite coal. Opinions differ about "soft coal," but the same +general principle applies as regards an unobstructed passage of air +through the hot bed of coal. + +Now, it will be agreed that the locomotive of the future must be +improved to keep up with the times. Fierce competition requires +increased efficiency and reduced expenses. I am told by you railroad +gentlemen that the freight business of the country doubles every ten +years. Trains follow close upon each other. What are you going to do? +Are you to double, treble, or quadruple your tracks? + +It seems to me much remains yet to be done with the locomotive. We +must burn a great deal less coal for the steam we make, and after we +have made steam we must use that steam up more thoroughly. In the +short cylinder required by locomotive service, the steam, entering at +the initial pressure pushes the piston to the opposite end, and it +then rushes out of the exhaust strong enough to drive another piston. +Of every four dollars' worth of coal consumed, at least two dollars +worth is absolutely thrown away. Or, of every ten thousand dollars +spent for fuel, five thousand dollars are absolutely wasted. How can +we save this? It would seem obvious that if steam rushes from the +exhaust of an engine strong enough to drive another engine, the common +sense of the thing would be to put another engine alongside and let +the steam drive it, and we should get just so much more out of our +four dollars' worth of coal. It seems evident that we must follow the +lead of the steamship men, and compound the locomotive engine, as +they have done with the marine engine. + +Next we must attack the extravagant furnace, and increase its area and +reduce the depth of the bed of coal. The difficulty of making this +change seemed to me to be removed, on examining an engine on the +Providence & Bristol Railroad, the other day. The machine was made at +the Mason Works, of Taunton. It was an engine and tender combined, the +truck being at the rear end of the tender, and the driver placed well +in advance of the fire-box, so that the maximum weight of both engine +and tender rested upon the drivers. In thus removing the drivers from +the proximity of the fire-box, abundant facility is afforded for +widening the fire-box, so as to obtain a grate area as large as that +of the Wootten engine or of a stationary boiler. It seems to me the +increase of grate area can be obtained only by widening; for a length +of more than six or seven feet is very hard upon the fireman. You +certainly cannot get more power by deepening present fire-boxes, +except by an enormously increased waste of fuel, which all will +concede is already sufficiently extravagant. + +In arriving at the conclusion of these hasty and I fear somewhat +incoherent remarks, I would say that the object aimed at for the +improvement of the locomotive would be reached, first, by making steam +economically, by employing such increased grate area as will permit +running thin fires and moderate or comparatively slow draught; and, +secondly, in economically using the steam which has been economically +made by compounding the engine. + +I have given you merely the views of an "outsider," who has had a +somewhat extensive experience in stationary engineering, and who has +observed locomotive practice in many parts of the world. These views +are offered for what they are worth, as suggestions for future thought +in designing engines, and as a sort of refresher upon rudimentary +points which long familiarity with every-day phenomena causes us at +times to overlook. I trust that your deliberations may aid in the +speedy reduction of the expenses of transporting freight and +passengers, for the benefit of the railroad companies and, in their +turn, the advantage of the people at large. + + * * * * * + + + + +ATLANTIC STEAMERS.[1] + + [Footnote 1: A paper recently read before the Institution of Naval + Architects.] + +By W. JOHN. + + +[Illustration: Fig. 1--CITY OF ROME.] + +The author said that he hoped to bring before the meeting impartially +certain facts which might be of interest, and which, when recorded in +the pages of the "Transactions," might be found of some use as data +for future reference. In dealing with passenger steamers, he would do +so principally from a shipbuilder's point of view; but the moment he +commenced to think over Atlantic passenger ships as a shipbuilder, he +was met by the question whether the present tendency toward divorcing +the passenger and cargo trade from each other is likely to continue or +not. If the answer is yes, then it seems to become an important +question, for the present at least, how to build, on moderately small +dimensions, the fastest, safest, and most economical passenger +steamer, using all the most modern improvements to make her commodious +and luxurious, and an easy sea boat into the bargain. If cargo is +still to be carried in the passenger ships of the future, a moderate +speed only will be aimed at in the immediate future, and every effort +will be devoted to economy of fuel, comfort, and safety, with a fair +carrying capacity. This latter policy is one which may possibly +prevail at least for a time, as it has powerful supporters in +Liverpool; but he could not help thinking that very high +speeds--higher than we have yet attained--must eventually gain the +day. He also thought that they were on the eve of important movements, +which will indicate what the next step in the passenger trade is to +be; for it must be remembered, among other things, that none of our +present English transatlantic liners, even the latest, have yet been +fitted with the latest modern improvements for economy of fuel or +quick combustion, such as triple expansion engines or forced draught. +They must, therefore, be at some disadvantage, other things being +equal, compared with the ships of the future possessing them. The +Great Eastern steaming up Milford Haven about twenty-five years ago +between two lines of the channel fleet of old--two and three decked +wooden line-of-battle ships--the whole fleet saluting with yards +manned, was a sight to be remembered. More than this, that ship, with +all her mournful career, has been a useful lesson and a useful warning +to all naval architects who seriously study their profession--a lesson +of what can be done in the safe construction of huge floating +structures, and a warning that the highest flights of constructive +genius may prove abortive if not strictly subordinated to the +practical conditions and commercial requirements of the times. The +Sirius and Great Western crossed the Atlantic in 1838, and in 1840 the +first ship of the since celebrated Cunard Company made her first +voyage. This was the Britannia, which, with her sister ships, the +Arcadia, Caledonia, and Columbia, kept up the mail service regularly +at a speed of about 81/2 knots an hour. The Britannia was 207 ft. in +length between perpendiculars, and 34 ft. 4 in. extreme breadth, 22 +ft. 6 in. depth of hold, 423 horse power--nominal--and 1,153 tons +burden, built of wood, and propelled by paddles. In 1860 the Collins +Line started in opposition to the Cunard, and, after a series of +disasters, collapsed in 1858. This was three years after the Persia, +the first Cunarder built of iron, had been completed. In 1850, also, +the Inman Line was started with the City of Glasgow, of 1,600 tons +builders' measurement, and 350 horse power. She was built of iron, and +was the first screw steamer sent across the Atlantic from Liverpool +with passengers, and was the pioneer of the great emigrant trade which +Mr. Inman, above all others, did so much to develop and make cheap and +comfortable for the emigrants themselves, as well as profitable to his +company. That the builders of the celebrated old Great Britain, in +1843, and Mr. Inman, in 1850, should have pronounced so decisively in +favor of the screw propeller in preference to the paddle for ocean +steaming is a proof of their true practical judgment, which time and +practical experience have made abundantly clear. While the Cunard +Company went on developing its fleet from the early wood paddle +steamer Britannia of 1,130 tons in 1840 to the iron paddle steamers +Persia, etc., in 1858, the iron screw steamer China of 1862, to the +still more important screw steamers Bothnia and Scythia, vessels of +4,335 tons, in 1874, the Inman and other lines were as rapidly +developing in speed and size, if not in numbers. The year 1874 is +memorable, for it saw the White Star steamers Britannic and Germanic +put into the water, as well as the Inman steamer City of Berlin and +the two before mentioned Cunard steamers, Bothnia and Scythia. By the +addition of these two ships to their fleet the White Star Line, +although started only in 1870, reached a front rank position in the +New York passenger trade. The author gave in separate tables the logs +of several of these ships, some from published documents and some +kindly furnished by the owners. The Great Western had crossed the +Atlantic from Bristol to New York in 15 days as early as 1838. The +first Cunard steamer, the Britannic, was about the same speed, from 81/4 +to 81/2 knots an hour. The average duration of the Cunard voyages in the +year 1856 was 12.67 days from Liverpool to New York, and 11.03 days +from New York to Liverpool. The Bothnia, in 1874, reduced the passage +to about nine days. The White Star Britannic, in 1876, averaged 7 days +18 hours 26 minutes outward from Queenstown to New York, and 9 days 6 +hours 44 minutes homeward, and has averaged for the last ten years 8 +days 9 hours 36 minutes outward, and 8 days 1 hour 48 minutes +homeward. The City of Berlin, of the Inman Line, also built in 1874, 8 +days 10 hours 56 minutes, and homeward 8 days 2 hours 37 minutes; and +for the nine years from 1875 to 1883 inclusive, averaged outward 8 +days 19 hours 56 seconds, and inward 8 days 8 hours 34 seconds; or, +putting it into rounder figures, the Britannic had reduced the average +passage between the two points to 81/4 days, and the City of Berlin to +81/2 days. From the year 1874 on to 1879 no further advance was made in +Atlantic steaming, but in that year the Arizona was added to the Guion +Line, and it soon became evident that another important stride had +been made in the Atlantic passenger trade, which would lead to most +important results. The results, as we all know, have been sufficiently +startling. The Guion Line, which had started in 1866 with the +Manhattan, had now the fastest passenger ship on the Atlantic. In +spite of burning some fifty per cent. more coal than the Britannic, +the ship was an obvious commercial success. The spirited policy which +brought her into existence was appreciated by the public, and the +other lines had to move forward. Then followed a period of rivalry, +the Cunard Company building the Gallia and Servia, the Inman Company +the City of Rome, and the Guion Line the Alaska, all of which were +completed in 1881, and afterward the Oregon for the Guion +Line--1883--the Aurania the same year for the Cunard Company, and, +later still, the America for the National Line, and the Umbria and +Etruria for the Cunard Company in 1885. + +[Illustration: + +_Frames from outer edge of Tank to Upper Deck, 7 x 31/2 x 8/16 for 250 +ft. Amidships, for 60 ft. before and abaft these Points 61/2 x 31/2 x 6/16 +at end of Vessel 5 x 31/2 x 7/16, all spaced 24 in. apart and all +carried to Upper Deck, double from Bilge to Bilge in way of +Engines.--Frames in Tank on Lattice and Solid Floors, 5 x 31/2 x 8/16, +Intermediate Frames, 8 x 4 x 9/16--Rev: Frames, 41/2 x 31/2 x 8/16, +carried to Upper and Main Deck alternately double, 41/2 x 41/2 x 8/16 from +Bilge to Bilge in E and B space._ + +Fig. 2--SERVIA.] + +Since the completion of the Etruria, for various reasons there has +been a pause in the tremendous strides made since 1879, and we may +briefly review the results. Taking the Britannic as a standard with +her ten years' average of 81/4 days across, and her quickest passage of +7 days 10 hours 53 seconds, we have now the following steamers of +higher speeds. Taking them in the order of their absolutely fastest +passage out or home, they stand thus: + + +TABLE I. + + ---+-------------------------+------+-------+------ + | | Days.| Hours.| Mins. + | +------+-------+------ + 1 | Etruria. | 6 | 5 | 31 + 2 | Umbria (sister ship). | slightly longer. + 3 | Oregon. | 6 | 10 | 35 + 4 | America. | 6 | 13 | 44 + 5 | City of Rome. | 6 | 18 | 0 + 6 | Alaska. | 6 | 18 | 37 + 7 | Servia. | 6 | 23 | 55 + 8 | Aurania. | 7 | 1 | 1 + ---+-------------------------+------+-------+------ + +It will thus be seen that from the 15 days' passage or thereabout, of +the earliest Atlantic steamers, we had got down in the days of the +Scotia to about 9 days; in the Britannic to 81/4 days, and, at the +present time, we have got to 61/4 days, with seven ships afloat that +have done the passage under seven days, and capable of making their +average passages range between 61/2 and 71/4 days. + +Ranged in order of gross tonnage, these eight vessels stand as +follows: + + +TABLE II. + + 1. City of Rome. 8,144 + 2. Oregon. 7,375 + 3. Aurania. 7,269 + 4. Servia. 7,212 + 5. Umbria. 7,129 + 6. Etruria. 7,100 + 7. Alaska. 6,586 + 8. America. 5,528 + +Here the America shows to advantage, for while being eighth in size +she is fourth in point of speed, and from what the author can learn, +although he had no authenticated details on the subject, he believed +she is economical in coal consumption. He might perhaps be permitted +to say that one of the most difficult subjects in connection with the +propulsion of ships on which to get absolutely accurate data is that +of coal consumption. The records of six to eight hours' trials for the +purpose of ascertaining the coal consumption are absolutely worthless, +as all shipbuilders and engineers know, and so far as English ships +are concerned they are never attempted. Foreign owners frequently +stipulate for such trials in their contracts with English +shipbuilders, and get wonderfully economical results on paper, but the +fact that the trials only extend over a few hours renders them +valueless, however carefully the coal may be weighed during that +period. An authentic record of the absolute quantity of coal consumed, +say by each of the eight fastest Atlantic liners, together with their +average indicated horse power on the voyage, for a series of voyages, +would be extremely valuable. + +He gave, in Table III., the consumption per indicated horse power per +hour for a number of ships. This table affords valuable data, for it +gives, in addition to the dimensions, the moulded draught of water, +the midship area, the displacement, the indicated horse power, the +speed on trial, the coefficients for the lines both from the block or +parallelopipedon, and also from the midship section prism, together +with the length and angle of entrance obtained by Kirk's rule, the +Admiralty displacement coefficient, together with the coal consumption +per day and per indicated horse power per hour. + +[Illustration: Fig. 3--OREGON.] + +This table, as will be seen, contains some of the most important of +the Atlantic liners, and also a number of other typical ships, which +will add a variety to its interest and a value to it. The coefficient, +which is contained in the thirteenth column of the table, viz.: + + Dis 2/3 x speed cubed + ------------------------- + I.H.P. x sqrt(entrance.) + --------------- + 10 + +generally comes out for ships of similar type more nearly a constant +in the true sense of the word than the corresponding Admiralty +constant. As an example, we have the curves of resistance and horse +power for the City of Rome and the Normandie, a large vessel of 6,000 +tons, which the Barrow Company built for the Compagnie Generale +Transatlantique, in which the coefficient of fineness and the form of +the lines pretty closely resemble each other below water; and if we +take from the curves the corresponding speeds and horse powers, and +work out the constants by the two systems, we have at 14 knots the +Admiralty constant for the City of Rome 322.2, and for the Normandie +304.8; and taking for a modified form of constant, the City of Rome +gives 253.7 and the Normandie 251.9, which, as will be seen, are much +closer together. Similarly, at 15 knots the Admiralty constant for the +City of Rome is 310, and for the Normandie 295.2, while a modified +constant comes out for the former at 245, and for the latter 244, +again agreeing almost identically. The same at 16 knots, for the City +of Rome the Admiralty constant comes out 297.6, and for the Normandie +282.8, while a modified constant comes out for the two ships 234.4 and +233.7 respectively, again showing marked agreement. It may be +mentioned that in these two ships the engines are of a similar type, +being three-crank tandem engines, and the propellers have in both +pitch and surface practically the same proportions to the power and +speed. The value of these modified constants will probably be found to +increase as the speeds increase up to the limit and beyond that point +at which wave resistance becomes an important factor. + + +TABLE III + +----------------+--------+---------+---------+-------+-------------+ + Name. |Length. | Breadth.| Moulded |Midship|Displacement.| + | | | draught.| area. | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +----------------+--------+---------+---------+-------+-------------+ + |ft. in. | ft. in. | ft. in. | | | + | | | | | | +City of Rome | 542 6 | 52 0 | 21 51/2 | 1031 | 11,230 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Normandie | 459 4 | 49 11 | 19 93/4 | 892 | 7,975 | + | | | | | | +Furnessia | 445 0 | 44 6 | 22 21/2 | 893 | 8,578 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Arizona | 450 0 | 45 11/2 | 18 9 | 758 | 6,415 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Orient | 445 0 | 46 0 | 21 41/2 | 904 | 7,770 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Stirling Castle | 420 0 | 50 0 | 22 3 | 990 | 7,600 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Elbe | 420 0 | 44 9 | 20 0 | 807 | 6,350 | + | | | | | | +Pembroke Castle | 400 0 | 42 0 | 17 0 | 648 | 5,130 | + | | | | | | +Umbria and | | | | | | + Etruria | 500 0 | 57 0 | 22 6 | 1090 | 9,860 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Aurania | 470 0 | 57 0 | 20 0 | 1020 | 8,800 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +America | 441 8 | 51 3 | ----- | --- | 6,500 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Oregon | 501 0 | 54 2 | 23 8 | 1150 | 11,000 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Servia | 515 0 | 52 0 | 23 31/2 | 1046 | 10,960 | + | | | | | | +Scotia, P.S. | 369 0 | 47 6 | 19 9 | 867 | 6,000 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Alaska | 500 0 | 50 0 | 21 0 | 949 | 9,210 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Aller | 438 0 | 48 0 | 21 0 | 907 | 7,447 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Ems | 430 0 | 46 10 | 20 71/2 | 877 | 7,030 | +----------------+--------+---------+---------+-------+-------------+ + +----------------+----------+---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + Name |Indicated | Speed. | Block | Midship | Prismatic | + | H.P. | |coefficient| section | midship | + | | | |coefficient| section | + | | | | |coefficient| + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +----------------+----------+---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + | | | | | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +City of Rome | 11,890 | 18.235 | .649 | .925 | .702 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Normandie | 6,959 | 16.66 | .614 | .901 | .681 | + | | | | | | +Furnessia | 4,045 | ¹14 | .682 | .903 | .755 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Arizona | 6,300 | 17 | .589 | .895 | .658 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Orient | 5,433 | 15.538 | .621 | .919 | .676 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Stirling Castle | 8,396 | 18.4 | .569 | .889 | .639 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Elbe | 5,665 | 16.571 | .591 | .901 | .655 | + | | | | | | +Pembroke Castle | 2,435.8 | 13.25 | .623 | .623 | .692 | + | | | | | | +Umbria and | | | | | | + Etruria | 14,321 | 20.18 | .538 | .896 | .637 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Aurania | 8,500 | ¹17.5 | .575 | .942 | .632 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +America | ----- | ¹17.8 | ---- | ---- | ---- | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Oregon | 13,300 | 18.3 | .599 | .849 | .67 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Servia | 10,300 | ¹16.9 | .610 | .862 | .71 | + | | | | | | +Scotia, P.S. | 4,632 | ¹14.31 | .605 | .92 | .65 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Alaska | ----- | ---- | .614 | .904 | .679 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Aller | 7,974 | 17.9 | .590 | .899 | .656 | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | +Ems | 7,251 | 17.55 | .593 | .907 | .652 | +----------------+----------+---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + +----------------+------------+-----------------+-----------------+ + Name. | D 2/3 x S cubed | D 2/3 x S cubed | Kirk's system. | + | ---------- | --------------- | | + | I.H.P. | _____ +---------+-------+ + | |I.H.P. x \/ent. |Length of|Angle. | + | | ------- |entrance.| | + | | 10 | | | +----------------+------------+-----------------+---------+-------+ + | | | | | + | | | | | +City of Rome | 255 | 201.3 | 161.27 | 8 deg. 29'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Normandie | 265 | 219.5 | 146.41 | 8 deg. 44'| + | | | | | +Furnessia | 284 | 273 | 108.7 |10 deg. 28'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Arizona | 269.2 | 217 | 153.79 | 7 deg. 30'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Orient | 270.8 | 225 | 144.17 | 8 deg. 21'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Stirling Castle | 286.8 | 233.7 | 151.3 | 8 deg. 22'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Elbe | 275.5 | 229 | 144.6 | 7 deg. 56'| + | | | | | +Pembroke Castle | 284 | 258 | 122.9 | 8 deg. 49'| + | | | | | +Umbria and | | | | | + Etruria | 260 | 191.8 | 184 | 6 deg. 52'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Aurania | 266 | 204.6 | 170 | 8 deg. 38'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +America | --- | --- | --- | ----- | + | | | | | + | | | | | +Oregon | 227.9 | 190 | 164.3 | 9 deg. 39'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Servia | 231 | 192 | 145.3 |10 deg. 42'| + | | | | | +Scotia, P.S. | 208.9 | 186 | 126.8 |13 deg. 21'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Alaska | --- | --- | 160.23 | 8 deg. 2'| + | | | | | + | | | | | +Aller | 277 | 225 | 150.6 | 8 deg. 10'| + | | | | | + | | | | | + | | | | | +Ems | 273 | 223 | 149.4 | 8 deg. 40'| +----------------+------------+-----------------+---------+-------+ + +----------------+------------+--------------------+----------------+--------+ + Name. | Coal | Cylinders | Boilers | Working| + |consumption | | |Pressure| + |-----+------+-------------+------+--------+-------+ | + | Per | Per | Diameter |Stroke|Heating | Bar | | + | day |I.H.P.| | |surface |surface| | + | | | | | | | | +----------------+-----+------+-------------+------+--------+-------+--------+ + | | | Ins. | Ins. | | | lbs. | + | | |/3 @ 46 \| | | | | +City of Rome | 185 | 2.2 |\3 @ 86 /| 72 | 29,286 | 1398 | 90 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/3 @ 35-7/16\| | | | | +Normandie | 148 | 2 |\3 @ 74-7/8 /| 67 | 21,404 | 756 | 85.2 | + | | | | | | | | +Furnessia | 97 | 2.2 | 49-100 | 66 | 10,396 | 440 | 90 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 62 \| | | | | +Arizona | --- | --- |\2 @ 90 /| 66 | ---- | ---- | 90 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 60 \| | | | | +Orient | --- | --- |\2 @ 85 /| 60 | ---- | ---- | 75 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 62 \| | | | | +Stirling Castle | --- | --- |\2 @ 90 /| 66 | 21,161 | 787 | 100 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 60 \| | | | | +Elbe | --- | --- |\2 @ 85 /| 60 | ---- | ---- | --- | + | | | | | | | | +Pembroke Castle | 44 | 1.7 | 43 and 86 | 57 | 7,896 | 288 | 99 | + | | | | | | | | +Umbria and | | |/1 @ 71 \| | | | | + Etruria | 315 | 2.1 |\2 @ 105 /| 72 | 38,817 | 1606 | 110 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 68 \| | | | | +Aurania | 215 | 2.2 |\2 @ 91 /| 72 | 23,284 | 1001 | --- | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 63 \| | | | | +America | 185 | --- |\2 @ 91 /| 66 | ---- | 882 | --- | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 70 \| | | | | +Oregon | 310 | 2.2 |\2 @ 104 /| 72 | 38,047 | 1428 | 110 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 72 \| | | | | +Servia | 205 | 2 |\2 @ 100 /| 78 | 27,483 | 1014 | --- | + | | | | | | | | +Scotia, P.S. | 168 | 3.4 | | -- | ---- | ---- | --- | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 68 \| | | | | +Alaska | --- | --- |\2 @ 100 /| 72 | ---- | ---- | 100 | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 44 \| | | | | +Aller | --- | --- ||1 @ 70 || 72 | 22,630 | 799 | 150 | + | | |\1 @ 100 /| | | | | + | | | | | | | | + | | |/1 @ 62 \| | | | | +Ems | --- | --- |\2 @ 86 /| 60 | 19,700 | 780 | 100 | +----------------+-----+------+-------------+------+--------+-------+--------+ + + ¹Mean speed of a voyage across the Atlantic Ocean. + +The author next considered the strains to which a ship is exposed, and +stated that he had before him the calculations for three of the +largest vessels, two of them of iron and the other of steel; and he +found, in the case of the iron, the maximum tension on the gunwale +during the greatest hogging strains likely to be endured at sea would +not exceed about six tons per square inch, while in the case of the +steel ship it is only about 61/2 tons. These strains are well within the +limits of safety, and a comparison of the scantlings of these with the +others justifies the assertion as to their general safety from a +structural point of view. The sections of these three ships are shown +in Figs. 1, 2, and 3, with their principal scantlings. It will be seen +from these sections that the three ships differ materially in their +mode of construction. In the case of Fig. 1, which represents the City +of Rome, the largest of the three, it will be seen that the main +framing of the vessel is entirely transverse, with very heavy keelsons +in the bottom, and large partial bulkheads or web frames, and the +outside plating arranged on what is termed the edge to edge principle, +with a great portion of it double. In the next section, Fig. 2, the +Servia, which is built of steel, on the other hand, the bottom is +built on the longitudinal cellular system, the first application, he +believed, of this system to an Atlantic liner. The plating of the +Servia is of the usual alternate outer and inner strake system, partly +double; while the third section, the Oregon, approaches more nearly to +the ordinary system of framing and plating usually adopted, but it +will be seen that she was well tied in the bottom by very heavy +intercostal and plate keelsons, as well as in the top by heavy +stringers and sheer strakes, with much of her plating doubled, and +heavy web frames inside. The author next considered the question of +stability, and went on to deal with the subject of twin screws, and +stated that the Barrow Shipbuilding Company has done more in the way +of planning and designing for the adoption of twin screws lately than +for any other mode of propulsion, and this chiefly for passenger +steamers. He did not attach much importance to the particular form of +the blade either in single or twin screws, as he believed so long as +the disk area, the surface, and pitch were properly adjusted to the +speed of the vessel, and to enable the engines to use, at the maximum +speed, just the full quantity of steam that the boilers can make, we +have got pretty nearly as far as we can get. To fix these dimensions +of the propeller accurately at the present time, and without further +knowledge of the action of the screw on the water, was, he thought, +impossible. All the rules and formulae are empirical. The best one he +knew is given in Table IV., due to Mr. Thom, the head of the Barrow +Company's engineering drawing office, and at present acting manager, +who has used it for some years in practice. These formulae are based +upon the assumption that the area of propeller disk should be +proportional to the indicated horse power, divided by the cube of the +speed, and the same with the projected area of the propeller and also +the surface. + + +TABLE IV. + + _Particulars of Propellers and Constants._ + +------------------------------+-------+---------+----------+-------------- + | Length| | Proj. | Feet per + Ship. | of | Disk | surf. | minute. + | ship. |constant.| constant.|Speed of tips. +------------------------------+-------+---------+----------+-------------- +City of Rome. | 542 | 220 | 69 | 4,715 +Normandie | 459 | 250 | 66 | 4,099 +Furnessia | 445 | 223 | 69 | 3,654 +Eden | 300 | 211 | 64 | 3,080 +Yorouba | 270 | 213 | 63 | 3,202 +Taygete | 260 | 238 | 56 | 3,166 +Kow-shing | 250 | 171 | 69 | 3,369 +S.Y. Monarch | 152 | 221 | 65 | 4,040 +S.Y. Aries | 138 | 179 | 56 | 2,986 +Twin screw Fenella | 200 | 244 | 64 | 2,890 +Twin screw H.M.S. Fearless[2] | 220 | 277 | 67 | 5,022 +Twin screw H.M.S. Iris | --- | 454[6]| 135[6] | --- +Twin screw H.M.S. Iris [3] | 300 | 412 | 221 | --- +Twin screw H.M.S. Iris [4] | 300 | 346 | 99 | 4,961 +Twin screw H.M.S. Iris [5] | 300 | 439 | 82 | 5,309 +------------------------------+-------+---------+----------+------------- + + [Footnote 2: Estimated with a speed of 17.5 knots and 3,370 + I.H.P.] + + [Footnote 3: With the first propeller at the estimated speed of + 17.5 knots and 7,000 I.H.P.] + + [Footnote 4: With four bladed modified Griffith's on actual + trial.] + + [Footnote 5: With two bladed modified Griffith's on actual trial.] + + [Footnote 6: Constants obtained from first propeller calculated + from a speed of 18.5 knots and 7,500 I.H.P. + + Area of propeller disk x speed of ship in knots. cubed + Disk constant = -------------------------------------------------- + I.H.P. + + Projected Projected area of propeller x speed of ships in knots. cubed + area = ------------------------------------------------------ + of constants I.H.P. + + Expanded area constants may be obtained and used in the same way.] + +The discussion which followed was opened by Mr. Holt. He said that if +they were to have greater speed on the Atlantic, there was one point +which was not alluded to in the paper, and that was the total +abolition of cargo on board the great passenger steamers. If vessels +were built solely for passenger traffic, they would be able to insure +greater speed by reason of the greater slightness in build and the +additional space at the command of the designer. The existing Atlantic +express steamer was far too heavy, and might, if cargo was dispensed +with, be made with finer lines and more yacht-like. He looked on the +proposition to fit such vessels with longitudinal bulkheads with great +fear. If a collision took place--such, for example, as that which sunk +the Oregon--water would get access to one side only of the ship, and +it was not at all improbable that if a sea was on, she would turn +right over. At all events, very serious risk would be involved. + +Mr. W.H. White, Chief Constructor to the Admiralty, said the question +of twin screw propulsion was one of special interest to himself, and +had been so for many years. In 1878 he dealt with it as fully as he +then could on the basis of the Admiralty data, and he then ventured to +say everything in favor of twin screws that Mr. John had said in his +paper. If greater power than that now used in such a ship as the +Etruria, for example, were demanded, two screws must be used. Good as +are the results obtained with the Etruria, it was by no means certain +that still better might not be had. If she had been fitted with two +screws instead of one, very great advantage would be gained by the +greater submergence of the twin screws, as thus racing would be almost +wholly prevented. + +Mr. Calvert urged that more attention should be devoted to studying +the relative values of different portions of the propeller. + +The sitting was then suspended. In the afternoon, as we have already +stated, the members visited the steamship Germanic on the invitation +of Messrs. Ismay, Imrie & Co., subsequently proceeding to Messrs. Cope +Brothers' tobacco works, and thence to the exhibition, where the +dinner of the Institution took place in the evening. + +On Friday morning no paper was read; some official business was +transacted, and this being done, the discussion on Mr. John's paper +was resumed. + +Mr. Biles remarked that there were many advantages in the use of twin +screws which had not been sufficiently taken into account. When a ship +with twin screws was being handled in dock there was greater +maneuvering power, and therefore less liability for the ship to come +in contact with the walls, although, if she did so, there would be +greater probability of damage to the propellers. He thought means +could be easily devised of protecting the screws when the ship was in +dock. Another of the incidental advantages connected with twin screws +was that smaller engines and smaller propellers were required, and +therefore they might run them at a higher speed. They would also get +lighter machinery with twin screws, and there would be less liability +to have bad castings and forgings in the smaller engines, and of +course the cost would be less. + +With respect to the question of the middle line bulkheads, he could +not quite agree with Mr. John as to the great advantages of them in a +big passenger steamer. He thought there would be greater difficulty in +managing a ship so built if she was in danger of sinking. Increased +subdivision in a longitudinal direction was a very desirable thing, +and almost necessary for a condition of immunity from sinking. In +future Atlantic steamers longitudinal bulkheads should be placed not +in the middle line, but nearer the sides of the ships, and they should +recognize the fact that they had engines and boilers in different +compartments, and make arrangements whereby the ship would still +float, although the doors in these compartments were kept open. The +proper way to arrive at that was to have a ship with great beam, and +to have two longitudinal bulkheads at considerable distances from the +sides of the ship, subdivided as completely as possible, both under +and above water, so that, even supposing they got water into the space +between one bulkhead and the side of the ship, they would have +sufficient buoyancy in the other parts of the ship to keep her afloat. +Broad ships must necessarily mean deep ships, in order to have comfort +at sea. They were limited in length, and first came the question how +many passengers they wanted to carry. The experience of a ship like +the America--which was only 400 ft. in length--showed it was not +necessary to go to great length to have great speed. A ship of 400 ft. +to 430 ft. in length, 65 ft. of beam, and with a depth of 45 ft., +would be a ship of proper dimensions for the Atlantic trade, and he +believed it quite possible to build a vessel of special construction +of about 7,000 tons gross register which should steam with less +consumption of coal than the Umbria and Etruria at a rate of 22 knots, +crossing the Atlantic from Liverpool to New York in six days. He +thought that was likely to be the vessel of the future, and that it +would be quite as commercially successful as the Umbria or Etruria. + +Mr. J. Campbell remarked that at present the great American liners had +only the ordinary compound engines, and he thought that, instead of +converting them to triple expansion, they should take a step further +at once, and adopt quadruple expansion engines. This class of engines +was being very successfully built in various parts of the country. He +should recommend the adoption of a three-crank six-cylinder engine. + +Mr. Hamilton did not think it had been demonstrated that greater +efficiency had been got out of twin screws than out of single screws; +but there was no doubt they would tend to additional safety. + +Mr. Martell said that when they had got satisfactory data, twin screws +would be adopted for ships requiring great speed; but they had not got +that data at present. + +Admiral Sir John Hay, referring to twin screws as applying to +sea-going steamers which might be employed for imperial defense, said +it was quite certain that the defense of their extended commerce +would always require to be assisted by ships such as the Oregon and +other magnificent vessels which had been used for that purpose on a +recent occasion. He believed that for war purposes the twin screw was +recognized by all naval men as having very many advantages. If that +were so, it was quite evident that it would be a great advantage, +under such conditions as occurred at the loss of the Oregon, if the +compartments could be made completely water-tight; and the twin screw, +with the separation of the ship longitudinally, gave them the very +greatest possible protection. They could not trust to bulkheads that +were only closed occasionally by doors. What was required for war +purposes was the entire and complete isolation of different parts of +the ship, having always practically closed communications between +them. + +Mr. John then replied on the general discussion. He was pleased to +find that they had faith in the future of the twin screw and of +subdivision. The public had a right to demand greater safety than they +at present had on the Atlantic, or could have with a single screw. + + * * * * * + + + + +EXAMINATION QUESTIONS IN GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. + + +The following is a copy of the last examination paper given to +candidates who are desirous of employment in the constructive +departments of the municipality of New York: + +N.B.--In case candidate does not remember formula or method of solving +any problem submitted to him, let him name any work upon the subject +where such formula or method may be found. + +1. What is civil engineering? + +2. Have you ever pursued a course of study in any educational +institution, or with any civil engineer, which would fit you for the +position of assistant engineer? If so, state when and with whom; state +also, in detail, what experience you have had. + +3. Have you ever had responsible charge of any public work? If so, +state particulars. + +4. Solve the following according to the algebraic signs: + + -------------------------------------- + / (6-2/7 - 4-3/9) x 8-7/16 + / ------------------------ x 67873.367, and show your work. + \/ 4-4/12 + + +5. The population of a certain town in 1880 was 7,095; it having +increased 25 per cent. in ten years, what was it in 1870? Show your +work. + +6. How many feet, board measure, in the flooring of a room 20 feet by +30 feet and 21/2 inches thick? + +7. Find value of x and y in the following equations: + + 2 x + 3 y = 33 + 4 x - y = 17. + +8. Find value of x in equation x squared - x - 40 = 170. + +9. Find value of x in equation + + -------- + a / a squared - x squared x + - + / ------- = - + b \/ x squared b + +10. Explain the meaning of the expression a1/2 x b3/4. + +11. What is a logarithm? + +12. What is the base of the common system? + +13. In making what calculations are logarithms useful? + +14. How do you find the logarithm of a number in a table of +logarithms? + +15. What are similar triangles? + +16. How are similar triangles proportioned to each other? + +17. The sides of a polygon being prolonged, what is the sum of all the +exterior angles equal to? + +18. How do you pass the circumference of a circle through three given +points not in the same straight line? + +19. How do you describe a square in a circle? + +[Illustration] + +20. In the triangle, b being a right angle, what proportion does d b +bear to a d and d c? + +21. How do you inscribe a regular hexagon in a circle? + +22. What proportion do circumference and areas of circles bear to +their radii? + +23. How do you find the area of a regular polygon? + +24. Of an irregular polygon? + +25. Of a circle? + +26. How do you find the solid contents of a cylinder? + +27. Of a wedge? + +28. Of a pyramid? + +29. Find the contents of the wedge, base 20 feet by 30 feet, height 10 +feet, edge 15 feet. + +30. State the prismoidal formula; would you use it in calculating +earthwork? + +31. Is a simple question in calculating areas.--Ed. _Eng. News_. + +32. How many and what parts of a plane triangle must be given to find +the rest? + +33. Define the terms sine, co-sine, tangent, and co-tangent. + +34. What are natural sines, co-sines, etc.? + +35. What is a table of logarithmic sines, co-sines, etc.? + +30. Two sides and two angles of a plane triangle being given, how do +you find the other parts? + +37. When two sides of a plane triangle and their included angles are +given, how do you find the other parts? + +38. In the right-angled triangle, A B H express algebraically the +value of the sine, co-sine, tangent, and co-tangent of angle A in +terms of a, b, and h, they being the altitude, base, and hypothenuse +of the triangle. + +39. What is the law of gravitation? + +40. Do you understand that there is any difference in the meaning of +the terms gravitation and gravity? + +41. What is the law of falling bodies? + +42. Express algebraically this law, taking v = velocity of falling +body; g = acceleration of gravity; and h = height. + +43. What is the center of gravity of a body? + +44. How is it found? + +45. Where is the center of gravity of a homogeneous body whose sides +are all rectangles? + +46. What is the specific gravity of a body? + +47. What is the standard for solids and liquids? + +48. What for gases? + +49. What laws govern the pressure of liquids at rest? + +50. How do you find the number of gallons of water to the cubic foot? + +51. What is the weight of a gallon of water? + +52. What is the pressure per square inch on the side of a vessel at +the depth of 10 feet below the surface of the water? + +53. What will be the theoretical volume of discharge per second from a +reservoir through a pipe 1 foot in diameter, discharging at a depth of +100 feet below the surface of the water? + +54. How many gallons of water will be discharged through a pipe 1 foot +in diameter, 328 feet long, head 131/2 feet, coefficient of flow = +0.007? + +55. State how many men are needed to make up a full party for a survey +of a preliminary line or location of a public work, such as a railroad +or aqueduct. + +56. State also their several duties. + +57. For what purpose is the magnetic needle used in surveying land? + +58. What is a traverse table and for what used? + +59. How do you set out a circular curved line upon the ground? + +60. If an obstacle occurs to alignment, state how you would overcome +it upon straight lines, also upon curves. + +61. The radius of a curve being given, and angle of intersection of +the two tangents, how do you find the length of the tangent from their +intersection to the beginning of the curve? + +62. Describe an engineer's transit, and name its adjustments. + +63. Describe a Y level, and name its adjustments. + +64. How many kinds of leveling rods do you know of? + +65. State how they are graduated, and how they can be read to the +1/1000 of a foot. + +66. Show a form of field-book for transit notes used when "running" +curves, and place thereon notes of a 5 deg. curve for 1,000, with two +intermediate "set-ups." + +67. Show a form of level-book, and place therein sufficient figures to +show your method. + +68. What are cross-sections? + +69. How do you set slope stakes for excavation and embankment? + +70. What is a grade line? + +71. What proportion of the breaking weight of a beam would you +consider a safe load? + +72. With the load uniformly distributed, what fractional part of the +whole weight may be considered, in all calculations, as being carried +at the center? + +73. Suppose a beam supported at both ends, and take w = weight, l = +length of beam, b = breadth, d = depth, s = breaking weight. Express +algebraically the value of s in terms of the other quantities. + +74. Sectional area being 36 square inches, which would be the stronger +section, 6 by 6 or 4 by 9? + +75. Make a design for a pair of rafters, connected by a tie-beam, for +a roof 30 feet span, showing the dimensions of the several parts and +the manner of connecting them. State in detail your method of +obtaining the several dimensions. + +76. How do you apply the principle of the parallelogram of forces in +determining the strain on the various members of a structure? +Illustrate graphically. + +77. What should be the thickness at the top and base of a retaining +wall 15 feet high, built to retain ordinary earth? Show your method of +obtaining the required dimensions, also a sketch of the wall, showing +how it should be founded. + +78. A reservoir is to be built, depth of water 10 feet. If the walls +are built of masonry, find the thickness of the same, and state how +they should be built. Show your work. + +79. What is an arch, of how many forms, and of what may it be +constructed? + +80. Can you state how you would find the thickness of an arch of +stone, span and rise being given? + +81. Define the intrados and extrados of an arch. + +82. Where should the line of resistance to pressure be found in an +arch in order to retain its stability? + +83. Can you find the thickness of the abutments, the rise and span of +the arch being given? + +84. In a semicircular arch, where is the horizontal thrust greatest +and where least? + +85. Name the common kinds of stone used in building. + +86. Define the terms "quarry-faced," "rough-pointed," "fine-axed," +"bush-hammered," as applied to the dressing of stone. + +87. Describe "rubble" masonry, "ashlar" masonry, and "broken ashlar" +masonry. + +88. What are "headers" and "stretchers"? + +89. What should be the proportion of "headers" to "stretchers"? + +90. How would you prepare the foundation for a heavy wall, and how +deep should it be excavated? + +91. How are walls founded on soft or yielding materials? + +92. Describe a good quality of bricks, and state how you would know a +good brick from a poor one. + +93. In how many ways is brickwork "bonded" to make good work in heavy +walls? + +94. What is hydraulic cement, and how many kinds do you know of? + +95. Which do you consider the better quality, Rosendale or Portland, +and why? + +96. What is mortar composed of, and how mixed? + +97. What kind of sand should be used, and how do you test its quality? + +98. What is the meaning of the term "setting" as applied to cement? + +99. How would you test cement? + +100. What is concrete, of what composed, and in what proportion should +its ingredients be mixed? + +101. Name the common kinds of wood used in building. + +102. What kind of timber resists decay longest under ground? + +103. How may timber be preserved from decay? + +104. What do you understand by limit of elasticity as applied to a +beam under strain or pressure? What is meant by the neutral axis of a +beam? + +105. What is the tensile strength of a good quality of wrought iron +per square inch? + +106. For what parts of a structure may cast and wrought iron be used +in reference to tension and compression? + +107. Make a sketch of the form of cast-iron beam best adapted to +resist a transverse strain. + + * * * * * + + + + +CELEBRATION OF THE FIVE HUNDREDTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF +HEIDELBERG, AUGUST, 1886. + + +The wave of pleasure and enjoyment which flooded everything has +passed. Heidelberg, usually so quiet, assumed the role of a city of +the world, and all was bustle and excitement in the streets, which +were hung with flags and other decorations. The trains constantly +brought new accessions to the crowd, and gayety and mirth reigned +supreme. + +The dedication of the renovated _Aula_ of the University served as a +prelude to the festivities of the week. On this occasion a splendid +flag, embroidered by order of the wives of the faculty of the Academy, +an equally costly cover for the scepter, and a silver inkstand were +added to the treasures of the University. Conspicuous among the +numerous presents received were a richly carved set of furniture--the +gift of former students from Switzerland--and all the publications of +certain book dealers. + +On the afternoon of August 2, the Grand Duke and Duchess arrived in +Heidelberg, where they were received with much enthusiasm. They +remained at the modest palace during the time of the jubilee, and +whenever they appeared they were greeted with expressions of +patriotism and love. On the evening of the 2d, the _Oberburgermeister_, +Dr. Wilckens, extended a hearty welcome to the guests who had gathered +in the over crowded hall. Vincenz Lachner conducted the musical part of +the entertainment, which was charming. The German Crown Prince arrived +early on the 3d, so as to accompany his royal cousins to the service in +the beautifully decorated _Heiliggeistkirche_, on which occasion Prof. +Bassermann spoke with great effect. At 11 o'clock, the Court appeared in +the _Aula_, where the Grand Duke presided, in virtue of his office of +"Rector Magnificentissimus." His address was followed by those of the +Crown Prince; the _Prorector Geheimrath_, Dr. Bekker; Edward Zeller, of +Berlin; Jules Zeller, of Paris; and others. In the evening the citizens +and strangers were attracted to the _Jettenbuehel_ by the festival at the +castle; from 7:30 until 10 o'clock the nobility held court in the +_Bandhause_. The scene was like fairyland, all the outlines of the +castle were marked by thousands of small lights, and the court was +lighted by great candelabra. In the ever-increasing crowd it was +difficult to find a place and to obtain refreshments, which were given +out in immense quantities by the State. + +On the morning of the 4th the people thronged again to the +_Heiliggeistkirche_ to listen to the address of the _Geheimrath_, Dr. +Kuno Fischer, on the fate of the Palatinate and Heidelberg, which was +preceded and followed by music. After this the participants in the +festival were brought together by a dinner in the Museum Hall, and +seldom have speeches so inspired an audience as did those of the Grand +Duke and the Crown Prince. Never has Heidelberg seen such a +torch-light procession as that formed by the students in honor of +their Rector; 3,000 torches lighted him to the City Hall. He thanked +them, and proposed cheers for the Crown Prince. + +On the morning of the 5th there was the presentation of degrees. In +the afternoon a special train carried four hundred people to +Karlsruhe, where the royal party held a great reception. The capital +was decorated with flags, the city parks were lighted with Bengal +lights, there was music, and a song by the patriotic bard Vierordt was +sung. + +All the splendor and interest shrank into insignificance before the +grand historical procession on the morning of the 6th, which made a +lasting impression on the minds of all. The throng of 100,000 people +watched quietly while the whole history of the Palatinate passed in +review before them. The procession illustrated this history much +better than it could have been told by any professor or any book. +There was not a vacant space to be found, extra trains having brought +more spectators, and yet everything passed off quietly and without +accident. In the evening there was a heavy shower, which freshened +everything, leaving no ill effects to be seen the next morning, which +was more than could be said of many of those who attended the imposing +_Commerse_ of the Heidelberg students. As a former student, the Grand +Duke appeared among the 6,000 visitors at the _Commerse_, where he +presided and spoke enthusiastically of the Emperor. Other speeches +followed, until the conversation became so animated that even Von +Treitschke, who was received with an ovation, could not be heard. At +midnight the court retired and the _Fidelitas_ succeeded to their +rights. + +On the 7th the time was spent in excursions and carousing until the +illumination of the castle began. I never saw an illumination of the +ruins which could compare in beauty with that of the 7th. The night +was favorable for fireworks, until finally they were rivaled by the +moon, numerous boats trimmed with colored lanterns passed along the +river, there were fire-wheels on the bridge, water fireworks on the +river, and the quiet was disturbed alternately by the rockets and +music, and when the names of the Grand Duke and Duchess, crowned with +brilliant fire, appeared over the water, there was an involuntary +outburst of enthusiasm. If the old Elector and Electoress could have +been present at the closing entertainment of the jubilee, on the +evening of the 8th, they would have rejoiced to see the new life +brought to the ruins by their successor.--_Illustrirte Zeitung._ + + * * * * * + + + + +MANUFACTURE OF LEATHER IN RUSSIA. + + +From this extensive paper it appears that the matters chiefly used in +tanning are the bark of the oak, containing from 6.04 to 4.37 per +cent. of tannin according to the season, that of willows, of the elm, +and the birch. The leaves of the arbutus, employed in the governments +of Kasan, Viatka, and Perm, contain about 16 per cent. of tannin, +while the root of wild sorrel (_Rumex acetosella_) contains 12 per +cent. For removing the hair from hides, a lye made from wood ashes is +still employed. The softening of the leather is effected by means of +the excrement of dogs, which acts on the leather by means of the +biliary acid present, which forms with soda a kind of soap. After +tanning, white Russia leather is coated with a mixture of tar and seal +oil. Black Russia leather is dyed with alum, extract of sanders, and +ferrous sulphate. Horse hides are tanned to a great extent for sole +leather.--_M. Ryloff._ + + * * * * * + + + + +IMPURITIES IN PHOTOGRAPHIC CHEMICALS, AND TESTS FOR SAME. + + +[Table referred to in a paper read before the Birmingham Photographic +Society by G.M. JONES, M.P.S.] + + ------------------+---------------------+---------------------------------- + SUBSTANCE | IMPURITIES | TESTS. + | POSSIBLY PRESENT. | + ------------------+---------------------+---------------------------------- + Ammonia, | Carbonic acid | Renders lime-water milky. + NH_{3} | | + Molec. Wt. 17 | Dissolved solid | Residue left on evaporation. + | matter | + | | + | Chlorides | After acidulating with nitric acid, + | | it gives a precipitate with silver + | | nitrate, which after washing is + | | readily soluble in ammonia and + | | reprecipitated by nitric acid. + | | + | Sulphates | After acidulating with nitric acid, + | | it gives a precipitate with + | | barium nitrate. + | | + | Lime | A white precipitate with oxalate + | | of ammonium. + | | + | Lead is often | Black precipitate with sulphureted + | present, derived | hydrogen. + | from the action | + | upon flint glass | + | bottles | + | | + Nitric acid. | Traces of | After dilution it gives a + H, NO_{3} | sulphuric acid | precipitate with barium nitrate. + Molec. Wt. 63 | | + | Chlorides | After dilution it gives a + | | precipitate with silver nitrate. + | | + | Peroxide of nitrogen| The acid is yellow. + | | + | Iodine may be | After dilution and cooling it gives + | present if the acid | a blue color with starch, paste, + | be prepared from | or mucilage. + | sodium nitrate | + | | + Hydrochloric | Free chlorine | Liberates iodine from solution + acid, HCl | | of potassium iodide. See also + Molec. Wt. 36.5 | | "Chlorides," nitric acid. + | | + | Sulphuric acid | As above for nitric acid. + | | + | Perchloride of iron | Yellow color. Brown precipitate + | | with ammonia added till it + | | smells slightly. + | | + Sulphuric acid, | Bisulphate of | Residue on evaporation. + H_{2}SO_{4} | potassium | + Molec. Wt. 98 | | + | Sulphate of lead | Milkiness on dilution. May be + | | completely freed from lead by + | | diluting with three or four times + | | as much water, and allowing + | | to settle. + | | + Acetic acid | Water | Does not solidify when cooled + (glacial), | | to 17 deg. C. (53º F.) + H C_{2}H_{3}O_{2} | | + Molec. Wt. 60 | Sulphurous and | White precipitates with silver + | hydrochloric | nitrate. + | acids | + | | + | Aldehyde, or | Blackens in the light after adding + | volatile tarry | silver nitrate. + | matter | + | | + | Organic sulphuric | Smell of garlic. + | acid | + | | + Citric acid, | Tartaric acid | Strong solution of potassium. + H_{3}C_{6} | | Acetate added to a strong solution + H_{5}O_{7}H_{2}O | | of the acid will deposit white + Molec. Wt. 210 | | crystalline bitartrate. + | | + Pyrogallic acid | Metagallic acid | Black residue, insoluble in water. + (C_{6}H_{3})HO_{3}| | + Molec. Wt. 126 | | + | | + Silver nitrate, | Free nitric acid | Reddens litmus paper. (Neutral + AgNO_{3} | | silver nitrate does not + Molec. Wt. 170 | | affect litmus.) + | | + Potassium | Chlorides and | Same as for ammonia. + carbonate | sulphates | + K_{2}CO_{3} | | + Molec. Wt. 138 | | + | | + Potassium | Potassium carbonate| A strong solution is alkaline to + iodide, KI | | test paper. + Molec. Wt. 166 | | + | Sulphates and | Same as for ammonia. + | chlorides | + | | + | Potassium iodate | A pretty strong solution becomes + | | yellow from liberation of iodine + | | on addition of dilute sulphuric + | | acid or, better, a strong solution + | | of citric acid. + | | + Potassium | Similar to | See potassium iodide. + bromide, KBr | potassium iodide | + Molec. Wt. 119 | | + | | + Sodium carbonate, | Chlorides and | Same as for ammonia. + Na_{2}CO_{3} | sulphates | + Molec. Wt. 106 | | + | | + Sodium chloride, | Chloride of calcium | Oxalate of ammonium (after + NaCl | Chloride of | addition of a little acetic acid) + Molec. Wt. 58.5 | magnesium | gives a milkiness, or precipitate, + | | indicating calcium; filter this + | | out and add ammonia, chloride of + | | ammonium, and phosphate of sodium + | | (clear solutions). A precipitate + | | indicates magnesium. Both the above + | | cause dampness in wet weather. + | | + | Sodium sulphate | As for "sulphates" in ammonia. + | | + Potassium | Potassium carbonate | Effervescence with dilute acids, + cyanide, KCN | nearly always | giving off a gas carbonic + Molec. Wt. 65, | present | anhydride, which renders + and hydrate, KHO | | lime-water turbid. + Molec. Wt. 56 | | + Kaolin | Chalk | Effervescence with dilute acids. + | | + Water, | Sulphates and | Same as for ammonia. + H_{2}O | chlorides | + Molec. Wt. 18 | | + | Calcium carbonate, | Deposited by boiling. Test as + | temporary hardness | for calcium chloride. See + | | sodium chloride. + | | + | Ammonia, almost | Brown coloration, or + | always present in | precipitate with Nessler's + | distilled and rain | reagent. + | water | + | | + Gelatine | Alum | Ash, sometimes as much as ten + | | per cent. + | | + | Fatty matter | Separated by precipitation with + | | alcohol. Dissolved out by ether + | | or benzine, and left as a residue + | | on evaporation of the solvent. + | | + | | + Ammonium bromide | Potassium bro- | Leaves a residue when heated. + (NH_{4})Br | mide or other | + Molec. Wt. 98 | non-volatile | + | bodies | + | | + | Ammonium chloride | Same as for chlorides in + | | ammonia. + | | + Pyrogallic acid | Powdered glass | Left behind on solution. + | | + Potassium iodide | Potassium bromide | The crystals of bromide are + | | usually more transparent than + | | those of iodide, but no reliance + | | can be placed on this. + | | + Silver nitrate | Potassium nitrate, | Will not yield the full quantity + | sometimes present | of chloride on precipitation + | in the fused | with HCl. Gives a purple color to + | sticks--not in | flame. + | the crystals | + | | + Sulphuric acid | When vended as pure,| No easy test can be given, as the + | it invariably | substances are so numerous some of + | contains a trace of | them volatile, and most require + | iron. Common acid is| separation from the acid before + | also liable to | detection. + | contain arsenic, | + | selenium, thalium, | + | and many other | + | substances. | + | | + | Organic matter, as | Gives a brown color to the acid. + | a piece of straw | + | in a carboy of acid | + | | + Hydrochloric acid | Arsenic | Marsh's test. + | | + | Some yellow samples | Reinsh's test; a small piece of + | contain no iron, | copper foil becomes coated + | but an organic salt,| on boiling in dilute acid. + | and give an alkaline| + | ash on ignition of | + | the residue after | + | evaporation | + | | + Calcium chloride | Calcium hydrate | The clear filtered solution made + | | with distilled water is alkaline + | | to test paper, and gives a + | | precipitate on breathing into it + | | through a tube. + | | + Pure (?) chemicals| Broken glass, bits | These impurities either float or + generally | of straw, wood, | sink on solution, and may easily + | paper, etc. | be seen. + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +G.M. JONES, M.P.S. + + * * * * * + + + + +THE CATASTROPHE AT CHANCELADE. + + +The Chancelade quarries near Perigneux, which caved in Oct. 22, 1885, +under circumstances that are still fresh in the minds of all, have +gained a celebrity that renders it unnecessary for us to revert to the +details of the catastrophe. It will suffice to recall the fact that +after the accident a private committee was formed for the purpose of +making an attempt to save the five victims who had been surprised in +the drifts, and who happened to be in the bottom levels. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPLORING APPARATUS.] + +The Lippmann establishment at once offered to make a boring by means +of which it would be possible to communicate with the galleries in +which the men were imprisoned, but, despite the most active efforts, +success was found impossible. In order to satisfy public opinion, the +committee resolved to bore a well 12 inches in diameter to a depth of +23 feet, that should permit of reaching the gallery; but this did not +render the latter accessible. How was it to be seen what had occurred, +how was it to be made certain that the men were dead, and that all +hope of rescue must be abandoned? To Mr. Langlois, a Parisian +photographer, was confided an order to construct a special apparatus +which might be let down to the bottom of the well by a cord, and +which, being capable of operating from a distance, should furnish the +required information through sensitized plates. As may be seen, this +operation presented peculiar difficulties, although Mr. Langlois was +enabled to overcome these with much skill. + +The photographic apparatus that the ingenious operator constructed was +contained in a metallic case that could be let down into the bore +hole. The upper and lower parts of the contrivance were provided with +incandescent lamps, that could be lighted or extinguished from a +distance, by means of conductors. The photographic apparatus, properly +so called, formed of an objective and camera with its sensitized +plate, was inclosed in a cylinder 31/2 inches in diameter. By means of a +cord drawn at the mouth of the well, the apparatus could be made to +issue from its vertical sheath, and to pivot around its axis so as +take views in different directions (Fig. 1). + +The entire affair was suspended by twelve-foot iron rods, connected +with each other end for end. + +In using the apparatus, the operating was done in a shanty, which +served as a dark room. The device was let down into the bore well +until it touched bottom. At this moment a cord was pulled so as to +raise the camera, and then a few moments were allowed to elapse in +order that the apparatus might become immovable. As the objective was +all the time in the dark, it had neither cap nor shutter, but was +unmasked from the beginning of the operation. + +In order to form an impression on the plate, it was only necessary to +give light; this being easily done by passing an electric current by +means of a commutator, so as to light the incandescent lamps. At the +end of the exposure, the lamps were extinguished and the entire +apparatus was immersed in darkness. The mean time of exposure was from +four to five minutes. The apparatus was then hauled up, and the +negative developed. + +The experiments could be renewed as often as necessary, and the +apparatus be pointed in all directions by turning it a certain number +of degrees by means of a lever attached to the upper rod. In this way +were obtained various views of the inaccessible gallery in different +planes. + +[Illustration: FIGS. 2 AND 3.--REPRODUCTION OF PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN IN +THE INACCESSIBLE GALLERIES.] + +We reproduce herewith two of Mr. Langlois' most interesting +photographs. One of these shows the head of the corpse of a young +miner whose face stands out in relief against the side of the gallery +(Fig. 2) the other shows a wheel and a lot of debris heaped up +pell-mell (Fig. 3). + +The series of proofs obtained from small negatives, two inches square, +gave the completest sort of information in regard to the aspect of the +subterranean gallery. + +The exact place where the boring had been done and the entire and +broken pillars were recognized, as was also the presence of two +corpses, thus showing that it was indeed here that it would have been +necessary to act in order to render aid to the unfortunates. + +[Illustration: FIG. 4.--FAULT THAT CAUSED THE ACCIDENT.] + +In Fig. 4 is shown the appearance of the great fault that caused the +accident at Chancelade. It seems to us that this method of +photographing inaccessible subterranean galleries ought to receive +numerous applications in the future.--_La Nature._ + + * * * * * + + + + +SOMZEE'S NEW GAS-BURNERS. + + +With the object of effecting a very intimate mixture of gas and air, +and of causing this mixture to reach the point of ignition at as high +a temperature as possible, M. Leon Somzee, of Brussels, has designed +several new forms of gas burner, which we now proceed to describe and +illustrate, from particulars and by drawings kindly supplied by an +esteemed Brussels correspondent. + +The high-power burner shown in Fig. 1 effects perfect combustion of +the heated mixture of air and gas, which is introduced by the draught +determined by the arrangement. What chiefly distinguishes this burner +from others of its class is the fact that it is perfectly suited to +domestic lighting--that is to say, it may be arranged for a +comparatively small consumption of gas, while giving an increase of +250 per cent. of light. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1. and FIG. 2. INCANDESCENT AND HIGH-POWER +BURNERS.] + +The burner proper is a cage or basket of specially prepared magnesia, +which yields a warmer tone of light than any obtained hitherto, while +not requiring so high a temperature before combustion. The cap, made +of a fire-resisting substance, fits on to a tubular arrangement, R, +fixed in the upper portion of the body of the burner. The latter is +supplied by air entering at the cone, O, which terminates the inner +chamber, K, of the heater, and also by that drawn in by the rising +column of gas, passing before the orifices, D, which may be regulated +at will. The small burner, I, which is kept constantly alight, heats +the central compartment, K, the sides of which transmit heat to the +gas circulating in the annular casing, L, of the compartment. The +heated gas passes, by the passage, AA¹, into the space, C, where it +becomes intimately mixed with the air entering at OP, and also with +the outer air arriving by the lateral apertures, D. + +The _vis viva_ of the jet is diffused through this mixture, which thus +becomes very intimate, when it penetrates into the tubular +arrangement, R; combustion now taking place at the top, while the +refractory cap emits a bright orange light of great steadiness. As it +is not the flow of gas which determines the entrance of the outer air, +the former may be used at any pressure--an advantageous arrangement in +all respects. + +When the small burner, I, in the lower chamber is lighted, the +products of combustion issue by the orifice, O, of the compartment, +terminating in a needle like that of the steam injector; and the jet +draws along the air entering the apertures, PP, above the cone. The +gas from the pipe, arriving from the annular space, L, fills the two +lateral pockets shown in dotted lines, and passes through the +orifices, AA¹, which communicate with the upper chamber of the +burner. The manner in which it is conveyed thence to the tubular +arrangement has already been described. + +Fig. 2 shows a more simple method of carrying out the same principle, +and of effecting a considerable saving in gas for a given intensity of +light. In this form, a wick, T, impregnated with an alkaline earthy +solution, a few seconds after lighting, affords a focus of white light +remarkable for its steadiness and brilliancy. A draught of air is +created by a jet of gas issuing from the hollow needle, B, and passing +through the vessel, D, which is provided with orifices, O, for the +entrance of air. The air and gas pass from D into C, whence (after +their intimate mixture is effected) they pass into the tubular +arrangement, F, at the top of which combustion takes place. + +To regulate the proportions in which the air and gas should mingle, in +order that the combination should be as intimate as possible, the air +inlet is made variable by a perforated collar, which permits of the +orifices, O, being more or less covered. The other proportions of the +burner--that is to say, the relative capacity of the two compartments +and the length of the hollow needle--are determined by the sectional +area of the supply-pipe for the gas, which is admitted under moderate +pressure. Instead of a wire-gauze cap, impregnated with a solution of +metals or of salts, two fine platinum wires may be used--one bent into +the form of a semicircle of about an inch radius, and the other (of +slightly larger diameter) rolled spirally round the former. When both +ends of the two wires are connected with the upper portion of the +tubular arrangement (which in this case is flattened), and the gas is +ignited at the burner, the metallic arc becomes red hot, and then +brightly incandescent, emitting a light, less brilliant indeed than +with magnesia, but of remarkable steadiness. + +In this case the production of light is chiefly due to the fact that +calorific condensation, caused by the use of the helicoidal coil +surrounding the curved wire, prevents loss of heat in this conductor. +In these forms of high-power burner, in which the gas is used directly +for the production of light, the difficulty generally encountered of +heating the air (present in a larger volume than the gas) has been +successfully overcome. + +Fig. 3 shows the straight and outspread flame burner with a special +heater. In this arrangement the gas and air are heated before +combustion, in the compartment, G, directly exposed to the action of a +small Bunsen burner, R, which is placed (in an opaque glass) in the +middle of a lyre-shaped figure formed by the two gas-pipes, AA. The +burner proper consists of two fine annular passages meeting above, and +emitting a thin annular sheet of gas over the guide, T, made of a +white refractory substance placed between the two annular jets. The +object of this guide is to stretch the incandescent sheet of flame, +composed of several jets, and interpose friction, so as to prevent a +too rapid ascent of hot gases. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 REGENERATIVE BURNERS WITH INVERTED +FLAMES.] + +The luminous focus is placed within a glass globe, C, mounted on the +bell, B, of the heater; and the external air enters this bell, +mingling with the products of combustion of the heating burner, R. The +portion, D, of the annular passage, B, being made of a highly +conductive metal, the gas becomes heated in passing to the burner, so +that both gas and air are raised to the same temperature by the time +they reach the orifices of the burner. Instead of prolonging the +gas-pipe to the point of bifurcation, a chamber may be arranged +immediately below the guide, for the gas and air to become intimately +mixed by passing through several perforations or wire gauze, receiving +the excess of heat from the white porcelain guide. The admission of +gas to both the main and heating burners is regulated by a double +valve in the pipe; but this arrangement may be used without any +previous heating of the gas and air. + +Fig. 4 shows a similar arrangement to that above described, but +reversed; the gas and air being previously heated by the products of +combustion. The two pipes, D, lead the gas to the burner; and the +incandescent sheet of flame is drawn over a white refractory +substance, having in its center an orifice through which the hot gases +rise to the upper portion of the burner. The luminous sheet is spread +out all the better on account of this return of the flames, which also +causes the mixture of air and gas to be more complete than when they +rise directly. The gas escapes horizontally from the orifices of the +annular burner, B, and mingles with the double current of hot air +which rushes in above the flame inside the globe, and also below +through the central portion of the burner. + +This lamp throws its light vertically downward; and its illuminating +power may be increased by providing, above the incandescent sheet, a +reflector, which diverts into a useful direction the rays thrown +toward the ceiling. In this arrangement of lamp the flame is +excessively condensed by its being turned back over the refractory +guide; and this condensation greatly favors the production of light. +On the other hand, the combustion of the gas is very perfect, because +the currents of hot air are thrown directly upon the two sides of the +flame; and thus the reciprocal action becomes more intense. Lastly, +the division of the gas into a large number of small jets, in contact +with which the hot air forms an intimate mixture, causes a greater +quantity of molecules to partake in the combinations; thus affording a +proportionate increase of temperature in a given space and time. + +[Illustration: FIG. 5. REGENERATIVE BURNER WITH FLAME DEFLECTED +OUTWARD.] + +Owing to these various circumstances, the final effective duty of this +burner is advantageous, so that it yields an illuminating power which +may be put at from 200 to 250 per cent. above that of ordinary +burners, and about 25 per cent. more than that of other regenerative +burners. The flame is comparatively steady; the loss due to the +friction over the white porcelain being almost eliminated, because the +flame only presses upon the guide for a small portion of its surface, +and is only spread out to the extent of its dark zone. + +The contact between the incandescent sheet of flame and the guide may +be made as short as desired, and the motion of the gaseous mass be +directed by a simple button placed in the center of the burner; thus +giving the form shown by Fig. 5, which, however, differs from the +previous figure in the fact that the inverted flame is directed +outward instead of inward. + +In this arrangement the button, T, is fixed in the middle of the +burner, which is made cylindrical and annular, or may consist of a +ring of small tubes, to which the gas is led by a single pipe; leaving +the whole "furnace" free for the circulation of air and the products +of combustion. This is the most recent development of the principle +patented by M. Somzee in 1882, viz., the formation of an illuminating +sheet of flame, spread out laterally, while heating the gas and air by +the products of combustion. + +Figs. 6 and 7 show two forms of burner designed especially to give +economical results with a small consumption of gas. The former is an +ordinary Argand burner in which hot air is introduced into the upper +portion of the flame, so as to increase the activity of combustion. +The luminous sheet of flame is then spread out by a metal disk +attached to the end of the tube, D, which introduces the air into the +flame. The outer air becomes heated in its passage through the wire +gauze, T, which absorbs the heat liberated in the interior of the +apparatus, and also that which is radiated from the incandescent sheet +and reflected by a metal shield, P, surrounding the dark part of the +flame. + +[Illustration: FIG. 6. FIG. 7. TYPES OF ECONOMICAL BURNERS.] + +It is the combustion of gas, without the production of useful luminous +effect inside the shield, which supplies the reflected as well as +radiated heat to the air. The temperature is still further increased +by the heat transmitted to the metal portion of the burner, and +absorbed by the wire gauze, between the close meshes of which the air +from outside is forced to circulate. Air is admitted inside the flame +by the chimney, D, placed above the focus, and in which it is raised +to a high temperature by friction on the upper part of the lamp glass, +at E, and afterward by its passage through the horizontal portion of +the bent tube. This tube is impinged upon on the outside by the +flames, and also by the products of combustion, so that it forms a +veritable heater of the currents which traverse it. + +The introduction of hot air into the central portion of the sheet of +flame is advantageously supplemented by the spreading out of the flame +by means of the metal disk, without any possibility of its being +divided. In this way a more intense heat is obtained, and consequently +the illuminating power is considerably increased, by the uncombined +carbon being more readily set free, and being thus kept longer in the +flame, F. This burner, which may be constructed for a moderate gas +consumption, gives remarkable results as regards illuminating power +and steadiness; the abstraction of heat in no way impairing the +luminosity of the flame, which preserves all its brightness. + +The Argand burner with double chimney, shown in Fig. 7, is also an +economical one for a small consumption of gas. The air admitted to +both the inside and the outside is raised to a high temperature by +passing along the spirals of a second and transparent chimney, C¹, +which surrounds the cylindrical glass, C. The gas itself is heated by +passing through this hot chamber before reaching the outlet orifices; +so that the mixture of air and gas takes place under the most +favorable conditions for their perfect combustion. + +The burner is an ordinary Argand, which may terminate below in a small +chamber for the gas and air to mingle. But this is not necessary; and +the usual arrangement for mixing the air and gas may be adopted. The +outer air enters at the top of the central chimney, C and passes into +the annular space between the two glasses; then descends by the two +spiral passages, which surround the cylindrical glass and terminate +in a portion hermetically sealed by a brass plate attached to the +supply-pipe. All the parts of the burner are thus surrounded by a +highly-heated atmosphere, especially at the bottom of the double +chimney; and it will be readily understood that, if the branches which +lead the gas to the burner are constructed of a highly conductive +metal, the gas will become heated in its turn by passing through +passages raised to a high temperature. + +The elements are therefore dissociated or separated before their final +combination; thereby raising the calorific and luminous effect to the +highest possible degree. Such a burner can, of course, be made as +small as may be required; thus lending itself admirably to the +subdivision of illumination. The only precaution required is to +properly proportion the sectional area of the hot-air passages to the +radiant surface of the flame, so that the heat does not become too +intense at the lower portion of the burner. + +Fig. 8 shows a double flame burner on the principle of Mr. Heron's, +but with admission of hot air into the angle formed by the flames. As +exemplified by Mr. Heron, if two equal batswing burners separately +give a certain amount of light, on the two flames being brought into +contact, so as to form a single flame, the luminosity is considerably +increased, owing to the condensation of heat which results from their +meeting. The two incandescent sheets are, as it were, forced into one +another, so as to be combined. + +[Illustration: FIG. 8. DOUBLE FLAT-FLAME BURNER] + +The high-power burners of Douglass, Coze, Mallet, and others were +designed on this principle; but its application to uninclosed burners +was not very satisfactory, because the great cooling down of the inner +surface of the flames by the strong draught of cold air impaired their +illuminating power. To counteract this difficulty, M. Somzee adopts a +heating burner, A, which he places between the two batswing burners, +B, so that the products of combustion rise in the angle made by the +two lighting flames, as shown; thus greatly increasing their +luminosity while maintaining a low consumption of gas. + +M. Somzee also raises the illuminating power of an ordinary flat-flame +burner by causing an obscure effluvium to traverse the dark portion of +the flame. The effect of this is to increase the activity of +decomposition in this portion, so that the particles of carbon are the +more readily set free, and remain longer in suspension in the luminous +zone. The obscure effluvium may be determined between two points by +the electric current, or be caused by the heating of an imperfect +conductor by the current; or, again, it may result from a metal +conductor heated by the reactions produced in the middle of the flame, +by separating the cone of matter in ignition. The effect may be +compared with that obtained by the concentration of two sheets of +flame; but in this case the sheets are formed by the constituent parts +of one and the same flame, whence results a more complete utilization +of the elements composing it. This system is, in fact, a +simplification of the arrangement adopted in the double-flame burner +seen in Fig. 8. + +Fig. 9 shows a reflecting and regenerative burner with double glass. +The crown, made of metal polished on both sides, has a circular +groove, G, for receiving the end of the central chimney, C, and +presenting an annular aperture by which the products of combustion +enter. The second glass, C¹, is fastened to the collar of the +burner carrier, and does not come into contact with the metal crown; +so as to allow the air to enter from outside for supplying the burner. +The gas enters by the pipe, T, provided with a cock. This pipe is +continued to the top of the apparatus, and there spreads out into the +form of a dome; thus dividing into two compartments the trunconic +chamber, S¹ S squared, whence the hot gas returns to the body of the burner, +B. + +[Illustration: FIG 9. REFLECTING AND REGENERATING BURNER.] + +On the burner being lighted from below, the products of combustion +rise in the inner chimney, and enter the heater, which they traverse +through its entire extent, while impinging against the outside of the +gas reservoir, to which they give up a large portion of their heat. +They then pass by the passage, D, into the atmosphere or into a +chimney. The air necessary for combustion enters at the top of the +outer globe, and becomes highly heated in its passage through the +space comprised between the two glasses of the burner. In this way it +reaches the burner, and forms an intimate mixture with the small jets +of gas which compose the flame. The gas, on leaving the supply-pipe, +T, fills one of the compartments, S¹ S squared, of the heater, and then +returns by the second compartment, and again descends by the casing of +the supply-pipe, having its temperature still further raised by +contact with the internal radiation of the flame. + +Under these conditions, all the parts of the burner are supplied by +heated air, and the combustion becomes very active; thus increasing +the intensity of the flame, and consequently that of the light +afforded, while at the same time effecting a saving of 50 per cent. of +gas. This burner may be made of any size, and for consumptions not +exceeding that of an ordinary Argand. In fact, the gas is consumed at +a low pressure, escaping with no greater force than that due to the +heat of the products of combustion. It is sufficiently expanded on +coming into contact with the current of hot air, the activity of which +is regulated by the height of the apparatus, that is to say, by that +of its two chimneys. The mixture is made in such proportion as to +obtain from the gas and air as great a degree of luminosity as +possible. The high temperature of the gas, and the independent means +of heating the air and gas, constitute the essential principles of +this burner.--_Journal of Gas Lighting._ + + * * * * * + + + + +THE CLAMOND GAS BURNER. + + +[Illustration: THE CLAMOND GAS BURNER.] + +In this burner, which is a French invention, the light is produced by +burning ordinary coal gas within a basket of magnesia, which is +thereby brought to a high state of incandescence, and from which a +white, steady light is radiated. It may be said to consist of three +different parts. The first and inner part is a central column, B, of +fireproof material. The second part consists of two concentric +cylinders placed round the inner column and communicating one with the +other through the cross cuts, J. The third part is a china cup +inclosing the other parts, and perforated with a number of holes. The +gas burns in two different places. From A it passes directly through +B, at the top of which it branches off through tubes to an annular +chamber, D, from which it escapes through the openings, _a_, _a_, _a_, +where combustion takes place. The other combustion occurs within the +circular space, G, I, between the column and the inner of the two +surrounding cylinders, through two channels, E E, in the lower part of +the central column. The gas passes into a circular chamber, F F, and +escapes through small holes in the upper partition of this chamber, +where it burns. The product of this combustion passes put into K, +through the cross cuts, J. The air entering through the holes, H L, of +the outer china cup passes along the inner of the two concentric +cylinders, which is heated to redness, and rises highly heated toward +the upper annular burner, where the gas burns at _a_, _a_, _a_, in small +separate flames, each entirely surrounded by the hot air. This insures +perfect combustion of the gas within the basket of magnesia placed +above, and which is thus brought to a state of incandescence. It will +be seen from this description how simple and practical the +arrangement is. It is claimed for the light produced that it will +stand comparison with the electric light. Like that, it shows colors +perfectly true, and will enable an observer to distinguish between the +most delicate shades, allowing of the finest work being executed as by +daylight. It is, moreover, stated to be perfectly steady. As the +Clamond burner can be fixed to any gas bracket or lamp now in use, its +adoption causes no other expense than the cost of the burner itself. +There is no expensive installation, and when used in combination with +the electric light, it is claimed that a uniform lighting will be +obtainable instead of the unpleasant contrast between gas and +electricity. Another important advantage obtained by the Clamond +burner is the saving effected in the consumption of gas as compared +with the same power of light obtained from ordinary burners. + + * * * * * + + + + +A NEW THERMO-REGULATOR. + + +In the thermo-regulators which have been constructed heretofore, the +heat has been regulated by the variation in the inflow of gas to the +heating flame. The apparatus described below, and shown in the +accompanying cut, taken from the _Zeitschrift fur Instrumentenkunde_, +operates on an entirely different principle. The distillation and +condensation process of a fluid heated to the boiling point in the +vessel, A, is as follows: + +[Illustration] + +The steam passes first through the pipes, _a_ and _c_, into the +serpentine tube, where it is condensed, and then flows through the +tubes, _d_ and _b_, back into the vessel, A, if the cock, _r_, is +closed, but if the said cock is open, it flows into the receptacle, K. +When the liquid begins to boil the steam passes freely through the +tubes, _d_ and _b_, part passing through the tube, _f_, out into the +air, and the other part passing through the open cock, _r_, to the +receptacle, K; but the condensed liquid soon closes these passages to +the steam. At _h_ is an opening for a thermometer, _t_, and through +this opening the liquid can be poured into the vessel, A. If the cock, +_r_, is kept closed, the volume of liquid in the vessel, A, cannot be +diminished, and the bath, B, must take the constant and uniform +temperature of the steam in the vessel, A, as the vessel, B, is heated +evenly on all sides. + +This apparatus can also be used as an air bath, in which case the +vessel, B, is left empty and closed by a suitable stopper. + + * * * * * + + + + +PIPETTE FOR TAKING THE DENSITY OF LIQUIDS. + + +The accompanying engraving represents a simple apparatus, which any +person accustomed to working glass can make for himself, and which +permits of quickly, and with close approximation, estimating the +density of a liquid. In addition, it has the advantage of requiring +but a very small quantity of the liquid. + +It consists simply of a straight pipette, A B, to which is affixed +laterally, at the upper part, a small U-shaped water gauge. + +The two branches of the gauge, as well as the pipette itself, are +graduated into equal divisions. If need be, the graduating may be done +by simply pasting on the glass strips of paper, upon which a graduated +scale has been drawn. The zero of the pipette's graduation is exactly +at the lower extremity, B. The graduation of the two gauge tubes +extends in both directions from a zero situated near the center. The +zeros of the two branches must correspond as exactly as possible, so +that they shall be in the same horizontal plane when the apparatus is +fixed upon a support. To render the apparatus complete, it only +remains to adapt, at A, a rubber tube provided with a wire clamp, and +terminating in a short glass tube for sucking through with the mouth. + +[Illustration: PIPETTE FOR TAKING THE DENSITY OF LIQUIDS.] + +For taking the density of a liquid, we plunge the end, B, into it, and +then suck, and afterward close the rubber tube with the clamp. It is +essential that this latter shall hold well, so that the levels may +remain constant. + +We now do the reading. Suppose, for example, we read 250.3 mm. on the +pipette, and 147.7 mm. and 152 mm. on the branches of the gauge. +Having these data, we loosen the clamp, and allow the liquid to flow. +On account of capillarity, there remains a drop in B; and of this we +read the height, say 6 mm. A height 250.5 mm - 6 = 244.5 mm. of liquid +raised is, then, balanced by a column of water of 147.5 + 152 = 299 +mm. + +Now the heights of these two liquids is in the inverse ratio of their +densities: + + _d_ 299.5 + --- = -----, whence _d_ = 1.22. + 1 244.5 + +We obtain _d_ by a simple division. + +When the instrument has been carefully graduated, and has been +constructed by an expert, the accuracy of the first two decimals may +be relied upon. With a little practice in estimating the last drop, we +may, in trying to estimate the density of water, even reach a closer +approximation. In order to measure the height of the drop accurately, +one should read the maximum height to which the liquid rises between +the fall of two drops at the moment when the last ones are falling, +since at that moment, and only at that, can it be ascertained that the +lower level of the bubble is plane. The error in such reading does not +reach half a millimeter, and, as a suitable height of the apparatus +permits of having columns that vary between 13 and 30 centimeters, an +error of this kind is but 1-300. This is the limit of precision of the +method. + +The clamp might be advantageously replaced by a glass cock, or, better +still, A might terminate in a rubber bulb; and a lateral tubulure +might be fixed to the pipette, and be closed with a rubber stopper. + +This little apparatus is more easily maneuvered than any of those that +have hitherto been devised upon the same principle. It is capable also +of replacing areometers in ordinary determinations, since it permits +of correcting the error in capillarity that is neglected in +instruments; and, moreover, one can, when he desires to, easily verify +for himself the accuracy of the graduation.--_La Nature._ + + * * * * * + + + + +USEFUL BAGS, AND HOW TO MAKE THEM. + +By JOHN T. HUMPHREY. + + +Since the papers on "Boot and Shoemaking," in vol. i. of _Amateur +Work_, illustrated, I think nothing relating to the leather trades has +appeared in it; and as there must be many among the readers of this +magazine who have a desire to dive deeper into the art of manipulating +leather into the various articles of utility made from that material, +I will endeavor in the series of articles of which this is the +commencement to furnish them with the necessary instructions which +will enable them to do for themselves many things which now are left +undone, or else have to be conveyed miles to some town where the +particular business, or something akin to it, is carried on. To the +colonist and those who live in out-of-the-way districts, it must be a +matter of great regret to observe articles of use, where the material +is in good condition, rapidly becoming useless owing to the inability +of the possessor to do the necessary repairs. Again, it may be that +the article is completely worn out, and the old proverb that "a stitch +in time saves nine," will not be advantageously applied if carried +out. In that case a knowledge of making new what we require, whether +in order to replace something already worn out or as an addition to +our store, must prove beneficial to the thrifty amateur. My object in +writing these articles is not to deprive the mechanic of any portion +of his legitimate occupation, but to assist those who live at a +distance too great to be able to employ him, and who necessarily +prefer any makeshift to the inconvenience of sending miles, and being +without for days, an article which might possibly be set right in an +hour or two. + + +HOW TO MAKE BAGS. + +The old-fashioned carpet bag (Fig. 1) is still unsurpassed by any, +where rough wear is the principal thing to be studied. Such a bag, if +constructed of good Brussels carpeting and unquestionable workmanship, +will last a lifetime, provided always that a substantial frame is +used. + +[Illustration: FIG 1.--THE CARPET BAG.] + +Next in order comes the brief bag (Fig. 2), more extensively used than +any other. For business purposes it is in great favor with bag users, +being made in a variety of shapes, but all belonging to the same +class. Here we have the shallow brief, deep brief, eclipse wide mouth, +imperial wide mouth, excelsior, courier, and many others; but to know +how to make one will be sufficient for all, the only difference being +in the cut or style in which they are constructed. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--THE BRIEF BAG.] + +The cricket bat bag (represented in Fig. 3) is made on the same +principle throughout as the carpet bag. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--THE CRICKET BAT BAG.] + +Frames and all necessary fittings required in making bags may be +purchased of dealers. + +Care must be observed in choosing all the pieces necessary for a bag +from the same pattern carpet, otherwise it will present an unsightly +appearance when completed. There may be some who would prefer American +cloth; this is thoroughly waterproof, and has a good appearance for +some time, but, like all articles of imitation, it has only +_cheapness_ to recommend it. If cloth is to be used (I mean American +cloth), let it be the best that can be bought, that which is called +"double-twill duck," if possible. As the making is the same whether +cloth or carpet be used, it will be understood that the instructions +for making apply to both. + +The following tools, which are few and inexpensive, will be required: +A pair of clams (Fig. 4), cost 1s. 6d.; knife (Fig. 5), 6d.; half +dozen awl blades, 1/2d. each; three or four boxwood handles, 11/2d. each; +3 foot rule, 1s.; hammer, 1s.; a packet of harness needles, size 4, +cost 21/2d. (these have blunt points); a bone (Fig. 6) will also be +required for rubbing the stiffening into place, cost about 3d.; and a +ball each of hemp and wax for making the sewing threads--hemp 21/2d., +wax 1/2d. For making holes in the bottom where the nails or studs are +fixed, a large sewing-awl will be required; this will probably have to +be bought at a saddler's; the other tools can all be obtained at any +grindery and leather seller's. + +[Illustration: FIG. 4--Pair of Clams. FIG. 5--Knife. FIG. 6--Bone +Rubber. FIG. 7--Method of Measuring Registered Frame: A to A, Top of +Sides; A to B, Top of Gussets. FIG. 8--Pattern of Bottom, Showing +Place of Nails. FIG. 9--Side Pattern Folded. FIG. 10--Gusset Pattern +Folded. FIG. 11--Pattern for Gusset Stiffening. FIG. 12--Handle, +Showing Distance of Rings.] + +The awl blades mentioned above are of two kinds, and either may be +used for this work. Those generally used are of a straight diagonal +shape, making a perforation the shape of a diamond, <>*; the others are +perfectly round, tapering gradually to a fine point. To fix them in +the boxwood handles, place the blade in a vise, leaving the unpolished +part above the jaws; hold the handle above this, and commence driving +it down, taking care that the blade is penetrating the middle of the +handle. Continue tapping the handle until the ferrule reaches the +polished part of the blade; it will then be in far enough. + + * Transcriber's Note: Original diamond vertical instead of horizontal. + +A good serviceable pair of clams may be made by taking two staves of a +good-sized barrel, and cutting about 10 inches off the end of each. +Screw together with three screws (as in Fig. 4), and shape the +uppermost ends so that the outsides meet in a sharp ridge along the +top; this will give a flat surface within the mouth, by which a hold +of the work may be obtained. A two-inch screw will be long enough for +the bottom, which must be turned in as tightly as possible; the others +must not be less than 3 inches, as there will be a space of 11/2 or two +inches between the staves at the part where they are inserted. Screw +these just tight enough to give a good sharp spring to the mouth of +the clams when they are pressed open; this will insure the work being +held firmly while being sewn. Sandpaper them over to give a smooth +appearance, and these will be found as useful as bought ones. + +A piece of basil leather will be required for the bottom and welts of +the bag. This may be purchased at a leather seller's with the tools. +Cut out the bottom first; the welts may be cut from any narrow pieces. +These must be cut seven-eighths of an inch wide, then folded over, and +lightly hammered down. This brings the two edges together, and when +placed in position, they should lie evenly between the edges of the +material. A piece of string may be laid in the welt to give it a +fuller appearance if the leather is very thin. + +The following dimensions of bags when made up will enable the maker to +choose the most useful size: + + No. 1, 16 by 14 inches; No. 2, 19 by 16 inches; + No. 3, 21 by 17 inches; No. 4, 24 by 18 inches. + +The sizes of frames and parts when cut will be as follows: + + Frame. Sides. Bottom. Gussets. + + No. 1, 15 inches 161/2 by 151/2 161/2 by 51/2 151/2 by 51/2 + No. 2, 18 inches 191/2 by 171/2 191/2 by 6 17 by 6 + No. 3, 20 inches 211/2 by 181/2 211/2 by 61/2 181/2 by 61/2 + No. 4, 23 inches 241/2 by 191/2 241/2 by 61/2 191/2 by 61/2 + +Taking No. 1, 161/2 inches will be the length of sides and 151/2 inches +the depth. The gussets are also 151/2 deep, the width being 51/2, the same +as the bottom. Take 11/2 inches from the depth of these to allow for +covering the frame, and 1/2 inch from the length to allow for the seams, +and we have a bag 16 inches long by 14 inches deep. + +And now to commence. Arrange the pieces of carpet on the board, and +mark off the size of each part required with a piece of chalk or +pipeclay. By cutting with the carpet, laying the right side up, we +shall be able to see that the pattern of it will be in the same +direction on both sides of the bag when made up. We next take the ball +of hemp, and by pushing the finger through the hole in the center of +it, drive out the end. To use the hemp from the inside is much the +best way, because the ball will stand perfectly still, whereas, if +started from the outside, it will be darting in all directions about +the floor of the workroom, and entwining itself around any obstacle +which lies there, unless it is placed securely in a box and drawn out +through a hole in the center of lid. + +A hook must be fixed in some convenient place to make the waxends on, +or, as they are called in the trade, "threads," which term it will be +as well to call them by here; thus a _four-cord thread_ means a thread +or waxend containing four strands of hemp, a six-cord contains six +strands, and so on. One of the greatest difficulties for the amateur +is to produce a well-formed thread. He generally finds it thicker a +few inches from the point than at any other part. These are known in +the trade as bull-necked threads; and as the mechanic finds it +difficult to use them when his employer starts a new apprentice and +gives him this job for the men, I must impress on the worker here the +necessity of making them as perfect as possible. It would be as well +if a little practice was given at breaking the hemp in the way which +produces good points. Better waste a few yards of hemp than be +compelled to abandon a thread after making only a few stitches with +it. + +Gripe the hemp firmly between the thumb and forefinger of the left +hand, leaving about eight or nine inches hanging loosely down; lay +this over the thigh of the right leg, and with the right hand rub it +in a downward direction, which will cause the twisted strand to +loosen. One good stroke should be sufficient; if not, it must be +repeated until the fibers forming the strand are quite loosened. By +holding it close to the end with the right hand, and giving it a jerk +with the left, the fibers will break, and the ends of the strands +formed in this way are placed at a little distance one above another, +which, when twisted, form a smooth, tapering point. + +To cast off a thread the proper way is to stand at a distance of about +three feet from the hook previously mentioned, and by holding the end +of the hemp in the left hand, pass it over the hook and bring it down +with the right, then holding with the left and breaking as above. When +sufficient strands to form the thread have been broken off, carefully +examine the points to see that they taper properly, and have no lumps +in them. Rub the wax up and down a few times, so that the thread may +be properly waxed on that portion which will be inside when twisted. +Hold the two ends in the left hand, and with the right roll each end +separately down the right leg a sufficient number of times to twist +the thread throughout. Judgment will be required in this operation, or +the thread will be a constant source of trouble if it is over-twisted. +Wax it again, and then it is ready for use. See that the points are +well waxed, then take a needle and pass the point of the thread +through the eye until it nearly reaches that part which would stop its +progress. + +It must now be turned down on to the thicker portion and carefully +twisted. Smooth it down, then take the other end of thread and another +needle, and fasten it on in the same way. In selecting the awl to be +used, do not take a very large one. The hole should be just large +enough for the thread to require a slight pull to get it through. + +To commence sewing take one side and a gusset and place them evenly +together, the right side of the material being inside, and fix them in +the clams. Slip the welt as previously described between the edges, +and pass the awl through the lot. Drive it perfectly straight, as upon +this chiefly depends a nice seam when turned. Draw out the awl, and by +following the point, pass up the bottom needle with the left hand. +This should be taken by the thumb and forefinger of the right hand and +the thread pulled through half its length, so forming a thread of +equal length on each side. Make another hole with the awl about +one-third of an inch from the first. This gives the length of stitch. +Pass up the bottom needle as before into the right hand, the top +needle descending to the bottom immediately after. Take hold of this +with the left hand and pull through the threads simultaneously top and +bottom, until the extremity on each side lies on and forms the stitch. +Be careful that in pulling in the latter part each thread closes at +the same time, thereby preventing a crooked seam. Repeat until the +seam is finished, then take the other gusset and place in position. +Sew this, then take the other side of bag and sew to the gussets. You +will then have something in the shape of a bag, minus the bottom. Take +this next, and fix each corner to one of the seams previously made, +and stitch it carefully round, placing a welt in as before. At the end +of each seam a stitch or two back should be taken or the thread tied +over to prevent it opening. + +The outside of the bag being inward, it must now be turned previous to +stiffening and framing. The turning is done by placing the bag over +the left arm, and with the right hand commence pushing in one of the +corners, then the opposite one until that end is reversed. Then serve +the other end in a similar manner, and smooth each seam along. + +We now take a piece of stout millboard (an old ledger book cover will +do if large enough), or, if purchased with the frame, ask for a two +pound board: this will cost about 4d., and be sufficient for several +bags. Cut it quarter of an inch less than the bottom all round, and +see that it fits before gluing it in. To do this, place one end within +the seams at one end of the bag, and by lifting it in the middle press +in the other, when the stiffening will lie within the four seams at +the bottom. Having fitted it satisfactorily, take it out again and +glue it well with some good hot glue. This must be neither too thick +nor too thin. The best way to prepare it is to lay some glue in cold +water for twelve hours. It will absorb sufficient water in that time, +and can be boiled up without any further preparation. The quicker it +is fixed after the glue is put on the better. A brush similar to a +paint brush will be the best to apply it with, and need not cost more +than 6d. After the gluing, lay it aside for a few hours to allow it to +thoroughly set, during which time the making of the handles can be +proceeded with. On some bought bags these are very common, and seldom +last more than a few months; the usual plan being to take a piece of +rope about the size of a clothes line and roll a piece of brown paper +round it, covering it afterward with a piece of basil leather. + +Procure two pieces of brown harness leather--the shoulder of the hide +is most suitable--from a saddler, 11 inches long by 1-1/8 inches wide, +round the four ends, and make a compass mark 1/8 of an inch from the +edge all round for the stitching. Take a piece of line as above, and +place within the leather, which most likely will have to be damped to +make it draw round easier. Leave 11/2 inches from each end for sewing to +the bag, the line also being so much less than the full length of the +handles. Having sewn them, flatten the ends and bend the handles into +a semicircular shape, and leave them to dry. + +By this time the glue holding the stiffening to the bottom of the bag +will be set, so the next move will be to put in the studs or nails. +Take the largest size awl and make five punctures through the bottom, +about three-quarters of an inch from each corner and one in the +center, as in Fig 8; push the nails through and turn down each of the +two claws in an opposite direction, tap them with a hammer to make +them lie closer, and also to prevent them from becoming loose. This +done, we next take the frame and remove the key-plate from it. + +Fold the sides of the bag well over the frame, so that the stitching +will get a good hold of the part that goes inside. Put a stitch +through at each corner to hold it, and see that it sets perfectly true +on the frame. A space is left between the two plates of iron forming +the frame, which allows of the bag being sewn through it. Fix the +key-plate by riveting inside. Sew the bag from one corner of frame to +the other corner on each side, leaving the gussets unstitched. It is +now ready for the lining. Let this be good, as it will greatly add to +the durability of the bag if strong. Coarse linen at 8d. to 10d. per +yard is the best material for this purpose. The sides and bottom may +be cut in one piece; the length of this will be twice the depth of one +side of carpet (less the part which folds over the frame) and the +width of the bottom. The width of this piece throughout to be a half +inch less than the outsides were cut. The gusset lining will want to +be the same width as the gusset, but an inch less in length will do. +The seams of the lining may be stitched with an ordinary household +sewing machine if good thread is used. When made, place the lining +inside the bag, see that it is well down at the bottom, turn in the +top edge all round to the required size, and fix in as follows: Take a +long carpet needle and a length of thread, pass the needle through the +lining at the folded ridge and bring it up again through the same at a +distance of an inch or so. This forms a stitch within the lining; pass +the needle through one of the stitches made in sewing in the frame and +repeat as before, carefully observing that the lining falls into its +proper place as it is being sewn in. Continue in this way until the +two sides are done, leaving only the gussets and gusset lining to be +united. This is done by folding the edges inward and sewing them +together, the frame joints moving freely between the gussets and +lining. We have now only the handles to put on and it is complete. Sew +these on with a five cord thread well waxed. To protect the lock +against being unduly strained when filled, a strap and buckle may be +put on between the handles and each end of the frame, as in Fig. 3. + +Next in order is the cricket bat bag, which should always be comprised +in the outfit of the amateur cricketer, as well as of the +professional. In making this we follow the instructions given for the +carpet bag. It may be made either of carpet, tan-canvas, or leather, +the latter, of course, being the strongest and most expensive. Carpet +will not require to be described, but a brief description of +tan-canvas and leather may be of service to the amateur in assisting +him to choose something for himself. + +Tan-canvas, as used for bags and portmanteaux, is a strong, coarse +material of a brown color; it wears well, and has one advantage over +carpet--it is thoroughly waterproof. + +Leather is, of course, superior to carpet or canvas, but there are a +few tricks in its manufacture which it may not be out of place here to +mention as a caution to the amateur that the old saying, "There's +nothing _like_ leather," is a thing of the past where the general +appearance of an article is meant. The genius of the inventor has +produced machinery which gives to paper, linen, and other stuffs the +appearance of the genuine article, whereas it does not contain one +particle of it. At one time, when a hide of leather was required to be +of the same thickness all over it, the currier would work at the flesh +of the skin with a shaving knife, gradually scraping the thick parts +away until it was reduced to the required substance. Now it is done +in a few minutes. The hide is passed whole between the rollers of a +splitting machine against the sharp edge of a knife, which reaches +from one side of the machine to the other, a distance of 10 or 12 +feet. This knife is so gauged that any thickness can be taken off at +one operation, the part taken off resembling the hide in size and +shape. The top or grain of the hide is then dressed and finished off +brown, if for brown hides; or, if to be used for enameled hides, they +are dyed and japanned. These are called either brown or enameled +cow-hides, according as they are finished off, and are used for all +the best class of Gladstone, brief, and other bags. The bottom or +fleshing of the hide is also dyed and japanned, and when finished, +exactly resembles in appearance the hide itself, and is very difficult +for the novice to tell when made up into bags or any other article. +These are called _splits_, and having had the best part of the skin +taken from them, do not wear one-fourth the time the grain will. The +black enamel soon chips off, which gives them a worn-out appearance. + +To make a bag 36 inches by 12 inches by 8 inches requires a frame 36 +inches long, the sides 361/2 inches by 14 inches, gussets 14 inches by +81/2 inches, bottom 361/2 inches by 8 inches. The lining will be 36 inches +by 12 inches for the sides, gussets 13 inches by 8 inches, bottom 36 +inches by 8 inches. For the handles two pieces of leather 12 inches by +2 inches. The straps and chapes are sewn on quite close to the frame, +straps 10 inches long by 1 inch, chapes 41/2 inches by 1 inch. Cut a +slit in the middle of the chape for the buckle tongue to go through, +and pare the under side at the end so that it is not too lumpy when +sewn on to the bag. Cut two loops 3 inches long by 3/4 inch wide for the +points of straps to go through. + +The brief bag must be made of leather, and as there is the same amount +of work in making it, whether it be of split or hide, it will be sure +to give greater satisfaction if the latter is chosen. The manufacture +of this bag differs considerably from the others. The sides and +gussets in the carpet bag are cut straight from top to bottom, but in +the brief bag they must be shaped to fit the frame, and give it a more +comely appearance. The frame, as before described, is quite different. +The way to commence with this bag is to open the frame as in Fig. 7, +so that it will lie perfectly flat upon the bench. With the rule +measure it carefully between the corners, A, A, and again at A, B. The +distance between A and B being less when the frame is open than when +closed, an additional 1/2 inch must be added to allow the gusset to bend +freely round the hinge. Having correctly taken these measurements, get +a sheet of brown paper and fold it in the middle; the reason for this +is to allow of each side of the pattern taking the same curve at the +swelled part. Cut the pattern for the sides first by ascertaining half +the distance, A, A, and marking it on to the edge of the paper, +measuring from the folded edge toward the ends. Next mark on the +folded edge the depth you intend the bag to be, allowing in this, as +in the carpet bag, 11/2 inches for covering the frame. The depths of +brief bags vary so much that I will give these only as a guide, +leaving my readers to add or reduce as their fancy guides them; but if +they should strictly adhere to these given below, I am certain they +will find them very useful sizes. + +For a 12 inch frame cut the sides and gussets 101/2 inches in depth; +when made up, these will be 9 inches from the frame to the bottom. For +a 14 inch frame add 1 inch, and for a 16 inch add 2 inches. This will +make these 10 inches and 11 inches in depth respectively when made up, +and either of these will be found a very useful bag for many purposes. +The width of the bottoms to be cut 5 inches, 51/2 inches, and 6 inches, +the 5 inch, of course, for the 12 inch bag, the 51/2 inch for the 14 +inch, and the 6 inch for the 16 inch. The depth having been decided +upon, and marked on the folded edge of the paper, make another mark +the same distance from the edge at the first mark, H. The bottom of +the sides being 1 inch longer than the top, add 1/2 inch to the +measurement of the top of pattern when the bottom part is marked off +at J L. Draw a curved line between H L, as in Fig. 9, and cut through +the two thicknesses of paper at one time, keeping them well together +to insure them being alike. The gusset pattern may be cut in the same +way, D to D, Fig. 10, being half the distance of A B, Fig. 7, and the +1/2 inch added for going round the joint; E E, the swelled part, which +bends into the bag when the frame is closed, and also allows it to +open perfectly square; F F is half the width of the bottom of gusset. +A pattern for the bottom of the bag may be made by folding a piece of +paper each way to get the length and width; make a small hole through +the four thicknesses, open it and mark it from hole to hole, using the +rule as a guide. This will be found to be perfectly accurate. + +To cut out the bag, lay the leather on the bench, enameled side +downward, and see that the patterns lie on it so the creases will run +from the top to bottom of the bag when made. The sides must be taken +first, and as they are more exposed than any other part, they should +be taken from the best part of the hide. Take the gussets next, then +the bottom. The welts are taken from the cuttings which are left. To +make the handle, glue a lot of odd pieces together about 61/2 inches +long, 1/2 inch wide, and the same thickness, and when dry pare the edges +away until it is perfectly round and slightly tapering toward each +end. It is then divided and glued top and bottom to a strip of good +leather cut to shape, Fig. 12, which is passed through the rings at +each end, and turned back to form a shape. Put a few stitches through +close to the rings before the fittings are glued on, and cover with a +piece of cow-hide long enough to go through the two rings and along +the under side, then stitch it. Trim and dye the edges, rubbing them +afterward with a piece of cloth to produce a polish. Before making the +handle, the plates must be on the rings, or it will prove a difficult +job to get them on afterward. + +The stiffening for the bottom will be cut as if for a carpet bag. Fig. +11 represents the stiffening for the gussets, and is cut from a board +half the thickness of that used for the bottom. + +The linings may be cut from the outside patterns by reducing them the +11/2 inches, allowed for covering the frame, and 1/8 inch for each welt. +A lining of scarlet or blue roan greatly adds to the appearance and +durability of a bag. A skin large enough for a 14 inch or 16 inch will +cost about 3s. + +Cow-hide for the outside is sold at 1s. 8d. per square foot, but the +leather sellers frequently have pieces large enough for making a bag +which they will sell at a slight reduction, and which answers this +purpose as well as cutting a hide. In seaming the bag, take care not +to wrinkle it in the clams. The welts in this must reach only to the +frame, the same as in the carpet bag; the rest of the seam must be +neatly closed and rubbed down, so that it will not be lumpy on the +frame. Before turning the bag warm it before the fire, especially if +it is cold weather. Glue in the bottom stiffening first, and then the +gussets, rubbing them well down with the bone. When these are set, +prepare for the operation of framing. Fold one of the sides to get the +middle of it, cut a hole for the lock barrel about 11/4 inches from the +edge, and press it over. Be careful not to cut it too large or the +hole will show. Pierce a hole through the leather for the lock plate, +press this tightly on the frame, and clinch the clams underneath, to +hold it securely. Make holes for the handle plates and fasten them on +in a similar manner. Two slits must be cut near the middle of the +other side of bag, about 3/4 inch from the edge, for the hasp to go +through. This bag must be sewn to the frame all round, and care must +be taken that a sufficient fullness is allowed in the middle of the +gusset to enable it to close easily round the joints of the frame. A +thumbpiece must be sewn on the bag at the hasp to open it by. The +lining of this bag is sewn through the frame all round in the same +manner as the side linings of the carpet bag. + +I hope my readers will not think that I have gone too much into +details. It is in small things that so many failures take place. As it +is much easier to do anything when you are shown than when so much has +to be guessed, it is my desire to make the road for beginners as +smooth as possible, which must be my excuse if any is required. It is +as well that those who intend to turn their attention to working in +leather should begin by making a bag; the experience gained in +cutting, fitting, putting together, and finishing will be useful when +larger and more difficult pieces of work are undertaken.--_Amateur +Mechanics._ + + * * * * * + + + + +MOLASSES, HOW MADE. + + +The _New England Grocer_ says that the manufacture of molasses is +really the manufacture of sugar up to a certain stage, for molasses is +the uncrystallized sirup produced in the making of sugar. The methods +of manufacture in the West Indies vary very considerably. In the +interior and on the smaller plantations it is made by a very primitive +process, while on the larger plantations all the appliances of modern +science and ingenuity are brought to bear. Each planter makes his own +sugar. It is then carried to the sea coast and sold to the exporters, +by whom it is shipped to this country. The quality and grade of the +molasses varies with each plantation. Two plantations side by side may +produce entirely different grades. This is owing to the soil, which in +Porto Rico and other localities in the West Indies seems to change +with almost every acre. The cane from which the sugar and molasses is +made is planted by laying several pieces of it in holes or trenches. +The pieces are then covered with earth to the depth of two or three +inches. In about two weeks sprouts appear above the surface. Then more +earth is put in, and as the sprouts grow, earth is added until in +three or four months the holes are filled up. The planting is done +from August to November, and the cutting progresses throughout the +greater part of the year. The cane grows to a height of seven or eight +feet, in joints each about a foot long. + +When the cane is in proper condition for cutting, as shown by its +appearance, an army of workmen take possession of the field. Each is +armed with a long, broad knife, like a butcher's cleaver. They move +down the lines of cane like an army, and while the cutting is going on +the fields present an interesting sight, the sword-like knives +flashing in the sun, the 300 or 400 laborers, the carpet of cut cane, +the long line of moving carts, and the sea of standing cane, sometimes +extending for miles and miles, stirred by the breeze into waves of +undulating green. The laborers employed on these plantations are +largely negroes and Chinese coolies. When the cane is ripe, they +proceed to the field, each armed with a _matchet_. Spreading over the +plantation, they commence the cutting of the cane, first by one cut at +the top, which takes off the long leaves and that part which is +worthless, except as fodder for the cattle. A second cut is then given +as near the root as possible, as the nearer the ground the richer the +cane is in juice. The cut cane is allowed to fall carelessly to the +ground. + +Other workmen come with carts, pick it up, tie it in bundles and +carry it to the mill. The cutting of the cane is so adjusted as to +keep pace with the action of the mill, so that both are always at +work. Two gangs of men are frequently employed, and work goes on far +into the night during the season, which lasts the greater part of the +year. + +As before stated, some of the methods of manufacture are very simple. +In the simplest form, the sugar cane is crushed in a mortar. The juice +thus extracted is boiled in common open pans. After boiling a certain +length of time, it becomes a dark colored, soft, viscid mass. The +uncrystallized sirup is expressed by putting the whole into cloth bags +and subjecting them to pressure. This is molasses in a crude state. It +is further purified by reboiling it with an addition of an alkaline +solution and a quantity of milk. When this has continued until scum no +longer arises, it is evaporated and then transferred to earthen jars. +After it has been left for a few days to granulate, holes in the +bottom of the jars are unstopped, and the molasses drains off into +vessels placed to receive it. Another process of extracting molasses +is as follows: By various processes of boiling and straining, the +juice is brought to a state where it is a soft mass of crystals, +embedded in a thick, but uncrystallized, fluid. The separation of this +fluid is the next process, and is perfected in the curing house, so +called. This is a large building, with a cellar which forms the +molasses reservoir. Over this reservoir is an open framework of +joists, upon which stands a number of empty potting casks. Each of +these has eight or ten holes bored through the bottom, and in each +hole is placed the stalk of a plantain leaf. The soft, concrete mass +of sugar is removed from the cooling pans in which it has been brought +from the boilers and placed in the casks. The molasses then gradually +drains from the crystallized portion into the reservoir below, +percolating through the spongy plantain stalks. + +On the larger plantations, machinery of very elaborate description is +used, and the most advanced processes known to science are employed in +the manufacture. The principle is, however, the same as has been seen +in the account of the simpler processes. On these larger plantations +there are extensive buildings, quarters for workmen, steam engines, +and all the necessary adjuncts of advanced manufacturing science. In +the sugar mills the cut cane is carried in carts to the mill. It is +then thrown by hand upon an endless flexible conductor which carries +the cane between heavy crushers. The great jaws of the crushers press +the cane into pulp, when it is thrown aside automatically to be carted +away and used as a fertilizer. The juice runs off in the channels of +the conductor into huge pans. The juice is now of a dull gray color +and of a sweet, pleasant taste, and is known as _guarapo_. It must be +clarified at once, for it is of so fermentable a nature that in the +climate of Porto Rico it will run into fermentation inside of half an +hour if the process of clarifying is not commenced. The pans into +which the juice is conducted are pierced like a colander. The liquor +runs through, leaving the refuse matter behind. It is then forced into +tanks by a pump and run to the clarifiers, which are large kettles +heated by steam. Lime is used to assist the clarification. It is then +filtered into vats filled with bone black. The filtering is repeated +until the juice changes color, when it is conveyed to the vacuum pans. +It has now become a thick sirup. It is then pumped into the sirup +clarifiers, skimmed, and again run through bone black, and finally is +conducted into another kettle, where it is allowed to crystallize. The +sirup that fails to crystallize is molasses, and it is here that we +catch up with what we started after. To extract the molasses from the +crystallized mass of sugar, we must go to the purging house. This is +similar to the building spoken of in connection with the simpler +process. It is of two stories. The upper floor is merely a series of +strong frames with apertures for funnel-shaped cylinders. The sugar is +brought into the purging house in great pans, which are placed over +the funnels. The pans are pierced with holes through which the +molasses drains off into troughs which are underneath the floor, all +running to a main trough. From thence the molasses runs into vats, +called _bocoyes_, each of which holds from 1,200 to 1,500 gallons. The +hogsheads in which the molasses is brought to this country are +manufactured principally in Philadelphia and taken to the West Indies. +They are placed in the hold of the vessel and the molasses pumped into +them. The government standard for molasses is 56 degrees polarization. +When not above that test, the duty is four cents per gallon. Above it +the duty is eight cents. This tends to keep molasses pure, as the +addition of glucose increases the quantity of sugar and therefore of +the polarization, and would make necessary the payment of increased +duties. The adulteration of molasses is therefore largely if not +wholly done after it is out of bond and in the hands of the jobber. + + * * * * * + + + + +PRIMITIVE IRON MANUFACTURE. + + +We are indebted for the illustrations and the particulars to Dr. +Percy's invaluable book on iron and steel (probably it is not saying +too much to describe it as the best work on the subject ever written). + +[Illustration: SECTION OF INDIAN BLAST FURNACE AND BLOWING MACHINE.] + +Fig. 1 shows a sectional elevation, and Fig. 2 shows a plan of furnace +and bellows and tuyeres, indeed, an entire ironworks plant used in +India, not only now, but, so far as we can gather, from time +immemorial. The two figures give a sufficiently clear idea of the form +of furnace used in Lower Bengal, in which portion of our Indian empire +there are entire villages exclusively inhabited by iron smelters, who, +sad to relate, are distinguished from the agricultural villages +surrounding them by their filth, poverty, and generally degraded +condition. There are whole tribes in India who have no other +occupation than iron smelting. They, of course, sink no shafts and +open no mines, and are not permanent in any place. They simply remain +in one place so long as plentiful supplies of ore and wood are +obtainable in the immediate vicinity. In many cases the villages +formerly inhabited by them have passed out of existence, but the +waste, or rather wasted products, of their operations remain. + +The furnace shown in Figs. 1 and 2 is built of the sandy soil of the +district, moistened and kneaded and generally strengthened by a sort +of skeleton of strips of flexible wood. In form it varies from a +cylinder, more or less circular, diverging into a tolerably acute +cone, the walls being about 3 in. thick. The height is generally +about 3 ft. and the mean internal diameter about 1 ft., but all these +dimensions vary with different workmen and in different localities. +There are two apertures at the base of the furnace; one in front, +about 1 ft. in height, and rather less in width than the internal +diameter of the furnace, through which, when the smelting of one +charge is finished, the resulting mass of spongy iron is extracted, +and which during the smelting is well plastered up, the small conical +tuyere being inserted at the bottom. This tuyere is usually made of +the same material as the furnace--namely, of a sandy soil; worked by +hand into the required form and sun-dried; but sometimes no other +tuyere is employed than a lump of moist clay with a hole in it, into +which the bamboo pipes communicating with the bellows are inserted. +The other aperture is smaller, and placed at one side of the furnace, +and chiefly below the ground, forming a communication between the +bottom of the furnace chamber and a small trench into which the slag +flows and filters out through a small pile of charcoal. It is this +slag being found in places where iron is not now made that shows that +iron smelting was an occupation there, perhaps many centuries before. + +The inclined tray shown at the top of the furnace on Fig. 1 is made of +the same material as the furnace itself, and when kneaded into shape +is supported on a wooden framework. On it is piled a supply of +charcoal, which is raked into the furnace when required. + +The blowing apparatus is singularly ingenious, and is certainly as +economical of manual labor as a blowing arrangement depending on +manual labor well can be. A section of the bellows forms the portion +to the right of Fig. 1, showing tuyere forming the connection between +bellows and furnace. It consists of a circular segment of hard wood, +rudely hollowed, and having a piece of buffalo hide with a small hole +in its center tied over the top. Into this hole a strong cord is +passed, with a small piece of wood attached to the end to keep it +inside the bellows, while the other end is attached to a bent bamboo +firmly fixed into the ground close by. This bamboo acts as a spring, +drawing up the string, and consequently the leather cover of the +bellows, to its utmost stretch, while air enters through the central +hole. When thus filled, a man places his foot on the hide, closing the +central hole with his heel, and then throwing the whole weight of his +body on to that foot, he depresses the hide, and drives the air out +through a bamboo tube inserted in the side and communicating with the +furnace. At the same time he pulls down the bamboo with the arm of +that side. Two such bellows are placed side by side, a thin bamboo +tube attached to each, and both entering the one tuyere; and so by +jumping on each bellows alternately, the workman keeps up a continuous +blast. + +[Illustration: Fig. 2.--PLAN OF INDIAN BLAST FURNACE AND BLOWING +MACHINE.] + +The Figs. 1 and 2 are taken from sketches, and the description from +particulars, by Mr. Blandford, who was for some years on the +Geological Survey of India, and had exceptional opportunities in his +journeyings of observing the customs and occupations of the Indian +iron smelters. The blowing machine is an especially wonderful and +effective machine, and was first described and illustrated by Mr. +Robert Rose, in a Calcutta publication, more than half a century ago. +He also had seen it used in iron making in India.--_Colliery +Guardian._ + + * * * * * + + + + +WOOD OIL. + + +Wood oil is now made on a large scale in Sweden from the refuse of +timber cuttings and forest clearings, and from stumps and roots. +Although it cannot well be burned in common lamps, on account of the +heavy proportion of carbon it contains, it is said to furnish a +satisfactory light in lamps specially made for it; and in its natural +state it is the cheapest illuminating oil. There are some thirty +factories engaged in its production, and they turn out about 40,000 +liters of the oil daily. Turpentine, creosote, acetic acid, charcoal, +coal-tar oils, etc., are also obtained from the same materials as the +wood oil. + + * * * * * + + + + +SOAP. + +By HENRY LEFFMANN, M.D. + + +Although the use of soap dates from a rather remote period, the +chemist is still living, at an advanced age, to whom we are indebted +for a knowledge of its composition and mode of formation. Considerably +more than a generation has elapsed since Chevreul announced these +facts, but a full appreciation of the principles involved is scarcely +realized outside of the circle of professional chemists. Learned +medical and physiological writers often speak of glycerin as the +"sweet principle of fats," or term fats compounds of fatty acids and +glycerin. Indeed, there is little doubt that the great popularity of +glycerin as an emollient arose from the view that it represented the +essential base of the fats. With regard to soap, also, much erroneous +and indistinct impression prevails. Its detergent action is sometimes +supposed to be due to the free alkali, whereas a well-made soap is +practically neutral. + +A desire to secure either an increased detergent, cleansing, or other +local effect has led in recent years to the introduction into soaps of +a large number of substances, some of which have been chosen without +much regard to their chemical relations to the soap itself. The result +has been the enrichment of the materia medica with a collection of +articles of which some are useful, and others worse than useless. The +extension of the list of disinfectant and antiseptic agents and the +increased importance of the agents, in surgery, have naturally +suggested the plan of incorporating them with soaps, in which form +they will be most convenient for application. Accordingly, the +circulars of the manufacturing pharmacists have prominently displayed +the advantages of various disinfecting soaps. + +Among these is a so-called corrosive sublimate soap, of which several +brands are on sale. One of these, containing one per cent. of +corrosive sublimate, is put on the market in cakes weighing about +sixteen hundred grains, and each cake, therefore, contains sixteen +grains of the drug--a rather large quantity, perhaps, when it is +remembered that four grains is a fatal dose. Fortunately, however, for +the prevention of accidents, but unfortunately for the therapeutic +value of the soap, a decomposition of the sublimate occurs as soon as +it is incorporated in the soap mass, by which an insoluble mercurial +soap is formed. This change takes place independently of the alkali +used in the soap; in fact, as mentioned above, a well-made soap +contains no appreciable amount of free alkali, but is due to the +action of the fat acids. Corrosive sublimate is _incompatible_ with +any ordinary soap mass, and this incompatibility includes not only +other soluble mercurial salts, but also almost all the mineral +antiseptics, such as zinc chloride, copper sulphate, iron salts. Some +of the preparations of arsenic may, however, be incorporated with soap +without decomposition. + +Such being the chemical facts, we must admit that no reliance can be +placed in corrosive sublimate soaps as germicide agents. It must not +be supposed that this incompatibility interferes with the use of these +soaps for general therapeutic purposes. It is only the specific +germicide value which is destroyed. Since the fats used in soap +manufacture yield oleic acid, we will have a certain amount of +mercuric oleates formed together with stearate and other salts, and +for purposes of inunction these salts might be efficient. Still the +physician would prefer, doubtless, to use the specially prepared +mercurial. + +In producing, therefore, a disinfecting soap, being debarred from +using the metallic germicides, we are fortunate in the possession of a +number of efficient agents, organic in character, which may be used +without interference in soaps. + +Among these are thymol, naphthol, oil of eucalyptus, carbolates, and +salicylates. There is no chemical incompatibility of these with soap, +and as they are somewhat less active, weight for weight, than +corrosive sublimate, they are capable of use in larger quantities with +less danger, and can thus be made equally efficacious. + +It is in this direction, therefore, that we must look for the +production of a safe and reliable antiseptic soap. + +There is not much exact knowledge as to the usefulness of such +additions to soap as borax and glycerin. They are frequently added, +and highly spoken of in advertisements. Borax is a mild alkaline body, +and as a detergent is probably equivalent to a slight excess of +caustic soda. Glycerin, although originally considered an emollient, +probably on account of its source and physical properties, is in +reality, to some skins at least, a slight irritant. It is, in fact, an +alcohol, not a fat. It does not pre-exist in fats, but is formed when +the fat is decomposed by alkali or steam. + +In ordinary cases, soap owes its detergent effect to a decomposition +which occurs when it is put in water. + +A perfectly neutral soap, that is, one which contains the exact +proportion of alkali and fat acid, will, when placed in cold water, +decompose into two portions, one containing an excess of the acid, the +other an excess of alkali. The latter dissolves, and gives a slightly +alkaline solution; the former precipitates, and gives the peculiar +turbidity constituting "suds." These reactions must be kept in mind in +determining the effect of the addition of any special substance to the +soap.--_The Polyclinic._ + + * * * * * + + + + +OPTICAL ERRORS AND HUMAN MISTAKES.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Read before the American Association, Buffalo, + August, 1886.] + +By ERNST GUNDLACH. + + +I wish to call attention to a few mistakes that are quite commonly +made by microscopists and writers in stating the result of their +optical tests of microscope objectives. + +If the image of an object as seen in the microscope appears to be +unusually distorted and indistinct toward the edge of the field, and +satisfactory definition is limited to a small portion of the center, +the cause is often attributed to the spherical aberration of the +objective, while really this phenomenon has nothing to do with that +optical defect of the objective, if any exists, but is caused by a +lack of optical symmetry. If a perfectly symmetrical microscope +objective could be constructed, then, with any good eye-piece, it +would make no difference to the definition of the object were it +placed either in the center or at the edge of the field, even if the +objective had considerable spherical aberration. But, unfortunately, +our most symmetrical objectives, the low powers, leave much to be +desired in this respect, while our wide angle, high powers are very +far from symmetrical perfection. + +There are two causes of this defect in the latter objectives, one +being the extreme wideness of their angular apertures, and the other +the great difference in the distances of the object and the image from +the optical center of the objectives. + +Another mistake is often made in regard to the cause of certain +prismatic colors that are sometimes, in a striking degree, produced by +otherwise good objectives. According to the nature of these colors, +whether yellow or blue, green or indigo, they are generally regarded +as evidences of either chromatic over or under correction of the +objective. Of course the presence of either of these defects is +certainly and correctly indicated by the appearance of one or the +other of the colors, under certain circumstances; but the simple +visibility of prismatic color is by no means a reliable indication of +over or under correction of color, and, indeed, to the honor of our +opticians, it may be stated that very few objectives are made that +cannot justly be called achromatic in the general sense of the term. +By far the most common causes of prismatic color, in otherwise +carefully constructed objectives, are the so-called chromatic +aberrations of second or higher order. Every achromatic lens which is, +as it should be, at its best at about two-thirds of its aperture, is +inside of this ring or zone, toward the center slightly under and +outside, toward the edge, slightly over corrected. This defect is the +greater, the less the difference of the dispersive powers of the two +glasses used in the construction of the lens, for a given proportion +of their refractive indexes, and therefore the degree of visibility of +the colors of the aberrations of the second order depends greatly on +the nature of the glass employed in the construction of the lens. + +This defect may be corrected by a suitable combination of two or more +lenses, though not without again having similarly, as in the +correction of the first color, some faint remnants of color, the +aberrations of third or still higher order. But even the correction of +the third or still higher order may, if the angular aperture is very +wide, leave quite visible and disturbing remnants of color. + +Another and not uncommon explanation of the cause of this unwelcome +color, though not so serious and damaging a charge to the maker of the +objectives, is its attribution to the so-called "secondary spectrum." +This error, like that previously mentioned, is certainly indicated by +the appearance of certain colors under certain conditions, but being, +as a rule, one of the least defects of even our best objectives in +most cases, it is probably not the true source of the disturbance. + +The secondary spectrum is very commonly confounded with the chromatic +aberration of higher order. While the latter is produced by +imperfections in the form of the lens, the former is due to an +imperfection of the optical qualities of the material from which the +lens is constructed, the crown and flint glass. + +A glass prism of any angle will project upon a white surface a +spectrum of any length, according to the arrangement of the light +source, the screen, and the prism. So with two prisms of the same kind +of glass, but of different angles, two spectra can be produced of +exactly equal length, so that if one is brought over the other, with +the corresponding colors in line, they will appear as one spectrum. +But if one of the prisms is made of crown and the other of flint +glass, then their spectra cannot be arranged so that all their +corresponding colors would be in line, for the proportional distances +of the different colors differ in the two spectra. If two colors of +the spectra are, by suitable arrangement, brought exactly in line, +then the others will be out. The two spectra do not coincide, and the +result, if an achromatic lens be made of these glasses, must be a +remnant of color which cannot be neutralized. This remnant is the +secondary spectrum. + +Although this peculiar disharmony in the dispersive powers of the two +glasses, crown and flint, was discovered almost immediately after +achromatism was invented, it was only recently that the first +successful attempts were made to produce different glasses, which, +possessing the other requirements for achromatic objectives, would +produce coincident spectra, or nearer so than the ordinary crown and +flint glass do. It was about twelve years ago, if my memory serves me, +when I learned that a well-known English firm, engaged in the +manufacture of optical glass, had brought out some new glass possessed +of the desired qualities, and a little later I received a circular +describing the glass. But at the same time I learned that the new +glass was very soft and difficult to polish, and also that it had to +be protected from the atmosphere, and further, that an English +optician had failed to construct an improved telescope objective from +it. I had ordered some samples of the glass, but never received any. + +A few months ago, news from Europe reached this country that another +and seemingly more successful attempt had been made to produce glass +that would leave no secondary spectrum, and that Dr. Zeiss, the famous +Jena optician, had constructed some new improved objectives from it. +But the somewhat meager description of these objectives, as given by +an English microscopist, did not seem fit to excite much enthusiasm +here as to their superiority over what had already been done in this +country. Besides this, the report said that the new objectives were +five system, and also that extra eye-pieces had to be used with them. +I confess I am much inclined to attribute the optical improvement, +which, according to Dr. Abbe's own remark, is very little, more to the +fact that the objectives are five system than to the new glass used in +their construction. + +After a close study of a descriptive list of the new glass, received a +week or two ago from the manufacturers, I find, to my great regret, +that this new glass seems to suffer from a similar weakness to that +made by the English firm twelve years ago; as all the numbers of the +list pointed out by the makers as having a greatly reduced secondary +spectrum are accompanied with the special remark "to be protected." +Furthermore, from a comparison of the dispersive and refractive powers +of these glasses, as given in the list, I find that objectives +constructed from them will leave so great aberrations of higher order, +both spherical and chromatic, that the gain by the reduction of the +secondary spectrum would be greatly overbalanced. + +In conclusion, I wish to say that while I would beware of +underestimating the great scientific and practical value of the +endeavor of the new German glass makers to produce improved optical +glass, and the great benefit accruing to opticians and all others +interested in the use of optical instruments, I think it wise not to +overestimate the real value of the defects of the common crown and +flint glass, which I have sought to explain in this paper. And, for +myself, I prefer to fight the more serious defects first, and when its +time has come I will see what can be done with the secondary spectrum. + + * * * * * + + + + +PROBABLE ISOLATION OF FLUORINE. DECOMPOSITION OF HYDROFLUORIC ACID +BY AN ELECTRIC CURRENT. + +By M.H. MOISSAN. + + +In a former memoir[1] we showed that it was possible to decompose +anhydrous hydrofluoric acid by the action of an electric current. At +the negative pole hydrogen collects; at the positive pole a gaseous +body is disengaged, having novel properties. The experiment was +performed in a platinum U tube, closed by stoppers of fluorite, and +having at the upper part of each branch a small delivery tube, also of +platinum. Through the stopper passes a platinum rod, which acts as +electrode. The metal employed for the positive pole is an alloy +containing 10 per cent. of iridium. + + [Footnote 1: _Comptes Rendus_, vol. cii., p. 1543, and _Chemical + News_, vol. liv., p. 36.] + +To obtain pure anhydrous hydrofluoric acid, we begin by preparing +fluorhydrate of fluoride of potassium, taking all the precautions +pointed out by M. Fremy. When the salt is obtained pure, it is dried +on a water bath at 100 deg., and the platinum capsule containing it is +then placed in a vacuum in the presence of concentrated sulphuric +acid, and two or three sticks of potash fused in a silver crucible. +The acid and potash are renewed every morning for a fortnight, and the +vacuum is kept at 2 cm. of mercury. Care must be taken during this +desiccation to pulverize the salt every day in an iron mortar, so as +to renew the surface. When the fluorhydrate contains no more water it +falls to powder, and is then fit to serve for the preparation of +fluoric acid; the fluorhydrate of fluoride of potassium, if well +prepared, is much less deliquescent than the fluoride. + +When the fluoride is quite dry, it is quickly introduced into a +platinum alembic, which has just been dried by heating it to redness. +The whole is kept at a gentle temperature for an hour or an hour and a +half, so as to allow the decomposition to commence very slowly; the +first portions of acid which come over are rejected as they carry with +them traces of water remaining in the salt. The platinum receiver is +then attached, and the heat increased, allowing the decomposition to +proceed with a certain degree of slowness. The receiver is then +surrounded with a mixture of ice and salt, and from this moment all +the hydrofluoric acid is condensed as a limpid liquid, boiling at +19.5 deg., very hygroscopic, and, as is well known, giving abundant fumes +in presence of the atmospheric moisture. + +During this operation the platinum U tube, dried with the greatest +care, has been fixed with a cork in a cylindrical glass vessel +surrounded with chloride of methyl. Up to the moment of introducing +the hydrofluoric acid, the leading tubes are attached to drying tubes +containing fused caustic potash. To introduce the hydrochloric acid +into the apparatus, it may be absorbed through one of the lateral +tubes in the receiver in which it is condensed. + +In some experiments we have directly condensed the hydrofluoric acid +in the U tube surrounded with chloride of methyl; but in this case +care must be taken that the tubes are not clogged up by small +quantities of fluoride carried over, which would infallibly lead to an +explosion and projections, which are always dangerous with so +corrosive a liquid. + +When we have introduced in advance in the small platinum apparatus a +determined amount of hydrofluoric acid cooled with chloride of methyl, +in tranquil ebullition at a temperature of -23 deg., the current of 20 +cells of Bunsen large size, arranged in series, is passed through by +means of the electrodes. An amperemeter in the circuit admits of the +intensity of the current being observed. + +If the hydrofluoric acid contains a small quantity of water, either by +accident or design, there is always disengaged at the positive pole +ozone, which has no action on crystallized silicium. In proportion as +the water contained in the acid is thus decomposed, it is seen by the +amperemeter that the conductivity of the liquid rapidly decreases. +With absolutely anhydrous hydrofluoric acid the current will no longer +pass. In many of our experiments we have succeeded in obtaining an +acid so anhydrous that a current of 25 amperes was entirely arrested. + +To render the liquid conducting, we have added before each experiment +a small quantity of dried and fused fluorhydrate of fluoride of +potassium. In this case, decomposition proceeds in a continuous +manner; we obtain at the negative pole hydrogen, and at the positive +pole a regular disengagement of a colorless gas in which crystallized +silicium in the cold burns with great brilliancy, becoming fluoride of +silicium. This latter gas has been collected over mercury, and +accurately characterized. + +Deville's adamantine boron burns in the same manner, but with more +difficulty, becoming fluoride or boron. The small quantity of carbon +and aluminum which it contains impedes the combination. Arsenic and +antimony in powder combine with this gaseous body with incandescence. +Sulphur takes fire in it, and iodine combines with a pale flame, +losing its color. We have already remarked that it decomposes cold +water, producing ozone and hydrofluoric acid. + +The metals are attacked with much less energy. This is due, we think, +to the small quantity of metallic fluoride formed preventing the +action being very deep. Iron and manganese in powder, slightly heated, +burn with sparks. Organic bodies are violently attacked. A piece of +cork placed near the end of the platinum tube, where the gas is +evolved, immediately carbonizes and inflames. Alcohol, ether, benzol, +spirit of turpentine, and petroleum take fire on contact. + +The gas evolved at the negative pole is hydrogen, burning with a pale +flame, and producing none of these reactions. + +When the experiment has lasted several hours, and there is not enough +hydrofluoric acid left at the bottom of the tube to separate the two +gases, they recombine in the apparatus in the cold, with violent +detonation. + +We have satisfied ourselves, by direct experiment, that a mixture of +ozone and hydrofluoric acid produces none of the reactions described +above. + +It is the same with gaseous hydrofluoric acid. Finally we may add that +the hydrofluoric acid employed, as well as the hydrofluorate of +fluoride, were absolutely free from chlorine. + +The gas obtained in our experiments is therefore either fluorine or a +perfluoride of hydrogen. + +New experiments are necessary to settle this last point. We hope soon +to lay the results before the Academy.--_Comptes Mendus_, vol. ciii., +p. 202, July 19, 1886; _Chem. News._ + + * * * * * + + + + +COHESION AND COHESION FIGURES.[1] + + [Footnote 1: Notes from a lecture given to the Halifax Scientific + Society, July 19, 1886.] + +By WILLIAM ACKROYD, F.I.C. + + +_1. A Law of Solubility._ + +It is customary to regard cohesion as the force which binds together +molecules of the same substance, and in virtue of which the particles +of solids and liquids are kept together, and also to speak of the +attraction exerted between particles of two different bodies as +adhesion. The distinction between cohesion and adhesion is a +conventional one. The similarity, if not identity, of the two forces +is demonstrated by the fact that while cohesion is exerted between +particles of the _same_ body, adhesion is exerted with most force +between particles of _allied_ bodies. Generally speaking, organic +bodies require organic solvents; inorganic bodies, inorganic solvents. +For example, common salt is highly soluble in water, but not in ether, +and many fats are soluble in ether, but not in water. So many cases +like these will suggest themselves to the chemist that I am justified +in making the following generalization: _A body will dissolve in a +solvent to which it is allied more readily than in one to which it in +highly dissimilar._ Exceptions to the law undoubtedly exist, but none +so striking as the following in support of it, viz., that the metal +mercury is the only known true solvent for many metals at the normal +temperature. + + +_2. Its Connection with Mendeleeff's Periodic Law._ + +From this standpoint the whole subject of solution is deserving of +fresh attention, as it appears highly probable that, just as Prof. +Carnelley has shown by the use of my meta-chromatic scale, the colors +of chemical compounds come under definite laws, which he has +discovered and formulated in connection with Mendeleeff and Newlaud's +periodic law,[2] so, likewise, may the solubility of an allied group +of compounds, in regard to any given solvent under constant conditions +of temperature, conform to similar laws; that, e.g., the chlorides +of H, Na, Cu, and Ag, in Mendeleeff's Group I., may vary in their +solubility in water from an extreme of high solubility in the case of +hydrogen chloride to the opposite extreme of comparative insolubility +in the case of silver chloride. In this natural series of compounds, +hydrogen chloride is the body nearest akin to water, and silver +chloride the most remote in kinship. + + [Footnote 2: _Philosophical Magazine_, August, 1884.] + + +_3. A Solidified Vortex Ring._ + +It is in virtue of cohesion that a freely suspended drop of liquid +assumes the spherical form. If such a sphere be dropped on to the +surface of a liquid of higher specific gravity at rest, one obtains +what is called the cohesion figure of the substance of the drop. A +drop of oil, e.g., spreads out on the surface of water until it is a +circular thin film of concentric rings of different degrees of +thickness, each displaying the characteristic colors of thin plates. +The tenuity of the film increases; its cohesion is overcome; lakelets +are formed, and they merge into each other. The disintegrated portions +of the film now thicken, the colors vanish, and only islets of oil +remain. Some liquid drops of the same or higher sp. gr. than water do +not spread out in this fashion, but descend below the surface of the +liquid, and, in descending, assume a ring shape, which gradually +spreads out and breaks up into lesser rings. Such figures have been +termed submergence cohesion figures; they are vortex rings. I have +solidified such vortex rings in their first stage of formation. If +drops of melted sulphur, at a temperature above that of the viscous +state, be let fall into water, the drops will be solidified in the +effort to form the ring, and the circular button, thick in the rim and +thin in the center, may be regarded as a solidified vortex ring of +plastic sulphur. + + +_4. That a Submergence Cohesion Figure is a Vortex Ring._ + +It may be shown that the conditions of the formation of a submergence +cohesion figure are those which exist in the formation of an aerial +vortex. Those conditions in their greatest perfection are (1) a +spherical envelope of a different nature from the medium in which the +rings are produced; (2) a circular orifice opening into the medium; +and (3) a percussive impact on the part of the sphere opposite the +orifice. In the production of vortex rings of phosphorus pentoxide in +the making of phosphoreted hydrogen, the spherical envelope is water, +the orifice the portion of the bubble which opens into the air +immediately it rises to the surface, and the impact is furnished by +gravity. So, also, in the case of a submergence cohesion figure, the +spherical envelope is the air surrounding the drop, the orifice the +portion of it which first comes in contact with the liquid at rest; +and here again the impact is due to gravity more directly than in the +former case. These conditions are somewhat imperfectly copied in the +ordinary vortex box, which is usually cubical in form, with a circular +orifice in one side, and a covering of canvas on the opposite one, +which is hit with the fist. + + * * * * * + +[AMERICAN CHEMICAL JOURNAL.] + + + + +THE DETERMINATION OF NITRIC ACID BY THE ABSORPTION OF NITRIC OXIDE +IN A STANDARD SOLUTION OF PERMANGANATE OF POTASSIUM. + +By H.N. MORSE and A.F. LINN. + + +The method which we propose consists in the conversion of the nitric +acid into nitric oxide; the absorption of the latter in a measured, +but excessive, quantity of a standard solution of permanganate of +potassium; and the subsequent determination of the excess of the +permanganate by means of a standard solution of oxalic acid or +sulphate of manganese. + + +THE APPARATUS. + +A is an apparatus for the generation of carbon dioxide free from air, +which will be explained hereafter. + +B is a flask, having a capacity of 125 or 150 c.c., in which the +nitrate is decomposed in the usual manner by means of ferrous chloride +and hydrochloric acid. + +C is a small tube for the condensation of the aqueous hydrochloric +acid which distills over from B. + +D is a Geissler bulb, containing a concentrated solution of potassium +carbonate, to arrest any acid vapors coming from C. + +E, E are two pieces of ordinary combustion tubing, having a length of +about 650 or 700 mm., in which is placed the permanganate solution +employed for the absorption of the nitric oxide. Their open ends are +provided with lips in order to facilitate the pouring of liquids from +them, care being taken not to so distort the ends that rubber stoppers +cannot be made to fit them tightly. They are placed in a nearly +horizontal position in order to diminish the pressure required to +force the gases through the apparatus and thus lessen the danger of +leakage through the rubber joints. + +_a_ is a tube through which the ferrous chloride and hydrochloric acid +are introduced into B, as in the method of Tiemann-Schulze. + +_b_ serves for the introduction of carbon dioxide to expel the air +before the decomposition of the nitrate, and the nitric oxide +afterward. + +_c_ is an unbroken tube ending at the lower surface of the stopper in +B, and at the bottom of C. + +The rubber joint, _d_, is furnished with a Mohr and also a screw pinch +cock. The joints, _e_ and _f_, are furnished with Mohr pinch cocks. +The rubber tubing upon these should be of the best quality, and must +be carefully tied. + +[Illustration: DETERMINATION OF NITRIC ACID.] + + +THE SOLUTIONS. + +In consequence of the large volume of the permanganate solution +required for the complete absorption of the nitric oxide, we have +found it advantageous to use three solutions instead of two. + +1. A solution of permanganate such that one c.c. is equivalent to +about fifteen milligrammes of nitrate of potassium, according to the +reaction: + + KMnO_{4} + NO = KNO_{3} + MnO_{2}. + +This solution is employed for the absorption of the nitric oxide. Its +strength need not be exactly known. There is no objection to a more +concentrated solution, except that which pertains to all strong +standard solutions, namely, that a small error in measurement would +then give a larger error in the results. 100 c.c. of this solution are +required for each determination, and the measurement is always made in +one and the same 100 c.c. measuring flask, which, if necessary, should +be labeled to distinguish it from that used for solution No. 2. + +2. A solution of oxalic acid which is very slightly stronger than that +of the permanganate just described--that is, a solution such that one +c.c. of it will somewhat more than decompose one c.c. of the +permanganate, according to the reaction: + + 2KMnO_{4} + 3H_{2}SO_{4} + 5C_{2}H_{2}O_{4}.2H_{2}O = + K_{2}SO_{4} + 2MnSO_{4} + 18H_{2}O + 10CO_{2}. + +The exact strength of this solution need not be known, since we only +require the difference in value between it and solution No. 1, which +is determined by means of solution No. 3. 100 c.c. of this solution +are also required for each determination, and the measurement, as in +the preceding case, is always made in the same 100 c.c. measuring +flask. + +3. A dilute, carefully standardized solution of permanganate of +potassium. + +The method of using these solutions is as follows: 100 c.c. of No. 1 +and No. 2 are measured off (each solution in its own measuring flask), +brought together in a covered beaker glass, and acidified with dilute +sulphuric acid. The excess of oxalic acid is then determined by means +of solution No. 3. + +When it is desired to make a determination of nitric acid, 100 c.c. of +solution No. 1 are measured off, and as much of it as may be +convenient is poured into the tubes, E, E, together with about a +gramme of zinc sulphate for each tube, which substance appears to +considerably facilitate the absorption of the nitric oxide by the +permanganate. When the operation is over, the contents of E, E are +poured into a beaker glass. 100 c.c. of solution No. 2 are then +measured off, and a portion, together with a little sulphuric acid, +poured into E, E, to dissolve the oxide of manganese which has +separated during the absorption of the nitric oxide. The oxide having +been dissolved, the liquid in E, E, and the rinsings of the tubes, +also the residues of permanganate and oxalic acid left in the +measuring flasks, and the rinsings from these, are all brought +together in the same beaker glass. Finally, the amount of solution +No. 3 required to decompose the excess of oxalic acid is determined. +If we subtract from the amount thus found the quantity of permanganate +required to equalize solutions Nos. 1 and 2 (previously ascertained), +we shall have the amount of permanganate actually reduced by the +nitric oxide, according to the reaction: + + 6KMnO_{4} + 10NO = 3K_{2}O + 6MnO + 5N_{2}O_{5}; + +in other words, on the basis that one molecule of potassium +permanganate will oxidize one and two-thirds molecules of nitric +oxide: + + (KMnO_{4} = 1-2/3 NO). + +The method of using the apparatus is simple. The nitrate is placed in +B, and the joints made tight, except that at _f_, which is left open. +A current of carbon dioxide is passed through the apparatus until all +of the air has been displaced. Connection is then made at _f_, and +soon afterward the current of carbon dioxide is shut off at _d_. + +The flask, B, is now heated as long as may be necessary in order to +produce, on cooling, the diminished pressure required for the +introduction of the ferrous chloride and hydrochloric acid. Before +removing the flame, the joint at _f_ is closed to prevent the return +of the permanganate solution. + +As soon as the flask, B, has become sufficiently cool, the ferrous +chloride and hydrochloric acid are introduced through the tube, _a_ +(which has been full of water from the first), in the same manner and +quantities as in the well-known Tiemann-Schulze method. + +The pinch cock at _d_ is then opened, and the apparatus allowed to +fill with carbon dioxide. When the pressure has become sufficient to +force the gas through the solution of permanganate, the pinch cock at +_f_ is removed. It should be opened only slightly and with great +caution at first, unless one is certain that the pressure is +sufficient. If the pressure is insufficient, the fact will be made +apparent by a rise of the permanganate in the small internal tube. + +The flow of carbon dioxide is now reduced to a very slow current, or +entirely cut off. The contents of B are slowly heated, until the +decomposition of the nitrate is complete and the greater part of the +nitric oxide has been expelled, when the apparatus is again closed at +_f_ and _d_, and allowed to cool. The tube, _a_, is then washed out, +by the introduction through it into B of a few cubic centimeters of +strong hydrochloric acid. + +The process of filling the apparatus with carbon dioxide, and of +heating the contents of B, is repeated. When it becomes apparent, from +the light color of the liquid in B, that all of the nitric oxide has +been expelled from it, the current of carbon dioxide is increased and +the heating discontinued. Care must be taken, however, not to admit +too strong a current of carbon dioxide, lest some of the nitric oxide +should be forced unabsorbed through the permanganate solution. It is +also necessary, for the same reason, to avoid too rapid heating during +the decomposition of the nitrate. + +When all of the nitric oxide has been forced into the solution of +permanganate, the determination is made in the manner already +described. + +To test the method, nine determinations were made with quantities of +pure nitrate of potassium varying from 100 to 200 milligrammes. The +maximum difference between the volumes of permanganate actually used +and those calculated was 0.05 c.c., while the main difference was +0.036 c.c. The measurements of the permanganate were made from a +burette which had been carefully calibrated. We also made a number of +determinations, using a solution of manganous sulphate in the place of +the oxalic acid. The advantage of this method lies in the fact that it +is not necessary to dissolve the oxide which is precipitated upon the +glass within the tubes, E, E, since, in the presence of an excess of +permanganate, the reduction by nitric oxide extends only to the +formation of MnO_{2}; also in the fact that the solution of manganous +sulphate is more stable than that of oxalic acid. A solution of the +sulphate having been once carefully standardized, can be used for a +long time to determine the value of permanganate solutions. + +The details of the method are as follows: A solution of manganous +sulphate slightly stronger than No. 1 is prepared. + +The difference between 100 c.c. of it and 100 c.c. of No. 1 is +ascertained, according to the method of Volhard, by means of solution +No. 3. + +The contents of E, E, together with the rinsings from the tubes, are +poured into a capacious flask. 100 c.c. of the manganous sulphate and +a few drops of nitric acid are then added, and the whole boiled. +Finally, the excess of manganous sulphate is determined, in the manner +described by Volhard, by means of solution No. 3. Subtracting from the +total amount of permanganate thus used the quantity required to +equalize the 100 c.c. of solution No. 1 and the 100 c.c. of the +manganous sulphate, we shall have the quantity of permanganate reduced +by the nitric oxide. + +It must, however, be remembered that the value of solution No. 3 is +now to be calculated on the basis of the equation KMnO_{2} + NO = +KNO_{3} + MnO_{2}. One molecule of permanganate equals one molecule of +nitric oxide when manganous sulphate is used, since no part of the +permanganate employed in this method is reduced below the superoxide +condition. In other words, solution No. 3 now represents only +three-fifths as much nitric acid as it does when oxalic acid is used. + +The results obtained by this method were moderately satisfactory, but +not quite so exact as those obtained when oxalic acid was used. A +series of four determinations gave differences, between the volumes of +permanganate calculated and used, of 0.05 to 0.15 c.c. + +The principal objection to the method lies in the difficulty of +determining, in the presence of the brown oxide of manganese, the +exact point at which the oxidation is complete. + +The carbon dioxide generator, A, was devised by us to take the place +of the ordinary generators, in which marble is used. We have found +that a submersion of twenty hours in boiling water does not suffice to +completely remove the air which, as is well known, is contained in +ordinary marble; hence some other substance must be employed as a +source of the gas. In the apparatus which we are about to describe, +the acid carbonate of sodium is used. + +It consists of a long, narrow cylinder (450 x 60 mm.); a tightly +fitting rubber stopper, through which three tubes pass, as shown in +the figure; a small cylinder, F, containing mercury; and a sulphuric +acid reservoir, G. + +The tube, _g_, is drawn out to a fine point at the end and curved, so +that the acid which is delivered into A falls upon and runs down the +outside of the tube. The tube, h, dips under the mercury in F. G and +_g_ are connected by means of a long piece of rubber tubing which is +supplied with a screw pinch cock. + +The apparatus is made to give any required pressure by raising or +lowering G and F; but the elevation of G, as compared with that of F, +should always be such that the gas will force its way through h rather +than g. The upper part of the cylinder, F, is filled with cotton wool +to prevent loss of mercury by spattering. + +The material placed in A consists of a saturated solution of acid +carbonate of sodium, to which an excess of the solid salt has been +added. The sulphuric acid is the ordinary dilute. The apparatus, if +properly regulated, serves its purpose very well. The principal +precaution to be observed in using it is to avoid a too sudden +relieving of the pressure, which would, of course, result in the +introduction of an unnecessarily large quantity of sulphuric acid into +A. + + * * * * * + + + + +WATER OF CRYSTALLIZATION. + +By W.W.J. NICOL, M.A., D.Sc. + + +When a hydrated salt is dissolved, does it retain its water of +crystallization, or does this latter cease to be distinguishable from +the solvent water? Both views have found advocates among chemists who +have looked at the question of solution, and both have been supported +by arguments more or less to the point. But among the possible means +of solving this question there is one which has entirely escaped the +notice of those interested in the subject. And those who hold that +water of crystallization exists in solution have been entirely +oblivious of the fact that, while they are ready to accept the results +of the modern science of thermo-chemistry, and to employ them to +support their views on hydration, yet these very results, if correct, +prove without a shadow of a doubt that water of crystallization does +not exist in solution. + +The proof is so clear and self-evident when once one's attention is +directed to it, that, though I intend to develop it more fully on +another occasion, I feel that it is better to publish an outline of it +at once. + +Thomsen has found that the heat of neutralization of the soluble bases +of the alkalies and alkaline earths with sulphuric acid has a mean +value of 31.150 c. within very narrow limits. When hydrochloric or +nitric acid is employed, the value is 27.640 c., also within very +narrow limits. Now, this agreement of the six bases in their behavior +with sulphuric acid, much more of the seven bases with both HNO_{3} +and HCl, is so close that it cannot be regarded as accidental, but, in +the words of Meyer, the heat of formation of a salt in aqueous +solution is a quantity made up of two parts, one a constant for the +base, the other for the acid. But of the twenty salts thus formed, +some are anhydrous in the solid state, others have water of +crystallization, up to ten molecules in the case of Na_{2}SO_{4}. If +water of crystallization exists in solution, it will be necessary to +suppose that this agreement is accidental, which is absurd, as a +glance at the probabilities will show. Thomsen himself expressly +states that he regards the dissolved state as one in which the +conditions are comparable for all substances; this would be impossible +if water of crystallization were present. + +A still stronger proof is afforded by the "_avidity_" of Thomsen or +the "_affinity_" of Ostwald; both have worked on the subject, taking +no account of water of crystallization, and the results, e.g., for +H_{2}SO_{4} and HCl with NaHO, where water of crystallization _may_ +come in, are entirely confirmed by Ostwald's results on inversion and +etherification, where there can be no water of crystallization. + +The proof is complete, water of crystallization cannot be attached to +the salt in solution, or if it is, no heat is evolved on union more +than with solvent water. The alternative is to suppose that the whole +of the above thermo-chemical results are coincidences. + + * * * * * + + + + +ALPINE FLOWERS IN THE PYRENEES. + + +Bagneres De Luchon, in the department of the Haute Garonne, is a gay +town of some 5,000 inhabitants. A friend told me that he once suffered +so much from the heat there in June, that he determined never to go to +the Pyrenees again. We were there the second week in June, and we +suffered more from rain and cold, and were very glad of a fire in the +evening. + +Except to the south, in the direction of the Porte de Venasque, one of +the chief mule passes into Spain during summer, where there are fine +snow-capped mountains, the scenery from the town is not grand, but it +is within easy reach of the wildest parts of the Pyrenees. + +It is the nearest town to the Maladetta, their highest point, in which +the Garonne rises, and among whose rocks is one of the last +strongholds of the ibex or bouquetin, the "wild goat" mentioned by +Homer. Eagles and vultures are to be seen sailing about the sky near +Luchon nearly every day, and bears, which in the Pyrenees are neither +mythical nor formidable, descend to within a few miles of the town +after wild strawberries, which abound there. + +We heard of two female peasants lately gathering wild strawberries who +were suddenly confronted with competitors for the spoil in the shape +of a she bear and two cubs. It was doubtful whether man or beast was +the more surprised. The cubs began to growl, but their dam gave both +of them a box on the ears for their bad manners, and led them away. As +for flowers, the neighborhood of Luchon has the reputation, perhaps +not undeserved, of being the most flowery part of the Pyrenees. + +We went the usual expeditions from the town, in spite of the weather, +and I will try to remember what plants we noticed in each of them. The +first trip was to the Vallee du Lys. In spite of the spelling, the +name suggests lilies of the valley, but we are told that lys is an old +word meaning water, and that the valley took its name from the number +of cataracts, not from lilies, there. + +However this may be, a lily grows there in great profusion, and was +just coming into flower toward the middle of June. It is the Lis de +St. Bruno (Anthericum liliastrum), a plant worthy of giving its name +to a valley of which it is a characteristic feature. Still more +conspicuous at the time when we were there were the Narcissus +poeticus, abundant all round Luchon, but already past in the low +meadows near the town, but higher up, at an elevation of about 4,000 +ft., it was quite at its best, and whitened the ground over many +acres. + +I looked about for varieties, but failed to detect any special +character by which it could be referred to any of the varietal names +given in catalogues, and concluded that it was N. poeticus pure and +simple. Pulmonarias were abundant along the road, as also in the whole +region of the Pyrenees, the character of the leaves varying greatly, +some being spotless, some full of irregular white patches, others with +well defined round spots. They varied, too, from broad heart-shaped to +narrow lanceolate, and I soon concluded that it was hopeless to +attempt any division of the class founded upon the leaves. + +Besides the beautiful flowers of Scabious mentioned before, a new +feature in the meadows here was the abundance of Astrantia major. A +pure white Hesperis matronalis was also common, but I saw no purple +forms of it. Geranium phaeum also grew everywhere in the fields, the +color of the flower varying a good deal. Hepaticas were not so common +by the roadside here as at Eaux Bonnes, but are generally distributed. +Many of them have their leaves beautifully marbled, and I selected and +brought away a few of the best, in hopes that they may keep this +character. I was struck everywhere by the one-crowned appearance of +the Hepaticas, as if in their second year from seed. + +On the mountains, where they were still in flower, I did not find the +colors mixed, but on one mountain they would be all white, on another +all blue. I do not recollect to have seen any pink. Meconopsis +cambrica is common in the Pyrenees. I observe that in Grenier's +"French Flora" the color of the flower is given as "jaune orange," but +I never saw it either in England or in France with orange flowers till +I saw it covering a bank by the side of the road to the Vallee du Lys. +I was too much struck by it to delay securing a plant or two, which +was lucky, for when we returned every flower had been gathered by some +rival admirers. + +Another expedition from Luchon is to the Lac d'Oo. This, too, is +famous for flowers; but especially so is a high valley called Val +d'Esquierry, 2,000 ft. or 3,000 ft. above the village d'Oo, at which +the carriage road ends. Botanists call this the garden of the +Pyrenees, and, of course, I was most anxious to see it. + +The landlord of our hotel was quite enthusiastic in his description of +the treat in store for me, enumerating a long catalogue of colors, and +indicating with his hand, palm downward, the height from the ground at +which I was to expect to see each color. I was afterward told that he +had never been to the famous valley, being by no means addicted to +climbing mountains. + +During the first part of the drive from Luchon we saw hanging from the +rocks by the roadside large masses of Saponaria ocymoides, varying +much in the shade of color of the flowers. This is a plant which I +find it better to grow from cuttings than from seed. The best shades +of color are in this way preserved, and the plants are more flowery +and less straggling. As we got near the end of the carriage road, the +meadows became more crowded with flowers known in England only in +gardens. + +Besides such plants as Geranium pyrenaicum growing everywhere on the +banks, the fields were full of a light purple geranium--I think +sylvaticum. Here, too, I noticed Meconopsis cambrica with orange +flowers. Narcissus poeticus was also there, and so were some splendid +thistles, large and rich in color. But the most remarkable part of the +coloring in the meadows was produced by different shades of Viola +cornuta carpeting the ground. We noticed this plant in many parts of +the Pyrenees, but here especially. + +From the end of the road I started with a guide for the promised +garden of the Val d'Esquierry. By the side of the steep and winding +path I noticed Ramondia pyrenaica--the only place I saw it in the +Luchon district. Other notable plants were a quantity of Anemone +alpina of dwarf growth and very large flowers, covering a green knoll +near a stream. A little beyond, Aster alpinus was in flower, of a +bright color, which I can never get it to show in gardens. These, with +the exception of a few saxifrages and daffodils of the variety +muticus, were about the last flowers I saw there. + +[Illustration: GROUP OF ALPINE FLOWERS] + +Promise of flowers there was in abundance. Aconites, I suppose +napellus, and also that form of A. lycoctonum with the large leaves +known as pyrenaicum, were just enough grown to recognize. The large +white Asphodel, called by French botanists A. albus, but better known +in gardens as A. ramosus, which grows everywhere in the Pyrenees, and +the coarse shoots of Gentiana lutea were just showing. + +Further on the daffodils were only just putting their noses through +the yellow dead grass, which the snow had hardly left and was again +beginning to whiten, for the rain, which had been coming down in +torrents ever since I left the carriage and had wet me through, had +now changed to snow. Still I went on, in spite of the bitter cold, +hoping that I should come to some hyperborean region where the flowers +would be all bright; but my guide at last undeceived me, and convinced +me that we were far too early, so we went down again, wiser and +sadder, and I advise my friends who wish to see the Val d'Esquierry in +its beauty not to visit it before July at the earliest. + +I have still one mountain walk to describe, a far more successful one, +but it must be deferred till another week.--_C. Wolley Dod, in the +Garden._ + + * * * * * + + +Turtle shells may be softened by hot water, and if compressed in this +state by screws in iron or brass moulds, may be bent into any shape, +the moulds being then plunged into cold water. + + * * * * * + + + + +A CENTURY PLANT IN BLOOM. + + +A huge agave, or century plant, is now blooming at Auburn, N.Y. A few +days ago the great plant became tinged with a delicate yellowish-white +color, as its 4,000 buds began to develop into the full-blown flowers, +whose penetrating fragrance, not unlike that of the pond lily, now +attracts swarms of bees and other insects. The plant was purchased in +1837 by the owner, and was then twelve years old. For half a century +the agave has lain around his greenhouses in company with several +others, and no special care has been taken of it, except to protect it +somehow in winter, that it might be fresh for the next summer's +growth. The plant has always been a hardy specimen, and required +little care. Its whole life, now speedily approaching a termination in +the fulfillment of the end of its existence--flowering--has been a +sluggish course. Its growth has been steady and its development +gradual. Occasionally it has thrust out a spiked leaf until, in size, +it became greater than its fellow plants and took on the likeness of +an enormous cabbage which had been arrested in its development and +failed to attain perfection. Early last April its appearance began to +undergo a decided change. Its resemblance to a cabbage lessened, and +it began to look like a giant asparagus plant. On April 12, the great +fleshy leaves, massed together so as to impress the imprint of their +spines upon one another, began to unfold, and a thick, succulent bud +burst up amid the leaves. Slowly the stalk developed from the bud and +assumed gigantic proportions. Green scales appeared in regular +arrangement about the stalk, marking the points from which lateral +branches were to spring. The thick stalk, tender and brittle at first +as new asparagus, became tough and hard enough to resist a knife, and +its surface assumed the gritty character of the leaves of the plant. +The low roof of the hothouse became an obstruction to further growth, +and had to be removed. Lateral limbs were, at a later period, thrust +out in great numbers, each of them bearing small branches, as do +strawberry plants, on which hang sprays of buds in bunches of from +three to ten, making in all many hundreds, all waiting for the +completion and blooming of the topmost buds. The inflorescence of the +century plant is peculiar, and the appearance of flowers on the lower +branches may be simultaneous with, or consecutive to, the blossoming +on the upper limbs. With the appearance of the lateral outshoots the +great aloe lost its likeness to asparagus, and at present bears +resemblance to an immense candelabra. The plant is now fully matured, +and has a height of twenty-seven feet. There are thirty-three branches +on the main stem, and, by actual count, one of the lateral limbs was +found to bear 273 perfect buds, some of whose green sepals have +spread, revealing the yellowish-white petals and essential parts of +the plant. The ample panicles crowded with curious blossoms are, as, +indeed, the Greek name of the plant--agave--signifies, wonderful. + +There is a pathetic view to be taken of the great plant's present +condition. For years it has been preparing to flower, and the shoot it +has sent up is the dying effort. The blossoms carry in them the life +of new plants, and the old plant dies in giving them birth. It is +commonly supposed that this plant, the _Agave Americana_, or American +aloe, blooms only at the end of 100 years, hence the common name +century plant. + +Only two plants are on record among the floriculturists as having +bloomed in New York State. Thirty years ago, a century plant, of which +the Casey aloe was a slip, flowered in the greenhouses of the Van +Rensselaer family at Albany. In 1869, a second plant blossomed at +Rochester. At present, two aloes, one at Albany, the other at +Brooklyn, are reported as giving evidences of approaching maturity. +They are pronounced not American aloes, or century plants, but _Agave +Virginica_, a plant of the same family commonly found in sterile soil +from Virginia to Illinois and south, and blossoming much more +frequently. In Mexico the century plant is turned to practical account +and made a profitable investment to its owners. After the scape has +reached its full growth it is hewn down, and the sap, which fills the +hollow at its base, is ladled out and converted by fermentation into +"agave wine," or "pulque," the favorite drink of the Mexicans. This +pulque, or octli, has an acid resembling that of cider, and a very +disagreeable odor, but the taste is cooling and refreshing. A brandy +distilled from pulque is called "aquardiente," or "mexical." The +plant, by tapping, can be made to yield a quart of sap daily. The +fibers of the leaves when dried furnish a coarse thread known as Pita +flax, and when green are used in Mexico as fodder for cattle. Razor +strops or hones are also made from the leaves, which contain an +abundance of silica and give rise to a very sharp edge on a knife +applied with friction across the surface of the dried leaf. + + * * * * * + + + + +CREOSOTE A SPECIFIC FOR ERYSIPELAS. + + +Time was when the advocate of a specific was laughed at by the +scientific world, but since it is known that so many forms of disease +are the direct result of some kind of germ life, it is no longer a +misnomer to call a medicine which will certainly and always destroy +the germ which produces so many forms of disease a specific. + +In the light of this definition, founded upon the experience of forty +years' successful practice in treating this form of disease with +creosote, the writer is prepared to indorse the heading of this +article. Having used all the different remedies ordinarily prescribed, +they have long since been laid aside, and this one used in all forms +of the disease exclusively, and with uniform success. + +In 1863 it was the writer's fortune to spend several weeks in a +military hospital in Memphis as a volunteer surgeon, under the +direction of Dr. Lord. In conversation with him, the use of this +article was mentioned, which appeared new to him, and a case was put +under treatment with it, with such prompt favorable results as to +elicit his hearty commendation, and, at his suggestion, +Surgeon-General Hammond was informed of it. + +All injuries, of whatever kind, have been treated with dressings of +this remedy, and where this has been done from the first to last, in +no instance has there been an attack of erysipelas. + +The usual manner of application was in solution of six to twenty drops +to the ounce of water, keeping the parts covered with cloths +constantly wet with it. In ulcers or wounds it may be used in the form +of a poultice, by stirring ground elm into the solution, the strength +to be regulated according to the virulence of the attack. Ordinarily, +ten drops to the ounce is strong enough for the cutaneous form of the +disease and in dressings for wounds or recent injuries. If the +inflammation threatens to spread rapidly, it should be increased to +twenty or more drops to the ounce of water. + +The antiseptic properties of this remedy render it of additional +value, as it will certainly destroy the tendency to unhealthy +suppuration, and thus prevent septicaemia. + +In the treatment of hundreds of cases of erysipelas but one fatal case +has occurred, and that one in an old and depraved system. In the less +violent attacks no other remedy was used, but where constitutional +treatment was indicated, the usual appropriate tonics were prescribed. + +There is no question in my mind but that creosote is as much a +specific in erysipelas as quinine is in intermittent fever, and may be +used with as much confidence.--_St. Louis Med. Jour._ + + * * * * * + + + + +A NEW APPARATUS FOR THE STUDY OF CARDIAC DRUGS. + +By WILLIAM GILMAN THOMPSON, M.D., New York. + + +The apparatus was devised by Mr. R.D. Gray (the inventor of the +ingenious "vest camera" and other photographic improvements) and by +myself. I described what was required and suggested various +modifications and improvements, but the mechanical details were worked +out exclusively by him. To test the rapidity of the camera, we +photographed a "horse-timer" clock, with a dial marking quarter +seconds, and succeeded in taking five distinct photographs in half a +second with _one_ lens, which has never before been accomplished +excepting by Professor Marey,[1] at the College de France, who has +taken successive views of flying birds, falling balls, etc., with one +lens at a very rapid rate. His camera was unknown to me until after +mine was constructed, so that as a success in photography alone the +work is interesting. + + [Footnote 1: La Methode Graphique (Supplement), Paris, 1885.] + +The camera consists of a circular brass box, 51/2 inches in diameter and +11/4 inches deep, containing a circular vulcanite shutter with two +apertures, behind which is placed a circular dry plate. Both plate and +shutter are revolved in opposite directions to each other by a simple +arrangement of four cogged wheels moved by a single crank. The box is +perforated at one side by a circular opening, 13/4 inches in diameter, +from the margin of which projects at a right angle a long brass tube +(Fig. 1), which carries the lens. In Fig. 2 the lid of the box has +been removed, and the bottom of the box, with the wheels, springs, and +partially closed shutter, is presented. The lid is double--that is, it +is a flat box in itself. It contains nothing but the dry plate, +supported at its center upon a small brass disk, against which disk it +is firmly pressed by a pivot attached to a spring fastened in the lid. +The aperture in one side of this double lid, which corresponds with +that seen in the floor of the box, may be closed by a slide, so that +the lid containing the plate can be removed like an ordinary plate +holder and carried to a dark room, where it is opened and the plate is +changed. When the lid is replaced this slide is removed, and as the +shutter is made to revolve, the light falls upon whatever portion of +the dry plate happens to be opposite the opening. + +By reference to Fig. 2, it will be seen that when the large wheel +which projects outside of the box is revolved by a crank, it turns the +small ratchet wheel, which bears an eccentric pawl. (The crank has +been removed in Fig. 2; it is seen in Fig. 1.) The central wheel has +only six cogs. The pawl is pressed into one of these cogs by a spring. +It pushes the central wheel around one-sixth of its circumference, +when it returns to be pressed into the next cog. While the pawl +returns, it necessarily leaves the central wheel at rest, and whatever +momentum this wheel carries is checked by a simple stop pressed by a +spring upon the opposite side. The central wheel carries a square +axle, which projects through a small hole in the center of the double +lid and fits into the brass disk before alluded to, causing the disk +to revolve with the axle. The disk is covered by rubber cloth; and as +the dry plate is pressed firmly against the rubber surface by the +spring in the lid, the plate adheres to the rubber and revolves with +the disk. Thus every complete revolution of the central wheel in the +floor of the box carries with it the dry plate, stops it, and moves it +on again six times. The velocity of revolution of the plate is only +limited by the rapidity with which one can turn the crank. + +The shutter is revolved in the opposite direction by a wheel whose +cogs are seen fitting into those of the little wheel carrying the +eccentric pawl. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--THE CAMERA MOUNTED.] + +The two apertures in the shutter are so placed that at the instant of +exposure of the plate it is momentarily at rest, while the plate when +moving is covered by the shutters. This arrangement prevents vibration +of the plate and blurring of the image. The camera is mounted by two +lateral axles with screw clamps upon two iron stands, such as are in +common use in chemical laboratories. A brass rod attached to the tube +steadies it, and allows it to be screwed fast at any angle +corresponding to the angle at which the heart is placed. It is thus +easy to put a manometer tube in the femoral artery of an animal, bend +it up alongside of the exposed heart, and simultaneously photograph +the cardiac contraction and the degree of rise of the fluid in the +manometer(!). The tube is arranged like the draw tube of a microscope. +It is made long, so as to admit of taking small hearts at life-size. +The stand carries a support for the frog or other animal to be +experimented upon, and a bottle of physiological salt solution kept +warm by a spirit lamp beneath. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--INTERIOR OF THE CAMERA.] + +The whole apparatus is readily packed in a small space. I have already +taken a number of photographs of various hearts and intestines with +it, and the contraction of the heart of the frog produced by +_Strophanthus hispidus_, the new cardiac stimulant, is seen in Fig. 3, +taken by this new instrument. The apparatus has the great advantage +that six photographs of a single cardiac pulsation, or of any muscular +contraction, may be easily taken in less than one second, or, by +simply turning the crank slower, they may be taken at any desired rate +to keep pace with the rhythm of the heart. The second hand of a watch +may be placed in the field of view and simultaneously photographed +with the heart, so that there can be no question about the series of +photographs all belonging to one pulsation. + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE HEART IN MOTION. + +1, Normal diastole; 2, auricular systole; 3, ventricular systole. 1, +2, 3 were taken in a half second; 4, 5, 6, same as 1, 2, 3, after +injection of toxic dose of Strophanthus hispidus. 4, 5, 6 were taken +in a half second. The pulse rate was 74.] + +I have already called attention[13] to the ease with which these +photographs are enlarged for lecture room demonstration, either on +paper or in a stereopticon, and the ease with which they may be +reproduced in print to illustrate the action of drugs. + +[Footnote 13: _Medical Record_, loc. cit.; Recent Advances in Methods +of Studying the Heart, _Medical Press_, Buffalo, March 1, 1886, p. +234; Instantaneous Photographs of the Heart, Johns Hopkins University +Circulars, March, 1886, p. 60.] + + * * * * * + + +A CATALOGUE containing brief notices of many important scientific +papers heretofore published in the SUPPLEMENT, may be had gratis at +this office. + + * * * * * + + +THE +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT. + +PUBLISHED WEEKLY. + +Terms of Subscription, $5 a year. + +Sent by mail, postage prepaid, to subscribers in any part of the +United States or Canada. Six dollars a year, sent, prepaid, to any +foreign country. + +All the back numbers of THE SUPPLEMENT, from the commencement, January +1, 1876, can be had. Price, 10 cents each. + +All the back volumes of THE SUPPLEMENT can likewise be supplied. Two +volumes are issued yearly. Price of each volume, $2.50 stitched in +paper, or $3.50 bound in stiff covers. + +COMBINED RATES.--One copy of SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN and one copy of +SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN SUPPLEMENT, one year, postpaid, $7.00. + +A liberal discount to booksellers, news agents, and canvassers. + +MUNN & CO., PUBLISHERS, +361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK, N.Y. + + * * * * * + + +PATENTS. + +In connection with the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, Messrs. MUNN & Co. are +solicitors of American and Foreign Patents, have had 42 years' +experience, and now have the largest establishment in the world. +Patents are obtained on the best terms. + +A special notice is made in the <b>Scientific American</b> of all +inventions patented through this Agency, with the name and residence +of the Patentee. By the immense circulation thus given, public +attention is directed to the merits of the new patent, and sales or +introduction often easily effected. + +Any person who has made a new discovery or invention can ascertain, +free of charge, whether a patent can probably be obtained, by writing +to MUNN & Co. + +We also send free our Hand Book about the Patent Laws, Patents +Caveats, Trade Marks, their costs, and how procured. Address + +MUNN & CO., 361 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. +Branch Office, 622 and 624 F St., Washington, D.C. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Scientific American Supplement, No. +561, October 2, 1886, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN *** + +***** This file should be named 16360.txt or 16360.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/3/6/16360/ + +Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Jeannie Howse, Victoria +Woosley and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at +www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/16360.zip b/16360.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a2d5829 --- /dev/null +++ b/16360.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4af69d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #16360 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/16360) |
